Top Banner
497

A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

Mar 28, 2023

Download

Documents

Khang Minh
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 2: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

A C OM PLETE

P RACTICAL GRAMMAR“

OF TH E ‘

H U NGARIAN LANGUAGE ,

W ITH

EXERC ISE S, SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS,AND VOCABULARIES .

TO WH ICH IS ADDE D A

Mammal 5mm!) of finngarian l iterature.

J . C S I N K,

FORM ERLY EL ECTED AS ORDINARY PROFESSOR OF TECH NICAL SCIENCESAT THE P ROTES TANT SCHOOL OF KESMARK.

L O N D O N

W I L L I AM S AN D N O R GATE,

HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN .

1853 .

Page 3: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 4: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

Tutus et in tra

Spem ven ise can tus , vi tavi den ique culpam,

Non l audem merui .

Bora t . Epist . ad Pis .

When I resolved to sta rt from the shores of quotidian life tocross a sma ll bay of the va st litera ry ocean , a fa ir win d of

public Opin ion promised a prosperou s journ ey ; the n ovelty of

the objects which my ba rk carried gua ra n teed a cordial welcome

fr om those whose spy-gla sses were dir ected a fter some n ot yet

observed flag . I have rea ched the port , a n d discha rged mybark ! Viewin g my route from this side of the bay , I n ow fir st

perceive, tha t in my pa ssa ge over its dan gerou s sha llows, I ha veven tured on perilou s voya ge , being un a ssisted by the experien ceof a n y previou s n aviga tor .I ha ve en dea vour ed to meet the desires of those who a re in ter

ested in lin gui stic studies , either in in crea sin g their kn owledgeex t e n s e n s i v e l y , or in seekin g i n t e n s i v e a ugmen ta tion of the

cogn ition of tha t medium thr ough whi ch min ds commun ica te wi thmin ds , a n d hea rts lea rn to feel fr om hea r ts ; a n d I ha ve tr ied to

meet the wishes of those who felt in terested in the poli tica l lifeof the Hun ga ri a n n a tion

,by .

tr a cin g in a short sketch the pa stof the in tellectua l a n d men ta l developmen t of the n a tion .

As the book is a lso in ten ded for learn ers , I may be

a llowed to make a few expla n a tory rema rks .

TheDiv ision en titled ,,C om p o s i t i o n s“ is purely a pra ctica l

on e, in order to give the studen t some previous kn owledge, beforehe a ttempts the study of a Grammar ; therefore , repea tin g themore difficul t objects , a n d rega rdin g them from differen t poin tsof v iew , will n ot be thought pr olix. The words rela tin g to thi spa rt a re a ll collected in a Vocabul a ry a t the en d of the fir st par t.The Th e o r e t i c a l Divi sion con ta in s a short but complete Gram

Page 5: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

IV

mar of the language. The a rra n gemen t of the ma teri a ls , per

ha ps , may a ppear a n ew on e , but it is , t h e r e fo r e , n ot to

be rejected. I chose a n d rejected terms a n d rea ssumed them a ga in ,when , I foun d n o better on es ; yet , I a lways ha d the a ltern a tive

before me either to force the la n gua ge in to the schola sti ca lforms , or to ven tur e a pa rtly n ew a rra n gemen t of Gr amma tica l

ma teria ls ; bein g fully con vin ced, tha t, in either a short or a lon gtime, Philosophy will give somethin g better tha n Wha t we n ow inherit from Don atus a n d others . In rega rd to Or thogr a phy,I preferred followin g the pr in ciples established by the Hun gar ia nAca demy , ra ther tha n to fluctu a te dr iven by the whims of s om e

a uthor s. I ha ve n ot given a n y or thogr a phica l ru les, for the wordsbein g wr itten a s they a re soun ded a n d a r ticu la ted, a little a tten

tion pai d to the spellin g of the words when pra ctica l exercisesa re don e, a n d a kn owledge of the Gramma tica l forms, will compen sa te for the absen ce of

a Section on Orthogra phy.

The secon d pa rt con ta in s Selection s in prose a n d poetryfrom a uthor s whom the Aca demy a n d the n a tion ha ve crown ed

with reputa tion . As I wa s obliged to con sider the studen t, I couldn ot choose a n y lon ger or more difficult litera ry pr odu ction s . The

fir st Section of this pa rt will n ot be deemed in su fficien t by thosewho desire deta iled a rr a n gemen ts of the causes which in fluen cethe in tellectua l a n d men ta l developmen t of a n a tion , a n d of the

even ts produced by these ca u ses , if it be con sidered tha t , inthis work , the sketch ha d to be forced in to a very sma ll

fr ame ; n or will thi s S ection be thought superfluou s by thosewho seek a fter Gramma tica l studies, for the lea rn in g of the la n

guage of a n a tion itself excites the desire a fter some kn owledgeof its in tellectua l life.

L o n d o n 18 52 .

J . C s i n lc.

Page 6: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

CONTENTS OF THE FIRST PART.

INTRODUCTION.

Or thophon y , Orthoepy .

Division of the soun ds a n d wordsAss imila tio n of soun ds a n d a r ticul a ti on sP r olon ga tion of the v owels

Co n tr a ctio n s

COMPOSITIONS .

Verbs . Activ e a n d Neu ter

P o ssessiv e forms of the Subst a n tiv e

Affixes r ela tiv e to pla ce a n d dir ection sE xp r essio n of the Verb

, ,to ha v e“

Attr ibu tes of Substa n tiv es

Tr a n sfo rm a tio n of the Verba l r oo t .

Irr egula r ities in Verba l forma tio n sP a r ticip les

The Verb Lyell to w a n t, to be obliged, mustFutur e

P r on oun s .

Co n jun ction sAdv erbs

Page 7: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

VI

THEORY OF THE LANGUAGE .

P age

A. Gr amma tica l Forms 40 7 ~ —9 9 5.

I. Verbs.

4. Verba l r oots 407 .

9 . Con juga tion 448 .

3 . Der iv a tion a n d Comp osmon of Verbs 469 .

II . Nomin a l Forms 47 4.

4. Cha ra cteristic of the Objectiv e Ca se 47 9 .

9 . Cha r a cter istic of the P lur a l . 48 0 .

3 . P ossessiv es Affixes 489 .

11 . P a r a digm a of the differen t forms of a

Substa n tiv e 488 .

5 . Der iv a tion a n d Composition of Sub

sta n tiv es 49 9 .

III . Attri butes 9 O& .

4. Adjectiv es 9 05 .

9 . Adv erbs 9 43 .

IV. P ron oun s 946 .

4. P er son a l P r on oun s 9 46 .

9 . Rela tiv e a n d In terr oga tiv e Pr on ou n s 9 48 .

3 . Demon str a tive P ron oun s 9 49 .

4. Defin ite P r on oun s 9 9 0 .

5 . In defin ite P r on ou n s 9 9 0 .

V. P r epo sition s 9 9 0 .

VI. Con jun ction s 9 9 3 .

VII. In terj ection s 9 9 6.

B . Syn ta x 9 9 5 9 7 9 .

I. Of the combin a tion of the differen t P a rtsof Sp eech w ithou t the in termedia tion of

Gr amm a tica l forms 9 9 6 .

A. Of the Ar ticle (12 , a’a nd its Co n gr uen t 9 9 6 .

B . Of Adj ectiv es a n d Numer a ls with Substa n tiv es

C . Of the Subject a n d P redica te

D . Of other Congruen ces

Page 8: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

VII

Of the combin a tion of P a rts of Speech bymea n s of Gr amma tica l form s

A. Of the Obj ectiv e C a se

B . Of the P o ssessiv e AffixesC . Of the P r eposition a l Affixes

D. Of the Adjectiv e termin a tion s : i , n yi ,

Of the use of the differ en t forms of the

Verb , a n d the differ en t P a r ts of Speech

fo r con n ectin g sen ten ces

A. Of the Fo rms of the Verb .

4. The Defin ite a n d In defin ite Formsof the Activ e Vo ice

9 . Moods a n d Ten ses of the Verb3 . P a r ti ciples4. The In fin itv e w i th Affixes

B . Of te rms of p er iodica l con struc tion. Of the r ela tiv e P r on oun s

9 . Of the Con jun ction sOf the Con sequen ce of P a r ts of Sp eech , o r

the a r r a n gemen t of words in a sen ten ce

READING EXERCISE S.

9 8 7 39 0 .

VOCABULARY TO THE COMPOSITIONS.

9 8 7 — 39 0 .

Page 9: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 10: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 11: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 12: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 13: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 14: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

INTRODUCTION.

Or thophon y a n d Or thoepy.

Ar t i cula t i on s,Soun ds a n d Cha r a ct er s.

The Hun ga r ia n la n guage ha s 7 differen t soun ds,

which , being either lon g or shor t produce

14 differen t forms of cha r a cters , ca lled v o w e l s ;

a nd 24 differen t a rticula tion s , ma rked by a s ma ny

c o n s o n a n t a

The vowels a re a , e , i , o , o, u ,

u . If these

he the m a rks o f proira éted soun ds in speaking,they a re distingu ished by a n a cute a ccen t , a s . d , é,

o's 1 o f

i,

o'

, o,

u,

i t ,

in stead of the forms 0 ,u, the

sho r ter forms 6, ,

ha ve been in troduced recen tly.

As rega rds the u se of the words l o n g a n d s h o r t : bylon g is mea n t the protra ction or prolon ga tion , by short the con

tra cti on , or qui ck pron un cia tion of the same soun d ; thu s 0 a n d o'

,

the former short , the la tter lon g , difi'

er merely , the first bein gsoun ded in ha lf the time of the la tter . When a n E n glishma n ,men tion s a lon g i a n d a short i , we un dersta n d two di stin ct

soun ds ; hen ce , in m i l e , the i will be lon g , the syllable m i

ma y be protra cted or n ot. On the con trary , in the Hun ga ria nla n guage , the dura tion or the abbrevia ti on of the soun d wi ll

make the soun d lon g o r short .Csmk hun g Gram .

Page 15: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9

The 24 con son a n ts , 6 , es , oz , (1, f, g , gy ,

h,

j, If, 1, lg, m, n,ny, p , r , s

,327 , t

, ty, v,z , a s ,

o r B , Cs , Ca , 0 , F,G

,Gy , H, I

, If, L (Ly) ,M, N , Ny, P , B , S , S z, T, Ty, V, Z, Z S , a re

div ided in to 16 s i m p l e o n es : b, d, f; g, h, j, lo,I, m, n , p ,

r,s,t, v

,z , which ha ve the same a rti

cula tion a s the E n glish on es , excep t j equa l to the

E nglish y a s a con son a n t (in youn g) , 3 equa l to Sb,

9 a lways ha rd like g in gu ide , a n d r ha v in g a lways

a stron g trill ; a n d in to 8 c o m p o u n d on es : cs, oz

,

gy ,ly , my , os ,

ty ,a s . Fo r these there a re o n ly

three a rticula tion s in the E nglish la nguage exa ctlyin den tica l w i th the Hun ga r ia n on es , such a s ch (in

chapter) iden tica l w ith 0 8 , the sha rp s (in seven ,

six) iden tica l with sz,

a n d the a r ticula tion of 1 be

fore a lon g u (in seizure) iden tica l w ith a s .

Fo r the o ther con so n a n ts there a re n o a rticula tio n s in

the E n glish la n guage , a n d ther efore the co r rect

pron un cia tion must be a cquired by hea r ing speakers

who a re well a cqua in ted w ith the la nguage .

The con son a n t oz is a r ticula ted like ts in the

E nglish la n guage ,equa l to the Germa n z.

Approxima te a rticula tion s for the con son a n t gy

a re produced in the E nglish la n guage by the con

so n a n t d followed by a lon g u , a s in due , duce etc . ;

thus , in the Hun ga r ia n gyalm'

, to ca tch fire , is

so much like the E n glish dule , tha t foreign ers may

ea sily take them to be iden tica l. The con curren ce

of the con son a n t d a n d j have the a rticula tion o f

the E n glish con son a n ts d a n d y in tima tely combin ed.

Page 16: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3

The co n so n a n t [y is iden tica l with the Fren ch

i l , i l l e etc . preceded by a n o ther vowel , a s in t r a

v a i l , fe u i l l e etc . This iden tifica tion goes even

so fa r , tha t , a s in the Fren ch la n guage the l m o u

i l l é,which ha s the same a r ticula tion a s the E nglish

con son a n t y , ha s ga in ed groun d recen tly , the Hun

ga r ia n ly by ma ny excellen t speakers ha s been

a ssimila ted to the Fren ch I mouillé ; ev en by some

w r ite rs (i , which is n ea rly rela ted to ly ,h a s been

repla ced by jf (= yy) ; a s , v ai foa , in stea d of v a ly'

on .

The Ar ticula tio n of ny is like the Fren ch g n e

in c a m p a g n e , c h a m p a g n e etc ., a n d the E n glish

11 w ith a lo ng 11,o r the n in n ew .

Ty is the , sha rp a r ticula tion of gy, a n d very

n ea rly the a r ticula tion of the con son a n ts t a n d u,

a s in the word t u b e ; o n ly the Hunga r ia n is a n

in ter n a l combin a tio n of the two co n son a n ts , while

the E n glish rema in s a mere con curren ce.

Thus the most difficult a r ticula tion s a re those of

gy a n d ty ; the la tter being a sha rp a rticula tion of

the former , they a re in the same rela tion to ea ch

o ther a s the E n glish sylla bles du a n d tu , i n the

words due a n d tube .

To these may be a dded the combin a tion of dzs

in dzsz’

da ,which is equa l to the E n glish g in

g e n e r a L

The fourteen differen t ma rks for the sounds

may be a rra n ged in the following scheme .

a'

, iden tica l with the E n glish a in Fa ther .

1*

Page 17: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

4

(1 , iden tica l with the Fren ch a in

e is like the E n glish a in fa te , if the a sson a n ce of

e be a vo ided.

e is iden tica l w ith the E n glish a in fa t. In mon o

syllables , a s to ,meg ,

etc . ,if e is n ot followed

by m or a sha rp con son a n t , the soun d of e is

soften ed , a n d the pron un cia tion of 3 like the

E n glish shor t e , is preferable ; the same in the

words ten n i , enm'

, meam'

, venm’

, a n d simila r on es.

i is equa l to the E n glish lon g e in dea r , deed etc.

i is the shor t soun d of the preceding on e , a s is

often the ca se w ith the sylla ble re in compoun d

E n glish words ; its soun d takes the medium between

the E n glish lon g e a n d shor t i , a n d is iden tica l

w ith the Fren ch i ‘

in fin e .

0' iden tica l w ith the E n glish lon g 0 in coa l , loa n etc .

0,the shor t soun d of the precedin g (like the Fren ch

shor t

o is like the Fren ch cu in jeudi . A verydeep a n d

u n clea r soun d of a sho r t e .

d o r 6’

is the pr otra cted soun d of the preceding,equa l to the Germa n 6 in ti d e , h o

' h e etc.

a ,iden tica l w ith the E n glish 11 in bull.

12,iden tica l wi th the lon g double 0 in the wo rd food.

ii , iden tica l w ith the Fren ch u in un e , (je) fus etc .

Although some tea cher s of the Hun ga ria n la n guage ha verecommen ded the short a to be soun ded like the E n glish a in

wa tch , wa s etc. , n evertheless good speaker s make n o otherdi stin ction tha n tha t whi ch i s the n a tura l con sequen ce of the a h

brevia tion of the same soun d.

Page 19: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

the veil , faygyzi (fab - due) ta llow , fa l wa ll , ga zdag(gahz

- dahg) r ich, yaza

’a (gahz

- dah) husba n dma n ,

gb’

r - be crooked , yyz’

ilés meetin g, (a ssembly), gyer ty a

ca n dle , yyb'

ngy pea rl, yya'

v a cowa rd , gyd-

gy i- ta -

m'

to cure, gya

- log on foot , hé - bo - r a w a r,lea d

ba ttle , ha - da - lroz -m’

to comba t , led - la tha nks,

hé - dol-m'

to do hom age , lzoz-m

, to br in g, Izaj ha i r ,hay la rd , lui -gom my you n ger sister , i - ga yoke ,

i -gaz true , i -ga—zz

r ea l,i -gen yes , fizzy ; to w a lk,

yo (yo) good , yam- ba r p i ous“ , jég (ya ig) ice , jel

m a rk , jel - szo’

apophthegm , pa role , jd -m‘

to come,

ka - to - n a soldier , Irel me w a res , [fell (to) n eed,

[any girl, til - la ir, lila c , 10' horse, moi—ma r in toxica tion ,

menm’

to go , me- r ész bold , me- r eg poison , n é - nye

the elder sister , n agy- n é - nye a un t , o- r a hou r ,

w a tch , fi- r eg old , {i he , okos pruden t , p o - r osz

pr ussia n , p a’

r - n a cushion , p énz mon ey , p é l- da

example , p a l- 10 3 sword , r osz bad , r ozs corn , r a

a asz cun n in g , r z’

t - Ira r a re , r ift - Iran r a rely , r d - a s’

a'

r ose , r en d order , r a né , r en - de - zé s a rr a n gemen t,

r en - del - lte - zés disposition ,direction , s ac eagle ,

s é ta a wa lk , s é - ta l -m’

to wa lk , se - lyem silk , s a - r a

a pa ir of slippers , s a'

n ez scon ce , en tren chmen t , saly

weight , szZ - lyoza-m

'

to weigh , sci - [yes w eighty, szosa

spir its (of w in e etc .) szel - lem min d ,szdz hun dred,

szék cha ir , sa a - ba d free , sze - lz’

a’tame , gen tle, szo

'

r

m’

to strew , ta - la'

n perha ps , tud -m’

to kn ow

(something) , ta r -ta -lom con ten ts , lei -gas wide , roomy,

ten -m'

to do , tz'

Zr -m'

to suffer ,tit- r e - de - lem

pa tien ce , tita - do - lrb‘

l -m’

to gleam ,tisa - ta clea r ,

Page 20: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

pure , tel w in ter , to'

lake (la on s) , ud - va r cour t , ziz

m’

to pu rsue , iil-m'

to sit , u - r a l - kod -m’

to

domin eer , u - n a - lom tediousn ess , v a'

r -m’

to wa it,o a r -m

to sew, ver -m

(ver r - n y) to bea t , v ér (v a re)

blood ,ao- r ez -m

(va re - a s - n y) a n d v é r -ze - n i to

bleed , v é - yez-m

(vage-

ga z- n y) to fin ish , v é -ge

en d a o - n e (zan a) music , ze - n ész (za n - a se) mu sicia n ,

zé - log forfeit , zon -

go- r a (zohn -

gob- r ah) pia n o .

In o rder to fa cilita te the lea rn in g o f the pro

n u n cia tion of co n son a n ts a n d v owels which ha ve

the same a r ticula tion a n d soun ds a s the E n glish , the

follow ing shor t a r ra n gemen t of E n glish words spelt

in the Hunga r ia n Alphabet , is subjo in ed.

E nglish wo rds,

spelt in Englishz") spelt in Hungarian

Bull

Chamber

Deed

Did

Da n ger

E agle

Fa t

The on ly differ en ce between the E n glish lon g a a n d the

Hun ga ri a n 6,i s , tha t the E n gli sh a , ha s a term in a tiv e soun d

which somewha t a ppro a ches the E n glish shor t i , whilst theI

Hun ga ria n e is a clea r sou n d.

Page 21: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

Fa te

Germa nLoa n L dn

La sting (a ccordin g to Wa lker) Ldsztin

Moon Man

Meek Mile

Newly Nydlz‘

(amon g a ll othersimila r pron un cia tion s, tha t of N ew l y is themost a pproa chin gthe Hun ga ri a n Nyt

i li, which shows the a rticula tion of the

con son an t Ny or n y .

Page 22: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9

2. Div i s ion of the s oun ds a n d

words.

In order to fa cilita te E tymologica l forma tion s, l

Gramma r ia n s have a ssumed the division o f v owels

in to h a r d a n d s o ft on es , un der the fo rmer bein gun derstood the full a n d deep soun ds of a ,

o,

i t,

either long or shor t ; un der the la tter , the closed

on es of e ,z'

,o, it , ei ther lon g or shor t. The lon g

i may be con sidered a s a medium soun d between

the two . Accordin g to this div ision of the vowels, the

words of the Hunga r ia n la n guage a re div ided i n to

two differen t cla sses : ha rd soundin g on es a n d soft

soun din g on es. The former con ta in in g such vowels

a s a , a'

,o,

u, 22, the la tter either of the vowels

e,é,i, b

, 6 ,22,12.

Thus the words ha’

bor d wa r ,ho ld moon , hom

lok forehea d , a'

r pr ice , a re ha rd or deep on es ; the

words édes sweet , 51 fa thom , levegd a ir ,in te m

to

admon ish , esm'

to fa ll,a re soft c ri es .

When the same word con ta in s vowels of the

two differen t cla sses , the ha rd v owels a re con sidered

a s the pr in cipa l on es , a n d the words belon g to the

cla ss of ha rd words .

As the vowel z'

is con sidered to be a media te

on e ,between the ha rd a n d soft v owels , m a ny words

in which the soun d 2'

predomin a tes or is the on ly

For the sake of a bbrevia tion the Terms h a r d , a n d s o f twords , will be u sed.

Page 23: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

10

v owel occurr in g , belon g to the cla ss of soft Wo l‘ds ’

especia lly the w ords os ipm'

to pin ch , os ir iz pa ste ,os iz green fin ch , ozim firma , title , disz or n amen t,

fiv’

yy a llia n ce , fr iz fr isia n , yim fa llow deer , hi

mezm'

to embro ider , hir reputa tion ,repor t , lzia

fa ithful , iny gum , iv a sheet (of paper) a n a r c, iz

ta ste . miv mil’

. w ork, ny ir birch - tree , r im r ime, szin

colour,sziv hea rt

,tiz ten

, v iz w a ter .

All o thers in which i is the v owel of the r adi

ca l syllable belon g to the cla ss of ha rd words ; a s

szii , strap ; hid , br idge ; irm'

,to w r ite .

3. As s imi la t i o n of s oun ds a n d

a r t i cu la t i on s.

It is a gen era l rule , tha t a ll a f fixes jo in in gwo rds beca use of Gramma tica l forms a ssimila te

their vowels to those of the root of the word itself ;thu s , words which belon g to the cla ss of ha rd on es

hav e in their a ffixes , wha tever they may be , the

h a rd vowel a,0,or a ; on the con tra ry ,

o

wo rds be

l on ging to the secon d cla ss ha v e in their a ffixes‘a soft vowel , e

,b‘

, o r a .

The cor respon din g vowels a re a a n d e,

0 a n d

o,

u a n d it ; thus ,if the a f fix for on e cla ss of

w ords be kn own , the a ffix for the other cla ss w ill

be kn own by itself.

For in sta n ce :

In the wo rd v a'

rmik w e wa it , the Verba l roo t

is ndr , the a ffix w ith its cemen ting vowel is un lit,

Page 24: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

11

if a ny Verba l r oo t w ith a soft-vowel , a s a ], to sit

be giv en , in o rder to form the first Person Plura l,the a ffix un it must be a dded

,a n d a liink (we sit) is

the form requ ired ; Iza'

zam my house ,ha s 772 a ffixed »

w ith the v owel a , the soft word szek cha ir , w ill thus

ha v e szé lrem (my cha i r) for the same Gramma tica lform a s Iza

'

zam.

As the v owels of Gr amma tica l a ffixes a re a ssimi

la ted to those of the root , so some con son a n ts

of a ffixes a n d r oo ts a re a ssimila ted to ea ch o ther .

E specia llv

The con son a n t j in the Conjuga tion of the Verb

is a ssimila ted

a ) to the con son a n t sz,if the v erba l roo t term i

n a tes w ith such a con son a n t ; a s, ma’

sz - szon he m a v

creep , in stea d of ma'

rz -jon ; vesz - szen he may be

lost , in stea d of v esz -jen .

b) to the con son a n t z,if the v erba l root term i

n a tes w ith this con son a n t ; a s , hoz -zon he m ay

br in g , in stead of hoz -jon .

c) to the con son a n t s .

1) if the v erba l r oot termin a tes w ith the

same con son a n t ; a s (is - son he may dig;

i n stea d of a'

s -jon .

9 ) if the v erba l root termin a tes w ith the con

son a n t t , preceded by a long vowel or bv

a n other con son a n t ; a s , ta n it - son he ma v

tea ch , in stead of ta n it —jon .

3) if the v erba l root termin a tes w ith the con

son a n t t, preceded by a short vowel ; in this

Page 25: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

19

ca se the radica l l itself is cha nged in to s,

a s , fits - son he may run , in stead of fut - son ,a n d this in stead of fution ; p erson he may

sow , in stea d of vet -fen , etc .

When the Demon stra tive Pron oun az tha t, ez this ,jo in s the a ffixes , which a re used in stead of Preposition s , its con son a n t z is a ssimila ted to the in itia l

con son a n t of the a ffix : a s, a r - r o

l of tha t , in steado f az - r o

l ; eb out of this , in stead of ez - bd’

l,

ek-kép en in stead of ez - Ire'

p e n.

The a ffixes v a l , vel , which express the Prepo

s itiou w i t h , a n d mi, a o

'

, which mea n s i n t o , a ssimi

la te their in itia l con son a n t , v,to the fin a l con son a n t

of the word to which they a re jo in ed ; thus , Irez

zel w ith the ha n d , in stead of Irez - vel ; a z - za'

in to tha t , in stead of az -ou'

; fegyver - r el with a rms,

i n stead of [egyver -vel.

O b s . a vva l a n d azza l, w ith tha t, evvel a n d ezzel,

w ith this , a re both in u se , but the la tter forms a re

preferable .

4. Prolon ga t i on of the v owel s.

The short fin a l vowels a a n d e a re prolon ged

a s often a s the word a ssumes a ny a ffix . This pro

longa tion of the short fin a l a a n d e is common to

a ll words in a ll Gramma tica l forms .

r ulza a dress , r uhd-m my dress , m in i - t a

dress (objective ca se) , r a hd -za i to dress , m in i - v a l

with a dress ; eke plough , eké - n ek to a plough,

Page 27: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

14

the la st syllable a n d the pen ultima ha ve the same

fin a l co n son a n t or con son a n ts the a rticula tion s of

which a re n ot rela ted in some way. The con so

n a n ts which ea sily combin e a re the liqu id 1, m,

n ,r,a n d the lin gua l cs , oz , sz ,

z,

either amo ng

themselves or w ith o ther con son a n ts , especia llypa la ta ls a n d den ta ls . For in sta n ce : doloy

- o t the

thin g ,con tra cted dolyot ; ja

r om - a t the yoke , ja'

rma t ;

taker - fit the mirror , tit/cr ii t ; hajo l am ,I stoop ,

Izajlom.

Page 28: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

COMPOSITIONS.

I .

V e r b s . A c t i v e a n d N e u te r .

The Hun ga r ia n la n gu age , a s men tion ed a bove ,

expresses the differen t Gramma tica l fo rms (Declen

sion , Conjuga tion , Compa r ison ) by mea n s of a ffixes ,which a re jo in ed to the r oots of the words . The

root o f a Verb is ca lled tha t pa r t of it which re

ma in s a fter the term in a tion of the In fin itive , a i,

is taken away ; thus ,from v a

'

rm'

the root is v a'

r .

The Active Vo ice of Hun ga r ia n Tra n sitive Verbs

ha s two differen t forms , which hav e been styled by

Gr amma r ia n s the In defin ite a n d the Defin ite fo rms .

The former r ela tes to objects n ot str ictly determ in ed

by the speaker , a n d may be ca lled the Un iversa l

fo rm ; the la tter rela tes to objects determin ed by the

speaker either expressively or un derstood , to objec

tive ca ses r epresen tin g a n y determin ed object , a n d

ha s been ca lled the Defin i te form .

A . In d e fi n i t e fo r m o f t h e Ac t i v e V o i c e a n d

t h e N e u t er .

I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .

l . PRESENT TENSE .

Va'

r - olr I wa it , I am wa itin g ,I do wa it , v a

r -sz

thou wa itest , thou a rt wa itin g , thou dost wa it,va

'

r he wa its , he is wa iting , he does wa it ; var - un is

Page 29: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

16

we wa it , we a re wa itin g , we do wa it , v a'

r - tok

you w a it , you a re wa itin g , you do wa it , va'

r

n ak they wa it , they a re wa iting , they do wa it.

El - e/r I live ,I am a live ,

é l - sz thou livest , thoua rt a live , é l he lives , he is a live ; é l - z

ink we live ,we a re a live ,

e'

l telc you live , you a re a liv e , é l - n ek

they live , they a re a live .

A’

fi22 v a'

r ; ember elc v a'

r n a lr . A’

fi22k im ak.

Ir olc. Ir a a k. Az a ty a ir ; fi22k jdm ak. Ja'

r unk. Az

ember ek s é ta'

ln ak. Az a'

lla t e'

l a'

lla tolr é ln e/c.

A ’

Ira ton a v iv . Ka ton dk vivn a lc. Vzvun lr . Viv tok.

The fa ther writes . The mo ther is wa iting. The

boys a re waitin g. I live . We live . They live . I

am wa lking. Boys a re w a lkin g. The mo ther takes

a wa lk. We ga ther . Men ga ther . The boy ga thers .

I am sittin g. An ima ls a re a live . The a n ima l is a live .

The fa ther is sittin g. We a re sittin g. (A) soldier is

figlhin g. Soldiers do fight. The boys a re fightin g.

FIRST PERFE CT TENSE (Imper fect).Va

r - ék I wa ited , vdr - a'

l thou wa itedst , va'

r

a he wa ited ; va'

r - dn lr we wa ited , vdr - a'

tok you

wa ited , va’

r - a'

n ak they wa ited. (Tl -elf I sa t , iZl - é l

thou sa test, ul - e he sa t ; il l-enk we sa t, u l - é telt you

sa t , ill - en ds they sa t. On the u se of this Ten se,see the Theoretica l par t.

3 . SECOND PERFE CT TENSE (preter itum).Va'r - tam I have wa ited , I wa s wa it

ing , did wa it , va'

r - ta'

l thou ha st wa ited,

See the Voca bul a ry.

Page 30: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

17

wa st wa iting , didst wa it , va'

r - t he wa s wa iting, did

wa it ; v a'

r - tunk we were wa iting , did wa it , v a'

r

ta ta lr you were wa iting , did wa it , v a’

r - ta n ak a n d

v a'

r - ta lr they were wa iting , did wa it. ill - tom

I wa s sitting , did sit , il l - tel thou wa st sitting , didst

sit , ill - t he wa s sitting , did sit ; ill - tank we were

sitting , did sit,

z‘

i l - tetek you were sitting , did sit,

z‘

i l tek a n d ill - ten ch they were sittin g , did sit.

A’

fi22k szedtek. F222 a lt. L a'

ny va r t. Lednyolc

v a r ta lr. Az a nya vo'

r t. Ember ek szedtek. S é ta'

l

ta nk. Az u'

lla tok é ltelr. A’

[522ja'

r t. Fi22k ja'

r tak.

Ta n ultzmlr ; a’

fi221r ta n a lta lr. Az a tya ir t. Az Em

ber elr ta n a ltak. Ta n ulla tok. A’ Ka ton a viv -ott

(in stead of viv - t) . Ka ton a’

lr v iv tak.

The E n glish compoun d Perfect : I have wa ited,we have sa t , etc. is expressed by the same form of

the secon d Perfect ; thus , I have wa ited mea n s va'

r

tam they have lived , é ltelr.

Men were fighting. People did fight. The man

did fight. I ha ve fought. I ha ve sa t. You have

walked. The boy ha s wr itten . The fa ther did write.

Mother wa s wr iting. The daughter did sew. The

son did wr ite. We were wa lkin g. You were wa i

(A) soldier wa s fighting a n d (a) boy wa s

The Person a l Pron oun s , I , thou , he , we , you , they, areby n o mean s forms of Con juga tion in the Hun gar i a n la n guage.

The whole of the Con juga tion con sists in differen t a ffixes . ThesePron oun s ar e u sed before the Person a l forms of the Verb a s

often a s Empha sis requires them , or a s often a s they supplythe Subject of the Verb . In this respect the Hun garian lan guageagrees with the La tin en tirely, a s, amamus an d n os amamus etc.

Csink. hung. gram . 2

Page 31: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

18

walking. We were sittin g. Thou wa st wr itin g. I

lea rn ; fa ther wr ites. The mother wa s sittin g ; the

girl did sew. An ima ls were a live . Men did live .

The boys have ga thered. I ga ther . We did ga ther .

You were ga ther ing.

4. COMPOUND FUTURE .

va'

r n i -fagak I sha ll wa it, v a'

r n i fogsz thou wilt wa it,v a

r n i fog he will wa it ; v a’

r n i fogunk we sha ll wa it,va

'

r n i fogtolr you will wa it , v a'

r n i fogn ak they will

wa it.

A’

ta n a ln i foyn a /r. A’Ira ton a

'

lc v ivn i fogn a lr. Szedm

'

fogunk. Ja'

r n i fogtolr. A’

lea'

ny va r n i

fog. Az a tya ir t. Az ember ti lt. Az a'

lla t elt.

Mi é ln i foyunk. Te ir n i foysz és d ta n n ln i fog.

A’

10 fa t. Az ole/lin t ja'

r .

Soldiers were fightin g. We a lso did fight. I

sha ll fight. The soldier will fight. People will run .

The boys will play , we a lso sha ll play. I sha ll

take a wa lk. The mother w ill sit, a n d the daughter

will wa lk. We did take a wa lk. We sha ll wr ite .

You w ill wr ite. They w ill sit. The boy is sittin ga n d wr itin g. The girls do wa lk a n d kn it. Girls

will wa lk , boys will run . We sha ll look. You w ill

see. Thou seest. We did see. You have seen .

They were lookin g.

B . D efi n i te F o r m o f t h e Ac t i v e V o i c e .

The Defin ite Form a lways rela tes to objects

spoken of which a re , in a ny way wha tever , deter

m in ed , thus if the Objective Case govern ed by the

Page 32: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

19

Active Voice be left out , it is un derstood to be

r epresen ted by the Pron oun h im , h e r or i t , which

in foreign la n guages a re a lways added to the Verb .

Thus , in v a'

gom is un derstood , I cut i t , ir om,

I wr ite it (the letter , or sen ten ce men tion ed) .

In dica tive Mood.

l . PRE SENT TENSE .

Va'g - om I cu t , I am cu ttin g , v a'

g- od thou

cu test , v a'

y-ja he cuts ; v a

'

g-julc we out , we a re

cutting , v a'

g-jdtok you ou t , vdy

-jdlr they cut .

Ko'

t - o'

m I bin d , I am bin din g, Iro'

t -o'

d thou bin dest,ko

'

t - i he bin ds ; ko'

t -jiik we bin d , ko’

t - i tek you

bin d , loo'

t - ilc they bin d. Ker es - em I look for ,

[cor es - cd thou lookest for , [cor es - i he looks for ;

ker es - siilr*) we look for , [cor es - i tch you look for,

ker es - ilc they look for .

Fi22t leer eselc, a’

flat ker esem. Ember - t ldtok,

a z ember t ldtom. Ka ton d ver n ek , a’

ka ton dt

vem'

k. A’

lea'

ny r a /w'

t v a r , lea'

nyolc v a ryak a’

r a li a'

t.

A’

lea'

ny va rja a’r uli a

'

t. B 22za'

t Iro tn elr (they shea fcom ) , a

bz2za'

t Iro'

lilr (they shea f the com ) . A’

lednyok bokr e'

tdt Iro'

tn elr , lea'

nyok ko'

tik a’

bokr é ta'

t.

A’

19221: ta n n ifdk a’

leczké t. E n leoz/re'

t ton a lolr.

The cha ra cter istic of the Objective Ca se is t,

preceded by a vowel if the fin a l con son a n t of the

Substa n tive were n o t ea sily combin able with it.

The Plu ra l of Substa n tives is ma rked by the

Cha ra cter Ir , preceded by the same vowel tha t

on a ssimil a tion above 3 .

S ee on Prolon ga tion 4.

Page 33: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 0

precedes the t of the Objective Ca se . In rega rd

to the vowels to be used , see 2 , 3 , a n d the

Theoretica l pa r t. The Objective Ca se of the Plura l

Number ha s the same cha ra cter istic a s the Objective

Ca se of the Sin gula r Number . This t is jo in ed to

the plura l form by mea n s of the vowels a for ha rd

words , a n d e for soft on es. Thus , ember,Plura l

ember i elt Objective Plura l ember - ek- et. The

same , lea ny ,Pl. lednyolr , Obj. Pl. lea

'

nyolca t.

The labourer will work , the soldier w ill fight.

The boys will lea rn , the girl w ill sew . We sha ll

take a wa lk ; the child w ill wa lk. Children play,the fa ther wr ites . The mother did read a n d we

a lso did rea d. I have spoken . We ha ve r ead (a)

book. You ha ve wr i tten the book. We did look

(a t) the horses. You ha ve seen the soldiers. I did

see the soldiers . We ha ve wr itten the letter . Thou

wa st wr itin g (a ) letter . I have r ea d the letters . Do

you see the soldiers ? Do you ga ther fru it ? We

bin d (make a ) n osegay , a n d you bin d (shea f the)cor n .

2 . PERFE CT TENSE AND FUTURE .

Olvas - tam I have read , did read , wa s reading (it),olva s - ta d thou ha st r ead etc. (it) , olv as - ta he ha s

read ; o lvas - tulr we have rea d etc. , o lv as - tdtok you

ha ve r ead , o lv as - ta'

le they ha ve read. Olva sn i

fogom I sha ll r ea d (it) , o lvasn i fogod thou w ilt

r ead , o lv asn i foyfa he v ill rea d , a lousa i foyiulc we

sha ll read , o lv asn i fow'

dto/r you will read , olvasn i

fow’

dk they will read.

Page 35: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

22

cdr -ja n ak

v a’

r -ja'

k

The forms of the Impera tive Mood a re en tirelyexpressed by those of the Subjun ctive mood. The

secon d Person of the Singula r Number a dmits v a'

rja'

l

a n d v a'

rf (wa it) , the others suffer n o a ltera tion wha t

ever . Thus , he sha ll wa it , let him wa it , a re ex

pressed by : v a’

rjon ; so , let us wa it ! a n d sha ll

we wa i t? a re both v a'

m'

unk; etc. In r ega rd to a ssi

mila tion s of the cha ra cter istic j see 3.

Olva ssun /r. N ézzzl‘

n lc. Im'

zmk. Kossé l (in stea d

of Hazza'

l. Vivya'

l. E ben . A’

k duy v erjon .

Ja’

rj! Vdrjunk ? A’

fid vdrjon .

The boy sha ll wr ite , the soldier sha ll fight a nd

overcome the en emy. Let us r ead. Lea rn the les

son . Rea d the letter . Sha ll we lea rn ? Wr ite !

Wa it ! The boy sha ll play. Let us look for the

book. Let u s bin d (make a ) n osegay. He sha ll

bin d (make) it. Let us speak Hunga r ia n . Let him

speak E nglish . Speak Germa n .

tha t they may wa it.

I) . C o n d i t i o n a l .

1 . PRE SENT.

In def. form . o lv as -n ék

Def. form . olva s - n a'

m

o lv as - n dl

o lv a s - n dd

I would , should read , a n d

tha t I might read

thou wouldst read

Words tha t belon g to the cla ss of soft on es receive 8 ,

in stea d of a , in their termin a tion ; thus : ver -jem I may bea t,

z’

i l -j ek I may sit.

Page 36: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

23

”lvas ' mfjhe would read ;

o lva s - n a

o l'vas - n a'

nk we would , should read ,

olv as - n o'

k tha t we might read

olv as - n a'

tok

o lvas - n a'

tok

olv as - n a'

n ak

o lv as - udh

jyou would read etc.

jthey would read etc.

Expressing a n a ction don e or n eglected because

of a con dition precedin g. This Ten se is a com

pound on e a n d in Gramma rs it is given a s the Plu

perfect of the Subjun ctive Mood , a s the former

Ten se is given a s the Imperfect Ten se of the same

Mood.

The forma tion of this Ten se is ea sy , it beingmerely a r epetion of the Perfect Ten se of the In

dica tive Mood w ith the a ddition of vo ln a (which

mea n s , it would be) to ea ch Person a l form .

In def. v a'

r - tam

lI should have wa ited,

voin aDef. v ar - tam (if) I had wa i ted

- t'

lv a r avoln a , thou woulds t have wa i ted etc .

v ar - ta dr

- tv a

r

voln a , he would ha ve wa i ted etc.

va r - ta

v a'

r - tzmkva lue , we would ha ve wa i ted

v a r - tuk

v a

'

r - ta'

tokvoln a , you would have wa ited

va r - ta tok

cdr - ta'

kvoln a , they would have wa i ted.

Page 37: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

24

Words that belong to the cla ss of soft on es , have

6 in stead of a a n d o ; u in stead of u , a n d 6 in stead

of o'

, in their termin a tive syllable . Thus é l tem

voln a , I should have lived ; é l - té l vo ln a ; é l- t voln a ;é l—tz

ink voln a , é l—tetek v oln a , é ltek or é l-ten ek voln a .

Az a nydm (a nyd-m ,my mother) ir n a ; az

a tya'

m (my fa ther) ir i voln a . En ir n ék. Ti ir n d

tok. A’

fidk ta n uln a'

n ak. A’

lednyok (plura l) v a'

r

ta lc voln a . A’

gyermek Jam a . Mi s é ta'

ltunk voln a .

A’

Ica ton a'

lf gyfiztek voln a . Mi tz'

szteln é’

k a’hdst.

A’

Ka ton a'

lc ti s‘zteln é lc a’vezér elcet (objective ca se

plura l see B. Szer etn élc s é ta’

ln i . Szer etn énk

illn i . Szer etn é l Jam i . Szer ettem voln a le'

tn i . A’

fiuk szer emén ek jdtsza n i . A’

ta n ulo’

lc szer etn én elt

ir n i . Az a nya'

m se er etn e tam'

len i , én szer etn ék

ta n n ln i . A’

1712 szer etn e olv a sn i . A’

Ica ton a szer et

v ivn i . A’

hadvezér szer et gydzn i . Szer etn é l le'

tn i ?

Szer etn é telc ii ln i ? Mi szer etn énk s é ta'

ln i .

I should r ead , you would wr ite: My fa ther

would have wr itten . If the soldiers ga in the

ba ttle. The en emy will take to flight. We shouldovercome the en emy. You would see. The en emy

would have left the field of ba ttle. If the a rmy

ha d fought (a) ba ttle. I should like to lea rn . Ishould like to learn E nglish (put : E nglish to lea rn ) .

I should like to speak Hunga r ia n . Would you liketo read? I should like , if I kn ew (I should if Icould) . My mother likes the flowers . My fa therwould wr ite. We should have wr itten . I shouldlike to write. I should have liked to read.

Page 38: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 5

E 0 Th fl V e r b ”to b e “. V a g y o k , I a m .

1 . PRESENT.

‘ Qfi—f ‘

Vagyok I am , v agy thou a rt , c a n a n d v agyon

he is , she is , it is ; vagyunk we a re , vagytok you

a re , v a n n ah or v aigy’

n ak they a re.

The third Person of this Ten se is missed in the

sen ten ce a s often a s it is a mere copula between

the Substa n tive a n d its Adjective or a ny other Sub

sta n tive used a s Predica te. Thus , the sen ten ce

,,the flower is bea utiful“ w ill be tra n sla ted in ,,the

flower bea utiful , “ a n d there w ill be : ,,a’

v ir a'

g

szép“, in stead of ,, a

v ir a'

g v a n szép .

“ The roses

a re beautiful flowers , will be : A’

r o'

zsdk szép v ir d

golf , in stead of saying : a’

r o’

zsa'

k v a n n a h szép

v ir a'

gok.

The Verb ,,to be“ , in a ll its forms , follows

the Adjective or Substa n tive u sed a s Predica te of

the sen ten ce ; thus , in stead of saying : ,,I am a

ma n , thou a rt diligen t , we say : ,,I (a ) ma n am ,

thou diligen t a rt . Subject , Predica te a n d Copula

agree in Number .

2 . PAST TENSE .

Voli am I wa s , I ha ve been , Volta'

l thou wa st,a n d ha st been , volt he wa s etc. ; vo ltzmlc we were,

volta tolc you were, v a ltak or volta n a lc they were etc.

A’

fiu szorga lma tos . A’

fidk szorga lma tosak

(n omin a tive plura l) v a ltak. Mi szorga lma tosak vol

tunk. A’ka ton a

'

k Msb‘

k (heroes). A’

csa ta v ér es

volt. A’

csa tamezd terjedelmes . A’

ta'

bor n agy .

Page 39: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

26

A’

ba r cz hosszzi . A’

gyb‘

zedelem bizony ta la n . A’

munka v égketlen . A’

fdr a ds a'

g mér té lfen tzi li .

(The) Flowers a re pla n ts. The elepha n t is (a n )a n ima l. The tiger is cruel. The fox is cun n in g,Tyra n ts a n d tigers a re equa l. Foxes a n d politicia n s

a re a rtful . (The) Lyon s a re gen erous . Men a re

selfish . Nelson is ren own ed. E n gla n d is free.

Hunga r ia n s a re sla ves. Hunga ry wa s (a) kingdom .

The Hunga r ia n s were brave . We were r ich . You

a re poor , they were idle.

Va le'

k I wa s , v a ldl thou wa st , va la he wa s ;

va la'

nk we were , v a la'

tok you were , v a la'

n ak theywere

3 . CONDITIONAL .

Voln e'

k I should be , If I were ; voln a'

l thou

wouldst be , If thou were , voln a he would be ; v ol

n a'

nk we should be , voln a'

tok you would be ,vol

n dn ak they would be.

There a re n o more Ten ses of the Verb vagyok;

a ll the others , a s those of the Subjun ctive a n d In

fin itive Moods , the Pa rticiples , a re supplied by the

Verb lemi i , to become . The Presen t Ten se of the

Verb len n i , is used a s a Future of v agyolf .

L eszek I sha ll be a n d I become , leszesz a n d

leszcl thou wilt be , Iesz , less en he w ill be ; lesziin lc

we sha ll be , lesztel: you will be , leszn ek theyw ill be .

Ha gazdagok volndnk. Ha sza ba d voln é lc. Ax

ido”szép lesz. A’

ny a'

r meleg voln a . A5 dss hives

On the use of this ten se see the Theoretical part.

Page 40: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

27

té l kideg. A’

ta vasz szép volt. A5 a nya'

m6

2 A ti a'

m bete voln a . E11'

0'

ess . z a 3/ y J

leszek. Te szorga lma tos c a ln a'

l. M i ta n ulo'

lc leszun lcx

We should be r ich . You w ill be diligen t. Theywould be n a ughty. Thou a r t n aughty. The boy

would be good. The girls a re good. We sha ll be

ready. The soldier is bra ve. The soldiers w ill be

bra ve . Nelson wa s (a ) soldier . E n gla n d is sma ll.

Br ita n ia is grea t. Amer ica is (a) republic. Repu

blics ar e ra re . (A) fr ien d is fa ithful.

l l .

P o s s e s s i v e fo r m s o f th e S u b s ta n ti v e .

A. T h e o bje c t p o s s e s s e d i s b u t o n e .

Ruhd-m my dress , 1 111112 6 thy dress , r uhd -J

'

a

his a n d her dress. B a hd 1111: our dress , r 12ha'

ta lc

your dress , r u/i a’

-

J'

ok their dress. In r ega rd to the

prolon ga tion of the a , see In trod. 4.

Mez6 -m my field , mez6 d thy field ,mesr e -Je

*)

his a n d her field ; mez6 71k our field , mez6 tb‘

k your

field , meze -jb’

k their field.

B a r a'

t- om my fr ien d, ba r a'

t 0 d thy fr ien d, bar a'

t

Ja his a n d her fr ien d ; ba r a'

t - a nk our fr ien d , ba r a'

t

a tolc your fr ien d , ba r a'

t -J'

ok their fr ien d.

The same al tera ti on of 6 i s to be observed in a ll the

mon osyllables a n d dissyllables , thus 716 wi fe , 716m my wi fe,n e -je hi s wi fe ; erde-je hi s wood. Words of more tha n two

syllables do n ot a dmit this a ltera tion ; thus , leveg6je from

Page 41: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

28

Felelet - em my a n swer , felelet - ed thy a n swer ,

felelet - e his a n d her a n swer ; felelet - unk ,our a n s

wer ; felelet -etb‘

lc your a n swer , felelet -d’

le their

a n swer.

Con sider ing the a ffix Ja , Je , which mea n his,

her a n d its , a n d the a ffix Jok, Jolt , which mea n

their , the J is m issed if the Substa n tive term in a tes w ith on e of the con son a n ts cs , os , s

,sz ,

z,

Wig , lg , ty , gy , or if the fin a l syllable meets

with a n abbrev ia tion . In con sidera tion of the vowel,

which is to be used with these a ffi x e s o f p o s s e s

s i o n , it may he rema rked , tha t the same vowel

which forms the Plura l of the Substa n tives is used

in these a ffixes a s well ; thus , a szta l , Pl. aszta l - ok

tables , a szta l - om my table ; ma ddr ,Pl. ma da r - ak

b irds , ma da r - um my bird.

A’

K6nyvem J'

0’

(my book is good. See above

sub E) . A5 a ty a'

d cdr . Az Anya'

n lc ir . Anya'

nk

ir . B a r dtotolc hiltelen . A’

B a'

tya'

m ka ton a (is a

soldier) . A’

ha dser egilnk v ite'

z. Veze'

r itn lc 1igyes .

Ta'

bor zmk n agy . E llen ségd'

n lc Iciengesztelhetlen . A’

Ta'

bor n agyotok hir es . A’

kir a'

lyunk szer eti a s a r

sza’

got. A’

Irir a'

lg/ o tok gy12'

16‘

li a’

n e'

r et.

The Objective Ca se ,,my fr ien d ,

“ my book“etc,

is given in the Hun ga r ia n la n guage by ba r dtom - a t,

Iconyvem-et etc.

, a n d the Objective of a ny Substa n

tive , tha t may ha ve the possessive a ffixes , will be

given by a n a ffixed t, preceded by the vowel a or e.

The a ffix of the third Person ,termin a ting in a

or e , does n ot admit the vowel a or e before the t.

Page 43: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

30

begin n ers may a lways form the Nomin a tive of the

Plura l Number of tha t Noun , to which they wish tojo in the required possessive a ffix ; if the Plura l beformed , then take away the Plura l k

, a n d jo in the

requ ired a ffix to it. For in sta n ce , I w ish to say

,,my n eighbour ;“

szomszéd ha s in the Plura l

szomszédok, takin g off If a n d jo in in g m, I ha ve

which is the word r equ ired. The

a ffix of the third person J'

a a n d J'

e join s the Nomi

n a tive of the Singula r n umber immedia tely , thus

,,his n eighbour“ is , szomszéq

'

ia .

B . T h e o bje c t s p o s s e s s e d a r e m o r e

t h a n o n e .

Ruhd - im my dresses , r ukd- id thy dresses,

m in i - i his dresses , r uli d- ink our dr esses , r ubri

i tok your dresses , m ild- i i: their dresses .

The cha r a cter istic of the Plura l is i, which

precedes the a tfixa l con son a n ts m , 6 , 71k, If a n d

the syllable tok.

When the Substa n tive to which the a ffixes a re

to be join ed termin a tes with a con son a n t , a s : ba r a'

t,

a szta l , the third Person of the Sin gula r Number of

a ,is taken a s the radica l, a n d the Plura l a ffixes a re

a dded to this radica l , thus ba r a'

tfa his fr ien d beingthe third Person of the Sin gula r , ba r dtfa - im w ill be

my fr ien ds , ba r dtJ’

a - id thy frien ds , ba r a'

tfa - i his

fr ien ds etc. L evele - im my letters , levele - id thy

letters , levele - i his letters , tevele - in lc our letters,

levele - i tek your letters , levele -ilc their letters.

Page 44: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3 1

As the a ffixes : im , id , i may ea sily be join ed

to the Substa n tives themselves , w ithout the a cces

s ion of a ny o ther vowel , we sha ll get a secon d’

Plura l form , which will be : ba r dt - im my fr ien ds,ba r a

'

t - id thy fr ien ds , ba r dt - i his fr ien ds , ba r dt - ink

our fr ien ds etc . The first form is preferable in

famili a r con versa tion .

Substa n tives termin a ting w ith 6 abbrev ia te this

vowel in the third person of the Sin gula r n umber

(see u n der A) , such Substa n tives , a s above men tion ed,therefore ha ve a double plur a l form , the first of

them is given in con sider ing a s their r a dica l the

lon g 6,the secon d , in con sider in g a s thei r radica l

the short e of the tird Pe rson ; thus the Substa n tive

mez6 forms mez6 - im a n d meze - im my fields etc. ,

both forms a re correct , but the la tter ha s received

the sa n ction of the people.

Szer essed a’

feleba r dtoda t. Szer esse'

tek ellen

se'

gei teket is . As a tg a'

m és a’

bdty a'

m is elutazott

(in stead of eluta zt , Perf. Ten se) . B a r a'

tim v a ltak.

Nem min den ba r dtink hivek (m issed v amzak , a re) .

E llens égeink gyillb'

ln ek. A’

Ka ton a'

ink megver te'

k a s

ellen séget. Az Anga lak (a re) ba r dtjoin lt . Or sza'

gok

(in stead or sza'

gfok) n agy , ker eskedésb’

k terjedelmes ,ha ta lmuk (in stead ha ta lom-

J'

ok) er 6s . A’

Ta'

bor n ok

szer eti a’

ka ton a'

it. A’

szz’

i l6 szer eti gyermelrei t.

Kb’

nyveim elvesztek. Kong/veidet la'

ti am, leveleidet

o lv as tam. A’

bdty a'

m o lvas ta a’

leveledet. A’

fi12

ta n ulia a’

leszkeJ'

é t ; a’

lea'

nyom a’

r a l'

a'

t va r ta .

En a’

n ényédet v a'

r tam.

Page 45: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

32

Our soldiers hon our their leader . Your kingpays his soldiers . They do pay their debts. Our

soul is immorta l, but our body is mor ta l. Yourchildren (a re) idle ,

but his da ughter (is) diligen t .My fr ien ds (a re) in dustr ious . Your en em ies (a re)powerful. My dress is dea r . His time is va luable

(dea r) . We foun d your book. Cha rles foun d his

pen . Albert read .(the) his lesson . The tea cherha s seen our tra n sla tion . (The) Our fa ther ha s pra i

sed your brother , he ha s lea rn ed his lesson .

C . T h e P o s s e s s i v e C a s e . G e n i t i v e .

1.

The Hun ga r ia n la nguage expresses the Posses

s ive Ca se by mea n s of the p o s s e s s i v e a ffi x e s .

The Possessive Ca se a lways supposes two diffe

ren t n otion s , the on e tha t of the Subject possessing,the other tha t of the object possessed ; this la tter

r eceives the possessive a ffixes of the third Person

either Singula r or Plura l.

With the Substa n tive r ela tin g to the posses

sor there is used the a ffix n a k or n ek , which is

n ot expressed , but in dica ted by a n a postrophe, un less

the perspicu ity or Euphony would require its

pla in expression . Thus , the fa ther’

s house , we say

azt a tya’

ha’

za ; the schola r’

s books , a’

ta n ulo"kb

ny

vei ; the courage of the soldiers , a’ Ira ton a

'

k’

ba'

tor

sa'

guk; the pen s of the schola rs , a’

tanulé lr’

tolla ik;

Page 46: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

33

or a’ta n ulo

k-nok tolla ilc , a’

ka ten afk-m k bdtor

sa'

guk etc.

This possessive form, resulting from the represen

ta tion of the Possessive Ca se , is to be con s idered

a s a n ew Nomin a l root the Objective a n d Possessive

ca ses of which will be formed regularly. Thus , the

r oof of our n eighbour’

s house , will be :~ a’

szomszé

dunk’

(szomszédunk-n ak) ha'

zdn ak a’

fedele ; I ha veseen thy brother

s book a’ba

'

tya'

d’

ko'

nyvé t lu'

ttom.

A5 ember elmek é letuk (is) ro’

v itl. Az ember ek’

szer eflcséjiik (is) va'

ltozo'

. A’szomszédunkn ak Iidza

szép . A ’szz

i leink’

(szul6i11k) v égii etetlen szer el

m12k (szer el-m ) . B a r a'

tjoink’

hils ége v iga szta lo'

.

A ’

lé lelmek telzetsége’

i felulmdlfdlc a’testn ek er eJ

é t

(in stead of eroj'

et) . As ember’

cselekedetén ek for r a'

sa

a’sziv . A’

vi la'

gn ak o’

t r e'

szei . Columbus felfedeztc

a’

v ila'

gn ak egg (on e) r e'

szé t. Amer ika'

n ak ter me

kenysége. Azs idn ak terme'

ng/ei . AK n ép ekn ek ter

E ngla n d exports (kiv iszi) its products. (The)E nglishmen sell their p roduction s. (The) My fa therreceived my mother

s letter . You ha ve wr itten

(the) your letter . I sha ll wr ite my letters . The

in stin ct of the a n ima ls . The rea son of men . The

destiny of huma nkin d. The fa te of people (n é

p ekn ek The wisdom a n d goodn ess of (the)God. The power of (the) kings . The desires of

(the) n a tion s. The commerce (Ico‘

zlelcedés) of n a

tion s en r iches the mind of the people a n d in crea sestheir wea lth . The commerce (ker es lcedés) of Amef

Csink hung. Gram 3

Page 47: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

r ica in exten sive. The inven tion (felta ldlds) of (the)Typography. The in ven tion s of Wa tt.

The History of Fra n ce. The wa rs of the middle

ages.

2 .

Wh o s e It i s th a t o f. Is tha t o f? etc.

The in terr oga tive sen ten ce rela ting to possession ,which in other la nguages is expressed by the Pos

sessive Ca se , is given by the a ffix é in the Hun

ga r ia n la nguage ; thus ,,whose is . mea n s Ki é P— It

is tha t of the mercha n t , mea n s a’

ka lma'

r é , a n d

,,is this house that of our n eighbour ?“ mea n s a

ss omss edunké es a’

Iza'

s .

In con sidera tion of this la tter expression , the

in terroga tive e is often a n n exed to it, a n d in stead of

,, a’

ss omss édunke'

es a’

1111'

s,

“ we may say a’

ss om

ss é a’unké - e es a

ha'

s . The expression s 11dmy fa ther , n énye

'

d thy elder sister , etc. being con

sidered a s so ma ny n ew Nomin a tive Ca ses , the a ffix

6 will be a dded to them a s it is a dded to r adica ls

of Substa n tives ; thus , a s a tya'

mé tha t of my fa ther.The Defin ite Ar ticle a s or a

is n ever missed before

Substa n tives of this form ; the Demon stra tive es this,as tha t , precedes the Substa n tives represen ting the

Objects possessed.

As a tga'

m’

Iza'

s a . E s a’1111’s a s a tya

'

me'

. Eze

es a’ko

'

nyv ? A’ba r dtomé . E s a

’toll a

tam’

to'

é .

Kié es a’

Iter t ? A ’

n agyba'

tya'

mé . E s a’

J’

o'

ss a'

g

a’n agyn ényémé . E s a

’n agyn ényém

Kié

u as ir a'

s? As ca me (that of my younger

Page 48: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

35

brother) Ldttuk a s a tya'

d’

Iza'

s a'

t de n em a'

n agg

ba'

ty a'

dé t. Kié es a’

Icocsi ? a s a ny time. Kze es 6’

1111 ? As eng/em. L a'

tta d a s o'

r a'

ma t ? E 11 la'

ttam

a’

ba'

ty a'

dé t. E s ek a’

lres ty ilk (pa ir of gloves) a s

a nydmé i . E s ek a’

tollak a’

ba'

ty a'

mé i . Kiéi a s o/r

(those) a’lov ak. A’

Her cs egé i , a’

gr o’

fe’

it 71cm

e'

smer em.

If we con sider the precedin g sen ten ses, we sha ll

fin d , tha t the expression is r ea lly a Nom i

n a tive Ca se of the Sin gula r , the Objective Ca se of

which is Kie'

t , the Plura l Kiei , the Objective Ca se

for the Plura l Number is Kie'

i t. The same of a s

a tya'

mé,the Objective Ca se w ill be a s a tya

'

mé t.

The Plura l Nomin a tive a s a ty a'

mez, the Plur . Obj.

a s a ty a'

me'

i t.

The copula tive Verbs ,, is“a n d ,, a re

“a re missed.

Whose is tha t ga rden , a n d whose a re ,those

houses. This ga rden is my father’s (tha t of my

fa ther) a n d those houses a re my un cle’

s. Whoseha t is this . It is tha t of my brother . My fa ther

s

is (a n ew on e) n ew . Do you like your fa ther’s

horses ? I like those of my a un t. (I tha t of my

a un t like .) Whose gloves a re these (whose a re

these gloves) . They a re those of my tea cher . Do

you kn ow (tudJ'

a - e) our tea cher’

s residen ce ? I do(I kn ow it). Whose is tha t book? My frien d’

s.

Is this book th'

y frien d’

s or n ot (Thy frien d’

s thisthe book , or n ot) ? Simila r sen ten ces a s : Is this

house our fa ther ’s? a re to be resolved in : Is thisthe house of our fa ther ? etc .

Page 49: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

36

3.

M i n e, T h i n e etc . , o f m i n e ,

o f’

o u r s etc ., i t

b e l o n g s t o m e etc.

As often a s the possession is in dica ted by forms

simila r to the premised on es , which is the ca se

when the Per son a l Pron oun s a re used in stead of the

Substa n tive represen ting the possession (a s i n the

sen ten ce whose is tha t book? min e in stead of

it is my book) , the Hun ga r ia n la n guage makes use

o f a ffixes, which a re iden tica l wi th those given un der

II. A. B. (p2 6 , 29 ) These a ffixes a re jo in ed to the

Person a l Pron oun s : E11 I , te thou , 6 he , mi we ,

ti you , 611: they.

Their complete forms a re

1. The object possessed is but o n e engem

min e , tied thin e ,o

'

vé his , her , its ; mi en k ou rs ,

tie'

telc yours o'

v é lc theirs .

2 . The objects possessed a re more tha n on e

eny é im a n d eny im m in e , tié id thin e , o'

ve'

i his , hers ,its ; mie

'

ink ours , tié itek yours , 6vé ik theirs .

E s a’ko

'

nyv a s engem , a s a’

toll a’

ti ed,de

kié es a s ir a'

s ? A mien /c. Kie'

es a’

16 ? A ’

ti é d

Kié es a’

tollkés (to whom belon gs this penkn ife) ?

a s ové (it belongs to him) . Kie'

es a’

p ap ir os ? a’

mien h. A ’

tié telr es a’Iza

'

s ; a’

tzetek- e es a'

ha'

s (does this house belon g to you) ? n em , (n o) a’

ss omss é dunké (it belon gs to o ur n eighbour) . E s a’

kb’

nyv a s engem , a s a’

Ices ty il a’

ti éd. E s :

a’

se'

ta - bot a’

tie'

d volt. Kiei a s ok a’

r é tek? A ’

mié ink, de a s er d6 a’ ‘

tié tek.

Page 51: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

38

a few cla ssified them a s Postposition s (utolya rOIc) .

In examin ing them closer we fin d , tha t they a re

merely a ffixes used like a ll other a ffixes to express

the difi'

eren t rela tion s of pla ce , direction s a n d com

bin a tion s of objects. Such a re

ba in to , rela tin g to movemen t , motion ,

ba n in , rela ti ng to qu ietude ,rol from , rela tive to direction s downwa rds ,tol from of, rela tive to remova l,

bo’

l out of,

hos to , exp ressing : by the side of, or n ext to ,

towa rds,

n ak to , which in the Germa n a n d La tin is ex

pressed by the Da t i v e C a s e ,n a

'

l by , a t,

va l w ith,er t for ,

n , with or w ithout a vowel o , a or e .

upon , a t ; a t the question where ?

r a on , upon (a t) ; a t the questio n where to ?

ér t for ,

ig till , un til],ke

p in the form in the shapeke

n t like , a s,

12l a s,

ml to , in to , expressing a tra n sforma tion .

The words of the Hungar ia n la nguage beingeither ha rd or soft , a ll the a ffixes a ssim ila te their

vowels to those of the word '

.to which ”

they are

added ; th is ,"we shall '

ha ve'

a s ma ny affixes of‘

the

Page 52: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

30

same kind , having the vowels 6 in stead of 6 , a n d .

8 in stead of a , thus , be in stead of ba , ro'

l in stead

of rd! etc. The a ffix hos gives [16'

s a n d hes for

A ’temp lombo

'

l. A'

ssoba'

bdl. A ’

fa lhas , as

a ss ta lon . A’

Iconv en En a s ass talr a tettem (I

ha ve put it on the table). A’

temp lomba n volta nk.

As oskola'

ba megy ilnk (we go). A’

kb‘

nyvbe ir tam.

As a tya'

mn a'

l v oltam. En és a’

ba'

ty a'

m mi a’

n agg

ba'

ty a'

nk’ker tfében voltunk (we ha ve been in cdr

un cle’s ga rden) . A’

ba r a'

tombos megyelc (I go) .

En a s a tya'

mn ak a dtam. A’n ényémn ek a dom.

As a nya'

mto'

l kap tam. A’

bagom (my younger

s ister) a’

bar a'

tn éjdn ak Ico’

ayvet a dott (ha s given )ajcin dékba (for a presen t) . En es t a

Ico’

nyvet aJ’

a'

n

de'

lcba kap tam a s a nya'

mto'

l. A’

ker tb6l A’

ss oba'

ba megy iink. A’

hu’

s ba n v agyunk. As a ss ta l

r a tettem. A’

konyv as ass ta lon va n .

The Verb follows its Substa n tive.

We come from (out of) church . You

go (men tek) to (ba) school. We go in to the ga rden .

I ha ve been a t my fr ien d’

s . I lea rn w i th plea sure.

You write w i th (a) pen . He lea r n s out of (a) book.

I have received (a) book for a presen t from my fa ther .

My mother gave (a dott) (a ) book to her elder

s ister . I ha ve ca rr ied a letter to my un cle. We

have received flowers from our ga rden er . Our ga r

den er'

s son ha s given flowers to my younger sister .

Page 53: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

40

He ha s put it (tette) on the table. The book is *)

on the table. The letter is a t my fa thers. My bro

ther wen t (mea t) for (some) flowers. I bought

(vottem) (a) horse (lova t) for two hun dred (ké t

s a'

s) guin ea s .

2 .

All the other terms , represen ting the Preposi

tion s of foreign la n guages , a re pla ced immedia telya fter the Substa n tive to which they belong , but theya re n ot join ed with the Substa n tives ; thus , ,,over

the table“ mea n s a s ass ta l felett. As (under II C, 3)

the Possessive Pron oun s min e , thin e ,his etc. were

expressed by mea n s of possessive a ffixes m , d , J'

a ,

etc. , the Preposi tion a l a ffixes likewise a re join ed

w ith the p o s s e s s i v e p e r s o n a l a ffi x e s. In stead

of join ing ben to the Pron oun 611 , a s én ben , in me,

the possessive a ffix m wi th the proper vowel is a d

ded to the Preposition a l a f fix ben ; thus , én ben

becomes ben n em , tebe a (in thee) becomes bemzed,a n d so on . There bein g some irregula r i ties in form

ing these expression s , therefore they a re subjoin ed

in the following scheme

ben n em in me , ben n ed in thee , bemio

gives , in him , in her , in it , benm’

ink in us,

bemi etelc in you , ben n b’

k in them .

(to the question where to ?) belém in me,

in belé cl in thee, belé or belejje in him, her , it,

belo'

uk in us, bele'

tek in you, belejbk in them.

ba n

ben

In simila r con struction s the ,,is“va n , must be expressed.

Page 54: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

(1

r ea'

m (r a'

m) on me , r ead

on thee ,r ea

'

r ea’

nk

(1161111) on us , r a

'

tok ,r aJolt .

on (where to ?)

n on (where?) r aJ'

tam on me , r aJ'

ta d on thee, r aJ'

ta ,

r ajtzmk on us , r aJ’

ta tok,r aJ

'

tolr.

hos to (towa rds?) bos s a'

m , to me , bos s a'

d to thee,bos s a

, bos s q'

ja to him , her , it , hos

s a'

nk to us , bos s a’

tok, bos s aJ’

ok.

n ek to (to whom ?) v elt em to me , a sked to thee,n eki to him , her , it , n ekiiak to us,

n ektek mobile.

661 out of, bel6lem out of me , from me , bel6lea’

,

bel6le , bel6la'

11k out of us , from us,

bel6letek bel6lb'

k.

t6l from , t6lem from me , t6leal from thee , t6le

from him , her , it , t6la'

n lc from us,

t6letek from you , t6l1’

ik from them .

r o'

l of, from, (motion downwa rds) r o'

lam ofme , from

me , r o’

la d of a n d from thee , r o'

la of

a n d from him (her , it) , r o'

lzmlir, r o’

la

to/c, r o’

luk.

by , a t (rela tive to pla ce) , 11a'

lam a t my home,by me , w ith me , n a

'

la d , n a'

la ; n a'

la nk,

11a'

la tok, n dlok.

er t for , er tem for me (for my sake) é r ted , ér te ;

e'

r tz’

mk e'

r tetek ér tb‘

k.

vel with (in compa ny wi th) , velem w ith me , veled,

vele , velank with us , veletek, velo'

k.

Page 55: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

42

As Isten igas sa'

gos bis s zmk (in stead of bisjunk,see 3) ben n e (let us trust in him) . As b

csém

n a'

lam volt. Tegn ap n a'

lunk ven dégelc voltak. As

a tya'

m n ekem a dta a s o'

r aJ'

dt , én p odig (a n d I)a cked a dom. Neka nk ajdn de

'

kos ta'

k es t a’c

nyvet

(this book) . En n ektek a dtam a’m in ima l . Mon d

meg (tell) n eki . As a nya'

m n eki a s t mon dta . Ent6led kap tam. A’

ker te'

ss a nk t6la'

nk kapja Ice

nyer é t. E s am all r aJ’

tam (this does n ot depen d

on me) . Ro'

lam ast mon clfa'

k (people say tha t of

me) . Ha s a’

nk t6lu’

nk ba'

la da tossa'

got kiva'

n , r aJ'

tunk

a'

ll kb’

telességunket telyesiten i . Ss z'

lleink min den t

tess n elc (do) ér ta‘

nk. A’

gyermekek 71cm less a ch

minden t ér tb’

k.

He told me (to me) tha t. My pa ren ts ga ve me

(to me) a very fin e book. 1 sha ll give you (to you)a pples , pea rs a n d Did you give him (to

him) grapes a n d figs. I make you a pr esen t of these

pictures (I pr esen t to you these pictures) . We ha ve

received from you (a ) book , (a ) pen a n d (a) Copybook. I ha ve been to your home. Our brother ha s

been with you . Will you go to him (to him w ill you

go) ? No , we ha ve r eceived (a ) letter from himf(fromhim we

'

ha ve received letter) . Did you say tha t of

him ? We have n ot spoken of him (of him n ot we

have spoken ) . If you speak of me, I sha ll speak of

you (If of me you speak , I of you sha ll speak).

The collective n oun s a re to be used in tho S in gula r Number .

Page 56: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

43

E xp r e s s i o n o f th e V e r b ”T o h a v e“,

”to b e i n p o s s e s s i o n o f .

l .

Nekem v a n o’

r a'

m I ha ve a wa tch , n eked v a n

or a'

d thou ha st a wa tch , n éki v a n o'

r aJ’

a he ha s a

wa tch , n ekz’

lnk va n o'

r a'

n lc we have a wa tch , n ektek

v a n or a'

tok you have a wa tch , n ekik v a n o'

r aJ'

ok

they ha ve a wa tch .

The pa st Ten se is formed by using vo lt a n d

voltak ; thus :

I have had a wa tch n elcem volt o'

r a'

m,

thou

ha st had a wa tch n eked vo lt o'

r a'

d , etc.

The Fu ture : I sha ll ha ve a wa tch , n e/cem

less o'

r a'

m, thou w ilt have a wa tch n eked

less o'

r a'

d etc.

Thus the Verb ,,to ha ve“ is expressed by mea n s

of n ekem , n eked , n eki , n ekilnk , n elctek , n ekilc,the

third Person s of the Verb to be , throughout a ll its

Moods a n d Ten ses , a n d the object possessed w ith

its rela tive a ffixes of possession .

The littera l tra n sla tion of n ekem v a n o'

r a'

m is

,,to me is my wa tch ,

“ which is der ived from : ,,my

wa tch is belon ging to me“

. This expression rea lly is

a pleon a sm a n d this pleon a sm is the rea son why the

expression n ohom v a n o'

r a'

m is shorten ed in to v a n

o'

r a'

m ,in which the n ekem is n eglected en tirely.

Thus, the shorter expression s a re : wa tch,van ordm ,

thou ha st a

Page 57: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

44

a n d she ha s a wa tch , v a n o'

r aJa etc. The same

way a ll the other Ten ses a re shor ten ed.

If in stead of the Person a l Pron oun : En ,to , 6,

I , thou , he , she etc . a ny o ther Substa n tive be used,

the a ffix n ak or n ek to must be jo in ed w ith the

Substa n tive u sed : A’

ta n ito'

n ak v a n o'

r aJ’

a,

the

tea cher ha s a wa tch .

As a tya'

mn ak va n bds a ; a’

n agyba'

tya'

mn ak

v a n her tje ; n ekn nk v a n kb'

nyvn nk. Va n - e mun

ka'

d ? Nelta nk v a n ker tn n ls. Va n - e bds a tolc ? Ne

kem v a n kedv em dolgos n i . Mi do lgod va n (wha t

ha ve you to do) ? Ne/rem v o'

lt ko'

nyvem a’

ba'

ty a'

m

n ak less p ap ir osa és to lla . Nekilnk less'

p en

s ank n ektek p edig less L ess - e id6d?

L ess - e n elctels id6tb‘

k? Ha vo ln a id6m. Ha id6m

voln a . Voln a id6m. L egyen n eki is a lmaJ’

a (let

him have apples a s well) . L oggen n eked o'

r a'

d (thou

mayst hav e a wa tch) .

I had (a ) book , you ha d mon ey , they had (a )dress . My fa ther had (a ) house ,

my a un t had a

ga rden . We may ha ve fru it . You had grapes , but

they had pea rs . My brother will ha ve (a ) wa tch ,let him ha ve (a) penkn ife . If I had a book . I

should learn . If my sister had a ma ster

she would learn Hunga r ia n (Hun ga r ian she would

The letter e is very o ften a dded to the Verb in in ter

roga tive sen ten ces ; if the Verb be missed it is a dded to the

Substa n tive , to which the question rela tes . Thus va n -e ma n’

kdd ? hafifl shou got work ; konyv-e v ogy ir a

'

s,

a bo ok or

Page 59: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

46

v a n n ah loka sa i . A ha ton a'

n ah va n ba'

tm sa'

ga . A’

ha dves ér n eh v a n tehets ége (The leader of the a rmy

is a n able ma n ) . A'

n épn eh v a n ss a ba dsa'

ga . A’

ki r a'

lyohn a h v a n ha ta lmnh. Anglia'

n ah v a n ga s da g

s a'

ga . Br i ta n idn ak v a n hoJoser ege . A’

Magya r n ak

v a n hir e . Amer ica'

n ak v a n ss a ba ds a'

ga . A’

Br i ttek

n eh v a n E a r op a’

n ah v a n n ah s sa r n oha i .

Men have (a ) soul. An ima ls have (a n ) in stin ct.

The lion is stron g (tra n sla te : ha s strenght) . (The)

Birds have w in gs . (The) Pla n ts ha ve roots . Our

ga rden er ha s flowers. My a un t ha s (a) ga rden . We

ha ve trees in our ga rden . The trees ha v e fru it. We

ba d a pples , you had gr apes . My youn ger sister w ill

ha ve fin e (ss ép ) dresses . You w ill ha ve (a) fin e

pia n o . My fa ther ha s fin e horses . Our un cle ha s

la rge (n agy) houses . (The) kings hav e (the) power

over the people . The gen era ls ha ve so ldiers. E n g

la n d ha s brave a dmira ls . Nelson had bra ve soldiers.

(The) People sha ll ha ve their liberty. The righteou s

will have their rewa rd.

3 . I h a v e n o t.

Nega tion s a re expressed by n em. I have n ot,

w ill be n ehem n em v a n a n d n ehem n em v a n n ah. The

expression s n em v a n a n d n em va n n ah, a re con tra cted

in n in es,n in csen a n d n in csen eh. The Pa st Ten se i s z

n em volt , the Future : n em less . In the Subjun ctive

Mode the n em is cha nged in to n e ; thus , n e legyen ,mea n s may n ot have.

Page 60: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

47

Nelsen: n in es br ains (I have n o watch). Neked

n inesen ruha'

d , n ehi n in es hb’

nyve. A’ta n iton ah

n in es idofe. As a tya'

mn ak n in esen lav a . Nehitn h

n in es ker ta'

nh. Nehtek n in esen eh tolla itoh. 6 n ekilc

n in esen eh kb’

nyveih. A’ta n ulo

'

n ah n em volt ten taJ’

a .

A’

fianah n em less hea’ve. Nohom n in esen Icedvem

(I am n ot in the humor for) . Nehteh n in esen hedvetek

ta n n ln i (you a re n ot in the humor for lea rn in g). A’

h12gomn ak n in es hedve J’

o'

ts a n i . Ne loggen n ehi

or aJ’

a . Ne legyen eh a’

finn ah hb’

nyvei . Nem less

n eh lov a i a s a tya'

dn ah. Nin esen eh - e n eked tolla id?

Nem volt - e a’

finn ak lecs keJ’

e ? As a nyddn ak n em

v olt - e kocs1J’

a ? As a nya'

mn ah v a n hocsiJ’

a do a’

n agyn e'

nyémn eh n in esen .

I do like (n ekem va n hedvem) to play. Mybrother likes to lea rn . I am in the humor for read

ing. We have got (a) house , you have n o ga rden .

Your paren ts have (a) fin e (ss ép) house a n d la rge

fields. Our soldiers have muskets a n d bayon ets .

Your soldiers ha ve swords . My brother ha s books,but my sister ha s n on e. Our fa ther ha s mon ey, butwe ha ve n on e. I had n o pocket-ha n dkerchief. You

have n o cra va t. I sha ll ha ve a n ew dress , but you

will have My brother ha s a fin e bird , a nd

my sister ha s a little (his) dog. Our a un t ha s fin e

jewels. I ha ve a diamon d , my sister a ruby , a n d

my brother a n emer a ld. The king ha s ma ny (sols)diamonds in his crown .

n ektek n em. less you will have n on e.

Page 61: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

V . Attr i b u te s o f S u b s ta n t i v es

(Adjectives a n d Numera ls).

1.

Any a ttr ibutive term of a Substa n tive wha teverprecedes its Substa n tive immedia tely a n d is in va r iablebefore it ; if the Substa n tive is m issed, the Adjective

receives the a ffixes of the Substa n tive .

Jo'

ember . Jo'

ember’

tette (his a ction ) . A’

Jo fi12t ss er eti a’

len ito'

. A’

ta n ito’

a’

szorga lma tos

finn ah ho'

nyvet a dott. As é n *) n agy ko’

nyvemet

a s édes”) (dea r) a nya'

mto'

l h'

ap tam ajdn dékba . A’

J'

o'

Isten ben bis s unh 6 min den ha to’

e'

s

As é des a ty a'

m n ehem ss ép he'

p et odo ti (gave) . As

én hb’

ng/vemben va n n a h ss ép hép eh, de a’

te lsb'

nyved

ben n in esen eh' (a re n on e : see above) . A’

mi n agy

her tn’

n hben va n n ah magas fills , a’

his her ta’

nhben

n in esen eh fa'

k,de ss ép v ir dgoh. Va n n ehn nh n agy

r é tilnk, sols ss dn to’

fb’

ldn nh é s ss e'

p ha'

s n nh.

I have a fin e wa tch, a n d you ha ve (a ) beautiful

gold- cha in . My brother ha s received (a ) fin e picture

from his good un cle. Our dea r a un t ga ve us two (hé t)

books for a presen t. Our Queen ha s ‘

a la rge a rmy,

ma ny ca n n on s , a n d a grea t fleet. The commerce of

E n gla n d is exten sive , its fleet protects the fa r-sa ilin gships of the mercha n ts. The grea t ocea n sepa ra tes

the savages of Austra lia from the civ ilized n a tion s

o f E urope .

é n precedes the substa n tive konyvem my book , beca u se of

empha sis , see IV. 2 .

édes,sweet, is a common a ttn

butc of person s beloved to us .

Page 62: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49

2 .

C o m p a r i s o n o f Adj e c t i v e s .

Magas high , magasa bb higher , leg-maga sa bb

highest ; r i tha r a re ,r i tka

'

bb ra rer , more sca rce ,leg

- r itha'

bb r a rest ; ver es red , ver esebb redder ,

leg- ver esebb reddest.

The Compa ra tive is fo rmed by mea n s of bb, which

is p receded by the vowel a or e , if the Adjective

termin a tes with a con son a n t.

O b s . Words en ding in 12, i , a n d s receive the

termin a tion of the Compa ra tive either w ith a precedingvowel , or w ithout it ; if the v owel a or e is m issed

a fter s , then on ly a sin gle b is used a s the termin a tion

of the Compa ra tive . Re’

gi a n cien t , r égibb a n d r égiebb

more a n cien t ; s 1’

inz2 den se , s 12’

r 12’

bb a n d s12’

r 12’

ebb more

den se ; v ila'

gos light, v ila'

gosa bb a n d v i la'

gosb lighter .

In compoun ds the la tter pa rt of which ha s a fin a l

12 or a”

,on ly the first pa r t of the coin position receives

the term in a tion of the Compa ra tive : n agy lelkd , n a

gyobblelhu”

.

As or oszla'

ny n agy a'

lla t a’v i s ila

'

n agyobb,

a s elefdn t legn agyobb, Seotidn ah v a n n ah magas

bér es ei . Ola ss or ss a’

gn ah a’

hegyei maga sa bbah , a’

sv aJ'

cs i heygeh legmaga s a bbah. A ’tigr is (va n)

hegyetlen , a’

hyen a (va n) hegg/ etlen ebb, de a’s sa r n ohoh

(v a n n ah) leghegyetlen ebbeh. A’

hegyetlen s sa r n oh

kifis i a’

jo'

ha s afit a’

ha s aJ’

dbo'

l. As es a’

st dr a'

ga ,

a s a r a ny dr a'

ga'

bb , a’

gyéma’

n t legdr a'

ga'

bb. Min den

ember n ek va n ess e , de n em min den ember hass n a'

ljaa s es set. A’

J'

o'

ma nka’

s ta dia hass n a'

ln i a’r oss

Csxnk hung. Gram. 4

Page 63: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

50

ss er ss a'

mot is . Ra vass ember ha’

r osa bb min t a s a’

lla t.

As é let dr a'

ga'

bb min t as b’

ltb’

s et. En la'ttam magashogget , de a

ba'

tga'

m maga s a bba t la'

tott (he saw) . A ’

mi ha'

s a nh dr a'

ga , de m a ha'

s a itoh még dr dgd‘ba h.

Our room (is) light , but yours (is) lighter . His

coa t (is) dea rer tha n yours . Ou r lesson (is) difficult,

yours (is) more difficult (n ehes ebb) , theirs (is) the

most difficult. The pa tr iot loves his coun tryThe gen era l loves the bra ve soldiers , he pr a ises the

ga lla n t struggler . Nelson wa s a va lia n t a dmira l a n d

Napoleon a n excellen t m ili ta ry comma n der . Luther

wa s the grea t reformer of the declin in g church of

Chr ist. Mela n chthon wa s the sin cerest fr ien d of

Luther a n d the meekest of a ll (the) reformers .

Grea t men a re immor ta l , their n ames a re a s ma ny

mon umen ts in History. The wa r s of the middle ages

were more sa n guin a ry tha n the wa rs of recen t times .

3 .

Jo'

good , J’

obb better , ln’

obb best.

ss ép bea utiful , ss ebb more beautiful , legss ebb most

beautiful.

soh much , ma ny , tb’

bb more , legtobb most.

ho'

n ng il light , ea sy , hb‘

n ngebb lighter , ea sier , leghb

n ngebb lightest , ea siest.

hiesing , his little ,hisebb less , leghis ebb lea st.

Jobb egg ver e'

b a’hés ben , min t egg tn s oh

a’ha

'

s on . To‘

bbet a dn i n em v é teh. As ember eh

min de’

y te‘

bbet fivdn n ah. Kin eh soh va n (he who

ha s much) a s me'

g tb‘

bbet hiv a'

n . Kb‘

n ngebb mon dan i

Page 64: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

5 1

min t sem ten n i . Ss ebb (more plea sa n t) a s é let a’

mesé ben min t a’

v a lo'

ba n . A ’

mi her tz’

tnhben va n n ah

ss ép v ir a'

goh , de a’tzetehben ss ebb v ir a

'

g va n .

Nohom v a n his ha tga'

m , de a’

n e'

ngémé me’

g hisebb.

A’

mi her tiln h hicsing ; a’

ti ha'

s a toh is hi‘csi ng .

A’

his her tben ss ebb v ir dg v a n min t a’n aggba n .

The da ughter of our n eighbou r is more bea utiful

tha n this gir l. We ha ve much mon ey , but o ur un cle

ha s (still) more . We ha ve seen a fin e horse ,but we ha ve (a ) fin er (on e). The little dog of my

s ister ha s a bla ck colour . Your dog is (a ) little (o n e) ,but tha t of my sister is (a sma ller on e) less . Ha ve

you much mon ey ? I had more tha n I ha ve n ow .

You had ma ny houses . We sha ll ha ve more ga rden s .

You will receive more letters . Our lesson is ea sier

(The) Wood is lighter tha n (the) meta l , a n d the

a ir is still lighter .

4.

Num e r a l s .

tis en egg 11 ha rmin es

tis en hett6 12 ha rmin cs egg

tis en ha'

r om 13

tis en n e'

gg 14 n eggven egg

etc . b'

iv en

h12ss 20 ha tv a n

hnss on egg 21 botven

huss onhett6 22 ngo les va n

huss on ha'

r om 23 hilen cs ven

etc . s s a'

s

es er 1000 , mi lliom million .

439

Page 65: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2

E ls6 first, tis en eggedih eleven th,ma

sodik second, etc .

ha rma dik thi rd, ha ss a dih twen tieth,n eggedih four th , ha ss on eggedih twen ty

-first ,

b’

to’

dih fifth , ha rmin es a dih thirtieth,ha todih sixth , etc.

hetedih seven th ss a'

s a dih hun dredth ,ngolcs a dih eighth , etc .

hi len cs edih n in th , es r edih thousa n dth ,tis cdih ten th, etc.

Ha'

ng a s o'

r a (wha t o’

clock is it) ? Ha'

r om

n egged n éggr e (a qua r ter to four) . Ha'

ng ember

v a n a’

ss oba'

ba n ? Tis en n égg . Men ng it a dta'

l a s

or da'

e'

r t ? Ha’

r om fon t s ter linget. Ha'

ng shi lling

va n egg fon t s ter lingben ? H12ss . Men ngit hiv a'

n

a’

ha ima'

r ? Ha t fon tot meg (a n d) he'

t shi llinget.

Ha nga dih v a n ma (wha t is the da te) ? A’

ha ss on

ha rma dih. E ls6 ,v agg ss en t Istva

'

n volt a s els6

magga r hir a'

lg , ha rma dik An dr és p odig a s a tolso.

Magga r or ss a'

gn ah volt o'

t mogga r fefedelme , é s

h12ss mogga r hir a'

lga . E ls6 L a'

ss lo'

volt a’

leg

hir esebb magga r hir a’

lg . E ls6 L ajos hir a'

lg a la tt

Magga r or ss a'

g legterJ'

edelmesebb v olt.

Wha t o’

clock is it ? It is ha lf pa st five (twoqua rters on six) . How much mon ey ha ve you ? We

ha ve six shillin gs a nd a few pen ce . How ma ny

pen ce a re (is) in a shilling? In a shilling there

a re twelve pen ce . A week ha s seven days , a n d a

yea r ha s 365 days . Sun day is the first day of the

Page 67: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

54

A’

dolgos o'

n ah gga hr a n n in es J'

a ta lma he

who works ha s often n o rewa rd. A’

soha t v a'

r o'

gg ahr a n hev eset nger those who expect much ,

get often v ery li ttle .

A’

megver t E llen s éggel n agg lelhiien ba’

n n i di

cs6s éges ,it is glo r ious to trea t the v a n qu ished en emy

gen er ously. (l megnger te a s elves s ettn eh gon doli

csa ta'

t , he won the ba ttle , which he thought wa s lost .

These Adjectives , especia lly tha t of 6 , a re very

often used a s Substa n tives

Ss a bo’

ta ilor , from ss a bn i to cu t ; bes s é l6,

ss o'

lo'

speaker , from bess e'

ln i , ss o’

ln i to speak ; vet6

sower ,from v etn i to sow (semin a te) ; mesel6 the

sto ry teller ,from mesé ln i to n a rra te ; ir o

'

the wr iter,a uthor , from ir n i to wr ite ; a

megtébolgodott the

madma n ; etc .

V I .

T r a n s fo r m a ti o n o f th e V e r b a l r o o t .

A. P a s s i v e V o i c e .

1.

By the a ddition of the syllable a t , et , to the

r adica l of the Active Voice , there is formed a n ew

V e r b a l r o o t, the root of the Pa ssive Vo ice .

the r oot of va'

r n i , ha s a Pa ssive root in v a'

r a t,

Infin . v a'

r a tn i to he wa ited for , to be expected,ver n i to bea t , v er etn i to be bea ten .

Verbs which ha ve a fin a l t in their root,

preceded by a long vowel or a con son a n t , a n d

Page 68: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

55

Verbs ha v ing two or more syllables in thei r Activeroot , receive the syllable ta t or let a s the termin a tionof the Radica l of the Pa ssive vo ice.

P r e s . Va’

r a tom I am expected , v a’

r a tol thoua r t expected , v a r a tih he is expected ; v a

'

r a tn n h we

a re expected , v a'

r a ttoh you a re expected , v a’

r a tn a h

they a re expected. Ver etem I am bea ten , v er et—é l

thou a r t bea ten, v er etih he is bea ten ; v er etitn h

we a re bea ten ver etteh you a re bea ten , ver etn eh theya re bea ten .

A ’

fi12 v er etih , mi is ver etiln h . A’

ta n n lo'

ta

n i tta tih. A’

v ir a'

goh gg itJ’

ttetn eh. As én hb’

ngveim

beho‘

tetn eh. A’ha

'

s a toh ma ela da tih. A’

ba'

iga'

m a s

o'

r aJ’

dt - ela dfa . As a tgdm ha'

s a t eldd (he sells) . As

ellens ég megver etih. S oh or ss a'

gohbdl hi ils etn eh a’

ss a ba ds a'

g’

ba r a’

tfa i . A’

ss er en esé tlen eh min dég ta la'

l

n ah men edéhhelget , ss ivesen Telve'

tet neh . X1

ss ivesen fielv ess , a s s s ivesen felv é tetih.

Hun ga r ia n cha ra cters a re wr itten like the E ng

lish bu t ma n y Hu n ga r ia n cha r a cters a re n ot pron oun

ced like the E n glish . My brother is liked by a ll his

fr ien ds . Children a re loved bv their pa ren ts . Men

a re educa ted by the circumsta n ces in which they live .

Sav ages a re guided by n a ture . Sa ilors a re ta ught to

ha za rd. Hun tsmen a re led to (r a) persevera n ce . In

times of w a r mu ch blood is shed , town s a re set

on fire , ca stles a re demolished , coun tr ies a re depo

pula ted , a n d the in habita n ts of them a re r uin ed.

When pea ce is restored , trade is ca rr ied on .

Page 69: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

66

2 .

IMPERFE CT.

Va'r a t - a'm I wa s expected , v a'

r a t - a'

l , thou wa st

expected ,va

'

r a t - éh he wa s expected ; va'

r a t -dnh

we were expected , v a'

r a t a'

toh you were expected ,

v a'

r a t - a’

n ah they were expected.

PERFE CT.

Va'

r a t - tam I ha ve been expected , I wa s ex

pected , v a'

r a t - ta'

l , v a'

r a t - ott ; v a'

r a t - tun h we ha ve

been a n d we were expected , v a'

r a t - ta teh ,va

'

r a t tah.

FUTURE .

Va'r a tn i fogoh I sha ll be expected , va'

r a tn i

fogss thou wilt be expected , v a'

r a tn i fog he will be

expected ; v a'

r a tn i foga nh we sha ll be expected,va

'

r a tn i fogtoh ,v a

'

r n in i

A’

fi12 v er etn i fog ,v igga

'

s ott (Perfect) .

A’mi ha

'

s un h cl fog a er t mi idegen f'

b'

ldr e

a tas unh. Mi v a'

r a tta nh ebe'

dr e a’n aggba

tgdnhto'

l.

As édes a ngo'

m’

her tfében ma ss edetih a’

ggilmb'

les .

A ’vir a

'

goh bohr é ta'

ba hb’

tetteh a’h12gomto

l. E s ek

(these) a’

heg eh a’

leghir esebb fes t6t6l festetteh.

A’

ti ha'

s a toh a’

leguggesebb ép i téss t6l ép ittetett.

You w ill be expected a t supper by your aun t.

Cha r les ha s been taught to read a n d wr ite , yet he

does”) n ot wr ite well. The boy wa s bea ten , be

et fog a do ta i in stead of ela da tm’

fog , such diremption sof compoun d Verbs a re made becau se of the Empha sis ; in suchca ses the a ccen t is a lways on the first part of the composition .

The Verb ,,to do“ a s a n Auxili ary , is n ever u sed in the

Hun ga ria n lan guage,but the prin cipa l Verb receives the Con

juga tion of the Auxiliary ; thus ,

Page 70: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

57

ca use be offended his tea cher . (The) Boys who

(hik) .a re in a tten tive a re pun ished. We ha ve n evbr

been pun ished , beca use we a lways did our duty.

All men (min de n ember) were bo rn with equa l r ights ,a n d pr iv ileges have been in troduced through the

injustice of tyra n ts . Men a re pun ished by their own

v ices . A la rge empire ha s been foun ded by Alexa n

der the Grea t (the grea t Alexa n der) , but it wa s

dismembered soon a fter the life of its foun der wa s

extinguished.

3 .

SUBJUNCTIVE .

Va'

r assem (in stead of v a'

r a tfam , see In tr . 3)

I may be expected , I sha ll be expected ,v a

'

r assa'

l

thou mayst a n d sha lt be expected , v a'

r a sséh ; v a'

r as

sn n h , v a'

r assa toh , v a'

r assa n ah.

CONDITIONALVa

'

r a tn a'

m I m ight a n d I should be expected

v a'

r a tn a’

l , v a'

r a tn éh ; v a'

r a tn a'

n h , v a r a tn a'

toh ; v a'

r a t

n dn a h.

Va'

r a ttam voln a I should a n d m ight ha ve been

expected , a n d if I had been expected , v a'

r a tta'

l v oln a ,

va'

r a toti voln a,

v a'

r a ttn nh vo ln a ,va

'

r a tta toh voln a ,

va'

r a ttah voln a .

As ohos ember 12gg in tes i el dolga it (makes

such a rra ngemen t) hogg n e v a'

r asséh. Ip a rhodom

n ehogg v a'

r a ssem. A’

1212 megver etn e'

h ha n em enge

delmeshedn éh. Ha mi n em ta n itta tndn h ,n em is

tadn a'

n h semmi tsem. Ne hér esse'

l (be n ot asked , do

n ot let you a sk) a r r a , hOgg mdssa l J’

o'

t teggé l.

Page 71: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

58

En mon dtam hogg a’

hongvem her estesséh. As

a tga'

n h megp a r a n csolta , hogg a’

tollah megss a'

mi t

ta ssa n a h. Ugg bess é lj hogg mege'

r tessé l. Idegen eh

meg n em ér tetn eh ha saJ’

a'

t ngelva hb‘

n bess é ln eh.

If the letters had been wr itten , you wouldn o t ha ve been blamed by the tea cher . The tyra n t

comma n ded , tha t the citizen should be flogged.

The en em ies were bea ten by our a rmy , but the fa ct

ha s been den ied by them . An exten sive trade is

ca rr ied on between E ngla n d a n d its colon ies . The

trade would be more exten ded , if such in ten tion sw ere n ot prev en ted by en vy. My fa ther ha s disposed,tha t our house a t Pa r is m ight be sold. Our r ich

n eighbour ha s ordered , tha t his ten a n ts be dr ivenou t of his house . The Fren ch were dr iven from

(ou t of) E a st In dia .

B . F a c t i t i v e V e r b a l r o o t s .

The mea n ing of a ll Active Verbs may be repre

sen ted in such a con dition a s to express by them the

subjec t m a d e a c t i v e by a cause which lies withoutthe sphere of the subject . Such represen ta tion s in

the moder n la nguages a re expressed by mea n s of the

Verbs t o l e t , t o m a ke , t o c a u s e , t o h a v e , etc .

The Hun ga r ia n la n guage forms a n ew Verba l

root fo r these represen ta tion s , by the addition of the

syllable ta t or tet to the root of the Ac t i v e vo ice.

Va'r n i to wa it , forms v a'

r - ta t -n i to let wa it for , a n d

to ca use a ny on e to wa it.

Page 72: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

59

O b s . 1. The Pa ssive root is very often usedin the mea n in g of Fa ctitive Verbs , a n d the root ofFa ctitives must often be tra n sla ted by the Pa ss ive

v o ice of our moder n la n guages ; thus , horma'

ngos n i

to gover n ,forms horma

'

ngos ta tn i to be govern ed,

hor on a'

s n i to crown , hor on a’

s ta tn i to be crown ed , etc.

O b s . 2 . The Fa ctitives have both , the defin ite

a n d in defin ite ,forms of Conjuga tion ; Fa ctitive roots,

used a s Pa ssive on es , ha ve o n ly the forms of the

Pa ssive vo ice .

A’

B a'

tg a'

m soha zg v a'

r ta t (My brother lets me

wa it a lon g time) . As a tga'

m ss ép hb’

ngvet foghb

ttetn i . Mi esin a'

lta ta n h (we have made) 12J’

ha ba'

tot . a’

tollhésedet ha a s t a ha r od

hogg va'

gjon . As Atga'

m ss a'

mo lta tfa a’

ho'

ngvei t a’

ba'

tga'

mma l (My fa ther makes my bro ther coun t his

books) . A’

ta n ito'

v elem ir a g’

a . a’

levelehet (the

tea cher , lets me w r i te the letters) . As e'

des a ngo'

m

a’

h12gomma l olv as ta tja es t a’

ho'

ngv et. Ha n ehem

pen s em voln a r a ha’

t cs in a'

lta tn éh. Min den ba r a'

tim

velem fis ettetih a do'

ssdga iha t. Ss a'

mi ttasd fel a’

p én s t hogg ta djuk me nngi v a n . M i ha'

s a t ép ittetunh,

ti p edig ha'

s té lgt.

We ha ve our dresses made a t our ta ilor’s , bu t

our fr ien d ha s his m ade a t your ta ilor’

s . Let your

brother read his lesson . We had a fin e house built.

The termi n a tion of the secon d P er son of the Subjun ctiveJ

a d a n d flat,is o ften con tra cted in to (1 ; thu s , ,,

sa d“ a n d,,sed“

becomes d a s well ; a n d in stea d of v a’ry’

a d wa it , we ha ve vdr d,

in stea d of ho’

ssor ii ltessed,we have hess bm’

i ltecd .

Page 73: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

0

Our fa ther causes u s to read every n ight (min de n

es tve) . I sha ll let you wr ite a letter for my fr ien d.

We sha ll have our sa loon lighted up by forty-five

lamps . Do m ake your brother fin ish his wr itings

(do make fin ish : v éges tesd) . If you ha ve a n ew

coa t made , give it to our ta ilor . We ha ve our

boo ts made a t Mr . B’

. s . I do n ot like to go out

w ith Cha rles , because he keeps me wa iting for him

a very lon g time . Our tea cher lets us coun t everyday. After we ha ve fin ished our school -work , our

mother lets us play on the pia n o . Our music ma ster

lets us sin g a s well.

C . P o t e n t i a l r o o ts .

The possibility of a ny a ction represen ted in the

Verb , a s well a s the n otion of ,,b e i n g a b l e“ to

p erform the a ction , is expressed by the syllables

ha t , bet , whi ch a re a dded to the root of the Verb,Active , Pa ssive , or Fa ctitive ; thus is or igin a ted a

n ew root , to which the Conjuga tion a l termin a tion sa re join ed a s to a Pr imitive Verba l r oot. Va

'

r n i to

wa it for , va'

r a tn i to he wa ited for , v a'

r ta tn i to let

(make a ny on e) wa it , have a s ma ny roots of

possibility in v a'

r ha t , v a'

r a tha t a n d vdr ta tka t , a n d

va'

r lza tok, mea n s : I may, I ca n , I am able to wa it ;v a

'

r a tha tom , I ca n he wa ited for , it is possibletha t I am wa ited for ;

v a'

r ta tlza tok I am able to make on e wa it , or

I can let a uv on e wa it.

Page 75: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

6 2

the people is able to govern itself , it w ill throw off

the gua rdia n ship of mon a r chs .

A’

bb‘

nyveim be n em bb’

tetbetn eb‘ (ca n n ot be

boun d) e’bé ten (this week) . E s ele a’ [ea ch ]: n em

ir a tba tn a le ma . Bes t ta n a lo lc n em dics ér tetbetn ek.

Idegen fa’

ldb'

n n ebes en ta ldlta tba tik a s on ss iv esség

melly (which) minket (us) tulajdon tit’

s belyeinkn e'

l

a'

p olga t . Messs e fe’

ldon ker es tetbetik a’bz

i ba r a'

t,

ba ben n a nk biis ég n in esen . Nem min dny aja n ta n it

ta tba ta nk egg mester s égr e Amba’r v a'

r ta tba tn a'

m

(I wa s able to let wa it) a’

flat, me’

g is inka'

bb s iette

tem. En elbess e'

ltetbetn e'

m vele a s eyess iigyet , a’e

a n a lma s a s t ba llga tn i .

I ca n n ot be expected a t my un cle’

s . You could

be r eceived better (you possibly m ight be received

better) if you ma de him a presen t. It is u n cer ta in

whether (ba) the ba ttle could ha ve been won . The

en emies might have been va n qu ished , if the soldiers

had ha d capable leaders . Gutta - percha ca n be usedfor (r a ) fa n cy works ; of it ca n be made ba skets,

pla tes , spoon s ,inksta n ds , picture a n d lookin g-gla ss

frames . I could n ot let you wa it a ny lon ger . If Iwere a ble to ha ve my coa t made a t your ta ilor

s ,

I should ga in in (72) its pr ice a n d in the bea uty of

its shape .

D 0 M e d i u m .

Ma ny Verbs whi ch r ea lly have a n a ctive or

reflexiv e mea n ing a re u sed a s Neuter , a n d a s such

they r eceive Person a l termin a tion s of Conjuga tion

Page 76: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

6 3

like those of the Pa ssive Vo ice . L akn i to in habit,mea n s in its media l form to live , to dwell.

P r e s . lakom I live ,I dwell , lakol thou livest,

labile he lives ; la ba nk , laktolt , lakn ak.

P a s t. la lttam I have lived , I have dwelt,la bta

'

l

thou ha st lived, la ba tt he ha s lived ; la btun lc,la kta tok ,

laktak,

F u t. lubn i fogok I sha ll live , lakn i fogss thou

w ilt live , la bn i fog he w ill live ; lakn i

foga nk we sha ll live , lakn i fogtok vou w ill

live , lak ni fogn a b ,they w ill live .

SUBJUNCTIVE .

L akjam tha t I m ay live , lakja'

l , lakjek ; lak

ja nk , lakja tok , lakja n a lc.

L akn a'

m I would live , labn a'

l, l a kn é lc ; la /ma'

nk,

lakn a'

tob , lakn a'

n ab' .

L on don ba n tb‘

bb min t ke’

t milliom ember laki lr’k

) .

En igen ss ép tafion lakom, ba n em te n em la be l a lly

ss ép v idéken . S ob bajia l biis dik a s ember mig e’

v ila'

go t lakja (in habi ts) . Mi tetss ilc n eked ja bba n ,a

v er es v agg a’

s b’

ld ss in . Nakem zigy la'

tss ilc

bogy n in es iga s a d. Min dey iga s a t ss o'

lfa nk ba'

r

n e is ma'

s okn ak A’

n ap for ogn i

lcitss ik a’

fol d [cor al Ha Jot tess iink (we do)

n e bogy b’

n s ésbdl tettiik (we did) .

S in gu la r a fter the Numera ls .

Tessiin lr in stea d of teta sjitn lc we may plea se.

M r

) Ia'

tsza ss ék,in stea d of ldtss a tjék ,

it sha ll a ppea r .

Page 77: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

64

Ango lor ss dg a’

v ila'

gn a lr min den r e'

ss eivel her es

Icedib . A’

n agylcer eskea’é'

n em ker eskedilc kicsinyben

(in reta il) . Ker eskecljé l bogy nyerjé l va lamit , mer t

nyer ésbdl e'

lss .

We live in Oxford street , a n d you live in Hol

born , but he lives in Ken tish Town . If he would

live a t my un cle’

s , he da ily could take a wa lk in

the pa rk. If E ngla n d traded to Russia , it would

ga in a grea t dea l. He trades (w ith) in drapery.

My brother works a t (in ) the ca rpen ter’s trade , a n d

I work a t the pr in ting tra de . Men who do n ot work

a re a burden (ter bé r e) to society. Men sin aga in st

the law of the n a ture , when they oppress their fellow

crea tures. Tyra n ts sin aga in st society by ruling(when they rule) others aga in st their w ill . The

Kin g domin eers over his people in stead of govern ingit (in stead tha t he m ight govern it) .

V I I .

l r r egu l a r i ti e s i n V e r b a l fo r

m a t i o n s .

A. V e r b a l r o o t s i n

Verbs the root of which is n ot a mon osyllabica l

o n e , a n d term in a ting with d , preceded by a vowel , a re

liable to con tra ction in the Presen t Ten se of the

Verbs of this kin d a re Medium s , but in regard to a ludn i,

the people a n d Gramma ria n s do n ot yet a gree ; the former ,though erron eously , u sin g it a s a Neu ter a n d Medium . The

orms in whi ch it commonly occur s a re subjoin ed , its Medial

form ha s the same termin a tion s a s la lmi . See p . 155 .

Page 78: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

65

Indica tive Mood ; the whole syllable a d , a d , 5 d,

it'

d , e d is m issed , a n d the con son a n t as is put in

stead. Thus , fekiidn i, to lie , ha s febssmn I lie ; a ludn i,to sleep , ha s a lss om I sleep .

O b s e r v . If the pen ultima of the Verba l root

ha s more tha n on e con son a n t , such con tra ction s a re

n ot made , but d is cha nged in to ss : a s , a lkudn i to

bid , a lka ss om I bid.

1.

INDICATIVE .

P r e s. a lss om I sleep , a lss ol thou sleepest , a lss ik

he sleeps , a lss a nk we sleep , a lss otolc you

sleep , a lss a n a lc they sleep . Febss em I lie ,

fekss el thou liest , febss ik he lies ; fekss i mk

we lie , fekss etek you lie , fekss en elc they lie.

P a s t t e n s e . a la dtam I did sleep , Lwa s sleeping,I have slept , a la dta

'

l, a la dott a n d a ludt ; a la d

tun /r , a ludta tob, a ludta lc a n d a la dta n ak.

F u t. a ludn i fogok I sha ll sleep , etc., regula r .

Ha s udn i , to tell a lie , a n d Verbs in which the

syllable of con tra ction is pr eceded by s or ss , a re

n o t abbrev ia ted , bu t the primitive roo t is used ; thus ,ba s a dom in stea d of ba s ss om.

As ocs ém min dey ba r agss ib' ba va la bi a

tolldt

elv ess i (tak esaway) . A’

ta n ita'

megba r aga dott a s on ,

bogy a’

fizt n em tudta a’

lecs kejé t. En n em ba r ag

ss om r a'

cl (r ead : w i th you) , mer t te n em tebetss

r o'

la (you ca n n ot help it) . A’

ba'

ty a'

m soba'

ig a lss ik.

Ti még 10 o'

r a lcor a s a'

gyba n febss etek, te is addigCsnnk hung. Cram 5

Page 79: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

66

(till then a s lon g) fekss el. Mi lefebss iink tis dr akor , és a lss un lc bet o

'

r a ig r eggel. En minde’

y a lka

ss om ba v a lamit vess ek (buy) . A’

ba'

tya'

m soba sem

a lka ss ik,és a s e

'

r t dr a'

ga'

n fis et. En a lkua’tam. Ti

n em a lkudta tolc. A’ki ba s a dik bi telt n em er demel.

We do n ot go to bed before 11 o’

clock. Mybrother is a lways in bed a t 10 o

clock. Do you

sleep lon g (lon g you sleep) ? We sleep for seven

hours (till seven hours) , but our frien d sleeps on ly

for five hours . I do n ot go to bed ea rly. My bro

ther is offen ded , because I did n ot len d him my

book. You a re a lways a ngry when you go to school.

(The) Men tha t have on ce told a lie ha ve n o credit.

He often tells a lie to defen d his w ickedn ess. Our

tea cher wa s offen ded yesterday , because on e of his

pupils (his on e pupil) told a lie. I am n ever angry

with you.

2 .

SUBJUNCTIVE .

a ludiam (common ly a la a’

iak) sha ll I sleep ,tha t I may sleep , a la clfa

'

l, a la clfé lc; a la clja nk

tha t we may sleep , sha ll we sleep , a lad

ja tok, a luclfa n ak.

P r e s. a ludn a'

m (common ly a ludn éb) I would sleep ,if I slept, a lua

’n a

'

l,a ludn élt (common ly a lud

7i a) , a la dn a'

nb , a ludn a'

tok, a ludn a'

n ak.

P a s t. a ludtam voln a I would have slept , if I hadslept , a ladta

'

l voln a , a ludt voln a,

a ludtun lc

voln a , a la dta tok voln a , a la dtak voln a .

Page 80: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

67

The Imperative is the same a s the Subjun ctive

Mood ; in the secon d person of the Impera tive Mood"

the termin a tion cil , é l , is often missed.

Ne a la alya l solsa zg ,mer t bosss zt a

'

lom ar t a s

egéss se'

gn ek. Alualf. Ala alfa n b (let us sleep) . Ne

ba r agua’

fa tok a s akr a , kik (who) aka r a tla n zll megba'

n

ta n ak. Ha megba r agudn a'

tols mi n em men n énk N

bes . A’ba

'

tya'

m tova'

bbig a ladn e'

k ba n em [sellen e

(were n ot obliged) oskola’

ba men n i . Res t ember els

min dey a lba tn a b. En n app a l n em a lba tom de

Ka'

r olg/ min dey a lba tik. L efekadbetiink (ca n we go

to sleep) ? Ne fekiiclietelc me'

g le , mer t me'

g n in es 9

o'

r a . Ha mi r ayta (abou t it , in stead of a s on) megba r agudta nk voln a , n em jb

tta'

nk voln a ide. Ke'

r em

meg n e ba r agua'

i a n ak bogy v isss a n em bos tam a’

kb'

nyvaket. B a'

r ba r aga clfék is é n n elci n em a dom.

Go to bed. Let us go to bed (febuclfunk le) .

Do n ot tell lies , for you sin aga in st yourself a n d

aga in st others . If he should tell a lie , he would be

pun ished by his tea cher . I should ha ve told you

a lie, if I had sa id it wa s n ot true. Never be a n gry

w ith your n eighbours. Be n ot offen ded a t trifles.

You would have been offen ded , if I had gon e away

w ithout taking lea ve. Would you be offen ded , if Itold you the truth ? We a re reposing ; you have

been reposing. Na ture is in repose , a n d the a irs of

the birds do n o t soun d (the birds their a irs n ot soun d).

The sun ha s set. The sun sets. As soon a s the

sun sets the n octurn al birds leave their lurking places.

Page 81: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

68

B . Ve r b a l r o o t s i n

3.

Ven n i to buy , to take.

In d i c a t. P r e s . v ess els I buy , vess el , vess en

a n d vess ; vess a'

n ls we buy , vess

telc, vess n elc.

Im p . vev é ls I bought , vevé l , veve ; ve

v én ls we bought, veve'

telc, vev én elc.

P e r f. vettem I have bought , I bought,I wa s buyin g , vettel , v ett ; vettiink,

vettetels , vetten els.

Fu t. ven n i [ago/c l sha ll buy , ven n i fogss ,ven n i fog , etc.

S u bj u n c t. vegyelc tha t I may buy , sha ll I buy,vegyé l , v egyen ; vegy ii n ls , vegyetelc

vegyen elc.

C o n d i t. 1. ven n e'

ls I would buy , if I bought,ven n e

'

l , ven n e ; v en n én ls , ven n é tek,

v en n e'

n eb' .

2 . vettem voln a I would or should ha ve

bought, vetté l voln a , vett voln a ; vetta’

n lt

voln a ,v ettetelc voln a ,

vettek voln a .

E n n i to ea t in n i to dr ink, len n i to become,

bin n i to believe , v in n i to ca rry , to take , ten n i to do ,

a lthough vess ess is the proper form , yet v ess el is

common ly u sed.

E n n i a n d in n i (which takes the per son a l a ffixes withha rd vowels) a re u sed in the Media l form ; thu s , css em I ea t,ess el thou ea test , ess ik he ea ts , etc. , a n d iss om

,iszo l, iss ik, etc.

Page 83: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 0

No ; he wen t for a foot - soldier . The more we

recede from the sta te of n a ture , the more difficult itbecomes to be happy.

In d i c. P r e s . meggels I go , meggss thou goest,megg , men he goes ; meggiin lc we

go , man tele, men n elf .

Imp . men élc I wen t , men é l , men e ; men e'

nk

we wen t , men é telc, men én elc.

P e r f. me ntem I wa s go ing , I wen t ; Ihave gon e , men tel , men t ;

men tz'

in lc we have gon e , we were

going , we wen t , men tetelc, mentekor men ten ek.

F u t. men n i fogolc I sha ll go , men n i fogss ,thou wi lt go , menn i fog he will go ;men n i foga n lc, etc.

S ubj . menjelc, sha ll I go , tha t I may go ,

menjel , menjen ;menjitnb , menjetels , menjen elc.

C o n d. 1. men n éb I would go , menn é l , menn e, etc.

2 . men tem voln a I would have gon e , if

I would have gon e , men té l voln a , men t

voln a ,

men'

tz'

in lt voln a , etc .

Ha a s i515 ss ép less sé tciln i megya n lc. As

a ny tim a s t ma n ata , bogy ki n a meagelc. Ha ki

Page 84: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 1

mennek as a tga'

m ba r agadn é ls r dm. Ki mon dta

bogg N. a rbos menjetelc. Menjilnk (let us go)ba s a mer t lse

'

sb. Ha elmenn é l , s a'

r d (in stead of

drg'

ad) be a’ss oba ajto

'

t. E n Pa r isba meggelc a s

b’

csém p edig Br itsselbe megg . Ke’

r em n e vegge

r oss neven (do n ot take it ill) ba n em men n é lc

ba nd (wi th you) . Mi elmegy ilnk, n em men tcle ti

is ? Mi n em mebeta n lc mer t as a nga'

n ls n em engedi .

I should go to Pa r is , if my mother took (would

take) me with her . Will you go for a wa lk (to walk)this a ftern oon (ma dé luta

'

n ) ? No ; we sha ll n ot go for

a walk. Ca n you ca rry this book? I sha ll take

(ca rry) this book to the bookbin der . Do n ot take

tha t boot to the shoemaker . The boy took his

books a n d his wr itin gs to the school. Have you

don e your work? We did our work yesterday , a n d

you w ill do yours to -morrow . He n ever does his

work. Believe Wha t I told you . I believe i t,

beca use your frien d told me of it before he

wen t to Pa r is. I should believe it , if he n ever

had told a lie.

Kib ele Icin ek (to every body) ott ba s aya , a bol

ga l megy do lga (he does well) . Nem megg a s

min dég zigg a bogg a s ember maga'

ba n feltess i .

Tess em fel (suppose) bogg ebn en n ék, mit fog b

a s uta'

n csina'

ln i . Ki v itte at a s én lcb'

ngvemet ? A'

ba'

tga'

d a s t maga'

va l v itte. As t soba sem bittem

voln a hogg b elmenjen . Ne hidd (biclfed) n eki mer t

Page 85: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 2

p a'

p ista . En hiss em , mer t magam’

ss emével

(my own eye) la'

ttam. Hiss ed - e a s t bogg té len

men ngdb’

r b’

g ? Hiss em , mer t magam is ba llottam.

Boldogols leile n em la'

tn a ls e'

s meg is biss n ek.

Take this n ewspaper up sta irs . My brother

took his coa t to your ta ilor , for he had bought it

of him . Never buy things w ithou t seein g them . Ishould like (ss er etn é lc) to buy a horse , if I hadmon ey. The brother of your un cle sudden ly became

ill. I become ill if I ea t fruit. Did you ea t a ll

the fruit which my mother ha s bought for you ? We

took some of it to your fr ien d Cha rles , a n d some

(n émit) we a te in compa ny w ith our fr ien d Fra n cis .

Take these’ pea rs to your fa ther ; my brother ha s

bought them for him ; I believe they a re good

(on es) . Do you (think) believe (tha t) we sha ll have

some r a in ? Take this book ba ck to the bookseller ,

a n d tell him (tha t) I sha ll n ot buy it.

C . V e r b a l r o o t s i n

In d i e. P r e s . Ib’

vb’

lc I come , jb’

ss thou comest , jb'

(ib’

n) he comes , Jov ilnk we come,

J'

b’

n ek

ja’

veh I came , jb'

ve'

l , jb'

ve ;

jb‘

v é nls , jb'

vé tels , jb'

vén els.

Proverb , mea n in g to be cau tious .

Page 86: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 3

P e r f. jbtem I came , I did come , I wascomin g ,

I have come, jbté l , jbt,

jo"tiZnk, jbtetels, jb

'

telc.

F u t. jbn i (a n d jb'

n n i ) fogok I sha ll

come , will come , jb'

n i (jb'

n n i)

fogss , jb’

n i fog ,

j0”n i foga n ls, jbn i fogtols , jbn i

fogn a le.

S u bj jb’

jels (a n d jbfiek) sha ll I come , tha t Im ay come , jbjé l (jbfié l a n d jer ) jbfib

n

jbjzin ls tha t we m ay come , sha ll we come ,

j0”

jetelr (fb’

fietek) jbjen els (jejjen 8b?)C o n d. 1. jbn e

'

lc (a n d fe’

n n els) I would come , if Icame , jbn é l , jbn e ;

jbn én lc, jbn é telc, jbn é n els.

2 . jbtem voln a I would ha ve come,

je”tel vo ln a , jb

'

tt voln a ,“

jc’

lta'

n lf voln a , jbtetels voln a , jetek

voln a .

Alike to the Verb je’

n i to come , a re formed

Mn i to shoo t, ss b’

n i to weave , bin i to ca ll , ss in i

to dr aw , to smoke (toba cco) , a n d simila r on es,

a n d their compoun ds.

O b s . 1. Verbs of this kin d a re con tra cted from

their pr im itive roots jb’

v, lb

v,

ss b'

v, hiv , ss iv ; this

r oot is restored in a ll forma tion s in which the a ffix

begin s with a vowel ; on the con trary , if the a ffix

begin s with a con son an t , the r adical v is thrown off

Page 87: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 4

an d the radica l vowel protracted : thus lb-tem in steadof lb

'

v - tem , .bi -t am in stead of biv - tam , etc.

2 . The Verb jbn i , forms its Ten ses regula rly a s

Well as by mea n s of a ssimila tion of the con son a n t v ,

w ith the in itia l con son a n t of the person a l a ffixes ; thus,we form jbn i an d jb

'

n n i , jdjele a n d jbfiele.

This ha s m islea d some Gramma r ia n s to a dopt this

a ssimila tion in the Conjuga tion of a ll other Verbs ,but they forgot tha t jb

n n i reta in s its short vowel

when the v is assimila ted , a n d prolongs it when the

v is thr own off. This is n ot the ca se w ith the other

Verbs , for their vowel a lways rema in s a long on e, when

the a ffix begin s wi th a con son a n t. This is the rea son

why some a uthors wr ite bittam, lbttem, bin i, bin é le, etc.

Ha ti beln ap eb'

b’

ttb‘

le bos s a'

n le (to us) ma la tosm

fogan le. En elfb’

ttem ebln a ban em sole mun ira'

m mia tt

lei n em mebettem. i etele el ma , mer t beln ap n em

less iln le (sha ll be) o ttbon Mi el fogun le jba i .

Ba r a'

tom n e jbj; (Impera tive) bos s a'

m, mer t n em

a dba tom a s t a’

mit leér te'

l. Jbfietele vela n le s é ta'

ln i.

Mi n em jb’

viln le sé ta'

ln i min tbogg dolga n le va n . Ha s a

- e ma'

r a’

n aggba'

tga'

d ? Még n em jb’

tt ba s ch‘

(és) n em is va'

rja le esa le ba’

r om n ap mulva . Hos s a'

tole

jb'

n n ék de fe'

lele bogg dolgotole less . Ne jb‘

z'

i ma

ba n em beln ap , a lekor jdtss ba tun le. Ha tegn ap jbtetele

voln a még la'

tba tta'

tole voln a a’

lee'

p et mit a s a tgam

Br ilsselbe killdb’

tt. A‘

,lei n em jb

n . ann a le menn i

n em leell .

Page 88: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 5

My brother came from the play (thea tre) last

n ight (yesterday even ing) a t 11 o’

clock. We came

from the coun try (fa la ) in to (be) the town . Did

you come from Lon don ? No ; we came from Ba th .

Did you n ot go to‘

Lon don when you came from

Par is ? Yes. My fr ien d came from Fra n ce to see a ll

the cur iosities of Lon don . We sha ll come to you

to -n ight, when we ha ve don e our work.

Do n ot come to day ,for we sha ll be out (we n ot

sha ll be a t home) . If you would come to -morrow

morn ing we should go in the coun try. Sha ll I comethis a ftern oon (ma dé la ta

'

n ) ? No , you had better

(in lea'

bb) come a fter to -morrow (beln ap uta'

n ) . Sha ll

we come to see (la'

toga tn i) you n ext (jb’

vb) week?

En tegn ap va ddss n i voltam de n em le’

tem semmit.

A’

v a da'

ss ole gga ler a n n em lbn elef Ss er etn é le lbn i .

Ki bive tt (bit) . gon dolem begg a s b’

ese'

d bit

te'

ged (thee) . Hifdtole el a s t a s ember t. Ka'

r oly

leibz'

mer t va lami t a lea r mon da n i . Nem aka r ss egg

p ip a doba'

ngt ss in i (to smoke) ? En n em ss oletam

ss in i (I am n ot used to smokin g) . As a tga'

n lemin de'

y

ss zva r t ss i . A’

ta ledes ss b'

v i (defin ite form of s sbn i)

a’

v a'

ss n a t , a s a br ess olea t e'

s a s a ss ta l - leen a’bleet.

A’Poss to

'

s ss b'

veti (lets weave) a’

p oss td- leelmé t.

Angolor ss a'

gba n ge'

ppel ss b’

v etile a’

p oss to'

t és a’

vdss n a t , Magga r or ss a'

gba n tb‘

bbngir e lee'

s s el.

When we were hun ting we shot ma ny ha resand par tr idges. Can you shoot (do you kn ow to

Page 89: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 6

shoot) ? No , I ca n n o t shoo t ; but my brother shoots

very well (very well shoots) . I shot two deers

yesterday. We ha ve shot some w ild ducks . Do n ot

shoo t when people a re pa ssing before you (elbttetele) .

If you should shoot you would kill them . Did you

ca ll your brother ? Ca ll your youn ger brother a s well.

Your fr ien d ha s ca lled you , he wa n ts to speak to

you . Sha ll I ca ll this gen tlema n . Ca ll him. You

n ever should ca ll me when I am a t work. Wha t

do you smoke , ciga rs or a pipe (toba cco)? I prefersmoking a pipe (toba cco) . Did you ever smoke

Ha va n a sega rs ? I did smoke them formerly ,but n ow

I prefer smoking Virgin ia n toba cco .

l ) . V e r b a l r o o t s o f ,,z , s z“ .

6 .

Verba l roots termin a ting in ss ,s , preceded by a

vowel, common ly receive 0 1, el, bl in the secon d Person

Sin gula r Number in stea d of ss ; the con son a n t j, is

a ssimila ted to the radica l ss,s . In the third Person

Sing. of the Perfect Ten se the t is redoubled a n d pre

ceded by a short vowel , which a ccordin g to the Verba l

root is either 0 or b’

a n d e : thus , bos o tt he brought,in stead of bes t , fbs b

tt he co oked , etc .

O b s . 1) If the verba l r oot en ding in s be of

two or more syllables the ultima is con tra cted

a ccordin g to 5 . In trod. Thus , from ss er es n i to pur

cha se , we form : ss er s ele, ss er s el , ss er es , ss er s iin le,

ss er es tele, ss er es n ele. Verbs the roots of which are

Page 91: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 8

Verbs hav ing a vowel before the termin ation of the In fin itive a i , a n d such a s have a

fin a l t in their root preceded by a shor t vowel (a svet , fa t , receive a short vowel (o ,

b‘

, e ,)before the Cha ra cter istic of the Perfect Ten se,which in this ca se is reduplica ted. For in sta n ceba lla n i to hea r , forms ba ll- o - ttam I have hea rd ;leiey

ten i to pron oun ce, kiejt- e - ttem I have pron oun ced ;leils den i to struggle, leils d-b ttem I have struggled, etc.

Naggen solea t ba llettun le bess e'

ln i a’

r egiele’

v ités ségzller bl ; ba llotta d bogy mit mon dott. A’

Tolvaj n em v a llott meg semmi .t O elr ejtette a s t a’

mit ma'

sole lap ta le. Hov a’

fa tottcil a milter bita la le

(ca lled thee) . Te engemet ir n i ta n itotta'

l a’ba

tga'

m

p edig téged r ajs oln i ta n itott. Ti a da'ig ba la ss totta

'

tole

mig leesa volt. En n em ba lass tottam voln a ba n em

a s b‘

esém leér t begy n e s iessele. Mit vetettetele a bba

(in tha t) a’

ker tbe . Mi v ir a'

got meg s b’

lds éget

v etettiln le. Ki z’

ltb’

tt meg ? A’

fia megiltb’

tte a’

lap da'

v a l. O megss er i totta a’

lees emet e'

s cltun t.

Naggen ss or i totta le min leet a’

n aggss omba ti esa ta

uta'

n . A’

Magya r ole megbo'

ditotta'

le P a n n dn ia'

t 894

évben . En megss o'

litottam a s a tes a'

n ba n em b’

n em

ba llga tott r a’

m. Ka'

r olg leiey’

tette jo'

l es eleet a’

ss a v a lea t. Ha llo tt ad - e begga n mon dta lei 6 ? Ha

jo'

l leiejtetted v oln a a s t a’

ss o'

t , a’ta n ite

'

n em

iga s itott volna . Mzer t (why) n em iga s itottad ba

Page 92: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 9

la'

ttad bogy biba'

s ott. Mileor gea s t bos eti én oda

ngujtottam a’

lees emet bogg tb’

le a'

tvegg/em.

He ha s hidden himself, for he fea red the

pun ishmen t. He stretched out his ha n d , when he

hea rd (person s) speaking of fruit. Did you listen to

(tha t) wha t he ha s sa id? I ha ve n ot listen ed. Mytea cher ha s corrected me a lways, when I ha ve madea mistake (biba

'

t ejten i, to make a m istake) . I ha vefo rgotten to lea rn my lesson . Cha rles ha s forgotten

to take his books wi th him . William the Con queror

ha s con quered this isla n d. The E nglish n a tion

delayed its a ssista n ce to foreign n a tion s till it wa s

too late . The clock struck on e. We have sown

seeds of flowers in our ga rden ; our un cle ha s sown

seeds of v egetables in his ga rden . The thief ha s

run away. My brother ha s spoiled my blue ink.

I have pa in ted a fin e picture.

8 .

Dissyllabica l Verbs w ith a fin a l t in their root,

a nd Verbs the roots of which term in a te w i th d , g,

k, r eceive the shor t vowel (o , b’

, e , before the t

of the Perfect in the third person Sing. Ss er et - n i

to love , ss er etett he loved , a dn i to give , a dott he

ha s given .

O b s . 1. Dissyllables in d ha ve , in the third

per son Perfect, ei ther a single t or tt preceded by a

short v owel ; thus , ss a lead a i to tea r , will be ss a le

edt a n d ss a lea do tt it tore, r ep ed a i to cr ack, r ep edt

a nd r ep edett it cracked.

Page 93: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

80

2 . Le'

tn i , to see ,forms la

'

ttam I have seen ,

la'

tta'

l thou ha st seen , la'

to tt he ha s seen .

As e ese'

m ba s a sietett ; 6 n em ss er etett voln a

teva'

bb v a'

r n i . Solea t fis etett a s a tga'

m a’

bds a ér t.

Is tva'

n min ap fa r leas t leergetett . Ha b mega lea dott

voln a én segitettem v oln a r ajta (on him ; him) . Ki

segitett midbn es t es in a'

lta d. A’

bdtga'

m segi tett,

mer t én btet segitettem mileor o"delgos ott. A

flu

ss a la a'ott , én is elss a la dtam. .lll egss a lea dt a’

ss ive

a’

ba s afin a le ba s aj'

dn a le As e'

r a la'

n es

elss a leodott’

s a s ér t a s ar e n em megg . As a tgam

L ondon ba n la leo tt , de en min dég fa la n la letam. As

a ng a'

m n eleem a lmat a dott , é s e'

n es t a’

ba r a'

tomn a le

a dl am.

I have pa id you a ll tha t I owed to you , but

my debtor did n o t pay me . My brother pa id 50 1. for

his pia n o . I should ha ve pa id him , if he would

h a ve given me a r eceipt for it. My fr ien d ha sten ed

away. Did be r un ? He cut his fin ger when he wa s

cuttin g mea t. The tea cher expelled tha t boy from

his school , because he wa s disobedien t. Did you

ever see a lio n ? No , but our fr ien d ha s seen a lion .

He r a n away beca use he wa s a fra id of pun ishmen t.

I loved you when you were obedien t a nd behaved

yourself well. I did n ot like (ss er etn i) the boy

beca use of his in solen ce.

9 .

The Hunga r ia n la nguage ha s the peculia rjéy of

expressing the Objective ca se of the Person a l Prongoun

Page 94: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

8 1

of the secon d person , govern ed by a ny Active

Verb , by mea n s of a n a ffix added to the Verbal

root. This peculia r form is used ~on ly when the

speaker himself is represen ted a s Active . The a ffixused is [a le a n d lele. Thus , I wa it for thee or Iexpect thee , w ill be expressed by v a

'

r - la le , in stead

of v a'

r om tégedet ; I bea t you , wi ll be ver -lele in stead

of ver em titeleet ; la'

t - la le (la'

tn i to see) I see you

a n d I see thee.

Whether the form la'

tla le mea n s ,,I see you

“or

,,I see thee“ will be un derstood by the sen ten ce in

which such a form is used. The same a ffix maybe a dded to the root of the Perfect a n d Future,in a ll the Ten ses of the Con dition a l , a n d the

Ten ses of the Poten tia l a n d Fa ctitive Verba l forms,a n d thus be formed : va

'

r ta la le I wa ited for thee,va

'

r n i fogla le I sha ll wa i t for thee , vdrja la le tha t

I may wa it for thee , v a'

r n a'

la le I should wa it for

thee , v a'

r ba tla le I ca n wa it for thee , v a'

r ta tba tla le

I ca n let thee wa it.

Ha min elfa'

r t eyess még megva'

r la le. En m eg

la'

toga tta la le voln a tegn ap de n aggen esett a s esa,

a s ér t esa le a’

fe‘

eb’

bé ten fogla le la'

tega tn i . Ta la'

n

n agya n solea'

ig va'

r ta tla le (I let you wa it) . Ma lt

be’

tfbn bos s a'

m biva tta la le. E n v édtelele (I havedefen ded thee) a

tolvajole ellen , leile tegn ap meg

ta'

ma dta le. E n n em ss er etlele, mer t n em a lea r ss

engedelmesleedn i ; ss er ettelelemig szorga lma tos vo lta'

l.

En majd ba s a ves etlele (take you home) mer tn em esme

'

m'

tele a s uta tolea t (your way). Vigga'

s s

Csink. bung. gr am. 6

Page 95: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

82

bagg meg n e fisselele. Vdey’

a la le? En tabbé n em

va'

r ba tla le, mer t fé l o'

r a ma lva osleola'

ba leell

men n i . Megver lele ba n em baggss bé leé t (keep the

pea ce) . Add (a clja d) ide a’

lees edet hogg a’

v is bbl

lei bels s a la le. Hogg v a n a s bogg a’

ss in bas ba n n em

la'

t ba tla le. Te leillb’

n ben min dég oda ss oleta'

l jcir n i .

En n em ba llba tla le ba ollg ba llelea l bess e'

ltele.

I ca n n ot rea ch you ,for you sta n d very fa r

from me. I sha ll bea t you . if you spoil my book.

I should love you if you were diligen t. If I shouldhav e seen you , I would have wa ited for you . Ica n n ot bea t you , a lthough you deserved it. I could

offen d thee , but I shall show to thee , tha t I esteem

thee higher (tb‘

bbr e) tha n my pr iva te in terest.

Could I n o t see you ? I would v isit you ,if you were

a t home to -morrow . Did I hurt thee? I did n ot see

you . If I could have recogn ised you , I should have

spoken to you (addressed you) . I ha ve sen t for you

la st n ight. Did I ca ll you ? No , I ca lled you n ot .

If he would have left you in the field , you would

have lost your way. I do n ot kn ow you , for In ever ha ve seen you before . Did I n ot dr aw you

out of the pon d. I appea sed you when you were in

grea t emotion about (mia tt) the loss of your fortun e .

VII I . P a r ti c i p l e s .

The Verb of the Hun ga r ia n la nguage forms its

Pa r ticiples by mea n s of termin a tion s a dded to the

Verba l root , Active , Pa ssive , Fa ctitive Poten tial,Medium etc. .

Page 96: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

83

Such termin a tion s a re : v a , v a'

n ; thus , va'

r va

wa ited (wa iting, having expected, being expected) . va'

r

v a'

n wa itin g ; va'

r a tva hav in g been wa ited for , va'

r a tva'

n

being wa ited for ; va'

r ba tva '

, va'

r ba tva'

n being able to

wa it for ; v a'

r ta tva , v a'

r ta tva'

n lea v ing on e wa iting ; va'

r

ta tba tva , va'

r ta tba tv a'

n being able to let on e wa it.

The Pa rticiple of v a is often used in stead of a n

Adverb w ith a ny other person a l form of the same

Verb ; for in sta n ce : vdr va va'

r ta n le we wa ited

wa itingly. Su ch forms of con struction a re on ly used

to give the person a l Verb a stron ger expression .

Eggn eba'

ng ss o'

t a s ajto’

r a ir va'

n leiss a ladt.

Ka'

r olg n em men t isleola'

ba a s t mon dv a'

n bogg a‘

lees leéjé t n em ta dja . En ela dtam a’

ba'

s ama t n em

ta doa'

n bon n a n p én s t ss er es n i . Nem ss er es betv én

(n ot bein g able to procure) p én s t , én leén telen

voltam a’

ba'

s ama t ela dn i . 0”

leén ss er itv e ja'

r osleo

la'

ba . Ss er etve ss er etett ss ii lein leet el leellett bagg

n a n le (we were obliged to leave) . Ha n iba l elon

s égeitdl a’

ldb’

s ve , As sia'

ba ss b‘

bb’

tt. Ga ss ta'

v Adolp h

v ite'

s iesen ba r es olva elesett . A’

lei leén ss er i tve

ta nul n em nagg elo’

men telt tess . Ja'

tss va ton a l a’

ggermele. Allea ir n i , z’

llve en n i . S ietve ja'

r t

mileor bt ldttam. Nem mebetvén leer ess till , v i s‘

ss a

tér tz'

tn le. Hir telen megba lt , n em esin a'

lba tva'

n v égr en

deletet.

You were expected a t your a un t’s . We were

forced to seek refuge in foreign coun trie s , expelledfrom our own . Not bein g able to pay wha t he

6*

Page 97: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

84

owed his property wa s sold. Louis Philippe, lulled in

security , wa s surprised by the Fren ch people. He

left the room ,n ot sayi n g whether he would return

soon . As we a re n ot able (n ot being able) to speakcorrectly , we do n ot like to Speak a word. Ha n n ibal,leav ing Ita ly, deserted the pa th of for tun e. Bein g leftto myself (magamr a) , I wa s n ot able to fin ish the

work. He wrote the letter sta nding. By keepingsilen ce he a ckn owledged his fault. Hav ing return ed,he left this message for you . Having a rr ived a t my

home , I wrote to you a letter directly.

IX .

T h e V e r b h e l l , to w a n t , to b e

o b l ig e d , m u s t .

1.

The (imperson a l) Verb leell is used in con n ection

with Person a l Pron oun s in their forms : n eleem to

me n eleed to thee n eki to him , to her , to it , n eleiln le

to us , n eletele to you , n eleile to them , thr oughout a ll

the Ten ses , of which the Verb leell ha s on ly the

third person . Thus

In d. P r e s . n eleem leell I wa n t , I must , n eleed

leell thou wa n test , n elei leell he

wa n ts , etc.

P a s t. b eleem leellett I wa n ted, I wa s obliged,a n d I must , n eleed leellet , etc.

Fu t . n eleem bellen i fog I sha ll wa n t etc.

S u bj. P r e s. n eleem leellj’

en tha t I may wan t ,

tha t I may be obliged , etc.

Page 99: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

86

Ha nebteb feggver bell , majd dd a’

borma'

ng . A’

n ép n eb bit ves ér bell , bogg a’

s sa rn obob’

eselss b'

v é

nyein ggb’

s edelmesbedje n.

No objective ca se is used with the Verb bell.

I do wa n t pen s a n d ink ,for I have bought

paper on ly. Do you wa n t fin e poin ted or common

pen s ? I do n ot wa n t the fin e poin ted (on es) . Did

you wa n t (a ny) mon ey? Yes , I did wa n t (some) ,

but n ow I do n o t wa n t (a ny) . Sha ll you wa n t this

book? Not to -day , but I shall wa n t it to -morrow . If

you should wa n t it , I would sen d it home to you . We

wa n ted a fr ien d , who (bi) could (would be able)

len d us (some) mon ey. Such frien ds a re often wa n ted.

I wa n ted a book , thou dost wa n t ink,

a n d he

wa n ts paper . You a lways wa n t something. I dowa n t him. Do you wa n t your mother ? No , we

wa n t our a un t. Well , do you wa n t n o tea (don’

t

you wa n t . Yes , we do wa n t (some) . Does

Charles wa n t (a ny) bread a n d butter ? No , but he

wa n ts some prun es a n d grapes . You do n ot wa n t

(a ny) apples , do you (wa n t you) ? Yes ,“

a n d (some)

pea rs a s well.

The Pa ssive vo ice of bell is formed regula rly ;

thus , I am wa n ted belletem , tha t I may he wan tedbd essem , I should he wa n ted belletn ém, etc.

If the Objective , in Hun ga r ia n Nomin a tive,ca se , govern ed by the Verb ,,to wa n t“ , should be

replaced by a ny In fin itive wha tever , in the Hunga r ia n

Page 100: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

8 7

la nguage the l nfin itive is used with the Possessive

a ffixes . Thus , I wa n t to read is : olv asn om (in stead

of o lvasn i - em) bell , a n d n ebem bell olv a sn - em; thou

wa n test to wr ite, n ebed ir n od (ir n i 0 d) bell he wa n ts

to go n ebi men n ie bell we wa n t to wa it , n eba‘

n b v a'

r

n a n b bell (vdrn i - a nb) they wa n t to speak , n ebib be

ss é ln io’

b bell. In the same way a ll other Ten ses of

the Verb ,,wa n t , w ith a ny Infin i tive wha tever , may

be formed.

As the Verb ,,to wa n t ,“ when mea n ing n eces

sity , is r epla ced by ,,to be obliged“

a n d must ,“

a ll such forms , a s : I am obliged or I must go , a re

expressed by n ebem men n em bell , etc.

The person a l distin ction represen ted in n ebem,

n ebed , n ebi etc . bein g expressed pla in ly en ough bythe a ffixes added to the In fin itive , the Pron oun s

b ebem,n ebed etc. become superfluous a n d a re merely

used empha tically.

The Verb ,,must“ (but n ot the Verb to be obli

ged) is often expressed simply by the In fin itive a dded

to the Verb bell. Thus , n ebem bell olvasn i , I must

read , but olvasn om bell , I am obliged to read.

A’

ba'

ty a'

mn ab fr a n es iazll bell olv asn i , n ebem

p edig n e'

metit’

l. Ma el fog bellen i men n eteb (you will

be obliged to go to -day) . Ha v isss a tér nz’

tnb bell esab

ba r dda l a’

bés ben térz‘

lnb visss a . Nebteb n em bellott

voln a elmen n eto‘

b. Ss omoml bin eb (who) bas ajdt el

bell baggn ia . As ajsdgot olvasn om bell mer t bil

Page 101: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

88

lon ben n em ta dn a'

m mi v a n ben n e. Ha'

t bellett - e

elmen n i , v agg a bor ta'

l elmen n i . A’

ba'

tya'

mr a bell

v a’

r n om , a ba'

r a ba r ak a ba'

r n em. Kin eb fog bellen i

men n ie ? Nebem n em bell , n ebem sem (n either

Ha n em bell most ela ta s n otob (uta s n i) n o menjeteb

a in ab (go on a journ ey) most , mer t r oss a s idd.

Ir n om bell a s a tya'

mn ab. Ir n i bell a s a tga'

mn ab.

Nebteb bellet o lv asn otob a s osbola'

ba n, n ebib p odig

ott bellett ma r a dn iob mer t n em ta dta'

b a’

lees

béj’

b’

bet. Ta n uln a nb bell , billo'

n ben megbiin tet a’

ta n ito'

nb.

You a re obliged to work , while your brother

takes a wa lk. We a re obliged to wa lk , while you

a re playing. I must read , you mu st wr ite. I am

obliged to read , thou a rt obliged to work. If Iwere obliged to go home , I should go by (on ) the

steam -boa t. You would be very sorry (Igen sajn a

'

ln a'

tob) if you were obliged to return this pre

sen t. They a re obliged to leave E n gla n d ,beca use

they can get n o employmen t. My brother wa s obli

ged to go to Fra n ce , because his fr ien d wa n ted

him. Were you obliged to leave your coun try?

Were your fr ien ds obliged to leave you ? I wa sn ot obliged to do tha t , but I did it from my own

will. People (men ) a re obliged to give way , when

they exper ien ce con stan t urgen cy. My fa ther wa s

obliged to sell his horse , for it wa s very wild. He

must sell his esta tes if he wishes to pay his debts.

Soldiers a re obliged to learn the differen t movemen ts

Page 103: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 0

The Ten ses of v a'

r a nd , from var n i , a re

In d. P r e s . v a'

r a n dob I sha ll or w ill wa it,v a

'

r a n dss , v a'

r a n d ; v a'

r a n da nb we

w ill wa it , v a'

r a n dtob,v a

'

r a n dn ab.

P a s t. v a'

r a n do ttam I sha ll or w ill have

wa ited, v a'

r a n do tt a'

l , vdr a n dott ;

v a'

r a n do tta n b we w ill have wa ited,v a

'

r a n dotta tob , v a'

r a n da ttab .

F u t. v a'

r a n dn i (va'

r a n da n i) fogob I sha ll

be wa itin g (for the future) , etc.

S ubj . Pres . v a'

r a n dja b sha ll I be wa iting (for

the future) , a n d tha t I may be

wa itin g (for the fu ture) , var a n dya'

l,

v a'

r a n djon ;°

vdr a n d7’

a nb , v a'

r a n dja tob,v a

'

r a n dfa n a b.

C o n d. 1. v a'

r a n dn éb I should bewa iting (for thefuture), v a

'

r a ndn a’

l,va

'

r a n dn a ; va'

r a nd

n a’

nb ,va

'

r a n dn a'

tob , va'

r a n dn dn ab.

v a'

r a n do ttam voln a I should have

been wa itin g (for the future) , va'

r a n

do tta'

l voln a , v a'

r a n dott voln a,

va'

r a n dotta nb voln a , va'

r a n dotta tob

voln a , v a'

r a ndottab voln a ,etc.

The preceding scheme shews , how difficult it

is to express these Verba l forms of the Hunga r ian

la nguage ; even , the modern languages have n o ex

pression s wha tever to represen t the true mea n ing of

many of these forms ; a n d a s the Hunga r ian la nguage

ha s been cultiva ted by men , who received their edu

Page 104: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 1

ca tion in foreign coun tr ies a nd foreign la nguages,such forms a re less in use in wr itin g , a n d

I

en tirely

lost in familia r con versation .

Verba l Adjectives formed by 0'

a n d o tt , in

va'

r a n do’

a n d v a'

r a n do tt , correspon d w ith the La tin

future Pa r ticiple of the Pa ssive voice in da s , a n d

va'

r a n do’

expresses a future n ecessity ; thus , es a’

somma beln ap bifis eten db mea n s : this sum must be

pa id to -morrow.

A’

n aggba’

tga'

n b boln ap utdn elyoven d , bogg

minbet la'

togasson . As t mon dta , bogg n ebem aja'

n dé

bos a n dia a s t a’

bép et. Nem biss em , bogg p én s t

a da n d. Reméng len dd bogg fa bbr a fordal sor s a n b.

As ember ma n em ta dfa mit les s teen db be ln ap .

Min den ember ba la ndo’

. A’ba r a

'

tod elmen en d

mielo'

tt téged la'

togasson . Ki mit bb‘

lesb’

n b’

s a s t

visss a tém'

ten dfe. A’

fb'

ld mivelen do’

,bogg bass n ot

bajtson . Addig ba’

mos a n do’

a’

bo'

r sfa mig ba'

mlib

(prov . hammer the iron while it is hot) . B a’

r sob a’

te

lgesitendo'

bb’

telességilnb , mégis minden ib bielégiten db.

XI . P r o n o u n s .

A. P e r s o n a l .

1.

En I , to thou , 6 he , she , it ; mi a n d minb

we , ti a n d tib you , 6b they. E ngem a nd engemet

me , téged a n d tégedet thee , btet him ,her , it ;

minbet us , titebet you , o"bet them ; in stead of

minbet , ti tebet a re often used : ben n ilnbet a n d

benn eteleet.

Page 105: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 2

The Person a l Pron oun s a re n ever used beforethe Verb , except when empha sis or the con struction

of the sen ten ce requ ires it (when they a re Subjectsof the sen ten ce) .

The Person a l Pron oun s often precede a Noun

with its possessive a ffixes empha tica lly : a s , a s ea

ba’

tya'

m my brother , in opposition to a’

te ba’

tga'

d

thy brother , etc.

The y o u of a ddressing Person s is in the Hun

gar ian la n guage either t o thou , amon g familia rs a n d

in tima te fr ien ds , or (i n (his person , he) , common ly

maga (he himself) , among stra ngers ; thus , either

the Secon d or Third Person of the Singula r Number ;bond is used by the pea sa n try.

Besides these forms there ha s been in troduced

begged , the shorten ed form of beggelmed , which

la tter is used by the pea san try in addressingtheir super iors.

Te n em la'

tta'

l minbet ba n em mi la'

tta nb te'

gedet.

Ki (who) bos ta es t a’

bb‘

ngvet ? Te , vagg a’ ba

'

tga'

d.

Ba r a'

tom én beln ap eluta s om,

s a s ér t jbtem bos s dd

bogg tbled elbzleszls s am. E lmeggilnb osbola'

ba , jo'

t

tb’

b ti is ? A’ta n i te ss idott ben etebet mer t n em

tudta'

tob a’lees bé tebet. Va llfon (used in question

ing if we eagerly wish to kn ow something , like

the E nglish : I should like to kn ow) bi volt tegn ap

én n a'

lam ? Te n a'

la d is volt va labi . Titebet meg

biin tetett a‘mester eteb mer t n em esin a

'

lta'

tob jo’

l a'

ma nba'

toba t. 6 i s elfo‘

tt és a’ ba

'

tya is , banem 6b

Page 107: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

4

En a s t b‘

n tbl n em vdr tam voln a soba . Hova aba r

o‘

n a ta s n i Ne'

metor ss a'

gba- e e agy Magga r or ss a

gba .

En a s b’

n ter vel n em belgeselem ; mas ta n deso t

a dn éb on n eb. Mit gon dol (you , is m issed) less - e

osbak, v agg sem. Kibes (to whom) for dzllt ?

Y o u r , is expressed by mea n s of the Possessivea ffix of the third person . Your book a

' ba'

ngve ;

Yours mea n s o’n n e'

.

You n ever tell me when it is time to go to

school. Did you see your brother to - n ight ? Whoseis tha t book? Yours . Is it yours or m in e ? I think

it is yours. I kn ow it is n ot his . You have n ot

been in Germa ny ,n or in Switzerla n d. With

whom sha ll I sen d this to you ? I have sen t for

you , but you did n ot come. Have you ever read

the beautiful poems of Vorosmarty ? Yes , but do

you n ot prefer Berzseny ? Did you ever see the

capita l of Fra n ce ? Do you think it is a s . la rge a s

Lon don ? You ca n n ot imagin e wha t a n impression

Lon don makes on the m in ds of foreign ers . How can

you expect him doin g tha t (tha t he w ill do tha t) ?

B . R e l a t i v e p r o n o u n s .

Their Declen sion is like that of the Substa n tives.

1.

Ki who , molly which , mi wha t. These a re

preceded by the Defin ite : a rticle a’

, when they begin

Page 108: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 5

the per iod , or when they refer to a certa in deter

min ed Substa n tive.

A’

bi ma’

sn ab vermet (ver em) as ,maga esib

belé . A’

bi n em a ba r dolgos n i , a s n e is eggen .

As a s ember , a’bi tegn ap i tt vo lt , ma ela ta s ott.

Ember eb ,bib min de nubet etvess itettéb , n em o llg (so)

ss er en esé tlen eb min d a s eb , bibn eb semmi sem siber ill.

As t a’be

'

p et , a’

mellget ma ma ta ttam , egg bir es

fes to’

tdl bap tam. As on n b’

véngeb ,mellgeb dr nge

'

b

ba n n dn eb ,min dég ba la vdng ab. A ’

mellg or ss dg’

nep e n em mivelt , a n n a b n in es ss a ba dsa'

ga . Csab

as on ember eb bib , er bo’

lesi leg mivelteb , va lo'

ba n

ss a ba d ember eb. Kin eb lelbe testi tunyasa'

g a la tt

vess , as eleven en bolt.

Men who a re v irtuous a re sa trsfied with their

own lot. Those who a lways fin d fault w i th others

a re gen erally faulty themselves . The horses which

you have seen belon g to my un cle. The ga rden

which we have bought is 148 feet long , a n d 34 feet

wide . Tha t house , in which you live , is la rger

tha n tha t in which we do live. Did you kn ow

tha t before, wha t I have told you n ow ? This is

the ma n whom you did look for . People , who lose

their,moral power , lost their extern a l liberty. You

do n ot kn ow what I think of. Wha t you think

of I do n ot kn ow , but I kn ow tha t , wha t you have

told me .

Page 109: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 6

2 .

Milly ,millyen wha t , wha t sor t , how , i llgen ,

i lly

such , so ; olly such a’min d a s

,min d wha t sort,

wha t olly a n , o lly such ; mi wha t , a s tha t.

Milly ,mi llyen , min d a re used in the a n teceden t ,

i lly ,i llyen ,

olly , o llya n in the con sequen t.

The a r ticle a s a n d a’ precedes them if they

refer to a ny determin ed Subject. A’millyen

o llya n , a n d mi llyen o lly a n often may be“

tra n s

la ted by like like ; a s , a’millyen a

’mes ter o llyan

a’ss er ss a

'

m like ma sters like tools.

Illyen eb a s ember eb (such a re men ) . As i llgen

ember eb v a lodi ter beb (such men a re rea l burden s) .

Milly n agy begyebet [at a s ember ba a’Sv ajes ba n

a tazik. A’

min d a’munba , ollya n a

fis ete'

s .

Illgen r i tbasa’

got csab L on don ba n la'

tba tn i . A’

millyen a’

ga s do a lly a n a’ss olga . Olly ss ép

s enet , min bt még soba sem ba llottam. Olly a n a s

ember n eb a’siber e a

’min d a s ilgyessége. Nem

ss er etn e'

b olly ma nbo’

t v éges n i a’min bt sob bés i

ma nbdsn ab v éges n ie bell.

He promised to pay such a large sum , a s will

be difficult to get up (a s to make up difficult w ill

be) . Such men , a s live in Born eo , could n ot subsist

ga sda husban dman (ma ster) used in stead of mester

ma ster , because the prin cipal occupa tion of the Hunga rians is

agriculture.

Page 111: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 8

Min eb (for wha t purpose , why , wha t for) udtad

n ebi es t a’ bb

nyvet ? Kibet la'

tta'

l a’ss inba

'

s ba n ?

Whom do you expect? What do you say? Wha t

sort of birds have you shot ? Wha t colour a re

their fea thers ? Wha t book have you lost ? Wha t

dress have you bought ? To whom did you give your

mon ey? From whom did you receive the picture?

Wha t do you ca ll (min eb bifdb) in Hunga r ia n

win dow , table , door , room , house , street , town a n d

ca pita l ? Which is the ca pita l of E ngla n d ? Which

town is the la rger , Lon don or Pa r is ? In which room

sha ll I fin d him ? Wha t sort of furn iture ha ve you

in your rooms? Which is the best hotel in Lon don ?

Who gave you the book? My bro ther . Who ? Mybrother . With whom ha ve you been in E ngla n d?

Wha t did you do it with (with wha t)?

D em o n s t r a t i v e a n d d efi n i t i v e P r o n o u n s .

(va r iable like n oun s.)

As tha t , es this , amas tha t , emes this

here ; magam myself, maged thyself, maga himself ,herself , itself; maga nb ourselves , maga tob yourselves.

magob themselves ; bibi every body , ea ch (used of

person s) , as on (in va r iable) tha t , often in the mea n ingof: a ; a s , a s on doloy melly a thing which .

As a‘bonyv a s enge

'

m , es a’ti e

'

d. As eb a’

bonyveb a’mie

'

in b , es eb p odig a’

n agybdty a'

n b - é i .

Ama s oba t eladn i fogiub , emes ebet p odig ma vettz'

lb.

Page 112: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 9

An n ab a s a'

lla tn ab n in esen la'

ba , ca n ek f edig

ss a'

r ny a i va n n ab ? Millyen tulajdonsdga va n a n n ab

a’

fa'

n ok. As t a s embor t tegn ap la'

ttam. Magam

n em mebeteb ,ma

'

s t p odig n em lez'

tldbeteb. En

magam sem (n either) ten n ém. Te moya d mon dtad,

bogy lev elet bap ta'

l. Hiss b maga sem ta dfa

bogya n bellfen es t csin a'

ln i . Va llfon maga el fog-e

men n i v ogy csab a’ss olgay

a'

t billden di (w ill sen d) .

Mi maga nb megtudj’

a b es t csin a'

ln i , n em bell

a’

ti segitségteb. Min dég jobb less ba maga

tob ss o’

ltob v ele. Kin eb bin eb ott v a n bas a’ja

a bol jo’

l v a n dolga (where he is do ing well).

Kibi tadj’

a mi llyen n ebe’

s er ényt gyaba r oln i . As on

esetben , ba el n em jo'

n n e , n ebi ir n i fogob. As on

ember , bi soba é leté ben jo'

t n em tett , soba b’

r b‘

met

n em o'

r s ett.

Tha t house , which you have seen yesterday,

belon gs to our un cle . Did you buy this book , or

ha ve you received it for a presen t? This is the ma n

tha t in quired a fter you yesterday. Ha ve you seen

him yourselves ? We w ill go to buy the book our

selves , for if you wen t they might deceive you .

Ha ve you spoken to himself? Thou shalt love

(ss er essed) thy n eighbour a s thyself. Men gen era llylove themselves more tha n their n eighbours (fellowmen ) . We ourselves a dmon ished him a lways

to be ca utious. If I had been there myself, that

see In troduction in stead of a s - n a b .

Page 113: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

10 0

n ever would have happen ed. E very body (bibi)kn ows best his own wa n ts. E a ch (of them) ha s

rebeived his sha re himself.

XI I . C o n ju n et i o n s .

Correla tive on es a re : miér t why , mer t because,for ; a

'

mba'

r,ba

r a lthough , mégis n evertheless,

yet ; miker when , abbor then ; min t a s ,

zlyy a s , so ; va lamin t like , a s , ss in tzlgy (ss in tén

zlyy) so , the same ; men nyir e , amen nyir e so fa r ,

a n ny ir a , a s ; sem , before con son a n ts se n either ,— sem, se n or ; is a s well, — is a s, (a n d — a n d) ; the

Adverb r éss in t pa r tly , when used a s a Conjun ction

in the a n teceden t , is repea ted in the con sequen t.

Mzer t hoggto el a’ba

'

tya'

d Lon don t ? Mer t

levelet bap ot bogy ss iilei ss z'

lbséglib (wa n t him).

Amba'r n ebi n agyon n ebes en esett a’

ss e'

p v a'

r os i

elbagyn i , mégis a’

ss illei er a'

n ti ss er etett r a'

bir ta dt.

Miker a’

ss ii‘

leinb ben n a nbet elbagytab , akber a s

b‘

esém sir va fa ba dt. Ki (a ny on e) min t ayya'

t veti

(makes his bed) , zlgy a ludn i fog well a n d

have it Sem eu ,sem a s a tga

'

m n em

fog a’

va'

r osba men n i . Se lova t , se p e'

n s t n em

bos eti . As a'

lla tob se n em bess é ln eb ,se n em

gon do lbos n ab zlgy min t a s ember eb. Mibor

Ha n n iba l As sza ba érbes ett a bbor Ca r tbago nga ba t

bajtott (submitted) a’r o

ma i iga a la'

. Ca r tbago is,

Ro’

ma is elesel t.

Page 115: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

10 2

ta dem , bogy ma'

s boa n a n Jon min t Angolor ss a'

gbol.

Ha beln ap jdtbb e'

n n ebteb oda a dba tom a’

bb’

nyvet.

Most menjmin dfa'

r t. En ma n em mebeteb a s osbola'

ba .

Csab egy p illa n a tig vdrja'

l, d a s on n a l i tt less . Ta la'

n

inba'

bb ss er etn e ba s a men n i . Igen gya br a n esik a s esd

Angolor ss a'

gba n . Olass or ss a'

gba n min de'

g ss ép idd

va n . Iga s a'

n mon dv a (in truth) 6 se n em bb'

lto’

, se

n em ss o'

n ob. Hiss en (en clitica l , ha s n o mea n in g in E nglish) e

'

n n ebi v ila'

gosa n mon dtam, bogy ma Jofl on el.

A’

ba r a'

tom bis onyosa n meg ma el fogjbn i . Men n é l

n agyobb a’

bogy , a n n a’

l n ebes ebb a r r a fel men n i .

Men n é l tb’

bbet o lva s a s ember , a n n a'

l tb’

bbet ta n a l.

Men ny ivel tova'

bb a lss unb , a n nyiva l r b’

v idebb ideig

é lilnb , mer t é leta'

nb min den o’

r aj’

a v ess tesség , a’

melly ibben a lss unb.

(The) Kings a ct unjustly , when they make wa r

aga in st their own people . If you tell it on ce to me

(If on ce I sha ll kn ow it a n other time . The

more you speak , the less they will un dersta n d. He

kn ows it perhaps himself (wha t) how he ought to

a ct (how he must a ct) . My brother left Lon don

yesterday a n d a rr ived a t Pa r is to -day. (The boys

wen t to school a lready (The boys a lready to

school wen t) . Thy fr ien d ha s left Fra n ce long

ago . Formerly people were un der the governmen tofPa tr ia rchs. The steam -engin e ha s been in ven ted

recen tly. Amer ica ha s been discovered more tha n 350

yea rs ago (350 ess ten dbvel es eldtt) . Formerly men

kn ew on ly three pa rts of the ea rth . The more men

Page 116: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

10 3

kn ow , the more wa n ts they have. The soon er you

fin ish your lesson s , the soon er you sha ll play? How

do you kn ow, whether my brother ha s a rr ived, or n ot.

We often ha ve been in the king’

s ga rden s , but a s

often a s we go we find n ew plea sure . When ce do

you come? I come from Brussels a t this momen t

(e’

p illa n a tba n ) .

Page 117: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 119: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 120: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

A. GRAMMATICAL FORMS.

ETIMOLflGI.

The E tymologica l forma tion s , a s well a s the

Syn tax , of the Hun ga r ia n la nguage a re con formable

to the cha ra cter of Or ien ta l la n guages.

The la nguage ha s sca rcely a ny Declen sion for

objective terms (Substa n tives a n d Adjectives) , n o pr i

mitive possessive Pron oun s , is poor in Preposition s

str ictly taken , but seems to be in exha ustible in Ver

ba l forma tion s. These la tter may be exten ded

to such a n immen se n umber of va rious Verba l

r oots , tha t a ll other Europea n la nguages a re but

poor a n d in complete represen ta tives of Verba l forms

in compa r ison w ith it.

As these a re the prin cipal on es in the la nguage,they may be premised , a lthough ma ny Gramma ria n sprefer to begin w ith the Noun s .

I o V e r b s .

l . V e r b a l r o o t s .

A. Primitive roots.

In other Europea n la nguages we a re in the habit

of expressing the Verbs in the In fin itive , a s their

simple form , in the Hunga ria n la n guage we must

in quire a fter the root of the Verb. The In fin itive

Page 121: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

10 8

of a ny Verb°

en ds w ith the syllable n i, preceded by a vowel or a con son a n t. The root of

Verbs a lways ha s a fin a l con son a n t ; thus , if the ter

m in a tion of the In fin itive be taken off , a n d the

rema in der of the verb ha s a fin a l vowel , this vowel

must be omitted a s well , a nd then the rema in der

w ill be the r oot of the Verb.

The Verb il ln i , to sit , ha s its roo t in u l ;

va lla n i , to con fess ,ha s it in va ll. Such Verba l

roots ar e ca lled pr imitive Verba l roots , a n d a re for

the grea test pa r t mon osyllabica l on es , a t lea st in a ll

pr im itively Hunga r ia n Verbs . They a re either

r e gu l a r on es , when the Verba l roots rema in en tirelyun cha nged wha tever termin a tion may be jo in ed tothem , or i r r e gu l a r on es , when they a re liable to

differen t tr a n sforma tion s a s often a s some termin a tion s

a re a dded to them in order to form the differen t

Ten ses of the Verb. Irr egular ities a re produced : bya c o n t r a c t i o n of the Verba l root ; by i n s e r t i n g a

c o n s o n a n t between the vowel of the root a n d tha t

of the person a l termin a tion of the Verb , which is

then a ssimila ted to tha t of the person a l term in a tion

a s often a s this begin s w ith a con son a n t ; o r by

e x c h a n g e o f c o n s o n a n t s , especia lly of the con

son a n ts d ,ss

,v .

a ) C o n t r a c t i o n s .

C o n t r a c t i o n s a re produced by the o m i s s i o n

of a vowel or of a c o n s o n a n t in the la st syllable

of the verba l root.

Page 123: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

110

3. If the la st syllable is formed by the con

son a n ts l , m , n , r , or if the con son a n ts ss, s , s s,

es , should meet with them ; a s, bin os - n i to plague , to

trouble ; con tra cted , bin s ,bin s om I plague ;

p or os- n i to dust , p ors om I dust ; er demel - n z

to deserve , ér deml , ér demleb I deserv e .

4. The den ta ls d, t , followed by r, a dmit the

same abbrev ia tion . Sedor - n i to fling to twist ; sodr ,sodr om I fling ; gyb

r tb’

r - n i to trouble , gyo‘

tr b'

m

I do trouble .

O b s e r v . These abbrev ia tion s very often recur

in the In fin itive Mood , but in such in sta n ces

the v owel is repla ced when the root is used by

itself: a s , in the third person of the Presen t Ten se

in the Singula r Number in the Active ; or the root

is n ot used by itself a n d the third person receives

the termin a tion ib, a s, in the Medium. Sodr a n i in stead

of sodor n i , gyb'

tr en i in stead of gyo‘

to'

r n i ; ba bs a nz

in stead of babos n i , of which is , ba bs i b it foams.

Om i s s i o n o f C o n s o n a n t s .

There a re on ly a few Verbs which a dmit such

a con tra ction , a n d these a re the Verbs : ss b’

n i to sew

(with a n eedle) , ldn i to shoot , r in i to cry , n bnz

to grow , jbn i to come , sinn i to cry , to yell ,

r o'

n i to tally (to ma rk) , bin i to ca ll , ss in i to

suck , v in i to con test , to fight a duel , ban i to hide,to con cea l on e

s self, filn i to blow ; which a re

formed by con tra ction of the radica ls : ss b'

v

lb'

v , r iv , a b’

v , jo'

v , etc. the con son a n t v beingleft out a nd the radica l vowel prolonged.

Page 124: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

111

O b s e r v . 1. If the Person al termin a tion s begin

with a vowel , the pr imitive roots (en ding with the

con son an t v) a re used ; thus we have : n b’

vb’

b I

gr ow , n btem I have grown .

O b s e r v . 2 . The Verbal roots bi , ss i , v i , bzi,

[ii ha ve , besides their precedin g roots , the respective

roots , hiv , ss iv , v iv , bzij, faj , equa lly used in fa

milia r con versa tion a s well a s in wr iting.

fl. In s e r t i o n s a n d a s s im i l a t i o n s o f

C o n s o n a n t s

A few mon osyllabica l Verba l roots dev ia te

in their r adica l forma tion s so fa r a s to shew a n ew

r oot for n ea rly ea ch Ten se . The on ly a n a logy

n oticed in their tra n sforma tion is , tha t they r e

d o u b l e the con son a n t of the person a l termin a tion

of those Ten ses whi ch have a n in itia l con son a n t. Such

are : the Perfect Ten se (t) , the Con dition a l a n d In

fin itive Moods (n) . The following Verbs a re of this

kind : bin n i to believe , the root of which is bi,

v in n i to ca rry , v i ; v en n i to buy , v e ; en n i to ea t,

e in n i to dr ink , i , to which may be a dded 7728 72722

the root of which is men , its Presen t in the

Indica tive Mood is formed by the root megy .

In rega rd to these , I refer to the first pa r t

Numb . VII : Irregula r Verbs.

7 . C h a n g i n g o f C o n s o n a n t s a n d om i s s i o n

o f V ow e l s .

Verba l roots termin a ting w ith the syllables ed,

0 d , 6d , ud , it'

d , especially when preceded by the

Page 125: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

112

pa latels g ,b , or the liquids r

,l, sufi

er a doublea ltera tion of their pr imitive root. Firstly the

vowel

e , o ,a , a , or u is om itted ; secon dly the den ta l

d is cha nged in to ss for the Presen t , in to v for the

Imperfect Ten se , of the In dica tive Mood. In the

o ther Ten ses the pr imitive root is restored. Ala d-a i

to sleep , cha nges its r oot, ,a lud“ in to a n d

I sleep mea n s a lss om (in stead of a la dom) ;diesebed - n i to glory , to ha ve a pr ide (in ) , forms

diesebss em,I glory ; men ebed

- n i to take refuge , to

sa ve on e’

s self, forms men ebss em ; ga s dagod n i to

grow r ich , forms ga s dagss om. In the Imperfect

Ten se they form : a lv a'

m , I slept (in stead of a la da'

m) ;diesebve

'

m,in stead of diesebédém , etc.

O b s e r v . 1. Verbs in which g precedes the fin a l

syllable of the root a re preferably used a s regula rs

in the Imperfect Ten se ; thus , megeléged - ém is

preferable to megele'

gv-em ,

I wa s sa tisfied ; megbetegedém I became ill , is better tha n megbetegv ém.

O b s e r v . 2 . If the pen ultima of the root be

preceded by a double con son a n t n o con tra ction will

take pla ce ,but the cha nge of d in to ss a n d v ,

is

effected. Alba d - n i to bid (in the pr ice) , a lbass om

I bid , a n d a lba va'

m I bade , etc.

All the pr imi tive Verba l roots a re div ided in to

three cla sses : Ac t i v e , Ne u te r a n d Med i a l Verbal

roots . Active Verba l roots a re of a Tra n sitive , the

Neuter on es of a n In tra n sitive mea n in g ; Media l

roots a re of a n In tra n sitive a n d Reflexive mea n ing ,

which in most of the Europea n la nguages a re con

Page 127: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

114

(3) O f F a c t i t i v e a n d P e rm i s s i v eE x p r e s s i o n s.

Such Expr ession s , in the E nglish la nguage , a re

formed by mea n s of the Verbs : to m a ke , to c a u s e,to h a v e , to l e t , a s , I ca use him to wr ite , I let

him read , I ha ve my coa t m ade , etc. The Hun ga

r ia n la n guage a dmi ts the forma tion of Fa ctitive a n d

Permiss ive roots from a ny Active Verb or such Neu

ters a s a re u sed w i th the Objective ca se , by the a ddition

of the syllable ta t,tet to the pr imitive Verba l root.

Vdr n i to wa it , va'

r ta t - n i to let a ny on e wa it ; bes -a i

to ta r ry , béstet - n i to ca use delay.

O b s. 1. E n n i , bin n i , in n i , ven n i form : etet

n i to feed , bitet - n i to ca use to believe , ebi et - n i

to ca use to buy.

O b s . 2 . In some in sta n ces the Fa ctitive r oot is

used in stead of the.

Pa ssive on e , ,a s in polysyllabica l

Verbs , a n d the Pa ssive root in stead of a Fa ctitive

a n d Permissive on e , a s in mon osyllabica l Verbs. Ir a t~

n i , to be wr itten , to let wr ite , a n d to ca use to be

wr i tten ; olvas ta t - a i to be read , a n d to make on e

read.

O f F r e qu e n t a t i v um s .

These a re used when a r epea tedly performed

a ction is to be r epresen ted. Verbs of this kin d a re

fo rmed by mea n s of the syllables ga t , get , a n d bill ,

be'

l ; a s , ta n it a n i to tea ch , ta n itga t- a i to he often

tea ching ; irbdl - in to wr ite repea tedly.

O b s e r v . 1. In most Verbs this Frequen ta tive

syllable is preceded by the vowel 0 or e , especially

Page 128: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

when Euphony requ ires it. Ver -n i to beat , ver egetu i to be bea ting repea tedly ; n és - n i to look, n és e

get- n i to he often looking.

O b s e r v . 2 . If the pr imi tive Verba l root ter

min a tes wi th the liquid l or r , a Verbal root may

be formed for dimin utive - frequen ta tive a ction s bymea n s of the addition al syllable doga’l , degé l ; for

in sta n ce , ir doga'

l , he is wr itin g a little a t a time.

8) O f th e P o t e n t i a l Mo o d.

If the possibility of the a ction , expressed by a ny

Verb wha tever , is represen ted , or the capability of

the Active subjects is to be expressed , a n ew root

is formed by the addition a l syllable ba t , bet. This

syllable may be added to pr imi tive Verbal roots a s

well a s to der iva tive on es. Ir - n i to wr ite , ir a t-a i

to be wri tten ; ver - n i to bea t , ver et-ai to be bea ten ,

v er tet - n i to have a ny on e bea ten , ver eget n i to

bea t repea tedly , ver degé l-n i to beat repea tedly but

a little a t a time , have their Poten tial roots in

ir -ba t he is able to wr ite , ir a t -ba t may be wri tten ,

ca n be wr itten ; ver bet he can bea t , ver etbet

may be bea ten or being possible to bea t him , ver

tetbet he is able to bea t or able to empower othersto bea t a ny on e , ver eget

-bet , he may beat re

pea tedly , ver degé l bet , etc.

3) O f th e Fu t u r e.

This is formed by the addition of a nd, end,

to a ny of the preceding or other Verbal roots .

8 *

Page 129: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

116

The root of the Future, formed tha t way, in volves

the n otion of con dition a lity when used in a ny of the

Ten ses , a n d tha t of n ecessity a n d duty in the form

of the Verba l Adjective (the Presen t Pa rticiple a ccord

ing to some Gramma rs) . The preceding roots ir ,

ir a t , ir ba t , ir a tba t , ver , ver et , ver eget , ver degé l,

ver bot , ver etbet , ver egetbet , ver degé lbet , w ill

give a s ma ny n ew roots for the Future : ir a nd,

(he) will wr ite ; ir a ta n d , will be wr itten or

)he) w ill let write ; ir ba ta n d , (he ) will be

able to wr ite ; ir a tba ta n d , (he) will be able to

have wr itten ; ver en d , (he) w ill bea t ; ver eten d ,

will be bea ten ; ver egeten d , (he) w ill bea t frequen tly ;ver degé len d , (he) w ill bea t frequen tly softly ; v er

beten d , (he) will be able to bea t ; ver etbeten d,

will be able to let him bea t , a n d might be

bea ten ; ver etbeten d , (he) will be able to bea t re

pea tedly etc.

As it is n ot the in ten tion of this work to give

a n e x t e n s i v e E tymology of the la n guage, the pre

ceding forma tion s of der iva tive Verba l roots may

suffice to indica te the fertility of the Hunga r ian Verbs.

To give a short v iew of the forma tion s of the

differen t roots , the followin g a re subjoin ed

Active Ver - n i , to bea t.

Pa ssive Ver et -n i to be bea ten .

Frequen ta tive Ver eget- n i , to bea t frequen tly.

Dimin utive-Freq. Ver degé l - n i , to bea t frequen tly (butn ot so ha rd) .

Frequen ta tive Ver des - n i , to bea t frequen tly.

Page 131: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

118

As we often use Metaphor ical expression s,when the la n guage a ffords n o proper term for the

represen ta tion s of our thoughts , ma ny of these

Verba l roots a re used metaphor ica lly ; this Rhe

torica l licen ce is on e of the sources of Verba l

abun da n ce.

From the root vess , to per ish , may be formed

vess t -en i , to lose (Fa ctitive : to ca use to per ish) .

vess it en i , to lose (to permit per ishing) .

vess teget- n i , to squa n der (to let become lost

frequen tly) .

vess tegel- a i

,to be idle (to lose time con tin uallyor frequen tly) .

vess ebed - n i , to qua rrel (to lose words a n d

fr ien dship for on e a n other) .

Those who wish to see the whole exten t

of the der iva tion of roots may con sult ,,C om a r i n u s

C s i pkes H u n g a r i a i l l u s t r a t a 1655“ or the

,,System of the Hunga r ia n language by the Hunga ria n

Academy.

2 . C o n ju g a t i o n .

A. Tenses , Person s , Moods.

The differen t represen ta tion s of action , expressedby a ny Verb , rela tive to Time , when it took pla ce ;to Person s who a re a ctive , a nd to Moda lity of a ctionor a ctiv ity itself , gave or igin to what is ca lled the

”C o n j u g a t i o n o f t h e V e r b.

Page 132: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

119

This C o n j ug a t i o n of a Hunga r ia n Verb is

performed by mea n s of differen t a ffixes jo in ed to the

Verba l roots .

In con sidera tion of the Verba l roots themselves

there a re two differen t cla sses of Conjuga tion a l a ffixes ;on e for the Ac t i v e a n d Ne u te r , the o ther for the

P a s s i v e an d M e d i u m (Neutro -Pa ssive) .

T im e is represen ted a s : pa st , presen t , a n d

future , comprehen din g a n in fin ite ser ies of successive

cha n ges . The Gramma tica l forms for these represen

ta tion s (Ten ses) w ill be a s ma ny a s there may be

made distin ction s of time .

The Europea n la nguages distinguish P r e s e n t ,

P a s t , a n d F u t u r e . The more Na tion s become culti

v a ted in Rhetor ic, the more combin a tion s of the diffe

ren t sta tion s of time will occur a n d the more Ten ses

w ill be requ ired in the Gramma r of their la nguage.

The Hun ga r ia n la n guage , hav in g been a tta ched

to the fam ilia r home of the agricultur ists , is n ot so

r ich in Gramma ti ca l forms of Ten ses , a n d in familia r

con versa tio n we may do w ith two ; the on e for the

presen t a n d future , Presen t Ten se a n d the other

for the pa st , Perfect Ten se . The in termedia te Ten se,Imperfect , an d the compoun d on e , the Pluperfect,a re Ten ses more of the solemn style a n d n ot

fa m i l i a r in the home of the true Hunga r ia n s. The

compoun d Future is a foreign elemen t.

For the future the Hun garian Verb may form a n ew root

see above.

Page 133: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

120

P e r s o n s . The n otion (idea ) of this expression

bein g a logica l con sequen ce of the distin ction made

between : s p e a ke r , s p o k e n t o , a n d s p o ke n o f,

the Hun ga r ia n Verb ha s a s ma ny distin ction s re

la tive to Person s a s a ll o ther Europea n la n guages ;

but , w ith rega rd to the distin ction of G e n d e r , the

Hun ga r ia n s ha ve reta in ed the Or ien ta l cha ra c

ter , makin g n o distin ction of Gen der wha tever .

The distin ction of Gen der made in Gramma r

is in comprehen sible to Hun ga r ia n s ; just a s the wa n t

of tha t disti n ction would puzzle foreign ers . Gramma rin deed a n d la nguage may dispen se w ith the distin o

tion of be , sbe ,i t , if they be repla ced by a ny

other word tha t would comprehen d them a ll .

M o d a l i ty is the Logic of the Verb. The

Verb is either : in apodictica l rela tion to the subject,in the In d i c a t i v e a n d Im p e r a t i v e Moods ; in

a n a sser tor ia l on e , in the S u bj u n c t i v e Mo o d ; in a

hypothetical or problema tica l on e , in the C o n

di t i o n a l ; or , la stly ,in a n In fin itive or In defin ite

rela tion , in the I n f i n i t i v e M o o d. The Hun ga r ia n

la n guage ha s proper Verba l forms for ea ch of the

differen t Moods .

B. Gharaoteristics of the different Ten ses and Moods.

Affixes used to express the differen t person a l relation s, a re a dded to the Ch a r a c te r i s t i c of the Verb.

C h a r a c t e r i s t i c is the fin a l con son an t of the

Verba l root , rema in ing a fter the person a l a ffixes a re

taken off.

Page 135: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

122

O b s e r v . bit (to) see , ha s la'

tt seen ,

for the first a nd secon d , la'

tott , for the third per

son . Some of the mon osyllabica l roots termin a tingw ith t

, have a regula r a n d a u gm e n t e d form a s

well, ba tt a n d ba tett , from the pr imitive ba t (to)

have impression ; ja tt a n d jutott , from jut (to)

rea ch , (to) get to , (to) become.

B) The Verbal r oot receives the Cha ra cter istic

without the a ccession of a vowel , when ever it

does n ot belong to the preceding rule. Olva s (to)r ead , olvas t read va

'

r vo'

r t v a r (to)

sew , va r t sewed ; ta la'

l (to) fin d , ta ldlt

foun d ; va'

r ta t (to) leave wa itin g , v a'

r i a i t left

wa iting ; te l (to) push , tolt pushed.

O b s . Verbs the roots of which termin a te

with the con son a n ts b,d , f, g , gy , b ,

m, p ,

s ,

ss ,v ,

s,a n d polysyllables with a fin a l t , receive

the cemen ting vowel e,

o ,3 on ly in the t h i r d

P e r s o n o f t h e S i n gu l a r Num b e r . a d , a de lt ;

fagg — (to) freeze , faggett he froze ; do'

f (to) butt,

db’

fb’

tt ; la b— (to) dwell, (to) in habit, lekett he dwelt.

3. The Cha ra cter istic of the Subjun ctive a n d

Impera tive Mood is j, which is added immedia telyto the Verba l root. Va

'

r va'

rf lép (to) step ,lépj lab la bj etc .

O b s . 1. Verba l roots with a fin a l t , s , ss , s

chan ge this Cha ra cter istic j in to s , ss ,s . See

In troduction 3 .

O b s. 2 . The Person a nd the whole Plural

of the Pres. Ten se In d. Mood of the Defin ite Form

Page 136: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

123

receive j a s their cha ra cter istic a s well , which is

a ssimila ted to the fin a l con son a n ts s , ss,s,but re

ma in s un cha n ged a fter t fin a l.

4) The Cha ra cter istic of the Con dition a l is 71

a dded to the Verba l root either immedia tely a s in :

a d a dn va'

r v a'

rn la'

t la'

tn

bér (to) petition , be'

r n es (to) fa ll , esn

or by mea n s of the vowels a , e , to such r oots a s

receive the Cha ra cter istic of the Perfect with a

cemen ting vowel (see 2 . a )) Ta n it ta n ita n

men d monda n sogit (to ) a ssist , se

giten etc .

0 . Forms and Person al terminations.

The Active Vo ice ha s two distin ct Forms of

Conjuga tion : a De fi n i t e a n d a n In d e f i n i t e on e.

The Neuter is on ly used in the In defin ite form of the

Active Vo ice.

The Pa ssive Vo ice ha s person a l termin a tion s

difi’

eren t from those of the Active, though r ela ted to

them . These termin a tion s a re used wi th Verbs the

mea n in g of which is a n eutra l on e , a n d which a re

kn own (in Hun ga ria n Gramma rs) a s Verbs of ib,

because their third Person of the Sing. Number en ds

with ib , or a s Neutro -Pa ssives , because they have

the e x t e r n a l form of the Pa ssive voice a n d the

i n t e r n a l mea n ing of a Neuter Verb. I preferred to

ca ll them ,,M e d i u m s“simila r to the Greek, a nd in

fa ct most of them are of the same mea n ing a s the

GreekMedium, their Pa ssive form n ot beingrega rded.

Page 137: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

124

1 . THE PERSONAL TERMINATIONSINDEFINITE FORM OF THE ACTIVE VOICE

AND NEUTER.

I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .

Hard ones. Soft ones.

Presen t Ten se.

Sing. ob, ss , r oot ; eb ss , root ;

Plur . a nb, teb, ela b, teb n eb.

Imperfect.

Sin g. éb, a'

l, a ; éb, e

'

l, e,

Plur . dn b, a'

tob, a'

n ab. énb, e

'

teb, én eb.

Perfect.

Sin g. am, a'

l, Cha ra c em,

é l, Cha ra ct. ;Plur . un b, a tob, a n ab . tink

, eteb, en eb .

Pluperfect

ha s the same termin a tion s a s the Perfect , but to

ea ch Person is added the word

Future

is a compoun d Ten se of the Presen t of fog - n i to

seize , to ca tch , a n d the In fin itive of tha t Verb the

Future of which is requ ired. The whole is a fo

reign product.

On the Ten ses oi the Future radica l a n d or

en d see below .

All the Verbs , tha t receive a cemen tin g vowel before

the Cha ra cteri stic of the Perfect , receive such a vowel beforea ll the Person al termin a tion s which begin with a con son an t,

except the j of the Subjun ctive . Thus in stea d of teb , theyhave eteb

,a n d a n a b in stea d of n ab etc The soft on es receive

the correspon ding soft vowel , a s e‘

te'

b, en eb , etc .

Page 139: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

126

2 . PERSONAL TERMINATIONS OF THE DEFINITE FORM

OF THE ACTIVE VOICE .

I n d i c a t i v e

Presen t Ten se.

Sing. om, 0 d , em ed i ;

Plur . a le,

a'

k. iik,

Imperfect.

Sin g. u'

m; dd , d,

em é d , é,

Plur . o'

k,

a'

tok, a'

k. 6k,é tek, ék.

Perfect.

Sing. am , a d , a ,em ,

ed , e,

Plur . uk,a'

ta lt , div: div, é tek, ék.

Pluperfect.

The person a l termin a tion s of the Perfect , ea ch

Person receiving the a ddition a l

Future .

The In fin itive a n d the Presen t Ten se of fogn i ,in its Defin ite form.

S u b j u n c t i v e

Hard.

Presen t Ten se.

S in g. am , a d , a,

em , ed ,

Plur. a le , a'

tok,die. I iik, etek ,

Perfect.

Like the Perfect of the In dica tive

which is added légyen .

Preceded by j , the same a s the Plura l. See B Cha

ra cteristics. 3 .

Page 140: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

127

C o n d i t i o n a l

Hard.

Presen t.

S ing. u'

m,

a'

d ,em

,éd , é

,

Plur . o’

lc , a'

tok,a'

k. 615 , etele, c'

lc.

Pa st.

In the Pa st is used the Perfect of the In di

ca tive Mood , to ea ch Person of which is added

vo ln a .

The Impera tive Mood is supplied by the Sub

jun ctive . In stead of the longer form of the secon d

Person a d, common ly the shor ter on e with a simple

d , is used ; in such ca ses the Cha racter istic j is

suppressed a s well.

3 . PERSONAL TERMINATIONS OF THE PASSIVE VOICEAND MEDIUM.

I n d i c a t i v e .

Presen t.

0 1, ih ; i ii ,

ta lc, n ak. i a , tel: n elc,

Imperfect .

a'

l,

elc em, é l, e

'

lr

a'

tok, a'

n a lc. lénk, é lek,

én ek.

Medial Verbs tha t receive a vowel before the t of the

Perfect Ten se ha ve the vowel 0 before tok,

a n d a beforen a k. (See Cha ra cteri stic of the Perfect.)

e‘

m,bl,tok a re on ly u sed with Medial Verbs the root of

which ha s 6 for its vowel.

Page 141: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

"128

Perfect.

Sing am, a'

l , Cha ra ct. ; em, el , Cha ra ct. ;

Plur . a nk, a tok

,a n ak (ak) . iln lr, en ek

Pluperfectis formed like tha t of the Active voice .

Future ,

like tha t of the Active vo ice .

Presen t.

Sin g. am , a'

l , é lc ; em , c'

l , e'

k ;

Plur . a nk, a tolc , a n ak. itule, etek,

en ek.

Perfect

is formed like the Perfect of the Active Vo ice .

C o n d i t i o n a l .

Presen t.

Sin g. a'

m , a'

l,

eh ; ém , é l , e'

k ;

Plur . (ink,dtok, a

'

n a /t . e'

n lc, é telf , én ek.

Perfect

is formed like the Perfect of the Active Vo ice .

In forming the Impera tive Mood the rules given

for the Active Voice a re to be observed here a s well.

I n f i n i t i v e .

No vowel precedes this termin a tion in the Pa ssive

Vo ice ; a s rega rds the Medium see the Active Voice .

On a ssimila tion of the cha ra cteristic see In troduction § 3.

Page 143: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

130

Pluperfect Ten se .

Ta la'

ltam va la or volt, I had

Ta la'

lta'

l v a la , thou hadst

Ta la'

lt v a la ,he had

P lu r . Ta la'

lta nk va la , we had found.

Ta la'

lta tolr va la , you had

Ta la ltak v a lathey hadTa ldlta n a lc va la

Compoun d Future .

Ta la'

ln i fagak, I sha ll or will ‘

Ta la'

ln i fogsz , thou wiltTa la

'

lm'

fog , he will

P lu r . Ta ldln i foga nk, we sha ll or will

Ta ldln i fogtolc , you will

Ta la'

ln i fogn ak, they will

S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

Ta la'

lfa lc , tha t I may”

Ta la'

lfa’

l , tha t thou mayst

Ta la'

lfon , tha t he may

P l u r . Ta la'

ljunk, tha t we mayTa la

'

lia tok, that you mayTa la

'

lfa n a lt , tha t theymay

Pa st Ten se.

Ta la'

ltam leggea'

,tha t I might

Ta la’

lta’

l légyen , tha t thou mightest

Ta la'

lt légyen , tha t he mightP l u r . Ta la

'

lta nk leggea , tha t we mightTa la

'

lta tolc leggea , tha t you mightTa la

'

ltak leggea , tha t they might

Page 144: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

13 1

i \ txi , o, n , a 1.

Pr esen t Ten se .

Ta la'

ln ék, I" should or"

would

Ta la'

ln a'

l , thou wouldst

Ta la'

ln a,he '

would'

P l u r . Ta la'

ln a'

nk , we should or would t

Ta ldln dtok, you would

Ta la'

ln a'

n ak, they would

Pa st Ten se .

Ta la'

ltam v o ln a ,I should or wou ld

Ta la'

lta'

l voln a , thou'

wouldst

Ta la'

lt vo ln a ,he would

P l u r . Ta la'

ltun lc voln a, we should or would

Ta la'

lta tok v oln a ,“

you w ould

Ta la'

ltak voln a ,they would

I m p e r a t i v e .

S i n g. Ta la'

lj,P lu r . Ta la

'

lfa tok,

I nVi n z t i v a

Ta la'

ln i , to fin d.

0 b s . 1. ThePres. Tense of the Subjun ctive Mood

is used to express fdims like those : ,,Let us go , let

them go ,let him go ,

“ menfiink , menjen ek, menfen .

O b s . 2 . All the Neuter Verbs a re conjuga teda ccordin g to the In definite Form . of the Active Vo ice .

9 *

Page 145: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

132

b . DEFINITE FORM.

I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

Ta la'

lom ,I fin d (it)

Ta la'

lod , thou fin dest (it)Ta ldlfa ,

he fin ds (it) ;P l u r . Ta la

'

lfulc, we fin d (it)

Tal a'

lfdtolf , you fin d (it)

Ta ldljdlr , they fin d (it) .

Imperfect.

Ta la'

la'

m,I foun d (it)

Ta la'

la'

d , thou foun dst

Ta la'

la'

,he foun d ;

P l u r . Ta la'

ldk, we foun d

Ta la'

la'

tok, you foun d

Ta la'

la'

k,they foun d.

Perfect.

Ta ldltam , I have foun d (it) , I did fin d (it)Ta la

'

ltad , thou ha st foun d

Ta la'

lta ,he ha s foun d ;

P l u r . Ta la'

ltuk, we have foun d

Ta la'

lta'

tolc, you ha ve foun d

Ta la'

ltdk, they hav e foun d.

Pluperfect.

Ta ldlta'

m v a la or volt , I had

Ta la'

lta d va la , thou hadstTa la

'

lta va la ,he had

P l u r . Ta la'

ltak va la , we had

Ta la'

lta'

tolc v a la , you had

Ta la'

lta'

k va la , they had

foun d (it) .

Page 147: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

134

P l u r . Ta la'

ln o’

lc, If we foun d,' ifwe would

Ta la'

ln a'

tok ,If you foun d ,

if youwould

Ta la'

ln a'

k,If

they foun d ,~if they

would

Pa st Ten se .!

Ta la'

ltam voln a ,I would

'

w'

if I‘have

Ta la'

lta d voln a , thouwouldst Eif thouhave

Ta la'

lta voln a ,he would ” ‘g if be ‘have

P l u r . Ta la'

ltult voln a , we would ifif we haveTa la

'

lta'

tok voln a , youwould i if you have

Ta la'

lta'

k voln a , they would if theyhave .

I m p e r a t i v e .

Ta la'

ld ,fin d (thou) (it).

Ta la'

lja’

tok,fin d (you) (it) .

B) Verbs with soft ivowels q

a . INDEFINITE FORM.

I n d i c a t i v e M o o d

Presen t Ten se:

S i n g. I break

To'

r sz, thou breakest

To‘

r,he breaks ;

P l u r . Tb’

r ilnlc, we break

you break

To'

rn ek, they break.

Imperfect Ten se .

S i n g. To’

r e'

k, I broke

Tb’

r é l , thou br okestTo

'

r e , he broke ;

Verbs with e,a s thei r ra dica l vowel, havea short 8 i n stea d

Page 148: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

135

P l u r . To'

r énk , we broke .

Tb’

r é tek, you .broke

To‘

r én ek, they broke .

Perfect.

Ten se .

Tb’

r tem , I ha ve broken , I

Tb’

r té l , thou ha st broken

To’

r t,he ha s broken ;

P l u r . To'

r tilnk, we have broken

To'

r tetek, you have broken

a n d they have broken .

Pluperfect Ten se .

Tb’

r tem va la or volt, I had

To'

r tel v a la , thou hadst

Tb’

r t va la , he had

P l u r . To'

r tilnk v a la , we ha d

Tb’

r tetek va la , you had

To'

r telc va la , they had

broken .

Compoun d Future.

To'

rm'

fogok, I sha ll or w ill

To'

r n i fogsz ,thou wilt

Tb’

rm fog , be wrllbreak.

P l u r . To‘

r n i fogun lc, we sha ll or will

Tb‘

z‘n i fogtolc, you will

To‘

r n i fogn ak, they will

Page 149: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

136

S u b j u n é t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

To’

rjek, tha t I may

tha t thou mayst

Tb’

rjo'

n , tha t he mayP l u r . To

'

ry'

ilnk, tha t we may

Tb’

fjetek, tha t you mayTb

rjen ek, tha t they may

break.

Pa st Ten se.

Tb’

r tem légyen ,ha t I m ight

Tb’

r lé l légg/en , tha t thou m ightest

To'

r t le'

gyen , tha t he might

P l u r . To'

r tiln lc le'

gyen , tha t we m ight

Tb’

r tetek légyen ,tha t you might

Tb’

r telc le'

gyen , tha t they might

C o n d i t i o n a l .

Presen t Ten se.

To'

r n ék,I should

To‘

r nel , thou wouldst

To‘

r n e , he would

P l u r . Tb‘

r n én lc , we should

To'

r n é tek, you would

To'

r n ének they would

break.

Pa st Ten se.

S i n g. To'

r tem voln a , I should have broken .

To’

r tel voln a , thou wouldst ha ve broken

To'

r t voln a , he would have broken

Page 151: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

138

P l u r . To‘

r tz’

lk, we have‘broken etc.

Tb’

r te'

tek, you have broken etc.

To’

r ték,they have broken etc.

Pluperfect.

To'

r tem v a la , I had

To‘

r ted va la ,thou ha st

To°

r te v a la , he had

P l u r . To'

r tilk va la , we had

To‘

r té tek v a la, you had

To'

r ték they had

broken (it) .

Compoun d Future.

To‘

r n i fogom, I sha ll, or w ill

To'

r n i fogod , thou wilt

To‘

r n i fagfa , he w ill

P l u r . To'

r n i fogfuk, we sha ll

To'

r n i fogflitok, you will

To'

r n i fogfa'

k, they will

b reak (it).

S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se . I

Toniem tha t I may

To’

rjed , tha t thou mayst

To'

rje , tha t he may,P lu r . Tdrjillc, tha t we may

To'

rjé telc , tha t you mayTo

rjék, tha t they may

break (it) .

In stead of v a la,may be u sed volt.

Page 152: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

139

Pa st Ten se .

To'

r tem"

légyen ,tha t I might

To'

r ted légyen , tha t thou m ightest

To'

r te légyen ,tha t he migh t

P l u r . To'

r tilk légyen , tha t we might

Tb’

r té tek légyen tha t “

you“

m ight

To’

r ték [egg/en , tha t they might"

C o n d i t i o n a l }

Presen t Ten se .

Tor nem ,1 should , or would

To'

r néd ,thou wouldst

To'

r n é , he would

P l u r . Tb’

r n dlc , we should , or would

To'

r n e'

tek , you would

To'

r n ék,they would

Pa st Ten se.

Tor tem v oln a ,I should , or would

Ta'

r ted vo ln a , thou wouldst"

To'

r te voln a , he would

P l u r . To'

r tiilc voln a , we should ,

or wouldTo

'

r te'

tek vo ln a , you would

Te'

r tek voln a , they “would

break(it) .

UOIIOJq

CARI]

I m p e r a t i v e .

S i n g. To'

r d ,break (it) .

My }: To’

rjé tek , break (it) .

O b s . Neuter Verbs have n o Defin ite'

form.

Page 153: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

140

2 . PASSIVE VOICE

a ) Verbs wi th ha rd vowels.

I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se.

Ta la'

lta tom , I am

Ta ldlta tol , thou a rt

Ta la'

lta tik , he is

P lu r . Ta la'

lta tun lc , we ar e

Ta la'

lta ttok , you a re

Ta la'

lta tn ak, they a re

Imperfect Ten se.

Ta la'

lta ta'

m,I wa s

Ta la'

lta ta’

l , thou wa st

Ta la'

lta té lc , he wa s

P l u r . we were

Ta la'

lta ta'

tok, you were

Ta la'

lta ta'

n ak, theywere

Perfect.

Ta la'

lta ttam,I ha ve

Ta la'

lta tta'

l , thou ha st

Ta la'

lta tott , he ha s

P l u r . Ta la'

lta ttunk, we have been foun d.

Ta la'

lta tta tok, you have

Ta ldlta ttak

a n d they ha ve

Ta la la'

lta ta n a lc

Pluperfect.

S i n g. Ta kilta ttam va la , or volt I had

Ta la'

lta ttdl va la , thou ha dst been found.

Ta ldlta tott v a la ,he had

found.

foun d.

Page 155: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

142

Ta la'

lta tn ék , he would

P l u r . Ta la'

lta tn a'

nk , we should

Ta la'

lta ln a'

tok , you would ;

Ta la'

lta tn a'

n ak , they would

Pa st Ten se.

Ta la'

lta tt am v oln a , should

Ta ldlta tta'

l voln a , thou wouldst

Ta la'

lta tott voln a , he would

P l u r . Ta la'

lta tunk voln a , we should

Ta la'

lta tta tok voln a , you would

Ta la'

lta tta lc vo ln a t hey would

I m p e r a t i v e .

The Presen t Ten se‘

ofi

the subjun ctive Mood.

Ta ldlta tn i , to be foun d.

6) Verbs w ith soft vowels .

,I . n d i c

,a t i v e M o.

.

t

.

Presen t Ten se .

Ko'

teté l , thou a rt bound

Ko'

tetik , he is boun d ;

Kfitetilnk , we -a re boun d.

Ko'

tettek , you . |a re boun d .

Ko'

tetn ek . they -a re boun d

Page 156: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

143

Imperfect.

Ko'

tetém , I wa s

Ko'

teté l , thou wa st

Kb‘

teték , he wa s

P lu r . Ko'

teténk, we were

Kb’

teté tek, you were

Kii tetén ek ,

they were

boun d.

Perfect.

Kb’

tettem , I have

Ko’

tetté l , thou ha st

Ko'

tetett , he h a s

P lu r . Kb’

tettilnk , we have

Ko’

tette'

tek , you have

Ko‘

té ttelc , they have

been boun d .

Pluperfect.Ko

tettem v a la (volt) I had

Kb’

tetté l v a la , thou 'hadst ~

Kb‘

tetett v a la , he had

Plu r . Ko'

tett ilnk va la , we had

Ko’

tettetek v a la , you had

Kb’

tettelc v a la , they ha d

been boun d.

Compoun d Future.

Ko'

tetn i fagak ,I sha ll or will

Ko‘

tetn i fogsz , thou wilt

Ko'

tetn i fog , be w ill be bound.

P l u r . Ko‘

tetn i fogunk , we sha ll on will

Ko'

tetn i fogtok , you w ill

Katetn i fogn ak , they will

Page 157: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

144

S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

Ko’

tessem , tha t I mayKo

'

tessé l , tha t thou mayst

Ifdtessék , tha t he mayP l u r . Ko

'

tessilnk , tha t we mayKo

'

tessetek, tha t you maytha t they mayPa st Ten se .

Ko'

tettem légyen , tha t I might ha ve

Ko'

tetté l le'

gyen , tha t thou m ightest

Ko'

tetett le'

gyen , tha t he might been

P l u r . Kb‘

tettiink leggea , tha t we m ight ha ve boun d.

Ko'

tettetek légyen , tha t you might

Kb’

tettek le'

gg/en , tha t they m ight

be boun d.

C o n d i t i o n a l .

Presen t Ten se .

Ko'

tetn e'

m,I should or would

Ko’

tetn e'

l , thou wouldst

Ko'

tetn ék , he would

P l u r . Ko‘

tetn én lc , we should or would

[(dtetn é telc , you would

they would

Pa st Ten se.

Ko’

tettem voln a , I should or would

Kb’

tetté l voln a , thou wouldst

Ko’

telett voln a , he wouldP l u r . Kb

tettiznk voln a , we should or would

Kb‘

tettetek voln a , you would

Kb’

tettelc voln a , they would

be bound.

punoq

ueeq

aAeq

Page 159: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

146

Compoun d Future .

Csa lo'

dn i fogok ,I sha ll or will delude myself; like

the Fu ture of the Pa ssive.

S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se.

Csa lo'

dfam , tha t I may delude myself; like the Sub

jun ctive of the Pa ssive .

Pa st Ten se .

Csa lodtam légyen , I might have deluded myself ; etc.

C o n d i t i o n a l .

Presen t Ten se .

Csa lo'

dn dm ,I should or would delude myself, etc .

Pa st Ten se .

Csa lo'

dtam voln a , I might have deluded myself , etc .

I m p e r a t i v e .

Sing. Csa lo’

di , delude thyself;Plur . Csa lo

dja tok, delude yourselves .

O b s . The Presen t Ten se of the Subjun ctive

Mood is used a s the Imper a tive Mood a s well , the

compoun d forms of the Impera tive : l e t h im d e

l u d e h im s e l f , l e t u s d e l u d e o u r s e l v e s , etc .

a re a lso expressed by the Presen t Ten se of the Sub

jun ctive Mood.

I n f i n i t i v e .

Csa lo’

dn i , to delude on e’

s self.

Der iv a tive Verba l roots ha ve the same forms of

conjuga tion ; but it is to be remarked , tha t a ll der i

Page 160: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

147

v a tive Verba l roots which ha ve a t r a n s i t i v e mea n

ing receive the forms of the Ac t i v e V o i c e ; such

a s ha ve a r e fl e x ive mea n in g receive the forms of

the M e d i u m . Csa l - v i to deceive , csa llza t - n i to

be able to deceive (ca n deceive) , forms : csa l/za tok,

csa lha tsz etc . ; cs a la tkoz - n i (to deceive on e’

s self)

to be m istaken ,forms : cs a la tkozom , csa la tkozol,

csa la tkozik, etc .

4. FUTURE ROOT OF ”AND“

.

All Verba l r oots , Der iva tive a s well a s Pr imi

tive on es , ca n be conjuga ted w ith the Future r a dica l

”a n d“

. The Active r oo t v a'

r (va'

r n i , to wa it or to

expect) a n d the Medium la l n'

k (lakn i to dwell , to

live) may serv e a s a pa ttern of this kin d.

a . Ac t i v e .

I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

Va'

r a n dok, I sha ll or w ill

Va’

r a n dsz, thou w ilt

Va'

r a n d ,he w ill

Vdr a n dun lc, we sha ll or wi ll

Va'

r a n da tok, you w ill

Va'

r a n da n ak ,they will

be wa iting.

Imperfect Ten se .

Va'r a n dék,I would

Vdr an ddl thou wouldst wa itingVa

'

r a n da ,he would

Page 161: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

148

Plur . Vdr a n da'nk we would

Va'

r a nda'

tok , you would be wa iting.

Va’

r a n da'

n ak they would

Perfect Ten se .

Sing. Vdr a n dottam ,I will

Va’

r a n do tta'

l,thou w ilt

Vdr a n do tt , he w ill

Plur . Vdr a n dotta nk, we w ill

Vdr a n do tta tolc, you w ill

Va’

r a n dotta lc , they w ill

Pluperfect

is formed from the Perfect by the addition of v a la

or v o lt , to ea ch Person a l form .

have wa ited.

S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

Sing. Va'r a n djak ,I sha ll wa it”)

Vdr a n dya'

l thou sha lt wa it

Va’

r a n dion ,he sha ll wa it

Plur . Vdr a n dfunk , we sha ll wa it

Vdr a n dfa tok, you sha ll wa it

Va'r a n dia n ak, they sha ll wa it.

Pa st Ten se .

Va r a'

n dottam leggea , etc ., like the Pa st Ten se

the Active V.

The Media l form i s : Va'

r a n da’

m,Vdr a n ddl , Vdr a n

dek etc.

The Subjun ctive may o ften be tra n sla ted by ,,will be oh

ligod to wa it“.

Page 163: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

150

Plur . L aka n ddnk , we would

L aka n da'

tok, you would be liv ing or dwellin g.

L aka n da’

n ak, they would be

Perfect.

Sing. L aka n dottam ,I will

L aka n do tta'

l , thou w ilt

L aka n do tt , he w ill

Plur . L aka n dottunk, we will

L aka n dotta tok, you w ill

L aka n do ttak ,they will

ha ve lived or dwelt.

Pluperfect.

L aka n do ttam v a la or v olt , etc.

,like the Pa ssive .

S u b j u n c t i v e .

Presen t Ten se .

Sing. L aka n dfam , I sha ll be

L aka n djdl , thou sha lt be

L aka n dfék ,he sha ll be

Plur . L aka n dfunk, we sha ll be

L aka n dyatok, you sha ll be

L aka n dfa n a lc, they sha ll be

Pa st Ten se .

L aka n dotta m légyen , etc.

liv in g or dwellin g.

C o n d i t i o n a l .

Presen t.

L aka n dn a’

m , I should beL aka n dn dl , thou wouldst be living or dwelling.

L aka n dn e'

lc , he would be

Page 164: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

15 1

Plur . L aka n dn a'

nk, we should be

L aka n dn a'

tok, you WOUId be liv ing or dwelling,

L aka n dn a'

n ak, they would be

Pa st.

L aka ndottam voln a , etc. , like tha t of the Pa ssive.

I n f i n i t i v e .

L aka n dn i , (to) w ill be living.

5 . CONTRACTED VERBAL ROOTS .

a . Ac t i v e V o i c e .

INDEFINITE FORM.

I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

Sodr ok, I twist , a n d I spin

Sodr a sz a n d sodor sz ,thou twistest

Soda r , he twisteth ;

Sodr unk, we twist

S odor tok , you twist

S odor n ak

Sodr a n ak

Imperfect Ten se .

Sodr ék,I twisted , I spun .

Sodr dl , thou twistedst

Sodr a , he twisted ;Sodr a

'

nk, we twisted

Sodr dtok , you twisted

Sodr a’

na k, they twisted.

they twist.

Page 165: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

152

Perfect.

£35225: I ha ve twisted , I wa s twisting

tt'

lthou ha st twisted

Sodr o tt , he ha s twisted ;S odr ottunk

Sodor tunk l’ we ha ve twi sted

Sodr otta tok

Sodor ta tolf i’ you have tw i stedSodr o ttak , they ha ve twisted.

Pluperfect.

S odr o ttam v a la

Sodor tam v a la

S odr otta’

l v a la

S odor ta'

l v a la

Sodr ott va la , he had tw isted ;Sodr o ttunk v a la

S odor tunk va la

Sodr o tta tok v a la

Sodor ta tok va la

Sodr o ttak va la , they had twisted.

I had twisted

thou hadst twisted

j, we ha d tw isted

you ha d twisted

Compoun d Future .

S a da nn i fogele, I sha ll or will twist

S a da nn i faysa , thou w ilt twist

S odor n i fog , he w ill twist ;Sodor n i fogunk , we sha ll or w ill twist

S a dann i fogtok , you will twistSodor n i faya dh , they will twist.

Page 167: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

154

Sodr otta'

l voln a

S odor ta’

l voln a

Sodr o tt voln a , he would have twisted ;Sodr ottunk v o ln a

Sodor tunk voln a

Sodr o tta tok vo ln a

S odor ta tok vo ln a

Sodr ottak voln a , they would have twisted.

thou wouldst ha ve twisted

l’ we should have twisted

you would have tw isted

I m p e r a t i v e .

Sodmj , twist (thou)S odorja tok , twist (you) .

I n f i n i t i v e .

Sodor n i , to twist , to spin .

The Defin ite form , the Person a l termin a tion s of

which see above ,is liable to the same con tra ction s

a s the In defin ite form given in this pa radigm .

Accordin g to this Pa r a digm a re formed : Bujdo

to wa n der about ; csa tol , to fa sten with a

buckle ,metaphor ica lly to en close ; csep el , to thra sh ;

ebe'

del, to din e ; én ekel, to sin g ; esdelcel, to implore ;

ga’

tol , to hin der ; gydszol , to mourn ; gyb'

to'

r , to

plague ; hajol , to st0 0 p ; hegyez , to po in t ; jegyez,to ma rk ; ka baz , to con fisca te ; kovdcso l , to forge ;

n a'

dol , to steel , to ha rden (iron ) ; p a dol , to cc

ver with boa rds , to wa in scot ; p ecsé tel , to sea l ;

p er el , to plead (a n d to quarrel) ; p o'

tol , to make

The termin a tion of the In fin itive ,,n i

“ bein g a secondary

form , is missed a n d the Verbs a re given in their roots.

Page 168: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

155

amen ds ; r obot , to rob ; s ajog , . to sma rt ; ta n dcsol,

to give a dv ice , tip or ,to tread ; tolma

'

csol , to in ter

pret ; ta dakol , to in qu ire ; un ep el , to celebra te ; v a'

dol , to a ccuse , to cha rge (with) .

O b s . 1. Bujdokol , esdekel , hajol , a re used

a s Mediums a s well.

O b s . 2 . Verba l roots w ith soft vowels receive

the same v owels in their Person a l termin a tion s .

b . M e d i u m .

I n d i c a t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

Alszom , I sleep a n d I am sleepin gAlszol , thou sleepest etc .

Alszilc , he sleeps ;Alszunk , we sleep

Alsza tok , you sleep

Alsza n ak a n d a laszn a lc , they sleep .

Imperfect.

Ala v a'

m a n d Alva'

m , I sleptAluva

l a n d Alva'

l , thou sleptest

Aluv ék a n d Alvék , he slept ;Aluva

'

nk a n d Alva'

n lc , we slept

Aluva'

tolc a n d Alv a'

tolc, you slept

Aluva'

n ak a nd Alvdn ak , they slept.

Perfect.

Aludtam , I have slept, I wa s sleeping ,

Aludta'

l, thou ha st slept , etc .

Ala dt a n d Aludott , he ha s slept ;

Page 169: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

156

Plur . Aludtunk , we ha ve slept

Aludta tolr , you have slept

Aludtak a n d Aludta n ak , they ha ve slept.

Pluperfect

ha s the same Person a l forma tion s , with the addition

of v a la or volt to ea ch Person .

Compoun d Future .

Sing. Aludn i fogok, I sha ll sleep

Aludn i fogsz , thou w ilt sleep

Aludn i fog , he will sleep ;Plur . Aludn i fogunk , we sha ll sleep

Aludn i fogtok , you w ill sleep

Aludn i fogn ak , they w ill sleep .

S u b j u n c t i v e M o o d .

Presen t Ten se .

Sing. Aludiam , tha t I may sleep a n d if I sleep

Aludfa'

l , tha t thou mayst sleep

Aludfék , tha t he may sleep ;Plur . Aludiun lf , tha t we may sleep

Aludia tok , tha t you may sleep

Ala dja n a lc , tha t they may sleep .

Pa st Ten se.

Aludi am légye n , tha t I may have slept , etc.

C o n d i t i o n a l .

Presen t Ten se .

Sing. I should sleep

Aludn a'

l , thou wouldst sleepAludn é lc, he would sleep ;

Common ly the forms of the Neuter a la dn ék , a ludn a'

l,

a la dn a are u sed.

Page 171: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

15'

s

of the root ; thus , n ot bilnhszem ; dil

hb’

szik ,n ot dillzszi/f ; sovdnyoszilc, n ot sovdnyszik.

O b s . 2 . Such Verba l roots a s ha ve n ot a d a s

their radica l , a re liable merely to con tra ction , n ot

to the a ltera tion of their r adica l con son a n t in to sz,

a s : Iza boz to wa ve , to foam , fuldokol to be chok

in g , form ha bzom ,etc . a n d fuldolrlom etc .

In rega rd to the o ther i rregula r Verbs the

roo ts of which term in a te w ith n,

a s ven - n i, len

n i , hin —n i , v in - n i , in - n i , en - n i , men - u i,the stu

den t is referred to ,,Composition s VII. Verba l r oots

in n“; on ly it m a y be a dded , tha t the Verbs

en n i a n d in n i a re used a s Mediums , a n d ha ve the

Media l form .

The irregula r Verbs the roots of which en d

with a vowel, a s fé , hi , M, m'

,szi , szd

,etc. have

been men tion ed a s well in ,,Composition s VII. Ver

ba l roots of v “, their cha ra cter istic being v .

E. Objective Conjugation .

Before con cluding the Section of Conjuga tion ,the propr iety of the Hun ga r ia n la n guage of hav inga peculia r termin a tion for the first Person of Tr a n

sitive Verbs , when a Person is Spoken to , must be

men tion ed. This form is a lways used when the a ctive

Verb govern s the Objective Ca se of the Person a l

P ron oun of the secon d Person ,this Objective Ca se

bein g then expressed by a n objective termin a tion .

These objective Termin a tion s a re

Page 172: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

159

Verbs w ith ha rd vowels Verbs w ith soft vowels

I n d i c a t i v e .

la ir

a lak

S u b j u n c t i v e .

P r e s. a n d P e r f. a lak

C o n d i t i o n a l .

P r e s e n t dlak é lek

P a s t a la lc elelc

These Term in a tion s a re a dded to the Cha ra c

teristic of the Verbs .

O b s. Such Ten ses a s have a ny a uxilia ry word

to complete their form , reta in the auxilia ry in the

Objective Conjuga tion a s well.

P a r a d i g m .

(Verbs with soft vowels receive the correspon din g term in a tion s.)

1 . ACTIVE .

I n d. Pres . Va’

r lak, I wa it for thee , a n d I wa it

for ye .

Perf. Va’

r ta la lc, l ha ve wa ited for thee or ye .

S u bj Pres . Va'

rja lak , tha t I may wa it for theeor ye.

Perf. Va'

r ta lak légyen , tha t I might havewa ited for thee or ye .

C o n d. Pres . Va’r n a'la le, I should w a it for thee or ye.

Past. Vo'r ta lak voln a , I should ha ve wa itedfor thee or ye .

Page 173: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

160

2 . FACTITIVE .

In d. Pres . Vdr ta tlak, I leave thee or ye wa iting ;Perf. Va'r ta tta lak, I have left thee or ye

wa i tin g ;S u b . Pres . Vdr ta ssa la lc, tha t I may let thee or ye

wa it ;Pa st. Va

r ta tta lak légyen ,tha t I might have

left thee or ye wa i tin g.

Co n d. Pres . Vdr ta tn a'

lak ,I should leave thee or ye

wa i tin g ;Pa st. Vdr ta tta lak voln a ,

I should have left

thee or ye wa iting.

3 . POTENTIAL .

l n d. Pres . Va’

r ba tlak , I m ay (o r I am a ble to)

wa it for thee or ye ;

Perf. Vdr lza tta lak ,I m ight ha ve wa ited or

I wa s able to wa it for thee or ye .

S u bj Pres. Vdr hassa la lc, tha t I may (may be able

to) wa it for thee or ye .

Pa st. Va’

r ha tta lak le'

gyen ,I m ight have wa ited

for thee or ye .

C o n d. Pres . V I should be a ble to wa itfor thee or ye .

Pa st. Va’

r lza tt a la lr voln a , I should have been

able to wa it for thee or ye .

F. Participles .

There a re two differen t ki n ds of Verba l forms

gen era lly men tion ed a s Pa rticiples of the Verb ; their

Termin a tion s a re :

Page 175: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

162

P a s s i v e

Ta la'

lta tva’

n,being foun d ; To

'

r etve'

n , being broken ;Ta la

'

lta tva , having been Tn'

r etve , hav ing beenfoun d. broken .

M e d i u m .

Csa lo'

dvdn,deludin g on e

s self ;

Csa lo'

dva ,deluded.

N e u t e r .

Elven ,liv ing ;

Elve , having lived , lived.

2 . CONTRACTED ROOTS .

A c t i v e .

S odor va'

n twisting spin n ing ;Sodor va , twisted , spun .

M e d i u m .

Alva'

n a n d Ala va'

n ,sleepin g ;

Alva , slept , hav ing slept , (being a sleep).

3 . FUTURE ROOT (a n d , en d) .

A c t i v e .

Va'

r a n dvdn ,

Va’

r a n dva .

P a s s i v c

Va'

r a ta n dva'

n ,

Va'

r a ta n dva .

3 .°

D e r i v a t i o n a n d C om p o s i t i o n o f n ew

V e r b s .

The der iva tive Verba l roots men tion ed above

a re such a s may be formed from a ny Active , or

Active , Pa ssive , Medium a n d Neuter Verb , a nd a re

Page 176: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

163

expressed by a per iphra stica l Conjuga tion in other

European la nguages ; the Verba l roots to be con

sidered in this Section a re such a s may be con sidered

a s Pr imitive roots in rega rd to those men tion ed above,

of which may be formed Factitive, Poten tia l, Pa ssive

etc. ra dica ls.

A con cise a n d br ief en umera tion of Etymologica l

forms strictly taken is subjoin ed.

New Verbs may be formed by mea n s of

Der iva tion a n d Composition .

A. Derivative Verbs.

Verbs a re der ived from Substa n tives , Adjectives,Adverbs , Preposition a l terms (Postposition s) a n d

other Verbs .

From Substa n tives (der iva tive a n d pr imitive on es)

a re der ived Verba l r oots

1) by mea n s of the con son a n t l.

a ) l a dded w ithout a ny a uxilia ry vowel to such Sub

s ta n tives a s termin a te w ith a vowel , formin gActive Verbs : Kap a the hoe , kap a

'

l - n i to dig ;

mese ta le , mesé l - n i to tell ; bor on a the ba rrow,

bor on a’

l- n i to ba rrow.

b) l, w ith the vowels e , o , b’

, a s often a s the Sub

sta n tive ha s a fin a l con son a n t ; p or powder , p a r ol

n i to powder ; p er process , law - su i t , p er el - n i

(to make process) to qua rrel , to ca rry on a

law - su it ; ter k load , ter lzel - n i to burden , to load.

O b s . Some of these Verbs belong to the cla ss

of the Mediums , a n d a re mostly Neuter in foreign

11*

Page 177: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

164

la nguages. S ikam (from s ilt pla n ) , sikamolificon tra cted .s

‘ilramlilt‘L (to) slide ; v illa'

m lightn ing,v illa

'

molzk , con tra cted v illa'

mlik ,it lighten s .

c) l, with the vowel ll, it, forms Neuter Verbs : ter ri t

n i to exten d ,from tér spa ce ; lap zll - n i to become

fla t , from lap pla te ; a lap al- n i to be foun ded,

from a lap foun da tion ; ker dl - n i to a void (to go

roun d) , from [Mr circle.

2 . By mea n s of the con son a n t g.

a ) g , preceded by the v owels o , o , 6 ,forms In

tra n sitive Verba l roots : csep eg- n i to dr ip , from

csep drop ; r aygay- n i to be bright ; zafay - n i to

make a n oise ; émelyeg - n i to be loa thsome , to

disgust ; mosolyogn i to smile .

b) g , preceded by the syllable in , on ,en , fin

zajong-n i to brawl , kem’

ng- en i , or ker eng

- en i

to move in a circle ; from ké’

r circle , zay n orse.

3) By mea n s of the con son a n ts szt, w ith a n auxi

lia ry v owel, a re formed Fa ctitive Verbs from other

Verba l roots a n d Substa n tives : Ep eszt - en i to

(make) ga ll, to make a ngry , from ep e ga ll ; veszt

en i to loose , from vesz da nger .

4) By mea n s of the con son a n t z , with or without

auxilia ry vowels , a ccording a s the Substa n tivestermina tte with a vowel or a con son a n t , a re formed

H MN

l 1 Rs:CVC

4» eute r erbs. Ha ngoz n i to soun d, from ha ng

soun d ; olcoz - n i to cause , from 0 k cause ; felezn i to div ide in two pa r ts , from fé l ha lf; etc.

Page 179: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

16 6

6 . Der iva tive Substan tives of a'

sz a re a lso used a s

Verba l roots. Ha la'

sz -n i to fish , va da'

sz- n i to

hun t , etc. ,from ha la

'

sz fisher , va da'

sz hun tsma n .

From Adjectives a re der ived Active , Neuter ,

a n d Media l Verbs.

1 . Active Verbs of a frequen tative mea n ing a re

formed: by the syllables ga t , get : a s , é desget-n i to

sweeten ; by i t : v ildgosit- n i to make light , Ice

'

lcit

e ni to make blue , zb’

ldit en i to make green ; by the

syllable ta l , tel : magaszta l- n i to extol , from magas

high , hir esztel -n i to a n n oun ce , to make kn own , from

hir es ren own ed , kn own .

2 . Neuter Verbs : by mea n s of the syllables ill,

ill, a d, ed , a s, n agyobbzll—n i to grow la rger , der tll

- n i

to clea r up , Joza n zil- n i to become sober ; Ité ln i l -n i

to grow blue, zb’

ldz’

il - n i to grow green ; lzigga d-n i to

become liqu id , from big liquid ; v iga d- n i to be

merry ,from v ig merry.

3 . Media l Verbs : by the syllables 0 d, ed, b’

d ; a s,

n agyobbod n i to become la rger , v e’

nhed n i to grow

old , sov a'

nyod-n i to fa ll away , from sova

ny meagre,

v ildgosod- n i to become light ; kod , Iced

, a s,

okoskod - n i to a rgue , from pruden t ; [b’

svény

ked -a i to covet , from fo’

svény a va r icious.

The imperson als zb’

ldellilr it is green ish , Ice/cel

lik it is blueish , felzér lik it is whi tish , etc. are

der ivative dimin utive Verbs.

From Adverbs a re der ived

1 . Active a n d Neuter Verbs, by the syllables it,

get, el, a n d the con son a n t z, preceded by a n auxiliary

Page 180: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

16 7

vowel. Ko‘

zelit-n i to br ing n ea r ; r ogtb’

n b‘

z-n i to ex

tempor ize ; felebbez—n i to appea l ; felcl-n i , to a n swer ;

from w’

zel n ea r , r b’

gtb’

n sudden ly , felebb higher up,

fel up , on .

2 . Media l Verbs, by mea n s of the syllables Iced,

kod : lzir telen sudden ly, ha stily, hir telenked-n i to over

hurry , esztelen un rea son able , esztelen lted - n i to

commit follies , etc.

From Preposi tion s a re formed Active Verbs ; a s,tzitzit a n i a n d tziloz -n i to exaggera te , mellé lcel-n i

to en close , melldz - n i to avoid , a ldz - n i to humble,to lower ; from l tll beyon d , mellé beside , n ext,a la

'

un der .

From other Verbs a re der ived Active, Neuter ,Frequen ta tive,Media lVerbs , etc. The most frequen tlyoccurr ing syllables of Der iva tion a re the following :

ad , a l , a n , am , amod , amol con tra cted aml , amosz

con tra cted amsz , a ss t , a t,

a s : faya d -n i to

receive , gyula d- n i to in flame , fa v a l -n i to blow,

fogan -n i to become pregn a n t , ma nza n - n i to stir ,

fogam-n i to become pregn a n t , fa tamol v i to take

to flight , ir amol - n i to run , folyamod-n i to

petition , futamod - n i to fly , fogamsz -a n i to become

pregn a n t, fogyaszt - a n i to lessen , sza laszt a n i to

rout , forga t -ui to turn , donga t-n i to bea t , etc. ;

from their respective roots fog , gyzi l , ftl , moz,

fut , ir , foly , fogy , sza la d (sza l a n d szdll) , for ogcon tra cted forg , dong.

Verbs wi th the der iva tive syllables am , amod,

aml , amsz , a re Mediums.

Page 181: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

16 8

bol , bb’

l ; a s , zb‘

r b‘

mbb’

l—a i to make a ra ttling n oise ,diir b

'

mbb'

l - n i to make a thun der - like n o ise ; fromzn

r en -a i to r a ttle , dor en - n i to thun der .

csa'

l , csel , csol ; a s, fa r agcsa'

l- n i to cut figures , r on

csol - n i to spoil ; from fa r ag , r a n t.

da l , degé l , del , des , dez , doga'

l , dos , doz , db‘

gé l,

db‘

kb'

l , dill , dtll ,’ a s , vagda l

- n i to cu t in pieces,ver degé l

-n i to bea t a little repea tedly , tb’

r del - n i

to break in sma ll pieces , cszpdes -a i to pin ch re

pea tedly ,ir doga

'

l - n i to wr ite frequen tly , ma r dos

n i to bite , kap dos- n i to sn a tch , itldb

gé l-n i to sit

down repea tedly , b’

dlo‘

ko'

l- n i to slaughter , for dzll

n i to turn about (Neuter) ; from their r espective

roots v a'

g , v er ,tb

r , osip , ir , ma r , Imp , iil,

61, for .

eget, emed, em, c l ; a s, ver eget-n i to bea t frequen tly,

vetemed n i to think of , to give on e’

s self to ,

ker enget- n i a n d Iter inget

-n i to give a circula r

motion ; from ver , vet , ker eng

ga'

l , yel z hajga'

l - n i to throw , r a ngal- n i to destroy,

dorga'

l - n i to cen sure ; ker esge’

l - a i to look for

(steadily) .

in t : v er in t - en i to touch , csava r in t - a n i to turn

round on ce ; from ver , csava r .

Ked , kod give Media l Verbs : emelked - n i to r ise,elmé lked -n i to muse , to medita te , a

'

lmé llcod - n i

to be a ston ished ; from emel , elme'

l , a'

lmé l.

la t, let , a s, a ss la t—a i to disperse, foszla t-a i to un do,to pick (draw out the threads of silk or

woollen stuff) .

Page 183: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

17 0

a n d ellen ta'

ll - a n i to resist , ellenmond - a n i to con tra

dict ; a'

lta l , con tra cted a'

i through , a cross , over

(tra n s) , a'

lta lla'

t -n i , con tra cted a'

tla'

t - n i , to see

through , to pen etra te .

3 . Preposition a l a ffixes a re n ot used in their

pr imitive form , but with the Possessive a ffixes of the

third Person Singula r , a s, belé , hozza'

,r d in stead of

r ed : a s , bele'

v a'

g- n i to hew in , metaphor ica lly to

in terrupt a speaker , hozzaffdr ul - n i to a ccede ,r a

'

a'

ll

a n i to con sen t.

4. Substa n tives . It is aga in st the gen ius of

the Hunga ria n la n guage to form n ew Verbs by

mea n s of Composition of Verbs wi th Substa n tives,the la nguage bein g so r ich in syllables of der iva tion .

The on ly more frequen tly occurr ing Verb of tha t

kin d is ha'

tir n i to in dorse , in other in sta n ces the

Per iphra stica l expression is preferable.

5 . Verba l Pa rticles. These a re on ly used in

composition with Verbs. Such a re el a n d meg el

mea n s away, meg hasn o proper mea n in g in E n glish,a lthough it often may be tra n sla ted by oil ; it is

used when the speaker wishes to express a n a ction

rea lly fin ished or to be fin ished. Ir - a i to wr ite,megir n i (to make it wr itten ) to a chieve wr iting ;

fdl - n i to choke ; meg/‘

dl - a i to become choked ; ven

n i to take , elven -a i to take away, megven-n i to buy.

Meg often gives the Verb a metaphor ica l mea n ing :

vet -n i to throw , elvet-a i to throw away , megvet-n i

to despise. The Presen t Ten se of Verbs com

poun ded with meg often expresses the Future of the

Page 184: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

17 1

s imple Verb. 153191. 1 live ,megé lek 1 sha ll live,

I sha ll get my liv in g.

Compoun d Verbs reta in the same forms of con

juga tion , a s the simple on es.

1 1 . Nom i n a l F o rm s .

S ub s t a n t i v e s a n d w o r d s u s e d i n s t e a d o f

S u b s t a n t i v e s .

The forms un der which the Substa n tive appea rs

in the Hun ga r ia n la n guage , a re quite differen t from

those of other E uropea n la n guages .

There is n o distin ction of Gen der n or a ny De

clen sion a s we fin d in other E uropea n la n guages .

Before the differen t forms of the Substa n tives

a re deta iled , tha t pa r t of speech which the Hun ga r ia n

Academy, in its ,,System of the Hunga r ia n la n guage,“

ingen iously styled the P r e n o u n , a n d whi ch com

mouly is ca lled the Ar ticle, may be men tion ed.

It is in deed somewha t differen t from the a rticle

of other Europea n la n guages , for it is used n either

to distinguish the Gen der , a s in Germa n a n d Fren ch ,n or for the sake of determin in g n earer the Substa n

tive , yet it is a n in dispen sable precursor of the

Substan tive : this Pren oun is a s , it rema i n s in va ri

able, an d is in combin able w ith a ny a ffixes of the

Substa n tive . The E uphon istica l a n d Orthographica l

remark on ly may be n oted ,tha t , in stead of az,

a’is used a s often a s the Substan tive begins with

Page 185: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

17 2

a con son a n t ; thus , we say : a s a nga the mother ,a s 0 116 the scissors , a

’ha

s the house , a’ss oba

the room ,etc.

1 . C h a r a c t e r i s t i c o f th e 0 bje c t i v e C a s e .

The Cha ra cter istic of the Objective Ca se,

both for the Singula r a n d Plura l , is t , which is a l

ways a dded by mea n s of a vowel when the con cur

ren ce of con son a n ts would ha rden the pron un cia tion .

E uphony a n d the a ltera tion of the pr imitive

roots of Substa n tives have produced some Irregula ri

ties . In order to fa cilita te the lea rn in g of such de

v ia tion s from the gen era l rule : ,,th e v o w e l s , b y

m e a n s o f w h i c h a ff i x e s a r e j o i n e d t o t h e

r o o t s , m u s t c o r r e s p o n d w i t h t h o s e o f t h e

r o o t , h a r d o r s o ft o n e s“,leading rules

"

a re

given in the following Subdivision s.

A. The root of the Substantives remains unchanged.

a ) The c h a r a c t e r i s t i c t i s a d d e d w i th o u t

a n y v ow e l

1) To a ll Substa n tives tha t have a fin al vowela s E r dd the wood , a s er dé

t the wood ; a’r ds sa

the rose , a’

a’

Ire/"e the brush , a

’Icefé t ;

a s o llo’

the scissors , a s ollo'

t ; as a'

r u wa res,

a s

2 . To Substan tives with a fin a l j , I, if theya re n ot mon osyllables , ng , r a n d s , the dissyllables

of a fin a l os , s , a n d the mon o'

syllables of r .

A’s oref the n oise , s b

r ejt ; a s a ss ta l the table , a s

On prolon gation of a , see In trod. § 4.

Page 187: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

174

In the Compa ra tive a n d Superla tive degrees of

Adjectives , when they a re used without a Substa n

tive, or when they follow their Substan tive : ga s da

ga bt r icher , ga s daga bba t a r icher on e ; jobb better ,

ja bba i a better on e ; a’

legjobba t the best on e ; etc.

When the Substa n tive is used w ith the Posses

s ive a ffixes ending with a Con son a n t : a s , a ss ta loma t

my table .

2 . By 0 (for ha rd words) .

In a ll Substa n tives tha t a re n o t compre

hen ded un der the preceding rules . A’

fula'

nk the

sting , fula'

n /wt ; a’

p a r a n cs the comma n dmen t , p a

r a n csot ; a’

ka la n d the a dven ture , ka la n dot ; a n d in

the Substa n tives esile the stripe ; ir butter -milk.

3. By e (for soft words) .

In a ll Substa n tives the roots of which have i, e

or e'

,for their r adica l v owels . Ré teg stra tum , r ete

get ; a’

v i te'

sség the bravery . the va lour , v i te'

s séget ;

a’

ver i ték the swea t , ver i téket.

In a ll those tha t shor ten the pr imitively long

vowel of their la st syllable . A’

ss ekér the coa ch,a

ss eker et ; a’

gyb'

lrér ,the root , a

'

ggb’

ker et , etc.

In mon osyllables w ith a fin a l I or w ith a n other

fin a l con son a n t preceded by l or r . A’

fill the ea r ,

fa‘

let ; a’

fb‘

ld the ea rth , fb‘

ldet ; a’vb

lgg the va lley,

vb’

lgget.

4. By 0 (for soft words) .

In Substa n tives ha vin g for their vowels 6 ,o,a

or a , a n d n ot belon ging to the preceding rules. As

Page 188: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

17 5

es ils t the silver , es astb’

t ; fils t the smoke , fuc in'

i ;

kb’

d the fog , c‘

db‘

t ; a s elno'

k the presiden t , el

n b‘

kb‘

t ; etc.

B. The root of the Substantive changes when the t of the

obj ective case is added.

Altera tion s in the form of the Nom in a tive a re

produced by a C o n t r a c t i o n of the la st syllable,

by c h a n g i n g the root of the Substa n tive in to a

differen t on e from tha t used a s the Nomin a tive .

a ) C o n t r a c t i o n .

The Con tra ction may be effected

1) By abbrev ia tin g the long vowel of the la st syl

lable. Such abbrev ia tion s take place in the followingSubsta n tives a n d words used a s Substa n tives : aga

'

r ,

grey-houn d , boga

r in sect , cser ép rsha rd , ea rthen

wa re , dé l n oon , dér frost , derek the trunk , (a s Ad

jective, excellen t a n d brav e) , ég the sky, eger mouse,

eggéb other , elég (used a s a Substa n tive) en ough , é r

the vein , ess rea son , fa s ék pot , fedel cover , fé l

ha lf, fenek bottom , fon dl file , thread , fo‘

ve’

ng sa n d,

fits willow , gereb r a il , obsta cle , ga n dr ga n der , gyn’

ker root , liet the week , Izév hea t , jég ice , [ca n al

a n d ka la'

n spoon , kengér bread ,ker ék wheel , kev és

li ttle , Icés ha n d , kosa’

r ba sket , leo'

te'

l r ope , kb’

s ép

the middle , [n it the well , le'

gg the fly, le'

v the ju ice ,lev é l a letter , ldd goose , ma da

'

r the bird , mess lime,mocsa

'

r mora ss , ma rsh , nga'

r summer , n ebes heavy,n égg four , n ev the n ame , p olza

'

r the gla ss , cup ,

r és copper , r nd a pole , sa'

r mud ,sa ddr summit,

Page 189: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

17 6

top of trees , suga'

r the ray , ss ama'

r the a ss , s sel

the win d , ss eleér the\

coa ch , ca r , ss e'

n coa l , tehén

cow , té l win ter , tenger a n d tereng the pa lm (of the

ha n d) , tis ten , tits fire , zir Mister , a gen tlema n ,

zi t the way , vereb a Spa rrow , v is the wa ter . Oh

jective Ca se : Aga r a t , boga r a t , cser ep et , etc .

2) By n eglecting the short vowel of the la st

syllable .

In Substa n tives , or words used a s Substan tives,en ding with the syllable a lom or elem , a s : fajda lom pa in , fejedelem duke, a

'

lom the Sleep hav ingfajda lma t , fejedelmet , a

'

lma t.

Except elem the elemen t , which forms elemet.

As often a s the Con son a n ts 1, lg , r meet w ith the

con son a n t m in the la st syllable . S elgem Silk,o'

lom lead , ko'

r b‘

m finger- n a il a n d the claws ,

selgmet , c'

lmot , leb'

rmb’

t.

Except b’

r b’

m the joy ; O bjective Ca se b’

r b’

met.

When 1, lg , r combin e w ith li‘ to form the fin a l

syllable . Ar a l: the ditch , the tren ch , b’

ltb’

r the

ox , ggilolr the stabber , a lrol the Sheep - cot,having a

'

r ltot , b’

lrr b‘

t , etc

Except a la lt the shape , gger ek the child,leer elr the wheel , b

r b’

k etern a l.

When the fin a l g in its syllable is preceded byl , lg ,

r . Doloy the thing , the work , her eg the

ba rk , the crust ; da lga i , leérget.

Except ba log left - ha n ded , bé lgeg a stamp ,

gombolgag a clew (of thread) , ba ll , gga log on foot,

gb‘

r b’

g Greek,ledlgog ca ta ra ct , l w

'

lgag bladder , meleg

Page 191: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

47 8

fr om wh a t they ha v e when used in the Nomi

n a tiv e ca s e . Such a r e

l ) The mon osylla bles of a lon g é, o'

, o a n d i t .

The fo llow in g a r e the differ en t r oo ts of the

Nomin a tiv e a n d Obj ectiv e c a s e .

Nomin a t iv e Ca s e . Root of the Obj ec tiv e c a se .

F6 th e hea d

Fit the gr a ss

Ho'

the sn ow

K6 the s ton e

Lo the hor s e

Lé the s oup a n d theju ice

M il the wo rk, c ompos i

tion , p er fo rma n c e

N6 the w ife

Ngii the m a ggot

so the s a lt

S sd the w or d

To’

the la ke

To'

the trun k

Vo’

the s on - in - law

O b s e r v . l . The w or ds n o"w oma n , 36 c om

mon s a lt, to’

n eedle, a r e used r egula r ly ; ssd ma ybe used r egula r ly in the Obj ec tiv e c a s e of the

S in gula r Number .

O b s e r v . 2 . To ha r d w ords the t is a dded

w ith the v ow el a , to soft w ords w ith the v owel e .

2) D issylla bles w ith a fin a l a , it o r ii a r e l ia ble

to a bbrev ia tion , the ir fin a l 22 a n d it be in g n eglec t

Page 192: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

47 9

ed when the t of the Obj ectiv e c a se is a dded,

which ther efor e is pr ec eded by the v owel a .

Thes e a r e

Nom in a tiv e Root of the Obj ectiv e Ca se .

i il the c a lf B orjDa r a the c r a n e Da r v

En yil the glue

Fagggii ta llow

Fa lu the v illa ge

Fa ttgii the ba s ta rd

Fen gii the p in e (tree)Fi ll the s on

Ggapjit the fleece, the w ool

Hami l a shes

HOSS Z tl lon g

I/j it the youthKdn ngii ea sy Kon n g

S a rji'

t a fterma th, youn g gr a s s S a riVa rja the c r ow Va rj

O b s . l . B orni , da r n , fa lu , fagggit ,llama ,

sa ijit , v a rjil a r e a ls o u s ed r egula r ly , bu t

it is a tr a n sgr es s ion a ga in s t the pr ecepts of pur ityof the la n gua ge .

O b s e r v . 2. Fm, the boy, ha s r egula r forms ,

lint, fink.

3) The follow in g Subs ta n tives : ier lz the lo a d,burden , p elglt the down , L

'

elgk the c a l ic e , v emil

the foa l (youn g ho r se) a r e obs ole te a s Nomin a

tiv es, bu t a r e us ed a s r oo ts for a ll Gr amma tica l12"

Page 193: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

48 0

forms . In the Nom in a tiv e Ca s e teher , p elzelg, ke

kelg, v ekem a r e u s ed fo r the s ake of Euphon y .

L é lek the s oul, is c on tr a c ted in to lelket ; magthe s eed, forms mago t a n d magv a t.

The forma tion of the Obj ectiv e Ca s e be in gthe foun da tion of a ll the follow in g E tymologic a l

forma tion s , it w a s n ec es s a ry to dw ell on this

subj ect a l ittle lon ger , in o r der to exha us t it, a n d

to p r ep a r e the w a y for the subs equen t forms

un der which Substa n tiv es m ake the ir a pp ea r

a n c e in the Hun ga r ia n la n gu a ge . All o ther Af

fixes tha t m a y be j o in ed to Subs ta n tiv es r eta in

th e s ame Ra dic a l which h a s been used for the

Obj ec tiv e c a s e ; the s tuden t be in g a cqua in ted w ith

the d iffer en t forms of the Obj ec tiv e c a s e, it n eeds

of on ly the kn ow ledge of th e differ en t a ffixes tha t

c a n be a dded to Subs ta n tiv es , to en a ble the s tu

den t to giv e a ll the d iffer en t E tymologic a l forms .

4 . T h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i k o f t h e P l u r a l .

The w or d plur a l mea n s the c ompr ehen s ion

of ma n y Obj ec ts of the s ame s or t in on e term .

S ome of the Substa n tiv es r ep r es en t in the ir

Nomin a t iv e c a s e such a plu r a lity ; a n d a r e ther e

for e c a lled Collec tiv e Substa n tiv es ; c ollec tiv e

Substa n tiv es do n ot a s sume the extern a l cha r a c

ter of the P lur a l . When Collec tiv e Substa n tiv es

a r e us ed a s a gen er ic expr es s ion of ma n y Oh

jec ts taken collec tiv ely, they c a n ha v e n o Plur a l,

Page 195: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

18 2

Thus , in or der to form the P lur a l , we h a v e

mer ely to exch a n ge t w ith It , the former expr es s

in g the Obj ec tiv e of the S in gula r , the la tter the

Nomin a tiv e of the P lu r a l . A’

r o'

ssa the r os e, Oh

j c et . c a s e a’

r é zSdt the r os e,Nom . Plur . a

r ozsdlf

the r os es ; fa t the w a ll, Obj. S in g. fa la t the w a ll,

Nom . Plur . fa la k the w a lls , e tc .

Subs ta n tiv es w ith a fin a l 1, n g, r , 3 , ss, s , whichh a v e n o v owel befor e the t , h a v e 0 befor e the

Plur a l ls when the ir r a di ca l v ow els a r e ha r d

on es , a n d e when the ir r a dic a l v ow els a r e s oft

on es . Aszta l , a szta lt,P lu r Nom . a szta lok; kin ,

kin t , Nom . Plur . lfin olc; ke’

s the kn ife, ké st , ké

sek, etc .

The Obj ec tiv e Ca s e of the P lur a l Number

ha s the s ame cha r a c ter istic a s the S in gula r , v iz,

t, which is a dded to the P lur a l form , w ith the

v owel a for ha rd w o rds a n d w ith the v ow el e

for s oft w ords . Aszta lolt, Obj ectiv e Plur a l a ss

ta loka t; lcé selc, ké seket; Tar akot the Turks , toro

keket, etc .

3 . P o s s e s s i v e Affixe s .

A. Possessors are represented by the Persona l Pronouns

Wh ils t o ther Eu r opea n la n gu a ges h a v e Pr o

n om in a l Adj ec tiv es , to in d ic a te the po s ses s ion of

obj ec ts a n d to d is tin gu ish the per s on s pos s es sin g, the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge, a c c or din g to E a s ter n

cu s tom ,ha s c er ta in Ch a r a c ter is tics , which , a dded

Page 196: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

48 3

to Subs ta n tiv es r epr esen tin g the Obj ec ts p o s

s es sed, w ill exp r es s the differ en t P er s on a l r ela

tion s of the p os s essor s thems elves .

Thes e ch a r a c ter is tic s a r e ca lled the P o s

s e s s i v e Affi x e s,a n d they a r e der iv ed fr om

the P er s on a l Pr on oun s é n , te , (i , mink,tile, tilt .

They a r e the follow in O '

.

4. O bj e c t p o s s e s s e d i s b u t o n e .

The Pos s essor is on e,

l s t P er s on m my ;

2d d thy ;

3d ja ; for s oft w or ds — je, his , her , its .

The P o s s‘

es s or s a r e mor e tha n on e,

For ha r d w ords Fo r s oft w or ds

l s t P er s . n k, ou r ; n k,ou r ;

2d tolc, you r ; felt, t6le, your ;3d jolt , the ir ; jok, the ir .

The Poss es s iv e Affixes , a ll of them ha v in ga n in itia l c on son a n t

,a r e a dded by mea n s of a

v ow el,in r ega r d to w hich I r efer to the r ules

giv en fo r the Cha r a c ter is tic of the Plur a l ; fo r

the s ame fo rm of the S ubs ta n tiv e a n d the s ame

v owel th a t p r ec ede the ls, p r ec ede thes e a ffixes

a s w ell ; bu t the a ffixes of the third p ers on a n d

tha t of the firs t in the P lur a l ha v e s ome exc ep

tion s . The la tter a ssume the v ow el a for ha r d

a n d a fo r s oft w o rds , when the Subs ta n tiv e ter

min a tes wi th a con son a n t ; thus , in s tea d of Ice

Page 197: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

484

sen k our kn ife , ther e is lte’

siin lc our kn ife . The

c on son a n t j ea s ily c omb in es w ith o ther c on so

n a n ts ; ther efor e , the a ffixes of the thir d Per s on

a r e a dded w ithout a n y a uxilia ry v owel .

This j is m is sed en tir ely ;a ) when the S ubsta n tiv e is con tr a c ted a n d when

it cha n ges the r oot of its Nom in a tiv e a o

c ordin g to the rules giv en for the obj ectiv e

c a s e ;

b) when the Substa n tiv e h a s a fin a l 6, g, 12, p , v ;

0 ) when it termin a tes w ith the sylla bles sdg,

se’

g, olt, ck, 6k, 6k, é k, e t.

In a ll the pr ec edin g c a s es on ly the v owel a

o r e , a n d ok o r 61s, a r e a dded to the r o o t of

the P lur a l of the Substa n tiv e .

Fr om these gen er a l r ules dev ia te

a ) Dissylla bic a l Subs ta n tiv es w ith a fin a l (1'

cha n gin g this v ow el in to e befor e the Affixes je

a n d j'

o‘

lc. Er dé’

the w ood, er dqje his w ood ; ssd

Ieje his v in eya r d, etc .

b) The S ubs ta n tiv es : a n ga mo th er , a lga . fa

ther , bdtga br o ther (elder br o th er ) , n é n ge elder

s is ter , los e the ir fin a l v ow el befor e the Affix of

the thir d Per son S in gula r a n d Plu r a l ; thus , a ngja

his mo ther , a n gjolc the ir mo ther , e tc . Hiiga the

youn ger s is ter ,'

o'

cse the youn ger bro ther , r ema in

un cha n ged in the third P er s . S in g ,a n d h a v e

6 0 364,li 'dgolr in the thir d Per s . Plu r .

c) The fo llow in g S ubs ta n tiv es : ajté the door ,

Page 199: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

48 6

son a n t . B a r dt the fr ien d, ba r d iya h is fr ien d, ba ~

r dtja im my fr ien ds .

Subs ta n tiv es which fo rm the thir d Per s on

S in gu la r i r r egu la r ly p r es er v e su ch ir r egula r ities

in the a ddit ion of the P lur a l a ffixes . E specia lly

a ) The Dis sylla bica l Substa n tiv es of 6 cha n ge

th a t in to 6 befor e the Plur a l Affixes , a s mezé’

the

field, mezeim my fields .

b) Ajio, biro fo rm ajta im my doo rs , bir a im

my judges , etc .

In compoun d S ubs ta n tiv es of the form : li a zafip a tr iot , coun tryma n , a iyafi r ela tiv e ,

n ee - n ap

n ame—da y, the fir s t p a r t of the c ompoun d w or d is

us ed w ith the P os s es s iv e a ffixes , l ike a S lmp le

Subs ta n tiv e ,a n d the s ec on d p a r t w ith the a ffix of

the thir d P ers on S in gula r . Atydm—fid my r ela

tiv e, a tydm-fia i my r ela tiv es ; ha zdm-fia i my coun

trymen ; n evem- n apja my n ame-day .

B) Possessors are expressed by a Substantive.

When the P oss es sor is r ep r es en ted by a ny

Subs ta n tiv e Wha tev er , this is used in the P os s es s iv e

Ca s e, which in most of the Eur op ea n la n gua ges

is a p eculia r form of Declen s ion .

The Hun ga r ia n la n gu a ge ha s , a ga in , differ en t

a ffixes to exp r es s this Pos s ess iv e Ca s e . Ther e is

to be dis tin guished the u s e of the p os ses s iv e c a s e

in depen den tly fr om the Subs ta n tiv e in d ica tin g the

Page 200: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

48 7

obj ec t or objects posses s ed, from the p ossess iv e

ca s e con s tructed w ith this Subs ta n tiv e .

As often a s the Pos sess iv e Ca s e is u sed by

its elf, the Subs ta n tiv e r ece iv es the a ffix e

. The

P lur a l of this a ffix is — é i , formed a c c ordin g to

the p r in c ip le of the Poss ess iv e Affixes . A’

szomszé d the n e ighbour , a’szomszéde

the n eigh

bour ’s , a’

szomszé dé i the n e ighbour’

s ; a’

szomszé doké

the n e ighbour s’

.

When the P oss ess iv e C a se is con s truc ted

w ith a n o ther Subs ta n tiv e , the P r epos ition a l Affix n a k is used : In tha t ca se the Hun ga r ia n

la n gu a ge ha s a p r op r iety of con s tru c tion , which

s ee below ,un der

, , S y n t a x C o n s t r u c t i o n s

w i th Pr e p o s i t i o n a l Affix e s ,

All thes e differ en t Forms of P oss es s iv e ex

p r ess ion s a r e to be con s ider ed a s n ew r oots of the

S ubs ta n tiv e, to which m a y b e a dded the cha r a cter is tic of the Objec tiv e Ca s e a n d the Pr epos ition a l

Affixes (ba in , bol ou t, n a k to , For in s ta n cel '

o’

n yv book , Ironyvem- a i my book ,

Irb’

n yveim-et

my books . Icon yc é- t tha t of the book ,

kb'

n yv é it

thos e of the book , L'

b'

n yvemben in my book, etc .

Page 201: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

48 8

4. P a r a d i gm o f t h e d i ffe r e n t fo r m s o f a S u b

s t a n t i v e .

A) Regular forms . The root of the Substan tive rema in suncha nged.

Words w ith ha rd v owels . Wor ds w ith soft v owels .

Sin g . N om .

AZ 617 1 the w a tch A’

kefe the br ushObj ect . C a se .

Az omi t the w a tch ; A’

Ire/Ht the brush ;P lur . Nom .

As or dk the w a tches A’

kefek the brushesObject . C a se .

As tir d/ca t the wa tches ; A’

kefé lret the brushes .

P oss . Affixes S in g.As o

'

r dm my w a tch A’

Ice/em my brush

As o'

r dd thy Watch A’

kefé d thy brus h

Az o'

r aja his (her , its) A’

Irefe’

je h is (her , its)

w a tch ; brush ;As o

'

r dnk our w a tch A’

Icefé n k our brush

As o'

r dtok your w a tch A’It'efé tek your brush

As or ajok the ir w a tch . A’

Ice/ej'

o'

k the ir brushObjects possessed are sev er a l .

Az o'

r a zm my w a tches A’

kefé im my brushes

As o'

r did thy w a tches A’

Irefé id thy br us hes

Az o'

r di his (her , its) A”kefé i his (her , its)

w a tches ; brushes ;Az dr am]: ou r w a tches A

kefé ink ou r br ushes

As o'f

r ditok your w a tches A’

kefé i tek your bru shes

Az o'

r dik the ir w a tches . A’

Icefé ik the ir brushes .

Page 203: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49 0

A’

ldba ink our feet A’

our books

A’ldba i tok your feet A’

[canyveitek your booksA’

ldba ik the ir feet. A’

lro’

n yf

veik the ir books

P oss . C a se Sin gA

ldbé tha t of the foot A’

kon ye é tha t of the book

A’

ldbé i thos e of the A’

kon yv é i thos e of the

foot ; book;

P lu r .

A’

ldba ké tha t of the feet A’

Iron yveké tha t of the

books

A’

ldba kez those of the A’

lcon yvelcei thos e of the

feet . books .

B) Irregula r forms. The root of the Substantive

is a ltered.

4.

S in g . Nom .

A’

ma ddr the b ird A’

kéz the ha n d

Obj. C a se .

A’

ma da r a t the b ird ; A’

Irezet the ha n d ;P lur . Nom .

A’

ma da r ak the birds A’

kezek the ha n ds

Obj. C a se .

A’

ma da r a ka t the birds . A’

kezeket the ha n ds .

P oss . Afi'

. Sin g.

ma da r am my b ird A’

kezem my ha n d

ma dur a d thy b ird A’

kezed thy ha n d

ma dam his (her , its) A’

Ireze his (her , its) ha n d ;b ird ;

Page 204: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49 4

A’

ma da r un k ou r b ird A'

ha snuk our ha n d

A’

ma da r a tok your b ird A’

kezete'

k your ha n d

A’

ma da r ok the ir b ird . A’

kezdk the ir ha n d .

Objects po ssessed a re more .

A’

ma da r a im my b irds A’

Irezeim my ha n ds

A’

ma da r a id thy b ir ds A’

kezeid thy ha n ds

A’

ma dm '

a i h is (her , its) A’

kezei his (her , its)b ir ds ; ha n ds ;

A’

ma da r a in k our b irds A’

kezein k our ha n dsA’

ma da r a itok your A’

kezei tek your ha n dsb irds

A’

ma da r a ik the ir b irds . A’

kezeik the ir ha n ds .

P oss . C a se . Sin g .

A’

ma ddr é tha t of the A’

kézé tha t of the ha n db ir d

A’

ma ddr é i thos e of the A’

kézei thos e of the ha n d ;b ird ;

P lur .

A’

ma da r a ké th a t of the A’

kezeké tha t of theb irds ha n ds

A’

ma da r a ké i thos e of A’

kezekez thos e of the

the b irds . h a n ds .

2 .

Sin g . Nom .

majom the a p e A’

v é tek the v i ce

Obj. C a se .

A’

majmo t the a p e ; A’rvé tlcek the v i ce ;

Page 205: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49 2

P lur . Nom .

A’

majmok the a pes A’

v é tkek the v i ces

Obj. C a se.

A’

majmoka t the a p es . A’

v é tkeket the v ic es .

P oss . Aff. S in g .A

majmom my a p e A’

f

v é tkem my v i ce

A’

majmod thy a p e A’

e é tked thy v ice

A ’

majma his (her , its) A’

e é tke his (her , its) v ic e ;a p e ;

A’

majmunk our a p e A’

v é tkun k our v i ce

A’

majmo tok your a p e A’

v é tketek your v ic e

A’

majmuk’

) the ir a p e . A’

v é tk'

o’

k the ir v ice .

Obj ects possessed a r e more .

A’

ma ima im my a p es A’

v é tkeim my v ic esA

mqjma id thy a pes A’

v é tlceid thy v ic esA

majma i h is (her , its) A’

v é tkei his (her , its)

a p es ; v i ces ;A

majma in k our a pes A’

v é tkeink our v ic esA

majma i tok your A’

e é tlreitelc your v ic es .

a p es

A’

majma ik the ir a p es . A’

e é tkeik the ir v ic es

P oss . Ca se . S in g.A

ma iomé tha t of the a p e

A’

majomé i thos e of the a p e

P lur .

A’

majmolré tha t of the a p es

A’

majmokéi thos e of the a pes .

In order to distin guish i t from the P lur a l Nom . majm ok.

Page 207: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 4

5 . D e r i v a t i o n a n d C om p o s i ti o n o f S u b st a n

fi v e s .

a) Derivation of Substantives.

The Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge is a s pr oductiv e in

the Der iv a tion of Subs ta n t iv es a s of Verbs . Sub

s ta n tiv es ma y be der iv ed from Verbs , Adv erbs,Substa n tiv es a n d Pr epos ition s .

The Affixes of Der iv a tion be in g us ed p r o

mis cuou sly for Verbs a n d Subs ta n tiv es , it w ill

be o f s ome u se to men tion the mos t fr equen tlyused a ffixes of Der iv a tion , in o r der to form Sub

sta n tiv es , in the ir a lpha betica l order

a , excha n ged w ith 6 , is used to form Sub

s ta n tiv es from Verba l r oots . B ugyoga a bubbl in gSpr in g , a ja r w ith a v ery n a r r ow n eck ,

fr om

bagyog—n i to bubble ; huza -von a to il , from has-i i i,

v on -m’

to dr aw .

I

a b,

Ha sab a log (of wood), cleft wood,

fr om ha s i t-n i to clea v e .

a cs, a dded to Substan tiv es a n d Verba l r oots .

Ur a os a per son pr eten din g to belon g to the gen

try , sziv a cs the spon ge , from szi—n i (mic -m) to

suck ; duga cs the bun g , fr om dug—i i i to s tuff, to

cork a bottle . The sylla ble a cs is con tr a cted

if the Verba l r oot ha s a fin a l r , pr ec eded by a

v ow el . Va ka r cs, in s tea d of v aka r a cs, the s cr a per ,a n d the loa f ma de of the scr a p in gs of the dough,

Page 208: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49 5

from va ka r - a i to s cr a pe ; Iza ba r cs, in stea d '

of Iza

ba r a cs, a nythin g Sp outed out , from Iza ba r -n i to

Spout out.

a da lom, w ith Verba l r oots a n d Substa n tiv es ;a s , for -m

to bo il, for a da lom r ev olution ; i ir gen t

lema n , lord, ur a da lom dom in ion .

ag, a dded to Verba l r oots . Forga tag a whir l,whir lw in d , w a ter - Sp out ; fr om forga t—a i to turn

r oun d .

a l, til a n d used to form Subs ta n tiv es fr om

V erba l r oots . Fon a l the file (filum), ya r n ,fr om

fon - n i to Sp in ; e ia da l the fight , fr om v ie-n i (vi

a d)"

to comba t ; hiea ta l the offic e , fr om Iaiva i—n i

to be ca lled for ; ha lal dea th, fr om Ita l- i i i to die ;

dagaly sw ellin g, tumour ; a ka daly‘

the imp edimen t,fr om a ka d-n i to s tick, to be fixed .

a lék, a dded to Verba l r oots ; oszta lék the p r o

r a ta , mdr ta lé lc the s a uce, ta r ta lék a r es erv e .

a lom , giv es Der iv a tiv e Subs ta n tiv es , fir s tlyfrom Verba l r oots : ha ta lom m ight, fr om Iza t-n i to

in fluen ce ; fdr a da lom the fa tigue, fr om fdr a d- n i to

be t ir ed, to ta ke tr ouble ; s econ dly, fr om Ad

jec tiv es , c iga lom mer r imen t, fr om v ig merry .

am a n d am,u sed w ith Verba l r oots . Fo lgam

the s tr eam , fo ly—n i to flow ; n gi lam ca libr e , 92in i to be open ed ; v illain the l ightn in g, whose r oot

is v i ll, of which on ly the p a rti ciple v illa, a body43 “

Page 209: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49 6

tha t giv es light , p hosphor , is used ; cs i llaim the

glimmer,fr om the obsolete cs ill to Shin e .

a n y , a der iv a tiv e sylla ble which r ec ov er ed

its r ight r ec en tly, a n d is espec ia lly us ed fo r theforma tion of s c ien tific terms . Vi lla ny elec tr ic ity,[l iga n y mer cury, fr om My flu id ; fo la n y fluor .

air, by mea n s of which Subs ta n tiv es a r e

formed from o ther s , mea n in g a p er s on employed in

a n y ofiice , or a tr a desma n . Kulcsar housekeep er,

c a ter er , fr om ku les key ; ta n ar p r ofessor , fr om

ta n s c ien c e ; timar ta n n er , ti tkar (c on tr . of titok

dr ) s ec r eta ry ,from titok s ec r et ; [radar c oop er .

as, when a dded to Verba l r o ots , forms c on

c r ete Subs ta n tiv es , which in En glish a r e exp r ess

ed by the P a r tic iple . Ala vas c on tr a cted a leas

sleepin g , c a r ds s ew in g , sza la das run n in g ; fr om

a lud—n i, va r -a i , sza la d—n i .

dsz is us ed to form Subs tan tiv es from other

Subs ta n tiv es ; it is in pr in cip le iden ti ca l w ith the

sylla ble ar . Ha lasz fisher , cada sz hun tsma n . Al

ter a tion s o r c on tr a c tion s of the pr im itiv e form

of the Subs ta n tiv e , ma de in the Plur a l , mus t be

obs erv ed when this sylla ble ofDer iv a tion is used .

Ma da r asz fowler , lovasz a groom,hor s ebr ea ker .

a t , a tyi i , a n iya, used w ith v er ba l r oots , a n d

the Der iv a tiv e Subs ta n tiv es of asz. Ha lasza t fish

in g, szobr asza t s ta tua ry ; valtoza t cha n ge, v i tor ld

za t s a ils ; sziv a tyic the pump , fr om szi-n i to suck,sza v a tyu orga n of speech ; sa rka n tyi i the Spur .

Page 211: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49 8

s chool, fr om ta n s cien c e ; cson a kda r ow in g- s choo l,fr om cso

n a k the bo a t .

dék, a n d its iden ti ca l dok, form Substa n tiv es

when a dded to Verba l r oots . Szdmdék a n d szan

dok r esolution , ajdn dék a n d a ian dok the pr es en t ;fr om szdn - n i to r esolv e , ajan l—a n i to pr esen t.

c,a der iv a tiv e a ffix for Verba l r oots us ed

in stea d of o'

Szii lc p a r en t, zscngc, the fir s t fr uit

(fir s tlin g) , surge hur ry , in stea d of sziilo’

, zscngd,

s iirgo’

.

cdclcm,a dded to Substa n tiv es a n d V erba l

r oots . c hea d , fcjcdc lcm pr in ce , sov er eign ;v csz- n i to p er ish , v cszcdc lcm da n ger ; t

'

o’

r n i to

br eak, to’

r cdclcm p en a n ce .

cg , the r a dica l of cgé sz, whole, is used w ith

Subs ta n tiv es a n d V erba l r oots . Rct a mea dow ,

lay , r é tcg s tr a tum ; r cngctcg a n exten s iv e for es t.

c}, w ith Verba l r oots . Z or a}, a r a ttl in g n o is e .

ék a n d ck; us ed to form Der iv a tiv e Subs ta n

tiv es of Verbs a n d Substa n tiv es . B or ité lc the cc

v er , fcn yiték dis c ipl in e, e é tck S in , é tck food ; fr om

bor it—a n i to cov er , fcn yi t—cn i to pun ish , e é t-cn i to

S in , en n i to ea t ; tajék coun try , r egion ,lcbr n yék

en v ir on s , from taj en v ir on s , [cor n y surr oun din g.

c l, é l, é ly. H itc l cr edi t, jo'

vctcl a r r iv a l, It'

o'

tc’

l

the r ope, v cszc'

ly da n ger ; fr om hin -n i to bel iev e,

jo’

n i to c ome, kot-n i to bin d, ecsz

-n i to bec ome los t.

clék, w ith r oots of Verbs . Kotc lék the bon ds,

Page 212: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49 9

fiizc lék v egetables , fr om Ifo t—n i to b in d , fiiz-n i tocook .

c lcm. Szcr clcm the lov e, cngcdclcm obedien ce,tiir clcm p a tien ce, fr om szcr c t—m

to lov e, cngcd-n i

to yield, i t'

ér a i to en dur e .

cm. Jclcm cha r a cter , ter em sa loon , fr om jc la Sign , icr Spa ce .

cmén y. Vc tcmc'

n y c r 0 p , n ycr cmc’

ny pr ofit, fr omvet-n i to s ow , n ycr

-n i to ga in .

én y a n d cny , the la tter used especia lly for

techn i ca l exp r es s ion s . c cn y a cake, tcr én y the

p a lm (of the ha n d) , mellé ny w a istco a t , k'

o'

té ny

the a pr on , v izcny hydr ogen , szcn cn y ca rbon i c ga s ,é lcn y oxygen ; from lap a p la te , té r Sp a ce, melt

the ches t, kot—a i to b in d, v izw a ter , szén the cha r

coa l, é l- n i to l iv e .

cp . filep s edimen t , szcr cp the p a rt of a

p lay- a ctor .

é r , cr , iden tica l w ith air . P in czé r the butler ,czimcr the firm ; fr om p in cze cella r , czim title ;to

'

lcsé r the fun n el, from tti lté n i to fill, is somewha t

ir r egul a r .

é s, for soft w ords in stea d of as . Vcr é s hea t

ing , fckv é s p os ition (lyin g) , c elés (the) sowin g,sé r té s offen ce .

é sz, iden ti ca l w ith the der iv a tiv e syllable dsz.

Kcr té sz ga rden er , fcs té sz (portr a i t) p a in ter .

ct, ctyz'

i, cn tyz

'

i, for s oft words in stea d of a t,

Page 213: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

20 0

a tyi i . N ce czct n omin a tion , e czé r lc t gu ida n ce , di

r ection , cscngctyi'

c’

a sma ll bell , r opp cn tyii the

r o cket, fr om n ev ez- n i to n ame, v czé r l- cn i to guide,

cscngct—a i to r in g (the bell), r o

'

p th e flight.

i, formin g Subs ta n tiv es der iv ed from Noun s

pr op er , which in the E n glish la n gua ge in mos t

in s ta n c es a r e exp r es s ed by mea n s of the Gen e

t iv e ea s e a n d the Noun c ommon “ in ha b ita n t”.

B uda i a n in ha b ita n t of the c ity of Buda, gyo

r i a n

in ha b ita n t of the c ity of Gytir , sza bo lcsi a n in

h a bita n t of the coun ty of Sza bolcs . This sylla ble

of Der iv a tion is often r ep la c ed by bé li ; if tha t

be the ca se , the r esp ec tiv e c ommon Noun must

be us ed w ith the Pr op er Noun ; sza bo lcs—mcgycbé li

in ha b i ta n t of the c oun ty of S c a bolc s .

ja . Gyapju w oo l , from gyap w a ddin g ; this

is mor e a Compos ition tha n a Der iv a tion .

Ira , kc, for dimin utiv e Substa n tiv es , us ed when

the Subs ta n tive is of mor e tha n on e sylla ble w ith

a fin a l c on son a n t ea s ily comb in in g w ith k; su ch

con son a n ts a r e cs , os , l , n , n y , r, pr ec eded by

a v owel . S c iea cska a sma ll spon ge , lap oczka

a Shov el , a s s ia llra a sma ll ta ble , lcdn yka a little

gi r l, kcn yé rkc little br ea d, a sma ll loa f.

man y. Sza kman y s oc a ge , zsakmany pr ey .

n , pr ec eded by a cor r espo n din g v ow el, us ed

w ith Numer a ls in or der to exp r ess a c omp r ehen

s ion of in div idua ls collec tiv ely . Ha ta n s ix of

them,ki lcn czcn n in e of them .

Page 215: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

20 2

fa zék the p ot, n ycr cg , the s a ddle, a st the copper

(C opp kettle).

s scy , Der iv a tiv e a ffi xes , used w ith Ad

jec tiv es , Adv erbs a n d P r epo s ition s , in order to

form a bstr a c t Subs ta n tiv es ; 3 629 for Adj ec tiv es

w ith ha rd, sc’

g for thos e w ith s oft v ow els . Jé sag

the goodn es s ,maga ssdg the he ight, v a stagsag the

thickn ess , fc lség maj es ty , c llcn ség the en emy,

tiilsag excess , exa gger a tion ; fr om jo good, maga s

high , v a stag thick , fc l a bov e , up ,’

c llcn a ga in st,tal beyon d.

szag (szég) , former ly v ery likely a Substa n

tiv e which a t the p r es en t time is used a s a syl

lable of der iv a tion . The E n glish a n d Germa n

la n gua ges ha v e a s omewha t S imila r form in the

sylla bles“dom

” “thum“

. Or szag the r ea lm

(kin gdom) , fr om dr —szag coun try to be defen ded,

jé szag possess ion s , fun ded pr operty.

tyii . Kéz the ha n d, kcztyii glov es .

i i , u ; B or it c louds , gyam’

i susp ic ion , gya'

rz'

t'

r in g, bcti'

i’

letter (ch a r a c ter in the a lpha bet) , typ e .

In ma n y of the der iv a tiv e Subs ta n tiv es of this kin d,ii is used in stea d of d : a s , c é sz

i chisel , in s tea d of

v c’

so'

,fr om v é s-n i to chis el, to en gr a v e .

b) Compound Substantives.

Compoun d S ubs ta n tiv es may be formed

4) B y m e a n s o f th e s im p l e c o n n ex i o n

o f tw o S u b s t a n t i v e s .

Page 216: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

20 3

a ) Noun s common w ith ea ch o ther . Or szag

gyz'

ilés diet, p a r l iamen t (La n d- con gr ega tion ), n ép

isko la commun ity - s chool (p eople - s chool) , t’

o’

r

v ényha tosag jur isdiction , gé’

zleajo’

s teamer , c a sz’

ct

r a ilw a y (iron - r o a d) ; bé rkocs i ha ckn ey- c oa ch .

b) Noun s pr oper w ith the ir r esp ectiv e Noun s

common . P cstmcgyc, c oun ty ofP es t ; ZVIagya r oszag,

Hun ga ry (r ea lm ofHunga ry) Ango lor szag, E n gla n d,B iha rmegye, coun ty of B iha r ; Jaszkcr ii lct, dis tr i ct

the Ja zygia n s .

9 . S ub s t a n t i v e s a n d Adj e c t i v e s b e i n gc o n n e c t e d t o g e t h e r .

a ) The Adjec tiv e p r ec edes . Koza ka r a t gen e

r a l c on sen t , diedr os n ew —town ,Izideg lcgé s fev er ,

for r o’

ldz in flamma tory fev er .

b) The Subs ta n tiv e p r ecedes . Ther e a r e but

few compoun d Subs ta n tiv es of this kin d . Var

n agy ca s tella n ,ha dn agy l ieuten a n t , tdbor n agy

gen er a l , the t0 p of the fin ger- n a il,

é r dckfé l p a r ta ker .

3 . B y a c om b i n a t i o n o f P r e p o s i t i o n s

a n d S u b s t a n t i v e s o r Adj e c t i v e s . E llcno’

r

con troller (cllcn a ga in st , dr gua r d) , e llcnfc’

l the

a dv er s e p a rt , (ellcn con tr e , fc’

l h a lf), tzi lsit ly p r e

pon der a n ce , tzi llco'

ltség super er oga te , u tdn b‘

n tet

c oun terfe it, atmé ro'

(alta lmc'

ro) diameter .

4. B y A'

d v e r b s a n d S u b s t a n t i v e s . Fel

ibld upper -c oun try, high-la n d kii lfii ld for e ign coun

try, elojel pr ogn os tic Sign , u té ser eg r ea r-gua rd.

Page 217: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

20 11

5 . B y m e a n s o f V e r b a l Adj e c t i v e s

j o i n e d t o S u b s t a n t i v e s . Ka’

r ea llo tt a ma n

h a v in g suffer ed dama ge ; Iza za- tim

'

tlo'

a tr a itor of

the c oun try, agyafur tsdg shr ew dn ess .

b . B y m e a n s o f th e V e r b a l Adj e c t i v e

i: a (belon gin g to), g o v e r n i n g th e P r e p o

s i t i o n a l a ff i x r a , r e, ba , be . Nya kr a v a lo’

(be

lon gin g to the n eck) n eck—tie , zsebbcea lo (belon gin g in to the po cket) ha n dker chief, a ka sztéfar a"v a le (be in g fit for the ga llows) ga llow s

- cla pp er ,scmmir ev a lo

'

(fit fo r n oth in g) good—for —n oth in g.

Obs . An O r thogr a phic a l r ema rk may be

ma de ; th a t, when thr ee Subs ta n tiv es a r e c on n ec ted

together in or der to form a c ompoun d on e, the

la s t is j o in ed by mea n s of a hyphen . Gyapji iszii

v et-gyar m a n ufa c tory o f woollen cloth ; a lso ,

when tw o Subs ta n tiv es do n o t form a Com

p oun d Substa n tiv e , s tr ic tly taken : a s,

v a s-drot

ir on -w ir e , cson t—faggyii bon e - fa t , etc . ; or if the

former p a r t of the Comp os ition is exp r essed in the

form of a n Adj ectiv e : go’

zkajé zas i—fdr su la t, steam

boa t c omp a n y ; v a su ti r a ilway-sha r e .

I I I . A t t r i b u te s .

The Verb a n d the Subs ta n tiv e mus t be con

s ider ed a s the pr in cip a l P a r ts of Speech . The

n otion s expr essed by ea ch of them ma y be a o

comp a n ied by some s econ da ry n otion , expla in in gthe qua lity , qua n tity , a n y r ela tion to time a n d

Page 219: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

20 6

ca s e, the rules on the us e of a ffixes , giv en forSubsta n tiv es , a r e a ppl ied to the Adj ec tiv e a s w ell .

When the Adj ec tiv e is a n a ttr ibute of Sub

sta n tiv es , it pr ecedes them immedia tely a n d in

v a r ia bly, the a ffixes be in g a dded to the Sub sta n

t iv e itself.

a) Form of Comparison .

Comp a r ison is the on ly m o d i fi c a t i o n p r o

p er to Adj ectiv es ; for the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge

does n ot a dmit the u s e of the Adv erbs m o r e

a n d m o s t , like other Eur opea n la n gua ges, in o r der

to expr ess the degr ee of s tr en gth a n d in ten s ity .

The a ffi x of the C omp a r a tiv e a n d Sup er

la tiv e is bb , w hich is pr ec eded by a for Adjec

tiv es w ith ha r d v ow els , a n d by e for Adj ec tiv es

w ith s oft v ow els , when they h a v e a fin a l con son a n t. In order to dis tin guish the Sup er la tiv e de

gr ee fr om the Comp a r a tiv e , the syllable leg is

p r efixed to the Super la t iv e degr ee .

Dr dga dea r , dr dgdbb dea r er , legdr dgdb dea r

Mcr c’

sz bold , mcr é szcbb bolder , lcgmer c'

szcbb

boldes t.

Va stag thick, v a staga bb thicker , lcgv a s taga bb

thickest .

b) Irregularities of Comparison .

Some Dev ia tion s fr om this gen er a l rule take

p la ce r ega rdin g

Page 220: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

20 7

a . Th e C om p a r a t i v e a n d S u p e r l a t i v e .

The follow in g Adjectiv es a r e irr egula r .

Hosszd lon g , hossza bb lon ger , lcglzossza bb lon ges t ;

Ifiil youn g, ifja bb younger , legifia bb youn ges t ;Jé good , jobb better , lcgjobb best ;Kon nyz

'

i ea sy, light, k’

o‘

n nyebb ea s ier , lcgkon ngcbb

ea s ies t ;Nagy la rge , n agyobb la rger , lcg

'

n agyobb la rgest.

Szép bea utiful, szcbb mor e bea utiful, legszcbb most

bea utiful .

B es ides the r egula r forms of the Comp a r a tiv e

a n d Sup erla tiv e Degr ees , ther e a r e other s us ed

when the Adj ec tiv e is us ed w ithout a n y Subs ta n

tiv e , the a ffix ik, ika or ilcc be in g a dded to the

forms of the Comp a r a tiv e a n d Super la tiv e . E r o'

sb

str on ger , cr dsbik a n d cr o'

sbilte the str on ger (on e) ;

lcger dsb s tron ges t , lcgcr d’

sbik legei'e

'

sbikc the

s tr on ges t ; n agyobb la rger , n aggobbik a n d n a

gyobbika the la rger (on e) ; legn agyobb la rgest, legn agyobbik a n d lcgn agyob

—bika the la rges t.

Obs . If the Adjec tiv es be of mor e tha n tw o

sylla bles , the' a ffixes ik or ika , a n d ike a r e n ot

used.

(3. Th e t e rm i n a t i o n bb .

4) Adj ec tiv es w ith a fin a l 22, it, or i , ha v e

a double form of the Comp a r a tiv e a n d Sup er la

tiv e, v iz, the bb, be in g a dded e ither r egula r ly or

p receded by the v owel a or e ; a s , r égi a n cien t,

Page 221: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

20 8

r eg ibb a n d r egicbb mor e a n cien t , lcgr égibb a n d

legr ég icbb most a n cien t ; la ssit s low,la sszibb a n d

la ssua bb s lower , legla sszibb or lcg la ssua bb Slow es t ;

sz'

lr z’

i thick, den s e , sz

ln’

lebb a n d sz’

lr z’

lbb thicker ,legs iir dbb a n d legsilr iiebb thickes t ; exc ep t the

compoun d Adjec tiv es of mer it , which ha v e r e

gula r forms .

2 . Adj ectiv es w ith a fin a l 3 a r e often us ed

in a n a bbr ev ia ted form ,a s in gle b be in g a dded

,

w ithout a n y v ow el . Ma ga s high , maga sb a n d

maga sa bb higher , lcgmaga sb a n d lcgmaga sa bb high

es t. E r as s tr on g , er b’

sb a n d er b’

sebb s tr on ge r ,

legcr b’

sb a n d lcgcr b’

scbb s tr on ges t.

y. Th e S u p e r l a t i v e d e g r e e .

The Sup er la tiv e degr ee is often foun d in

suffi c ien t to expr es s exc ellen c e ; for this r ea son ,

the Adv erbs v e r y or by fa r , etc .,a r e u sed in the

E n glish la n gua ge befor e the Superla tiv e ; a s ,“the

v ery best”; in Hun ga r ia n the p r efix “ leg is

r ep ea ted a n d c on n ec ted by the pa r tic le is or cs :

a s , legis lcgfin oma bb the v ery fin es t , legcslcger a

scbb by fa r the s tron ges t .

6) P l e o n a sm o f C o m p a r i s o n .

It is a pr opr iety of the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge

to giv e a complete Comp a r ison to such Adjec

tiv es a s logi ca lly a dmit but on e or the other de~

gr ee of Comp a r is on ,a n d to u s e in the Sup er la

tiv e degr ee Adj ec tiv es , which do n ot a dmit of it

in other la n gua ges .

Page 223: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

240

mus t be used : a s , tdr v é n yszcr il lega l , tor é nysze

m’

ibb mor e lega l .

Observ . If a n y Adj ectiv e be lia ble to a n a l

ter a tion in its r oot when formin g the Obj ec tiv e

C a s e a n d Plur a l, such a lter a tion s mus t be a tten d

ed to in C omp a r ison a s w ell . For in s ta n c e

Ii ig fluid , obj ect . Ca s e , biga t Comp a r a t . Degr . ,

Iziga bb mor e fluid ; v ékon y thin , obj. C a se,fueli ng/a t,

C omp . Degr . c c’

kn ya bb thin er , etc .

d) Derivation of Adjectives.

4. F r om V e r b s , b y m e a n s o f th e a ffi x e s

0'

or 6, a dded to the Verba l r oot . Thes e de

r iv a tiv e Adj ec tiv es w er e gen er a lly kn ow n a s the

P r esen t Pa r tic iples of Verbs , bu t they a r e r ea lly

Adj ectiv es a n d a s such their con struction is tha t of

Adj ec tiv es . Ver b’

bea tin g, szcr c tb’

lov in g, ir o’

w r itin g.

The thir d P er son of the P erfec t Ten s e In d.

Mood is a ls o us ed a s a n Adj ectiv e . Szer ctett

belov ed, megver t bea ten , mcgir t w r itten .

a ss, c’

sz; a s , mcr é sz bold , from mcr to v en

ture ; kop a sz ba ld .

csi . Kicdn csi ea ger , fr om Icivdn to w ish fo r .

dn k, c'

uk. Nyu lank thin ,la nk ; fé lé nk timid.

ékony, eken y. Erzékcn y s en s itiv e ; p or lékonybr ittle .

2 . F r om S u b s t a n t i v e s , b y m e a n s o f th e

a ffi x e sbé li, beli , which is der iv ed fr om the Pr epo

s ition a l a ffix be , in . Vdm ncgycbé li belon gin g to

Page 224: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

244

a coun ty ; n émetor szdgbé li of Germa n y , Germa n ;e lmcbé li in tellectua l (of the min d).

da d, ded, which ha s the mea n in g of “bein glike”

,

“ha v in g the sha pe” of. Tojasda d ov a l, from

tojds the egg.

n yi forms der iv a tiv es on ly fr om Subs ta n tiv es

of mea sur e . Labn yi , on e foo t lon g, Cln yi len gth

of a fa thom, a r a sznyi, a Spa n lon g, etc .

ii,72, us ed on ly in comb in a tion w ith o ther Ad

jec tiv es ; é lcs- ldtds ii quick- s ighted, jb-szivz'

i good

hea r ted, etc .

3 . F r om Adj e c t i v e s t h em s e l v e s a r e

d e r i v e d

Dimin utiv e Adj ectiv es , by mea n s of the a ffix

Ira , kc, a cska , ceske. Szege’

n y po or , szcgc’

n yltc little

poor , v a s tag thick, v a s tagocska a little thick, etc .

4. F r om S u b s t a n t i v e s a n d Adj e c t i v e s ,b y m e a n s

a ) of the letter s , pr eceded by a v owel,

when the Subs ta n tiv e ha s a fin a l c on s on a n t . In

r ega rd to the a uxil ia ry v ow el it ma y be r ema rked,

tha t it is the s ame a s tha t which is us ed befor e

the plur a l If. If the Substa n tiv e be lia ble to a bbr e

v ia tion s , in the Plur a l , they mus t be ma de be

for e this letter of der iv a tion a s well . Ro’

zs a

the r os e , r ozsas r o sy ; v ildg the l ight , c i la

gos , l ight ; ha la lom might , ba ta lma s mighty ; fiis t

smoke, fiist'

o'

s smoky ; e tc . Der iva tives fr om Ad

jectiv es ha v e the s ame mea n in g a s the E n glish44”

Page 225: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

242

der iv a tiv e Adj ectiv es of islz. Fché r white , feké

r es whitish ; Icék blue, kékes blu ish ; etc .

b) of szcrz’

l . N ép szcr z’

i , popula r , fr om n c'

p

p eople ; n agyszcr z'

l gr a n d, from n agy grea t.

5 . F r om Ad v e r b s , P r e p o s i t i o n s , a n d

S u b s t a n t iv e S .

a ) By mea n s of the termin a tion so’

, sb’

. Felsa

u pper , fr om fc l up ; ti ilsb yon der Oppos ite, fr om till

beyon d ; szc’

lsd extr eme , fr om szé l the border .

b) By mea n s of the a ddition a l v ow el i . Var

mcgyc i of the c ou n ty ; belon gin g to the c oun ty,

fr om cdrmcgyc c oun ty, v i ldg i w or ldly, fr om v i ldg

w or ld ; a la tti un der n ea th , fr om a la tt un der ; mos

ta n i (the) pr es en t, a lt/tor i then be in g ; fr om mos ta u

n ow , a lt/cor then .

6 . F r om S u b s t a n t i v e s , Adj e c t i v e s , a n d

V e r b s .

By mea n s of the termin a tion s ta la n , a tla n te

lcn , ctlcn , mea n in g a n ega tion , equa l to the E n gl ish

u n , the La tin i n . Szamta la n in n umer a ble , fr om

szdm n umber ; kcggetlcn c ruel , fr om lccgy fa v our ;bo ldogta la n un ha ppy, fr om bo ldog h a ppy ; ir a tla n

unw r itten , c lmon dha tla n in expr ess ible .

e) Compound Adjectives .

Compoun d Adj ec tiv es may be formed by Sub

s ta n tives a n d Adj ec tiv es , a n d Adj ec tiv es amon gs t

themselv es . Er dcmdds full of mer its , kor omkefc tc

a s bla ck a s soot , a r a n yszim’

i of a gold c o lour ,v ilagoslcé lr light-blue, seté tba r n a da rk-brown .

Page 227: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

24A

o tszor , fiv e times ; ha rma dszor , for the third time ;n eggcdszcr , for the four th time .

2 . Ad v e r b s o f P l a c e .

a ) Pr im itive on es : bo l, wher e ; i tt, her e ; o tt,

ther e ; ki outs ide ; be , in s ide ; fc l , upwa rds ; lc,down wa r ds ; mcsszc, fa r .

(3) Der iv a tiv e a n d compoun d on es : kova ,

wher e to , whither ; oda , thither ; ide , hither (de

r iv ed fr om Izo l, i tt, o tt) tooa , fa r ; tdvo l, fa r aw a y ;

ko’

zel , n ea r ; mdshova , els ewher e (to) ; scho l , n o

wher e ; c a la bo l , s omewher e ; mdslzo l, somewher e

els e ; min dcn li o l, ev erywher e ; kiln n , outs ide ; ki

ea'

l , outs ide ; bc ldl , in s ide ; len t, down ; fen t, up ;kdtnl behin d ; o lda lt , a s ide ; hon n a n , when ce ;in n en , hen ce ; on a n , then c e ; mdsn n n a n , fr om some

wher e els e ; schon n a n , fr om n owher e ; messzz‘

ln n cn ,

from a fa r .

7 ) Adverbs of pla ce , formed by mea n s of

Pr ep os ition a l a ffixes . B lo’

r e , forwa rds ; hdtr a ,

ba ckw a r ds ; felr c, a s ide .

3 . Ad v e r b s o f Qu a n t i ty a r e a ll der iv a

t iv e on es , formed by mea n s of Pr epo s ition a l a f

fixes . N agyobbdr a , fo r the grea test p a r t ; eggen

Icé n t, s in gly (by s in gle on es ) ; barma n /ten t , by

thr ee ; titenké n t, by fiv e ; da r a bon ké nt, by p ieces ;ser cgenké n t, in cr owds ; slaillingcnké n t, in shillin gs .

4. Ad v e r b s o f Qu a l i ty a r e a ll der iv ed

fr om Adjectiv es , by mea n s of l, i ll, a l, n , en , a n .

Jbl, well ; r ossal, ba dly ; c i te

zz’

i l, her o i ca lly ; c i la

Page 228: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

245

gosa n , p la in ly ; maga sa n , highly ; maga s a bba n , mor e

highly ; szép c n bea utifully ; szieescn , cordia lly,w ill in gly .

5 . Ad v e r b s o f M o d a l i ty .

a ) P r obabil ity : ta ldn , p erha p s ; csa kn cm, n ea r

ly ; a lig, ha rdly ; hikctb’

leg, pr oba bly ; c a lo'

szin iilcg,

v ery likely .

b) As s er tion : Hogy , how? i igy, igg, thus , s o ;

amzigg, th a t w a y (to do) ; emigy, this w a y (to do)o llya tén , o llglt

'ép cn , in such a ma n n er ; dltdldn

a n d a lta ldba n , gen er a lly ; r en dkieu l, extra ordin a r ily ;kivdlt, espec ia lly ; inggen , gr a tis ; min t, a s ; v a la

mikép cn , s omehow ;c) Ap o d i x i s

a ) Affi rma tiv e : igen , yes ; bizong, v er ily ; iga

zan , truly ; c a loba n , r ea lly ; bizon yosa n , sur ely .

6) Nega tiv e : n em, n o ,n o t ; sem, a lso n ot ;

scbogyscm, in n o w a y ; scmmikép en by n o mea n s .

b) Comparison of Adverbs.

Adv erbs , which a r e n ot der iv ed fr om Ad

jec tiv es , ma y be used in the C omp a r a tiv e a n d

S uper la tiv e Degr ees , which a r e formed like tho s e

of Adjectiv es .

Ta’

vo l fa r , dista n t ; tdeo la bb mo r e d is ta n t ;Icg tdvo la bb mos t dista n t ; tova fa r , tovdbb fa rther ,Icg tocdbb fa r thes t . Irr egula r ly , or on ly in the

Comp a r a tiv e, a r e us ed :

oda ther e , oddbb a n d odébb fa rther ;

Page 229: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

246

ide her e, ide’

bb n ea r er , closer ;

messzc fa r , messzebb fa r ther , lcgmcsszebb fa r

thes t ;

fc l up , fc ljcbb higher ;lc down , lejcbb low er ;

be in s ide , inw a r ds , bcljcbb mor e inw a r ds ;ki outs ide, outwa rds , kijcbb fa r ther out ;

len t down , lcn tebb low er down ;

fen t up , fcn tcbb higher up .

IV . P r o n o u n s .

Pr on oun s ca lled s o bec a use a n cien t Gr amma r ia n s suppos ed them to be us ed in stea d of

Noun s, ma y be div ided in fiv e gr oups .

1 . P e r s o n a l P r o n o u n s .

P er son a l Pr on oun s a r e those which r ep r e

s en t the n otion s (idea s) : of a s p e a k e r , the fir s tP er son ; a n i n d i v i d u a l S p o k e n t o , the s econ d

P er s on ; a n d a n i o bj e c t S p o k e n o f, the third

P er son .

N a tur e ha s div ided orga n ized bodies in to tw o

s exes ; for this r ea son , in s ome of the Eum p ea n

la n gua ges a pr ecise gen er ic d is tin c tion of the

n ames of Obj ects , a c cordin g to the ir n a tu r a l dis

tin c tion,is m a de ; in o thers this rule, in stituted by

n a tur e , is dev ia ted fr om a n d a gen er ic dis tin c tionin a figur a tiv e mea n in g 1s a ls o ma de . The Hu n

Page 231: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

248

Obj ec t possessed is on e .

S i n g. En gem, m in e ; P l u r . Mic'

n lt', ours ;Tid l, thin e ; Tié tck, your s ;Ov é , his , hers , its ; Ov ék, their s .

Objects p oss essed a r e mor e tha n on e .

S i n g. E n yé im, m in e ; P l u r . Mié in k, our s ;Tic id, thin e ; Ti é i tclc, your s ;Oc é i, his , her s , its ; Ov é ik, the ir s .

The Pr ep os ition a l Affixes a re n ot a dded to

the P er s on a l P r on ou ns , a s to Substa n tives a n d

Adjectiv es , but they a r e us ed w ith the P oss es s iv e

Affi xes . The differ en t forms , a r is in g fr om the

comb in a tion of the P oss ess iv e a n d P r epos ition a l

a ffi xes , ha v e been men tion ed in the fir st p a r t. S o

a r e the P r epos ition s s tr i ctly taken (or r a ther P ost

p os ition s , for in the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge the s o

ca lled Pr epos ition s a r e n o t pla c ed befor e the Sub

s ta n tiv e) us ed w ith the Pos ses s iv e a ffixes ; thus,in s tea d of s a yin g é n c lb

tt, befor e me, w e s a y c lb’

t

tem ; in stea d of a a la tt un der him, w e s ay a la tta .

2 . R e l a t i v e a n d i n t e r r o g a t i v e P r o n o u n s .

The Pr on oun s ki who , melly which , mi w ha t,a r e us ed in c ompoun d s en ten c es in order to p r e

v en t the r ep etition of a Subs ta n tiv e .

As the s en ten c es ma y be e ither in ter r oga tiv e

o r a ss er tor ia l, these Pr on oun s a r e e ither In ter r o

ga tiv e o r Rela tiv e P r on oun s , a cc or din g to the

n a ture of the s en ten ce w ith which they a r e used .

Page 232: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

249

The Pron oun ki is on ly used when Per son s ,mellg a n d mi when a n ima ls a n d in a n ima ted thin gs ,a r e Spoken of.

The Pr on oun s mi llg, mi llyen , wha t, wha t sor t ,min b

, wha t ; i lly, i llgen , such ; O lly, o llya n , o llya s,

such , a r e Cor r ela tiv e on es .

All these Pr on oun s a r e used w ith the diffe

r en t Affixes , exc ept the P os ses s iv e a ffi xes m, d,

ja , l ike Subs ta n tiv es , etc . , but ki a n d mi r eta in

the ir shor t v owel, w ha tev er the Affix a dded ma y

be . Thus , ki t whom , mi t wha t (the ir Obj ective

C a ses) ; kik who, mik wha t (the ir Plur a l) .

The Cor r ela tiv e P r on oun s o llya n ,i llgen a r e

often c ompoun ded w ith the Demon str a tiv e Pr o

n oun s , in : amo llya n , such (a s tha t) cmillycn o r

imillycn such (a s this) .

3 . D em o n s t r a t i v e P r o n o u n s .

Demon s tr a tiv e P r on oun s a r e such a s the

s peaker uses , in o r der to p o in t ou t the obj ec ts

s itu a ted n ea r er , o r fa r ther off. They a r e : ez this ,a n d its compoun ds czcn , emex, imez, this her e ,ngya n ez the s ame ; a z tha t , a zon , ama z, ama zon

tha t ther e ; ngya n a z the s ame .

In r ega rd to the ir Gr amma tic a l fo rms theya r e subj ected to the s ame rules a s the Rela tiv ePr on oun s .

I n eed n o t r epea t the r ema rk on the a ss i

mila tion , of the c on son a n t z (in a z, cz), when

Page 233: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

220

the Gr amma tic a l Affix begin s w ith a c on son a n t ;

s ee In trod . 3 .

4 . D efi n i t e P r o n o u n s .

Defin ite Pr on ou n s a r e used to a v o id the

r epetition of a Subs ta n tiv e , determin ed by a n

Adj ectiv e . Such a r e : min dcn ki, kiki ev ery body ;

sen ki , n obody ; semmi , n othin g ; cgyik, on e (of

mor e) ; mds ik, the o ther ; min den ik, ev ery on e ;

min d, a ll ; min dn ydja n , a ll (p er s on s) ; min den , a ll .

5 . I n d efi n i te P r o n o u n s .

The in defin ite P r on oun s a r e : Va la ki , s ome

body ; v a lamelly, s ome , a n y o n e ; s a lami, s omethin g ;a kdrki , who soev er ; barki , who ev er ; barmelly,whichev er ; a kdrmelly, whichsoev er a kdrmi, wha t

s oev er ; n émellg, some ; n émellyik, s ome on e .

The defin ite a n d in defin ite Pr on oun s a r e us ed

a s Adj ec tiv es a s w ell, w ith the exception of min

denki , kiki , sen ki , cgyik, masik, min den ik, min d,

min dn ydja n , v a la ki, a kdrki, barki, n émcllgik.

V . P r e p o s i t i o n s .

Con s ider ing the n omin a l mea n in g of the w o rd,

ther e a r e n o terms in the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge

to which the n ame c a n be a pplied .

The differ en t r ela tion s of sp a ce, time, c a us e

a n d effect , the who le a n d its p a r ts , r ep r es en ted

by P r epos ition s , a r e expr es sed by two k in ds of

terms .

Page 235: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 22

which they r efer ; thus , Gr amma r ia n sfer ed : to ca ll them P o s t p o s i t i o n s .

a ld, un dern ea th

a la tt, un der

a lo'

l, a n d a lill, from un dern ea th

dlta l, thr ough , bya t, ov er

belal a n d belii l, in s ide of

elé , befo re

c llen , a ga in st

e lo'

l, fr om befor e

c lb’

tt, before

felé , tow a r ds

fc lett a n d fo’

la ti, ov er , a bov e

feh'

t’

l. a n d fii lz'

i l, a bov e

fogv a , fr om,for , by

gya n dn t, like, a s

Izegg/ett, ov er , a bov e

be lyctt, in stea d

ir dn t, towa rds , on a ccoun t of

in n en , this Side

kcr csztz’

ll, a cr oss

kim’

il, w ithout, outs ide of

kb'

zé , amon gs t, between

kazb'

tt, amon gst, between

kb’

za'

l, fr om amon gs t

mcgé , behin d

megett, behin d

mcgz'

i l, from behin d

Page 236: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

223

mellé, bes ide, n ext to

mellett, a t, a t the s ide of

mellal, from bes ide

mia tt, fo r . beca use of

n é lkz'

ll, w ithout

zcr in t, a cc o rdin gli d

,beyon d (on the o ther s ide)

n tdn , a fter

v égett, for .

V . C o n ju n c t i o n s .

Conj un ction s , us ed to jo in together s imple

s en ten c es , ma y be div ided in to a s ma n y group s

a s ther e a r e k in ds of s en ten ces to be con n ected

together , or per iods , tha t ma y be con s tructed .

Ther efor e , w e dis tin guish : c a u s a l , c o m p a

r a t i v e , e x p l a n a t i v e, c o n c e s s i v e ,c o n d i t i o

n a l , c o n s e c u t i v e , d i s t r i b u t i v e , c o p u l a

t i v e , C o n j u n c t i o n s , etc .

B es ides this d iv is ion of Conjun ction s , theya r e a rr a n ged un der two orders .

4. C o r r e l a t i v e C o n j u n c t i o n s , in order

to form c ompoun d s en ten ces ; they a r e n o t used

s ep a r a tely, bu t a s often a s the a n tec eden t begin s

w ith a Conjun ction the con s equen t must n a tur a llybegin w ith its cor r espon din g on e . Such a r e : mi

e ellzogy beca us e, a ze’

r t ther efo r e ; mier i why, mer t

beca use ; c a lamin t a s , l ike ,i igg or szin tngy like

w ise ; min ian o r min ekutdn a a fter , a kkor o r a n

Page 237: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

22A

n a kutdn a then ; ambar a lthough, a n d bar though,még is yet, n ev er theless ; Iza if, a kkor then ; n em

csa k n ot on ly , ba n em but ; mibc lycs t a s s oon a s ,

a son n a l ; mika r when ,a kkor then ; mig wh ile,

a ddig or a za la tt, in the mea n time ; mcn n yir e, a n

n gir a in a s much ; men n é l the ,a n n al the ; a lig

bogy n o s oon er , mar is tha n ; cgyr é szt p a rtly,mdsr ézt p a r tly .

The Conjun ction s , v agg , min d, r essen t , sem,

se, majd, a kar , is, ha v e n o Corr ela tiv e on es , for

the c on sequen t , a n d ther efor e they a r e r epea ted

in the con s equen t. Thus : v agg e ither , v agg o r ;

min d a s w ell , min d a s ; r é szé n t p a r tly , r é szin t

p a r tly ; sem a n d se n e ither , sem, se , n or ; majd

n ow, majd n ow ; a kar e ither , a kar or ; is a n d, a s

well, is a n d, a s .

2 . C o n j u n c t i o n s u s e d w i th o u t c o r r e l a

t i v e o n e s : é s , a n d ; meg , a n d ; is a lso ; min t,

a s , tha n ; n ehogg, lest, tha t n ot ; dc , bu t ; a zon ba n ,

howev er ; bogy , tha t ; csak, on ly ; csnp dn , mer ely

tha t ; telidt, con sequen tly ; é s igg thus ; kc’

ivetkczd

leg, con sequen tly .

V I . I n te rje c t i o n s .

B es ides the In terjection s which a r e commonto a ll la n gua ges , be in g mer ely sylla bles utter ed

in v olun ta r ily in con s equen ce of a n y excitemen t,ther e a r e words or r a ther expr ess ion s of joy ,p a in , or displea sure , pr oper to the Hun ga r ia n s

Page 239: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

226

ea ch pa r t , if they wer e used s ep a r a tely ; bu t itsobj ec t be in g to tea ch the method of form in g s en

ten c es by con n ec tin g s ome o r a ll of the differ en tP a r ts of S p eech , Syn ta x ma y be div ided in to

the follow in g div is ion s .

4. Of the c omb in a tion of the differ en t p a r ts

of S p eech , w ithout the in termedia tio n of Gr am

ma tic a l forms .

2 . Of the c ombin a tion of p a r ts of Sp eech

by mea n s of Gramma tic a l forms .

3 . Of the u s e of the d iffer en t Forms , Moods ,

a n d Ten s es of the Verb , a n d p a r ts of S peech , in

o r der ther eby to c on n ec t tw o o r mor e s en ten c es .

4. Of the or der in which the d iffer en t p a r ts

of Sp eech fo llow e a ch o ther .

I .

O f th e c om b i n a t i o n o f th e d i ffe r e n t

p a r t s o f S p e e c h W i th o u t th e i n te r

m e d i a t i o n o f G r a m m a t i c a l fo rm s .

(Con gru en cy of Pa r ts of Speech) .

A. Of the article a s , a’

and its Congruent.

The Ar ti cle , in ma n y of the Europea n la n

gua ges , giv es the Subs ta n tiv e a determin ed mea n

in g , in the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge the Ar ticle is

us ed when the S ubs ta n tiv e is limited to a c er

ta in Spher e, by a n other P a r t of Speech , by s ome

Page 240: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 27

Gr amma tica l form , o r by the s en ten ce itself, in

which it is the Subject or Obj ec t.

The a r tic le p r ec edes its Subs ta n tiv e imme

dia tely, a n d ted fr om it by themt )

Adjec tivg; i t4. When the demon str a tiv e Pr on oun s a s , cz

pr ecede the Subs ta n tiv e : a s, a s a

Iuiz, tha t house ;ez a s a szta l, this ta ble ; ez a

p obdr , this gla s s .

2 . W hen the Subs ta n tiv e is used w i th the P o s

s es s iv e a ffixes : a s , a s a tydm, my fa ther ; a z b'

csém,

my br o ther ; a’

kese m, my kn ife .

3 . When the Speaker po in ts to a cer ta in Ob

j cet, in or der to dis tin gu ish it from a n other , when

he r efers to a n obj ec t men t ion ed befor e, or o ther

w is e suppo sed to be a lr ea dy kn own ,o r when

the Subs ta n tiv e is mea n t to r epr esen t the whole

gen der or cla s s of obj ec ts n amed : a s , a z dr szag

ggt'

i lé s bozba t tar v é ngt , the P a r liamen t (a n d n o

o ther P o litica l body) c a n giv e la w s ; Kiilt'

imb/é lcr cn dckr c oszta tn a k fc l a z dlla tok, a n ima ls (c ompr ehen ding a ll a n ima ls) a r e div ided in to differ en t

order s .

4. When the predic a te of the s en ten ce is a ge

n er a l on e, p r oper to the who le cla s s r epr es en ted

by the subj ec t : a s , a’

v ir dg c ir it , the flow er is

blow in g ; a : ember ké tldbii dlla t , ma n is a two

legged a n ima l .

If a n y o ther w or d be u sed to r epla c e the

Substa n tiv e, it is subject to the a bov e ru les ; the

45"

Page 241: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

228

Re la tiv e Pr on oun s ki, melly, mi, mi llyen , i lly, 0 111 ,

etc . a r e us ed ther efor e w ith a n d w ithout the

Ar tic le . Thus , w e s a y : a’

ki n em ta d i r n i,a n d

ki ir n i n em ta d, he who ca n n o t w r ite .

The Ar ti cle is n o t used

4. B efor e the n ames o f P er s on s (taken in

div idu a lly), la n ds , tow n s , mon ths,a n d da ys . Jd

n os, John ; Ango lor szag, E n gla n d ; P es t, P es t ; Ja

n ua r’

Ita c a , the mon th of Ja n ua ry ; lté tfb'

,Mon da y .

2 . When s en ten ces a r e c on s tru cted w ith the

a ffix es of P oss ess ion in s te a d of a po s s es s iv e Ca s e,a n d the Pr epo s ition a l a ffix n a k is mis s ed : a s , a s

a tgam’

lidza , in s tea d of a s a tydmn a k a’

h im , my

fa ther ’

s hou s e ; a z or szdg’

kir dlga ,in s tea d of a s

o r szdgn a k a’

kir dlya , the kin g of the la n d .

3 . When the a ttr ibute expr es s ed by the P r e

d ic a te is n o t a gen er a l on e : a s,Izo l or oszldn

n in es , wher e ther e a r e n o lion s (ther e m ight be

s ome o ther a n ima ls) ; cmber ck is okta la n ok, s ome

men a r e un r ea s on a ble ; kcnyer ct eszcm,I ea t s ome

br ea d .

4. In exclam a tion s : a s , szukség tor v é n yt

r en t, n eces s ity kn ow s n o law (br ea ks law s) ; a n d

in expr es s ion s like the fo llow ing : hazamba nf

ea

gyok, I am in my own hous e ; saga t p é n zcmct c l

r esztem,I los e my ow n mon ey .

O b s . Is ten , God, is us ed w ith a n d w ithout

the a r ticle ; when us ed w ith the a r ticle, it ma y be

Page 243: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

230

Numer a ls , Adjectiv es , a n d P r on oun s of qua n titya s , har em kb

n yv , thr ee books ; har em b tiza t rv et

tem, I ha v e bought thr ee houses ; sok ember t lat

tam, I ha v e seen ma n y men ; n cli dn y to lla t v ettem,

I ha v e bought s ome p en s .

O b s . 4. Ketib’

, befor e Subs ta n tiv es , cha n ges

in to ket : a s , ké t fin, two boys ; ki tszonke'

t shi lling ,

twen ty- two shillin gs .

O b s . 2 . If the Numer a l does n ot r ep r es en t

a p a r t of a la rge n umber , bu t mea n s a c ollee

tion of the whole , the Substa n tiv e must be used

in the Plur a l Number : a s , a’

tizen ké t ap os to lok,

the twelv e a pos tles ; a’

Izdr om kir dlyok, the thr ee

kin gs ; on the con tr a ry , w e s a y tiz ap osto l , ten

a pos tles .

3 . If the Adj ec tiv e be pla ced a fter its Sub

sta n tiv e, for the s ake of Empha s is , the Affixes

used w ith the Subs ta n tiv e must be added to the

Adjectiv e a s w ell . Kong/v et kevcset o lea so tt, he

ha s r ea d but a few books .

C. Subject and Predicate.

The Subject is the p r in c ip a l member of the

s en ten c e , to which a ll o ther wor ds belon g a s

a c ces so ry on es . Common ly, the terms Subj ec t

a n d Pr edic a te a r e defin ed : the former a s the

w or d r epr es en tin g the Obj ec t Spoken of, the la tter

a s the word exp r ess in g wha t is s a id of the S ub

j cet .

Page 244: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 34

The Subj ect of a s imple s en ten ce is a Sub

s ta n tiv e o r a n y wor d or w ords us ed a s S ubs ta n

tiv es ; the Pr edica te may be a Substa n t iv e , Ad

jec tiv e, or V erb . Wh en the P r edi ca te is a Sub

s ta n tiv e o r Adj ec tiv e, the Verb , ,to be

”is used a s

a C opu la betw een Subj ect a n d P r edic a te ; this Go

pula , when us ed i n t h e p r e s e n t T e n s e , i s e n

t i r e ly n e g l e c t e d in the Hun ga r ia n la n gu a ge .

4. A Substa n tiv e us ed a s a P r edic a te a grees

w ith its Subj ect in n umber : bu t when it is a P r e

dic a te of t wo o r mor e Subs ta n tiv es it is us ed

in the P lur a l n umber ; a s , Jan os dedk, John is

a s tuden t ; P lu to é s Ap o llo is tcn ek e o lta k a’Rb

,

ma ia kn dl , P luto a n d Apollo w er e Gods of the

Roma n s .

Ther e is a n o ther mode of con stru ctin g Subs ta n tiv es , when they a r e con n ected w ithout a n y

Cepula ; in th is ca s e the pr edica ted S ubs ta n tiv eis a lw a ys us ed in the S in gu la r Number , a n d the

whole sen ten ce becomes tr a n spos ed , the P r operNoun be in g p la c ed befor e its Common Noun : a s ,

Is tv a’

n kir aly , Kin g S tephen ; Jdn os é s P dl dedk,the s tuden ts P a ul a n d John .

The s ame in v ers ion is ma de w ith the chr istia n a n d sur n ames of Per s on s : for in s ta n c e, N agy

San dor , Alexa n der N a gy ; Kossntlt Lajos, Lew isKossuth .

2 . An Adjectiv e, us ed a s a Pr edi ca te, a gr ees

w ith its Subj ect in Number . A’

r o'

zsa szép , the

Page 245: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

232

r ose is bea utiful ; a’

r bzsdk szép ck the roses a r e

bea utiful .

When two or mor e sep a r a te Substa n tiv es a r e

used a s a Subject, the Adj ectiv e must be in th e

Plur a l : a s , Is tvan c'

s Bela szorga lma tosa k; S te

phen a n d Alber t'

a r e diligen t ; A’

Rema ia k é s a’

Gar age]: sza ba da k c o lta k, the Roma n s a n d Gr eeksw er e fr ee .

3 . Wh en the P r edic a te is a Verb, it a gr ees

w ith the S ubj ec t in Numbe r a n d P er s on ; bu t, when

ther e a r e differ en t S ubs ta n tiv es con n ec ted together

in to on e Subj ec t, the Verb is us ed in the S in gu

la r . As Or oszlan y é s a’

Tigr is Azsiaba n la kik, the

l ion a n d the tiger (liv es) l iv e in As ia ; a z ember

gon do lkozli a tik, (the) ma n is a ble to think ; a s

ifj'

itsdg é s a szep ség c lmi dik, youth a n d bea uty dis

a ppea r (dis a pp ea r s).

O b s . 4. When a c o l l e c t i v e N o u n is used

a s a S ubj ec t, the P r e dic a te is a lwa ys put in the

S in gula r Number . As a lma c’

des, a pp les a r e sweet ;

a’

bor sb a’

mezb’

n termcsztetik, p ea s a r e gr own in

the fields ; a’

n ép szer c ti a’

kir dlgt , p eople lov e

the ir kin g.

O b s . 2 . After the Numer a l S ubsta n tiv es

ketten two of them ,Iza ta n s ix of them , etc .

,the

P r edic a te is us ed in the P lur a l . Heten ir ta k, ther e

w er e s ev en who w r o te (s ev en of them w r o te ) ;

tizcn iiln ek, ten of them a r e s ittin g.

Page 247: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

234

I I .

o r th e c om b i n a t i o n o f P a r t s o f

S p e e ch b y l n e a n s o f G r a m m a t i c a l

fo rm s .

S y n t a x o f G o v e r n m e n t.

The Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge posses s in g n o other

Gr amma ti ca l fo rms of Subs ta n tiv es , bes ides the

objectiv e Ca s e a n d the P lur a l , tha n thos e p r oduc ed by the Po s s es s iv e a n d P r epos ition a l a ffixes ,the whole S y n t a x o f G o v e r n m e n t w ill be

r educed to r u l e s o n th e u s e o f th e d i ffe r e n ta ffixes .

A. Of the Objective Case.

All Verbs of a tr a n s itiv e mea n in g gov ern the

objec tiv e C a s e e ither of a per s on o r of a thin g,a s the Objec t of the a ction expr es s ed by the

Verb . A’

ta n i tb ta n i tja a’

flat, the tea cher tea ches

the boy .

Ma n y Neuter a n d Media l Verbs a re c on

s tructed w ith the Obj ectiv e c a s e of Subs ta n tiv es

w hich a r e e ither der iv ed fr om them o r fr om

which the Verbs thems elv es a r e der iv ed . Jo'

c'

lc tet

é l, he l iv es a good life ; szép dlmo t dlmod tam, I

dr e a mt a bea utiful dr eam .

Page 248: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

235

B. Of the Possessive Ainzas.

i . The Po s ses s iv e a ffixes m, d,ja or je nk, tok

o r tek,jok orjijk, a n d the ir P lur a ls , a r e to c omp en

s a te fo r the Adj ectiv e P ron oun s : my, i lly, his, her ,c a r , your , their ; the Substa n tiv e, ther efor e, is in

Hun ga r ia n to be us ed w ith thos e a ffixes a s often

a s thes e Pr on oun s a r e us ed in E n glish : a s , a tgam

my fa th er ; a : a tydma t ldttam, I ha v e s een my

fa ther ; a’

kb’

n gv c in ket c la d tnk, w e ha v e sold

our books , a’

bdtydmto’

l jo'

ve'

k, I c ome fr om my

br o ther ’s .

O b s e r v . The ch a r a c ter is ti c of the Obj ectiv e

ca s e is often m iss ed a n d m a rked by a n a pos trophe,especia lly in poetry ,

if the metr e o r rhyme r e

quir e it . M in den kb'

da r a bon mel lyr e szcmcm’

'

ve

tem (in s tea d of szemcmet) , o n whichev er s ton e

I c a s t my eyes .

2 . In s tea d of us in g the Verb ,,to ha v e“, the

Hun ga r ia n s h a v e a con s tru c tion p ecul ia r to them

s elv es . The Subj ec t a s Poss es so r , is used w iththe P r epos ition a l a ffix n a k o r n ek, to , a n d the

Obj ec t p os s ess ed w ith the Pos s es s iv e Affixes ;they a r e c on n ec ted by mea n s of the Verb lcn n i,

to be , a s a c opula, of which ther e a r e us ed the

third P er son S in gula r , when the obj ec t p oss es

s ed is bu t on e , the third Per s on Plura l, when

the obj ec ts pos s es s ed a r e s ev er a l : a s , a : dlla tn a k

n égy ldba c a n , the a n ima l ha s four feet ; Kdr o ly na k

Page 249: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

236

lesz kengve , Cha rles w ill ha v e a book a z a tydm

n a k vo lta k lov a i, my fa ther ha d hor s es ; n ekem e a n

n a k ma da r a im, I ha v e b irds .

O b s e r v . In n ega tiv e s en ten ces the Adv erb

n em, n ot , sem, a ls o n ot , a n d the Pr es en t Ten s e c a n

a n d e a n n a k, a r e con tr a c ted in to : n in es a n d n in

esen ek, s in es a n d s in escn ck. As dlla tn a k n in es (n em

c a n ) esse, the a n ima l ha s n o r ea s on ; a z a tydmn a k

s in esen ck (sem v a n n a k) lov a i , n e ither ha s my

fa ther a n y ho r s es (my fa ther ha s a ls o n o ho r s es .)

3 . When S en ten c es a r e c on s truc ted s o tha t

the Obj ect po s s es s ed is n o t expr es s ed in the s ame

s en ten ce , bu t is e ither un der stood , o r expr es s ed

in the pr ecedin g on e , the Hun ga r ia n s ha v e a h

o ther a ffix to expr es s P oss es s ion , the é, which

in such c a ses is a dded to the Subs ta n tiv e r e

pr esen tin g a Po s sessor . If the Obj ec ts pos ses

s ed be mor e tha n on e the cha r a cter istic i of the

p lur a l a ffixes , is a lso a dded .

Such c on s truc tion s a lw a ys take p la ce when

the qu es tion : kic’

a n d kié i who s e ? o r whose a r e

is a sked : a s , kie'

e: a’

ker t, whos e is th a t ga r den ?

a’

kir dlyé , a’

Izcr ezegé n agyobb, it is th a t of the

kin g, the duke’

s (ga r den ) is la rger ; Kdr o ly, te sok

ko'

nyvet r on ta sz, a’

bdtyddé t bemoesko lta d, Jan o

sé t sze’

ttép ted, E rzs ic'

t p cd ig szé tedg ta d . Cha r les ,

you des troy ma n y books , you ha v e s o iled tha t of

y ou r b r o ther , to r n th a t of John ,a n d cu t in two

tha t of E liza be th .

Page 251: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

238

csn i , to fa ll s i ck ; baba mer illn i , to gr iev e on e’

s

s elf.

b a n , b e n , in, of, a t , w ith ; us ed to the

question where ? when r ela tin g to p la c e .

4. The Verbs : Iziszik to believ e . bizik to tru st,

ggb‘

ngb’

rkb’

dik to be del ighted , scr é n gkedik to be

s tea dy (in dus tr ious), keee’

lgkcd ik to be p r oud, to

glo ry, a n d the ir syn on ymes , o r Verbs of a c on

tra ry mea n in g, a r e con struc ted w ith the ir Objec

t iv e Substa n tiv e by mea n s of ba n , ben . A’

Ker esz

tgc'

n egg Is ten bcn Itiszik, Chr is tia n s bel iev e in on e

God ; Hun ya di Jan os lids tetteiben kce é lgkedett, dc

n em sziileté sc’

r a n gjdba n , John Hun ya d i glor ied in

her o ic a l deeds, bu t n ot in the r a n k of h is b ir th ;

n in es ke'

ts ég ben n e, ther e is n o doubt of it.

2 . The a ffix ba n , ben is us ed in the expr es

s ion s : tiszté ben all , it belon gs to his offic e ; ko’

te

lcsse'

gé ben (i ll o r c a n , it is h is duty .

3 The Adjec tiv es : jdr ta s exp er ien c ed, biztos

sur e, ngges clev er , tn dbs lea r n ed , biin e‘

s guilty,dr ta tla n in n oc en t , gga n i is susp icious , tn da tla n ,

ign or a n t , jtir a tla n , tap a szta la tla n in exper ien ced,tclhcte tlen in s a tia ble , tchctetlen un a ble, dlllza ta tos

c on s ta n t, dll/za ta tla n in con s ta n t, r en detlen disor

der ly , la ssit slow , gov ern Subs ta n tiv es W i th the

a ffix ba n , ben : a s , Ha n n iba ljar ta s c o lt a’

Iza djdr ds

ba n , Ha n n iba l w a s exper ien ced in the a r t of w a r .

4. To the ques tion when ? the a ffix ba n , benis used in phr a ses Simila r to : men o

'

ben , go in g,

Page 252: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

239

men b’

ben c o ltam, ,

I w a s go in g ; Joeobcn , comin g,in dn lo

'

ba n , to be a bout to depa r t, bujdoso’

ba n when

w a n der in g , p n sztn lo'

ba n p er ishin g , dila pida tin g,bajda n dba n fo rmer ly, kbzc lé bcn n ea r , a n d cIIcn é ben

Oppos ite .

S ometimes the Verba l Adjec tiv es of t, o tt,

ett, ti t], a r e u s ed w ith the po s s ess iv e a ffixes a n d

the a ffix ba n , ben : a s , messzc jdr tamba n kifdr a dtam, w a lkin g a lon g w a y I became t ir ed ; a

Dun a’

men té be n, a lo n g the Da n ube .

ba l , bb'

l , of, fr om , ou t of, w ith ; the c on

tr a ry of ba , be ; is us ed to the ques tion when c e ?

ou t of wha t ? A’

temp lombo'

l jo'

vo'

k, I c ome fr om

church ; a’

zsebc'

bb’

l eette , he took it ou t o f his

po cket. It is us ed especia lly :

4. With the Verbs : cr ed to‘

be der iv ed, to

Sp r in g, to des c en d, szer ct to lov e, n tdl to detes t,

ggtilc’

i l to ha te , sajn al to p ity .

Szen t lesz min den Itozzdd ir t da lom,

Ner t lzisz a zok a’

me n n gbb'

l c r e d n ek

kek s zemc d bb’

l a ngga lom. P etafi .

S a cr ed a ll the son gs of min e w ill be , which

a r e a ddressed to thee .

For they a r e der iv ed from hea v en ,From thy blue eyes , my lov e (my a n gel).

2 . When a n outw a rd mov emen t, or a tr a n

s itiou from on e c on dition in to a n o ther , is mea n t : a s ,a

vdr osbbl c lme nt , he dep a r ted from town ; a’

Page 253: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

-40

ker cskcddbb’

l hagos lett , th e mer ch a n t became a

s a ilor .

3 . When the ca use of a ny thin g is t o be

expr ess ed : a s , flisv c’

n gségbb’

l n em is eszik, he does

n ot ea t beca use of h is cov etousn es s .

4. In s tea d of szer in t a ccor din g to , w ith the

Subs ta n tiv es r en dc lé s o r der , p a r a n cs c omma n d,

mcghaggds commis s ion , ta n des a dv ic e : a s , a s a tgam’

meg/ca ggdsdbdl, a c c ordin g, to the commis s ion of

my fa ther .

5 . When a p a r t is ta ken a wa y fr om its

whole . A’

kengé r bb’

l szelt egg ka r ajt , he cu t a

sl ic e of br ea d ; a’

magya r csa k jo'

bor bo’

l iss ik,

Hun ga r ia n s dr ink (of) good w in es on ly .

é r t , fo r , for the s ake ; a ca us a l P r epos i

tion a l a ffix is us ed

4. To the qu es tion mi cr t ? wha t fo r ? why ? A’

It a zdc'

r t mcglza ln i ss c’

p , it is fa ir (n oble) to die for.

on e’

s c oun try ; ba r d tink soka t tcszn ek c’

r tiin k, our

fr ien ds do much fo r ou r s ake .

2 . In stea d of belgc tt, in s te a d . Er ted eszik, he

ea ts in stea d of thee ; a’

fin a’

s ikr a szallo tt a s

a tgdé r t, the s o n w en t to ba ttle in s tea d of h is

fa ther .

3 . M ia tt, bec a us e of, is s ometimes excha n ged

w ith er t. Er tem (in stea d of mia ttam) n e basal}, do

n o t gr iev e fo r me .

ILO Z , li c z o r k o z , to , by the s ide of, to the

question heed ? whither? Ther efor e, it often ma y be

Page 255: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

iga s true , Izamis dec e itful , hie fa ithful , bie telcn

fa ithless , szivcs c ordia l, k in d, sziv telen h a rd- hea r

ted, un kin d, keggetlcn c r u el, r esz b a d, jo

'

kin d,i llb

becomin g, i llen dd pr oper , ba son lo'

l ike, r okon ,

a tyafi r ela ted, kin dr ed ,ke

'

zc l n ea r , a n d the Pos t

p os ition : kép cst in comp a r ison w ith in con s ider a tion of. Hunya d i Jan os min dég li iv ma r a d t ki

r dlgaboz, John Hun ya di r ema in ed fa ithful fo r ev er

to his kin g.

ig , till, un til , to (r ela tin g to p la c e) , to the

ques tion s : wha t dis ta n c e ? how fa r ? to time to

the ques tion : how lo n g? medd ig ? a s , P es tr b'

l B é es ig

3 8 mé rfbld, fr om P es t to V ien n a ther e a r e 38

m iles ; ket n ap ig ta r to tt a’

csa ta , the ba ttle la s ted

two da ys ; a’

Iza rmin czé ees li dbor i'

t Iza rmin ez esz

tcn dcig ta r to tt, the thirty-

yea r s’

w a r la s ted for

thir ty yea r s “

kep , kep e n ,ke

n t, a s,like ; bo th a ffixes

expr es s likeliho od ; the former is a ls o us ed a s

a S ubs ta n tiv e mea n in g figu r e, fa c e , or form : a s,

a tga kép e isc ltc magdt , he beh a v ed a s a fa ther ;sa ské n t lcbcgett a

légben , it hov er ed in the a ir

like a n ea gle .

It is often used in s tea d of gga n dn t, for , sze

r in t, a ccor din g, mo'

dr a , in the ma n n er , l ike , min t,a s . S ol: cur ep a i o r szdgokba n c a da kkep e n iild

'

o’

zik

eggmdst a z ember ek, in ma ny Europ ea n c oun tr ies

men p er secute ea ch o ther l ike s a v a ges .

n , o n , upon , a t, to the ques tion wher e ? This

Page 256: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

243

Pr epos ition a l a ffix is us ed w ith the P lur a l form

of Subs ta n tiv es , the k be in g exch a n ged w ith it ;thus fr om a s a szta lok, the ta bles , is formed a z

as zta lon , on the ta ble ; a’

til/far the m ir r o r , a’

ta'

kr'

o'

k the m ir r o r s ,a

titkr on on the m ir r or .

4. The Verbs : gon do lkozikto c on s ider (to think),okoskodik to philo s ophize ; ta n deskozik to c on sult

(ha v e a c on sulta tio n ), fiigg to depen d, log to da n gle ,to b

'

ob, esz'

igg to ha n g, ta r t to keep (on ) a r e c on

s truc ted w ith this Pr epos ition a l a ffix. ze n g o n

d o lko z ik bogy mikép en szer eikessen p é n zt, he

c o n s ider s how to ea r n mon ey ; a’

ko rmdngok n em

ta n deskozn a k min dég a s or szdg’

ja ean , gov er n

men ts do n ot a lw a ys c on sult a bout the bes t ih

teres t of the coun try .

2 . The Verbs : bils i il to b e a ffl i cted, t‘

o’

p r en kcdik

to be a la rmed , to fr et , bosza nkodik to be a n gry,

s ir to c ry, to w eep , kescr eg to be gr iev ed, dlmé l

kod ik to mus e , bamal to be a s ton ished, n evei to

la ugh , moso lgog to smile , v eszeked ik to qua r r el,v itaz to dispute , a n d s imila r on% gov er n the Objectiv e Subs ta n tiv e w ith this P r ep o s ition a l a ffix . A

n ep s ir t Matyas kir dlgfi ha ldldn , p eop le w ep t on

the dea th ofKin g Ma tthew ; a s ti r akt'

o'

k r en desen

tiszszcv cszn ek a z (‘

Jr éikség elosztdsdn , the he ir s c om

mou ly a r e disun ited a bout the div is ion of the in

her ita n ce .

3 . The P os tpos ition s d lta l a n d at ov er , kc

r csztiil a cr oss , kim’

llw ithout, belu l w ithin , a l'cil un

Page 257: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

244

der n ea th , fc lu l a bov e,ov er

,in n en this s ide , till

b eyo n d a r e c on s tr uc ted w ith the ir Su bs ta n tiv esby mea n s of the a ffix n . Hon dn a k a

ha tdr dn til l

bo lgong a’

ka zafi, beyon d the boun da r ies of his

c oun try the p a tr iot is w a n der in g a bout ; P es t a’

D n n d n i n n e n fekszik , P es t s ta n ds on this s ide

of the Da n ube .

4. The a ffix n is us ed in the expr es s ion s

a zon c a n to en dea v our , r ajta kap to ta ke in the

v ery a c t, r esz n é een e en - n i to be displea s ed w ith ,

jo n é vcnwen -n i to be ple a s ed w ith, fé ken ta r t to

br idle

n a k, n ek, to , (of), tow a r ds , a gam s t ; to the

ques tion s to whom ? or fo r w hom ? This a ffix isa ls o u s ed to r epla c e the Gen itiv e a n d the Da

tiv e c a s es of other Eur op ea n la n gua ges .

a . In o rder to expr ess th e c on s truc tion of the

Gen itiv e or Po ss es s iv e c a se , th e Subs ta n tiv e, when

r equir ed to be us ed in the Pos s es s iv e c a s e , r e

c eiv es the a ffix n a k or n ek, a n d the Subs ta n tiv e

expr es s in g the Obj ec t p o ss es s ed is us ed w ith the

Poss ess iv e a ffix of the third P er s on ; a s , a’

finn a k

a’

kan gec , the boy’

s book ; a finn a k a’

kon geci

the boy’

s bo oks .

When the Subs ta n tiv e is r equir ed to be used

in the Po s ses s iv e c a se of the Plur a l, the n a k o r n ek

is a dded to the Plur a l of the Subs ta n tiv e , a n d the

Poss es s iv e a ffix of the third Per son of the Plur a l

Page 259: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

246

O b s e r v . 4. The P r epos ition s : a l‘t tt un der ,fefi tt a bov e, mellett by the s ide Of

, megett behin d,kb

c ctt betw een,a ld un der amo n gs t may be c on

s tru c ted by mea n s Of the a ffix n ak, n ek, l ike Sub

s ta n tiv es . A’

e izn ek a la tta e aggon , it is un der

n ea th the w a ter .

b . The a ffix n a k, n ek is us ed in s tea d of the

Da tiv e c a s e to the ques tion s to whom? for whos e

ben efit o r lo ss ? E sp ec ia lly

4. With the V erbs : a d to give , tn lajdon i t to

a ttr ibute , enged to y ield, ige'

r to p r omis e , Oda szdn

to des tin e (to des ign fo r), ajdn l to offer, fizet to p a y ,

jclen t to a n n oun c e , a n d tho s e of s im ila r m ea n in g.

S aka t tztlajdon i tn n k cmbcr i iiggességn ek, mi c a loba n

a’

szer en ese miiee, w e a ttr ibu te ma n y thin gs to hu

ma n ski ll , which r ea lly a r e the wo rk Of Fo r

tun e .

2 . With the Verbs : e c’

l to th ink, ta ldl to fin d,to be of op i n ion

, to bel iev e , sejt (to d iv in a te) to

for ebode , gga n it to susp ec t, to p r esume,a n d the ir

syn on ymes . To lv ajn a k gga n i tom,I suspect him

Of be in g a th ief ; jo'

n a k v e’

ltem Pdr isba n ta zn i,

I believ ed it to be w ell to go to Pa r is ; a’

ka ton a

r omlo ttn ak ta lalean a’

p n skdjdt a zt eldobta , the

soldier fin din g his musket wa s spo iled thr ew it

awa y.

3 . With the Verbs : Ta n deso l, ja ea so l to a d

v is e, ellen ez to dissua de, to Oppose , p a r a n eso l to

Page 260: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

247

comma n d. A: a tga c llcn zc tte a’

fidn a k a’

hdza ssrigo t,

!the fa ther Opp o s ed his s on’

s gettin g ma r r ied .

4. With the Verbs : dr t to hur t, bcszdmit to im

pute , bea d to p r es en t (to ha n d in ), ba szn dl to beuseful, b isz to believ e (to giv e c r edit), Izizclked ik to

fla tter,izc n to s en d w o r d , kin d lkozik to Offer

,k6sz6n

to th a nk , ld tszik, to s eem,megv a ll to c on fes s ,

dr il l to be p lea s ed , r emlik to a pp ea r , to s eem ,

ta r tozik to ow e, e ildg it to giv e light, izlik to ta s te ,

ké szz'

l l to p r ep a r e , kell mus t, i llik to become , tc tszik

to plea s e, to s eem , fdj to sma rt, to a che , jbl es ik

to enjoy (a mea l ,) to be of a dv a n ta ge , a n d the

Verbs mea n ing den omin a tion o r elec tion : a s ,

magan a k Ita szn al, a’

ki mdssa ljo'

t tess , he who do es

good to o ther s is us eful to hims elf; a’

ba dvezé r dr ill

a’

ggb’

zcdelemn ek, the gen er a l is p lea s ed w ith the

v ic to ry ; i itn a k ké szii l, he is p r ep a r in g for a jour

n ey ; Hun ya d i Mdtgtis magya r kir dlgn a k e ti la sz

ta le /t, Ma tthew Hu n ya di ha s been elec ted kin g of

Hunga ry ; ezi a’

flat Kdr o lgn a k It ijdk, th is boy is

c a lled Ch a r les .

5 . With the Adj ec tiv es : a do’

s in debted, a lka l

ma s a n d a lka lma tos c on v en ien t, suita ble , dr ta lma s

i njur ious , ha szn os us eful, i lld fit, jo'

go od, r osz ba d,

kar os p r ejudic ia l , kcdees dea r , a ffec tio n a te,

kellemes a gr eea ble . ke'

ngc lmcs c ommodious , c om

fo r ta ble , leketd p os s ible ,leketetlcn impos s ible

,

sziikséges n ec ess a ry , sza ba d a llow ed , a llow a ble,

n n a lma s tedious , iide'

o’

s s a luta ry ,v a lo

'

fit fo r,

Page 261: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

248

good for , szn letett bor n (fo r ) , termctt grown (for)a s , b

ka ton dn a k sziile'

lctt, he is bo rn for a s oldier ;a s ember n ck lcketctlen min den t tn dn i , it is imp os

s ible fo r men to kn ow'

ev ery thin g.

0 . When a dir ec tion , a im o r mov emen t towa r ds

a n Obj ec t is in dic a ted , the a ffix n a k or n ek is

us ed w ith the Subs ta n tiv e r epr es en tin g the Obj ec t

a s , a’

edr n a k ir dn gozta a s riggi'

tt, he dir ec ted the gun

tow a rds the for tr es s ; n eki szegzi a’

p uskdt he a ims

a t h im (w ith a gun ) ; i itn a k in dn lt, he w en t on j our

n ey ; Hun ya d i a’

scr egé e cl TOr Okor zdgn a k men t,

Hun ya di w en t a ga in st Turkey w ith his a rmy .

b . Len n i, to be, a n d ven n i, to take , a r e c on

s tructed w ith the a ffix n a k, n ek, when , in E n glish,the Pr edica te or the Obj ec t of the s en ten c e might

be c on stru cted w ith a s o r l i k e . a ok len n i

n ekéz, to be go od is difficult (to be a s a good

ma n a’

szcge’

ngn ek ba r dtja len n i disod,

it is glor ious , to be a fr ien d to the poor ; r oszn a k

e ette, he took it ev il (a s ev il mea n t).

e . S ometimes this a ffix is us ed in stea d of:

i ll for , gga n dn t, a s : a s , ka ton dn a k szdn ta maga t,

he r eso lv ed to be a s oldier ; lbn a k n e'

ztem, I

m is to ok it for a hor s e (I con s ider ed it a s a hor s e) ;in stea d of lo

gga n dn t n éztem, a n d ka ton dnl szdn ta

magdt.

fele tow a rds : a s , fa lun a k men t, he w en t to

wa r ds the v illa ge , in s tea d of a’

fa ln fc lé men t.

Page 263: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

250

s equ en ce Of w ha t , a n n d l fog'

ea , in c on s equen c e

of tha t, en n é l fogea , in c on s equen c e Of this .

O b s e r v . When the Obj ect c omp a r ed is ex

pr es sed by a P er s on a l Pr on oun ,in s tea d of a

Subs ta n tiv e , the a ffix n al is used pleon a s tica lly :

a s , a’

batgam n dlam- n al n aggobb, in s tea d of a’

bdtgam n aggobb n dlam,my elder br o ther is ta ller

tha n I.

r a a n d r e , on , a t ; to the ques tion whither ?

a s , a s a szta lr a ‘l‘c ttem a’

kangvct , I h a v e pu t the

book on the ta ble .

E sp ec ia lly4. The Verbs : i r iggkcd ik to en vy, Iza r agszik

to be a n gry , a gga rkod ik to be in w r a th , Iza t to

in flu en c e , p a r a n eso l to comma n d gov er n the S ub

sta n tiv e exp r es s in g the P ers o n w ith the a ffix r a

or r e ; a s , a’

ta n i to ha t a’

ta n i tvdn ga ir a , the te a

cher in fluen ces his pup ils ; a’

ka ton a tiszt gga kr a n

a’

kbzember r c p a r a n esolja a’

e itézsc'

get, the offic erOf the a rmy often comma n ds the p r iv a te to be

br a v e .

2 . B eesn l to v a lue , to esteem ,a n d its syn o

nymes a r e c on s tructed w ith the Subs ta n tiv e of

p r i c e , by mea n s Of r a , r e . Har em for in lr a

bees iili a’

fel e ékdt, he v a lues the bushel a t th r ee

flor in s .

3 . Ite'

l to s en ten c e, a n d kdr hozta t to c on demn

gov er n the Subs ta n tiv e expr ess ing p u n i s hm e n t ,

Page 264: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

254

w ith the a ffix r a or r e . Ha ldlr a i tc'

ltetett, he w a s

s en ten c ed to de a th .

4. The V e r b s : ker to a sk, to beg, eskn szik to

takeabn oa th , foga d to bet, s ilrgc t to u rge, fc lszo

'

lit

to c a ll up , to summon s , kén gszcr i t to for c e, ta n it

to tea ch, Okta t to in fo rm, to in s truct, to a dmon ish,bizta t to a n ima te, r eset to lea d , esdbi t to en ti ce,

figgc lmcztc t to r emin d, e iggdzik to be a tten tiv e, n ez

to look (a t), tekin t to gla n ce , tb'

r ekcdik to exer t

on e’

s s elf,ip a r kod ik to en dea v our , iggekczik to

con ten d, szdn (magat) to r es olv e, to make u p on e’

s

m in d , ajdn l to r ecommen d, when tr a n s itive, a r e

c on s truc ted w ith the obj ec tiv e Ca se of the Per

s on , the Subs ta n tiv e r ep r es en tin g the Obj ec t r e

c eiv es the a ffix r a or r e : a s,a

kor iilmé ngck mn n

kdr a ké n szer itik a z ember t , c ir cums ta n c es c ompel

men to w ork ; a’

Sp dr ta ia k Iza zafisdgr a in tették a’

fia ta lsdgo t, the S p a r ta n s a dmon ish ed their youths

to p a tr io tism .

5 . When the cha n ge of a n y c on dition , the

d iv is ion of a whole in to its p a r ts is to be ex

p res sed , the S ubs ta n tiv e o r Adj ec tiv e den otin g the

cha n ged c on dition o r the p a r ts div ided is u s ed

w ith the a ffix r a o r r e : a s , a s ide’

melcgr e edito

zo tt, the w ea ther (is cha n ged in to w a rm) became

w a rm ; jobbr a for dzi lt a’

do log , thin gs cha n ged

in to (for the) better ; Magya r or szag n égg ker iiletr c

oszlik,Hun ga ry is div ided in to four distr icts .

6 . Emlékezik to r ecollect , to r emember , bdmnl

Page 265: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

252

to sta r e a t, gon do l to think of, gov ern the objec

tiv e Subs tan tiv e w ith the a ffixes r a , r e : a s , igen

jbl cmlékczcm a zon tettr c , I r emember the deed

v ery w ell ; Ar r a n em gon do ltam v o ln a ,I should

n o t ha v e thought Of it .

7 . The Adj ec tiv es a lka lma s fit (for), kép cs

ca p a ble , hajla n db in c lin ed, kellb’ p r oper

,a gr eea ble ,

e a lo’

to be fo r , ke’

p telen u n a ble, a lka tma tla n un fit

gov ern the Subs ta n tiv e w ith r a , r e : a s , a s ember

inkdbb Izajla n db a’

e é tckr c min tsem a s cr é n gr c,

p eop le a r e mor e in cl in ed tow a r ds v ic e th a n to

w a rds v ir tue ; ta n a lt ember n em min den r e a lka l

ma tos, a lea rn ed ma n is n o t fit for ev ery thin g.

8 . The P a r ti ciples n esc e a n d tekin tvc, in c on

s ider a tion of,r ega rdin g, a r e c on s truc ted w ith r a

a n d r e : a s , tes ti a lko tdsnkr a n ézec a s dlla tok n égg

fb’

r en dr e fc loszla n a k, in co n s ider a tion of the s true

tur e of the body, a n ima ls a r e div idedkin to four

pr in cip a l or der s .

O b s . N ézv e a lwa ys follows the S ubsta n tiv e

w ith the Pr epos ition a l a ffix tckin tee may pr ec ede

the Substa n tiv e when empha s is r equir es it .

9 . The a ffix r a or r e is us ed in o rder to

l im it time a n d exten s ion Of Sp a c e . Es ter e li a

r a ngozn a k, the bells a r e run g fo r the ev en in g ;n e

'

ggszdz mé rfO'

ldr c terjed a s or szdg’

Iza tdr a , the

boun da r ies Of the r ea lm exten d 400 miles .

40 . B a , r e is a ls o us ed in s tea d Of the Pos tp os i

tion s : felé tow a rds , jobbr a to the r ight (in stea d of

Page 267: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

254

d é li Amer ika dr dga koec ir b’

l n cvczctcs , S outh Amer ic a is famou s for its pr ec ious s ton es .

4. In stea d of the Pos tpo s ition s : felti l , fr om

a bov e, a n d bo’

l, ou t Of: a s , o

'

fa ln r o'

l jO'

n , he

comes fr om the v illa ge , in s tea d of fa ln bbl .

s t il l , s t il l , together w ith , mea n s a e com

p a n imen t , it is a dn exed to the Subs ta n tiv e by

mea n s Of the v ow el which p r ec edes the P lur a l

k. Fc lcséges till, ggcrmekesti’

ll ela ta zo tt, he depa r ted,togeth er w ith his w ife a n d childr en .

In s tea d of s til l , s till, the a ffix to’

l, to l is n ow

a n d then us ed a n d a dded to the der iv a tiv e Ad

jec tiv e in s tea d Of the S ubs ta n tive : a s , masod ik

Lajos kir aly lov a s to’

l elecszc tt , kin g Lew is II

per ished, together w ith his ho rs e .

t O'

l , td l , of, fr om is us ed :

4. When a d ista n c e betw een two obj ects is

to be exp r es sed, or a r emov a l of on e Obj ec t fr om

a n o ther . As a lma n em es ik messzc a’

fatal , the

a pple does n ot fa ll fa r fr om the tr ee .

2 . With Verbs mea n in g c omm e n c em e n t ,

(r ela tin g to pla c e or time), c a u s e , d e p e n d e n c ya n d d e r i v a t i o n ,

a n d w ith car to exp ec t, r cmé ngl to

hope , kicdn , a ka r to des ir e, kc’

r to p etition , kdvc e

tel to dema n d, fe’

l to fea r , megijed to be fr igh ten

ed : a s , a’

ki soka t iger a ttbl soka t edr n nk, we

exp ec t much from thos e who pr om is e a gr ea t dea l ;

a z dlla t fé l a s embcr to’

l, a n ima ls a r e a fra id of ma n .

3 .With the Media l Verbs : oea kodik to be ca r e

Page 268: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

255

ful, to bew a r e of, idegen kcdik to be a v ers e, un do

r od ik to.ha v e a n a v er s ion , ta r to

zkodik to a bsta in ,ir tbdzik to shudder : a s r oss tdr sa ssdgto

'

l in kabb

oeakodial min t a’

r aga dozo’

dlldtto’

l, a v o id (bew a r e

of) ba d c omp a n y mor e th a n a r a p a cious bea s t.

4. With Verbs mea n in g p r ohib ition ,dis tin c

tion , differ en ce , p a r tin g , degen er a tion ,l iber a tion ,

pur ific a tion a n d p r iv a tion : a s , a’

levego'

tiszti'

l l a’

k'

o’

d tbl, a ir bec omes pur ified fr om the fog ; Maggga r

or szdg 6'

si joga ito’

l megfoszta to tt, Hun ga ry ha s been

depr ived of its a n c ien t r igh ts .

5 . Ta d to kn ow ,é r t to un der s ta n d , ha ll to

hea r , a r e c on structed w ith S ubs ta n tiv es by mea n s

Of to'

l , tb’

l. Magdto'

l é r tc tb'

dik, it is un der s tood

by its elf.

6 . Verbs of the P a s s iv e v o i ce a r e c on s tru c

ted by mea n s Of the s ame P r epo s i tion a l a ffix : a s ,

a’

ggermekek sziileiktb’

l szer c tc tn ek, chi ldr en a r e

lov ed by the ir p a r en ts ; a’

c ilag a z Is tcn tdl tcr cm

tetc tt, the wor ld w a s c r ea ted by God .

O b s e r v . To a v o id a r ep etition Of the s ame

a ffix, the Pos tpos ition dlta l, thr ough , is us ed ln

s tea d of to'

l, when the Verb is c on s tructed w ith

the s ame a ffix in the Ac tiv e v o ic e : a s , a’

TO'

r O'

kO'

k

c lijeszte tc ttck Magga r or szdgtbl Hun ya d i dlta l, ih

s tea d Of Hunga d i tbl, the Turks wer e fr ighten ed

a w a y fr om Hun ga ij7 by Hun ya di .

7 . The Adj ec tiv es ilr es emp ty , tiszta pure,clea r , men t free , filggetlen in dep en den t, gov ern

Page 269: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

25 6

the Subs ta n tiv e w ith the a ffix to' l, tdl. Bar min d

n gafa n men tck vo ln dnk elb’

i té lc tektb’

l w ould to God

w e w er e a ll fr ee fr om pr ejudic es .

8 . Tbl, to’

l is”u s ed in s tea d of mia tt beca use

of, 0 11 a c c oun t of: a s . a’

kc’

id to’

l n em ldtha t,:he ca n n ot

s ee on a c c oun t of the fog.

il l,fo r (a s), is used :

4. When r ec eption in to a n Offic e, r a n k or S O

c iety is in dic a ted . Alloda lmi titkdr i'

l l fclv é tctctt, he

h a s been in s ta lled a s (fo r ) s ec r eta ry Of s ta te .

2 . In s tea d of min t, l ike, a s : a s , p a r a sztil l v i

sc lte magdt, he beh a v ed like a pea s a n t .

O b s . This a ffix is us ed esp ec ia lly to the

ques tion hogga n bcszé l ? (in ) wh a t la n gua ges does

he Sp ea k : a s,a ngo lnl bessel, h e sp ea ks E n glish ;

fr a n ezia ill tn d, he kn ow s Fr en ch ; etc .

v d ,v é , in to , a n a ffix in d ic a tin g a c h a n g e d

c o n d i t i o n (tr a n sforma tion ). A’

v iz bor r a*

) val

tozo tt, w a ter ha s been cha n ged in to w in e ; N iobe

ko'

v é vdltozo tt, Niobe w a s tur n ed in to a s ton e .

v a l , v e l,

4. V erbs mea n in g a s s o c i a t i o n , c o n v e r s a

t i o n o r the con tr a ry of them, gov er n the objec

t iv e Substa n tiv e w ith this,a ffix : a s , velem eggczik,

he a gr ees w ith me ; bl agga r or szdg soka t kild'

tt

In stea d of bor va’

.

See In tr oduction , on a ssimila tion .

Page 271: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

258

4. C'ser é l to exch a n ge , fcnyeget to thr ea ten ,

r e‘ten t to ter r ify ,r emit to fr ighten , v cszddik to

tr ouble on e’

s s elf, a n d its syn on ymes ; gon do l, to

c a r e for , lc lkesit to a n im a te, bdtor i t to en c our a ge,keesegtet to illude , to dec e iv e , ban to tr ea t (to us e

a ny body), fogla lkozik to be o ccup ied, ta r tOi/ ik to

ow e , a do'

zik to p ay gov er n the Obj ectiv e Sub

s ta n tiv e w ith this a ffix : a s,kcvcsc t gon do l a

kO'

n g

v ekkel, he c a r es l ittle for books ; min dég o lva sds

sa l fog la lkozik, he is a lwa ys o c cup ied w ith r ea d:

in g ; ki sokka l ta r tozik, a n n a h soka t kell fizctn i, hewho ow es much , ha s much to p a y .

5 . Verbs c ompoun ded by‘

o'

ssze, cggbc a n d

cggn tt (together), gov er n the Subs ta n tiv e w ith '

the

a ffix v a l, v el. As O'

esém osszcvcszctt a’

ba r dtjliv a l,my br other fell ou t w ith his fr ien d ; eggbc ggiljte

tte a’kezév el , he collected it w ith his ha n d

(fin ger s).6 . The fa c titiv e Verbs gov er n the Subs ta n

t iv e exp r ess in g the Per s on ma de a ctiv e w ith this’

a ffix : a s , a’

fidv a l ir a tom a’

k‘

o’

n gvet, [ let the boy

w r ite the bo ok (I ha v e the book w r itten by the

boy) ; a’sza bo

v a l r n hdt es in dlta tn n k, we ha v e ou r

dr es ses ma de by the ta ilo r .

7 . The Adj ec tiv es dds, ga zdag r ich , telc full,r a ko tt la den , tO

mO’

tt s tuffed , ha tdr os border in g,szomszé dos n e ighbour in g, r okon k in dred, osztdlgos

p a r ti c ip a tin g in in her ita n c e, a dos in debted, ow ing,kb

tcles be in g boun d, obliged, lcé n telen for ced, ké sz

Page 272: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

259

r ea dy'

a r e con str ucted by mea n s of v a l, vel . a s ,

har em szdzfontta l a do’

s n éki he owes him £ 300 ;

M agya r or szag TOr Okor szdgga l ha tdr os, Hun ga ryis border in g on Turkey .

8 . In comp a ris on s , the Substa n tiv e o r Ad

jectiv e exp r ess in g the qua n tity or qua lity Of c om

p a rison is us ed w ith the s ame a ffix : a s , a’mi

ker tiin k ha t O'

lle l hoszza bb a’

tié tckn c’

l, our ga rden

is 6 fa thoms lon ger tha n your s ; a’

Da n a sokka l

n aggobb min t a’

Thcmze , the Da n ube is much

la rger than the Thames .

9 . Wh en the m e a n s , the in s trumen t bywhich

a n y a ction is p erformed, or the p r i c e a t whi ch,a n d the q u a n t i ty (mea sur e) by which thin gs a r esold, is to be exp r es s ed, the a ffix v a l, v el is used.

A’

r e'

gi M agya r ok buzogdngn ga l hbr ezo lta k, the

a n c ien t Hun ga r ia n s fought w ith w hir lba ts (clubs) ;szdzdv a l dr uljdk a

d ibt , they s ell n uts by the

hun dr ed ; ké t ga r a sdva l a dja a z i tze'

t, he s ells them

a t tw o p en c e (two p en ce h a lf p en n y) a qua rt .

40 . To the ques tion w hen ? the Substa n tiv es

of time a r e used w ith the a ffix v a l, v el . Napp a l

n em ldtn a k a’

bag lgok, a t da y- time owls do n o t

s ee ; q'

jjcl ho ld v i ldg v a n , a t n ight ther e is moon

sh in e ; n égg hé ttel czelo'

tt Pdr isba n v o ltam,four

weeks a go (befo r e four w eeks) I wa s a t P a r is .

E xc ept : té lben , in the w in ter ; n gar on , in

the summer ; dé lbcn , a t n o on - time ; hajn a lba n , a t

da y-br eak .

Page 273: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 6 0

Obs . The Subs ta n tive kor , a ge , is useda ls o a s a n a ffix w ith Subs ta n tiv es of time to

the ques tion when ? a s , har em Or a kor é rkczc tt ide,

he a r r iv ed a t thr ee O’c lock .

44. The Adv erb eggiitt, together , gov er n s the

P r ep os i tion a l a ffix v a l , ve l. A’

n agy n e'

n gémmc l

cggiltt eln ta ztn n k, my a un t a n d I dep a r ted together .

6. O f th e a ffi x e s r e l a t i n g t o p l a c e .

Ther e bein g differen t a ffixes r ela ting to p la c e,a n sw er in g to th e ques tion s wh er e ? whi ther ? a n d

when c e ? it w i ll be us eful to a r r a n ge them c o r

r ela tiv ely ,a n d to men tion the r u les a c co rdin g to

which they a r e to be us ed in r ega rd to n ames

Of tow n s a n d coun tr ies .

Cor r ela tiv e a ffixes to the question s

wher e whither when c e

n , a t, in r a , to r o’

l, from

ba n , a t, in ba , to bo’

l, fr om

o tt, 5 tt, a t, in r a , to r o'

l, fr om.

4. n , a n d con sequen tly r a a n d r bl, a r e used

w ith n ames Of town s ha v in g a fin a l v owel , or

when b , cz, es, d, g, gg, j, k, 1, lg, p , r , s,

sz, t , tg, z, zs , a r e fin a l : a s , B udan ,a t Buda ;

P esten , a t P es th ; Ar a don , a t Ar a d .

The E xc eption s a r e : Zagr ab, Gyo’

r , Eger , Mo

der , the n ames of Szomba t(Rima szomba t, Na ggszom

ba t etc) , a n d those w ith i fin a l, which r ece iv e

ba n , ba a n d bo'

l.

Page 275: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 6 2

fa ther ; w ith r a , r e a n d r ol , r b’

l , or ba , be, a n d

bal, bo l, a dded to the O bj e c t i v e S u b s t a n t i v e

Of the s en ten c e ; a s , cz a’

gomb a’

s ip kdmr a v a lO

this button is for my c a p ; cz a z a lma a r rOl a’

fdr o’

l v a lb, this a pple is fr om tha t tr ee .

As r a a n d r bl r ela te to surfa ce a n d outs ide,a n d ba , bo

'

l, to inw a rdn ess , the us e of e ither of

them w ill be decided by the mea n in g of the speaker ,whether he me a n to expr ess a mo tion on o r fr om a

surfa c e , or in o r out Of a n Obj ect. Thus , we

s a y : a’

ker cszt a’

temp lomr a v a lo’

, the c r oss is

for (is to be put on ) the r oof of the chur ch ; a n d

ez:a’

ker eszt temp lomba v a la, this cr oss is for (is to

be put in s ide of) the chur ch ; ez a’

fa a s isko ldr bl

v a le, th is wood is fr om (the top of) the s chool

buildin g ; a n d cz a’

fa a z isko ldbo’

l v a le, this wood

is from (out of) the s chool -buildin g.

In s tea d Of us in g der iv a tiv e Adj ectiv es (Of

p r op er Noun s) Of i , w e Often u se the Adj ective

v a lé w ith the a ffix r a , r al o r ba , bo'

l, a cc ordin ga s the n ame Of the P la c e is c on s truc ted w ith r a

o r be : a s , P estr b’

l v a le ember ez, in s tea d of ex

a z ember P cs ti , this is a n in ha b ita n t of P es th ;P ozson bé l v a lo

va ggok, in s tea d of P ozsongi vaggok,I am from P ozsony (Pr esburgh) .

2 . Leva’

is us ed to the question wher e ? w ith

the a ffixes ba n , n , a n d n al, the former two w ith

n ames of Pla c es , the la tter in c on s truc tion s

s imila r to“a t my fa t h e r ’

s , a n d w i t h my

Page 276: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

fa t h e r , a S , a’

P estcn leve'

fe'

iske la lcgelb’

szor Nagg

I szemba tba n d lli tta te tt fel , the a t Pesth

fir s t es ta bl ished baigam

ve ltam, I ha v e been a t my br o ther’

s ; Kdr e lg

ba r dtjan al ebé dc lt, Cha r les h a s din ed w ith

his fr ien d .

,i a ,

has t il y-a l ga.

D. Of the Adjective term s

The p r ec edin g termin a tion s of der iv a tiv e Ad

jec tiv es a r e us ed w ith S ubs ta n tiv es of qua n titya n d qu a lity , wher e in E n glish the Subs ta n t iv e is

us ed in the Obj ec t iv e ca s e .

Qu a n t i ty ma y r ela te to t im e a n d s p a c e .

D i s t a n c c ma y be expr es sed in mea sur es Of Sp a ce

a s w ell a s in mea sur es Of time .

4. To question s r ela tin g to‘

exten s ion a n d

d ista n c e , the Subs ta n tiv e Ofmea sure is us ed w ith

the a ffix ngi : a s , a’

D a n a sek mé r tfe'

ldngi hesszn

fe lge'

, the Da n ube is a r iv er ma n y m iles lon g ; a’

Ca la is’

szor nla tja 2 6 a nge l mc’

r tfe’

ldngi szeles, the

s tr a its Of Ca la is a r e 26 E n glish m iles w ide ; B uda

P estr dl egg n egged br dngi tav é l , Buda is dis ta n t

fr om P es th a qua r ter of a n hour .

O b s . When the Subs ta n tiv e of mea sur e is

us ed w ith the Adv erb tav e l, fa r , or by its elf

w ithout a n y o ther Adj ectiv e expr ess in g qua n tity,it r ec e iv es the a ffix r a or r e , bes ides the Ad

jec tiv e termin a tion n gi : a s , Esztergom fekszik a’

D n n a’

jobb p a r titin , B a dale'

l ha t mér tf'

e’

ldn gir c,

Page 277: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 64

E sztergom is s itu a ted o n the r ight ba nk Of the

Dun ube 6 m iles fr om Buda .

O b s . The Substa n tiv es n ap ,hé t. hbn ap , cv,

esztcn db’

,when in dic a tin g dis ta n c e

,a r e u s ed in

the Nomin a tiv e c a s e w ithout the termin a tion n gi .

2 . To the ques tion how lon g? the der iv a tiv e

a ffix i is a dded to the Subs ta n tiv e exp r es s in gthe qua n tity of time . Har em n ap i jdr ds , a thr ee

da ys’

w a lk ; n égg heti mn n ka , a four weeks ’ w ork .

3 . TO the ques tion how much ? the Subs ta n

tives fo llow in g the Numer a ls a r e tr a n sformed

in to der iva tiv e Adj ec tiv es of a fin a l s . Ha t he lda s

szdn te’

faldet v e i t, he ha s bought thr ee a c r es of

gr oun d ; cz a’

mall: ké t koble'

s , this is a ba g of

two k'

o'

be l (4 bu shels) .

Qu a l i ty is expr ess ed by mea n s Of the de

r iv a tiv e termin a tion s s, 22 a n d ii . E Sp ec ia lly :

4. In o rder to exp r es s the a ge Of thin gs or

p er s on s, the Subs ta n t iv es of time a r e tr a n sformed

In tO Adj ec tiv es by mea n s of the termin a tiv e c on

s on a n t the Adj ec tiv e “o ld

”be in g n eglec ted .

Ez a’

ggermck ha t hé n ap es, this child is S ix mon thsO ld : Lon don te

'

bb min t ezer é ves, Lon don is mo re

th a n a thou s a n d yea r s Old .

2 . In a ll o th er exp r es s ion s of qua li ty to the

qu e s tio n s wh a t ? wha t s or t of? the S ubs ta n tiv es

On th e fo rm a tion of them see the Deriv a tion of Ad

jec ti v es .

Page 279: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

26 6

4. When the demon s tr a tiv e Pr on oun s pr ecede

the Subs ta n tiv e . Azt a’

haza t vess em , I buy th a t

hous e ; a zen flirt ldtem, dc n em a zt ker es cm,I s ee

tha t boy, bu t I do n ot lo ok for th a t on e .

2 . When the Subs ta n tiv e is used w ith the

Pos ses s iv e Affixes . A’

bdtgam ela d i a a’

ka n g

veit, my br other ha s s o ld his books ; [eje'

t eso

vdlja , he sh akes his hea d .

3 . When the Per s on a l P r on oun Of the third

p er son is us ed a s a n Obj ec t : a s , n em ha llem (i t,

n em Latja h b’

kct. The Defin ite P r on oun s : magam

mys elf, maga d thys elf, maga .hims elf, her s elf, it

s elf, e tc . r equir e the s ame c on s truc tion , wh en

the S ubj ec t Of the s en ten c e is a t the s ame time

the Obj ect : a s , a z ember n em ha llja maga magdt,it is impo ss ible to hea r on e

s s elf; n em ldtha tom

magama t, I c a n n ot s ee mys elf.

Obs . The Obj ec tiv e c a s es Of the o ther P er

son a l Pr on oun s a r e n o t c on s truc ted w ith the De

fin ite form Of the Tr a n s itiv e Verb . Ha ma jb’

sz

hozzdm esa k engemet fogsz ta ldln i , if thou c omes t

to me to -da y, thou w ilt on ly fin d me .

4. When the Obj ec t Of the s en ten c e is a

Pr op er n ame : a s , C ieer é t o lva sem , I r ea d C icer o ;Jan os i ha llem, I hea r John .

Obs . When Pr Op er n ou n s a r e used in s tea d Of

commo n Noun s a s gen er ic expr es s ion s , the In

defin ite form of the tr a n s itiv e Verb is to be used

Page 280: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

26 7

w ith them . M i iddn kbcn heve’

s Hor a tiust ta ldln n k,

in our time w e fin d few Hor a ces ; Anglia Cieer bi t

n em emcljiik a n ngir a min t a’

hajda n i Rbmdc'

t, w e

do n ot extol the C i cer o s of E n gla n d s o much a s

th a t of a n cien t Rome .

5 . It is p la in from wha t ha s been s a id on

the Ar ti cle, tha t the Defin ite form must be used

a s often a s the Ar tic le p r ecedes the Obj ectiv e

c a s e : a s , a’

haze l latem, a’

szo’

t ha llem, a’

levelet

megir em.

2 . MOODS AND TE NSE S OF THE VERB .

a . M o o d s o f th e V e r b .

In r ega rd to the Moods of the Verb, the ir u s e

w ill depen d upon the ma n n er of sp eakin g , the

degr ee of certa in ty which the Speaker ma n ifests

in his a sser tion s , a n d the Object or in ten tion Of

the s p eaker .

When the Obj ect Of the s en ten c e is a s im

p le a s s er tion o r s ta temen t, n o t l ia ble to a n y doubt

or con dition , the In dic a tiv e Mood mus t be us ed .

Kdr o lg tcgn ap c ln ta ze tt, Cha r les dep a r ted yes ter

da y ; he ln ap hezzdd I sh a ll come

to you to mor r ow .

When the s en ten c e expr ess es a des ir e, w ish ,o r c omma n d , a n d when a ques tion is pu t the

a n swer to w hich is doubtful , the Subjun ctiv eMood mus t be used . Aldjen meg a s Islen , God

Page 281: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

26 8

bless you ; é n mo n d tam n eki hogg wenjen e l , I

to ld him to go ; in d n lja lek a zen n a l, you (sh a ll)

s ta r t immedi a tely ; n em ta dem e lmenjen—e v a gg n em

?

I kn ow n o t whe ther he (better ) go o r n o t.

When the tru th of a s en ten c e depen ds upon

un c er ta in c o n d ition s , or wh en the Sp ea ker is n o t

c o n v in c ed Of its tr uth , the Co n dition a l is u s ed in

Hun ga r ia n . Ha ma jb’

n n é l a kke r v a'

r n d la k, if you

c ome tO- da y I w ill w a i t for you ; a zt men djahogg c lmcn n e, he s a ys tha t he w ould go ; ha le ttam

hogg e tt lett v o ln a , I hea r d th a t he w a s ther e .

6. T e n s e s o f th e V e r b .

Rega r din g the Ten ses in gen er a l, they a r e

lia ble to the s ame ru les a s the E n glish . Dev ia

tion s fr om thes e rules a r e :

4. The Pr es en t Ten se of the In di ca tiv e ma y be

us ed in s tea d of the Futur e ; ev en the c ompoun d

Futur e is v ery r a r ely us ed by the p eople, which

s eems to p r ove th a t the c omp ou n d Futur e fo rmed

by mea n s of “

f'

egek”is of a E urop ea n in v en tion ,

a n d the Hun ga r i a n n a tion ,a c c o rdin g to the o r ien ta l

cha r a c ter Of its la n gua ge , u s ed on ly tw o Ten s es ,

o n e fo r the p r es en t a n d futur e , a n d the o ther fo r

the p a s t time . Ha ma cs tc c l n em jO‘

n ,if he w il l

n o t c ome to n ight ; je'

vb'

é vr e c lmcggek Pdr isba , I

Sh a ll go to P a r is n ext ye a r ; c lmcggek a n d Jen

a r e Of the Pr es en t Ten s e .

2 . The Fir s t P er fec t, a ls o c a lled the Imp erfe c t

Page 283: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 0

v ic ious life of the Pep e a t Rome, sepa ra ted him

s elf fr om the Roma n chur ch .

The P a r t ic iple termin a tin g in v a , vc is tha tOf the P a s t ; it w a s former ly us ed w ith the p os

s ess iv e a ffixes m, d, n k, tok, k, a n d v ery l ikelyga v e or igin to the Imp erfect Ten s e, the v Of the

p a r tic iple bein g n eglected . In a n c ien tDocumen ts

Of Hun ga r ia n wr itin g w e fin d the con s truction s :

, ,Es mi a luv a n k elor ezzdk b

tet (a ln vdnk in s tea d of

a lv a) , (we) ha v in g fa llen a sleep , they sto le him

s ecr etly ; tévelgé tck n em tn dvatek ir ds t (in s tea d

of n em ta dea) , n ot ha v in g kn own wr itin g, you wer e

ble to m is takes (er r ed) . At p r es en t it is

u s ed a s a P a r tic iple of the P erfect ; a s ,E lr c

'

millve tehin i, 0 tcmctb’

, r ead

A’tiln dér ha la lom, (B crzscn gi)

Glitter in g power looks a la rmed a t thee, O

gr a v e (tr embles a t

O b s e r v . 4. The P a r ticiple Of the Pr esen t is

Often used in tsea d of th a t of the Pa ss ive : a s ,

a dl ib ka ton ds r n hat

Oliven , lc lke’

n emes ldngja

B e in g dress ed in en cour a gin g s oldier ’s dr ess ,

the n oble flames Of his soul bur s t for th .

O b s . 2 . In stea d of the P a st P a r ticiple , or

the P r es en t Ten s e of the In d . Mood of the P a ss .

Vo ic e, the P a st Pa rticiple Of theActiv e may be us ed

a s a pr edica te Of the s en ten ce ; in tha t c a s e it ha s a

plur a l fo rm a s well when the S ubject of the s en

Page 284: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 7 4

ten c e r equir es it : a s , a’

ggermekck szcr c tv ék a’

szii leiktb’

l, in s tea d of a’

ggcrmekck szii leikte'

l szer e

tetn ek, children a r e belov ed by the ir p a r en ts .

O b s . 3 . The s ame P a r tic ip le is often us ed

Adv erb ia lly w ith other P er s on a l Verbs . l a in k

meg v a n n a k r ekva terhckkel , our shoulder s a r e

la den w ith bur den s meg v a n ir v a , r esza t n e ese

lckcdj, it is wr itten (a s a c omma n d) thou sh a lt

do n o evfl.

O b s . 4. The Pa r tic ip les a n d the Verba l Ad

jec tiv es gov ern the obj ec tiv e Subs ta n tive w ith

the s ame Affix a s the p r im itiv e Verb : a s , a’

gge'

zcdelemhez szoke tt ser eg n aggen is c'

r ezv é n e’

n ap’

esap asdt v issza'

v en n ldsr a ke’

szillt, the a rmy,

used to v i ctory, s en s ible Of the gr ea t los s of the

day, p r ep a r ed fo r r etr ea t.

4. THE INFINITIVE WITH AFFIXE S .

The In fin itiv e of the Verb is us ed w ith thePo sses s iv e Affixes a s often a s s ome p er s on a l r e

p r es en ta t ion is co n n ec ted ther ew ith (when it is

the a pp os itum Of the p r edi ca te of the s en ten ce) .

S uch r ep r es en ta tion s ta ke p la c e :

When the In fin itiv e is con n ected w ith the

Subj ect of the s en ten ce by mea n s Of: sza ba d

a llowed , n chéz d ifficult, ken n gz'

l ea sy , lchetetlen

impos s ible, lehet p o ss ible, a n d the imp er s on a l Verb

he ll , to be obliged, the Subject then r ec e iv es the

a ffix n ak or n ek: a s , Kdr e lgn a k sza ba d ha za men

Page 285: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 7 2

n ie, Cha r les is a llowed to go home ; n ckem lehe

tc tlen ir n om , it is impos s ible for me to w r ite ;n ekiink men n n n k hell, w e a r e obliged to go .

The Affix het or ha t, a n d the Imp er son a l

Verb lehet a r e of the s ame mea n in g, the la tter

bein g a der iv a tiv e Verba l r oot of len n i, to become,

it m ight be ques tion ed which expr ess ion be p r e

fer a ble ,“ meke lek

”o r

“ men n em lehet ?”

The Con s truction w ith lehet is to be used

when ther e is n o exter n a l Obsta c le, a n d tha t w ith

ha t o r het , when ther e is n o defic ien cy in the

a ctiv e Subj ec t its elf; thus , ki n em lehe t men n em,

I ca n n o t go ou t (when the door is lo cked) ; ki

n em mehctck, I c a n n o t go ou t (be in g ill) .

B. Of terms of Periodica l Constructions.

When s imple s en ten c es a r e c on struc ted in to

p er iods , it m a y a r is e e ither tha t the Same Subj ce t r ela tes to mo r e tha n on e P r edic a te (two

s imple s en ten c es ha v e the s ame S ubj ec t), then ,in o r der to a v o id ba dly soun din g r epetition s of the

s ame Subj ec t , w e u s e r ela tiv e Pr on oun s , or

th a t tw o differ en t Subj ec ts o r Obj ec ts r ela te to

the s ame Pr edic a te a n d tw o differ en t Pr ed ic a tes

r ela te to the s ame subj ec t, o r la s tly tha t two

s en ten c es w ith d iffer en t Subj ec ts a n d Pr edic a tes

a r e to be c on n ec ted together , then the c on n ec tion s

a r e effected by mea n s Of Conjun ction s .

Page 287: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 7 4

The r ela tiv e Pr on oun a gr ees w ith its Sub

sta n tiv e in Number , r ec e iv in g the a ffix which is

gov er n ed by the Verb of which it is the obj ec t .S eha n e igér} , mi t n em ta r tha tsz, n ev er p r omi se

wh a t you ca n n o t p erform ; a s ember ek, a

kikkc l

r osznl ban tal , the men whom you ha v e ill

tr ea ted .

O b s . Although the Subs ta n tiv e is on ly us ed

in the S in gula r Numbe r a fter Numer a ls , yet the

P r on oun r ela tin g to it is u s ed in the P lur a l : a s ,

Mi ss ka ten a , kiket mcgfeg ta k, ten s oldier s whom

they c a ught .

Cor r ela tiv e Pr on oun s a r e thbs e which a r e

n o t u s ed s ep a r a tely, bu t, the on e bein g used in the

a n tec eden t , the o ther c a n n o t be omitted in the

c on s equ en t. Such a r e : r ela tiv e ‘

to q u a n t i ty : a n

n gi, S O ma n y , s o much , a’

men n gi, a s ma n y, a s

much r ela tiv e to q 11 a l i ty min o’

, mi llyen ,millg,wha t,wha t s or t of, e llg o llya n such (like like).

Thes e P r on oun s fo rm the link betw een the Con

jun ction s a n d the r ela tiv e P r on oun s , a n d a r e

Often expr ess ed by mea n s of Conjun ction s , in

fo r e ign la n gua ges . An n gi bilza i hozta k a’

var ba ,

a’

men n git cv’

lefe lgta a la tt n em cmé szthetett vo ln a

a’

vdr b’

r ség, they br ought s o (a s)much cor n in tO

the for tr ess , a s the ga r r is on could n ot h a v e con

sumed in the cours e of a yea r .

Page 288: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 7 5

2 . Of th e C o n ju n c t i o n s .

Conjun ction s a r e terms us ed to con n ect two

d iffer en t Subj ects o r two differ en t Pr edi ca tes Of

s imple s en ten c es , a n d a ls o to jo in together two

d iffer en t s imple s en ten ces : a s , my b r o th e r a n d

C h a r l e s dep a r ted ; Cha r les left P a r i s a n d

L y o n s ; the ga rden is l a r g e b u t u n c u l t i v a t e d ;Cha r les w en t in the ga r den w h e n William ha d

his din n er .

The cor r ela tiv e Conjun ction s a r e men tion ed

in the fo rma l p a r t . 111 con s ider a tion of the c on

j un ctiv e a n d disjun c t iv e on es is to be r ema rked

r ega rdin g é s , meg , a n d , meg is us ed in

order to compr ehen d two Obj ec ts u n der on e c ol

lec tiv e n otion , a’

s is a mer e c epula o f two w or ds or

s en ten ces . Har em meg kettb’

(i t, thr ee a n d tw o

make fiv e ; Lon don é s P ar is n agg vdr osek.

i s , a ls o, ha s v ery Often a n ir on i ca l mea n in g,a n d tha t of bo a stin g ; in tha t ca s e it is mostly

tr a n s la ted by a s w e l l . Fr a n ezia or szdgba n is u ta z

tam, I ha v e been tr a v ellin g in Fr a n ce a s w ell.

When the c opul a tiv es “a n d, a swell a s

a r e to be exp ress ed, the Conj un c tion is, must ber epea ted in the con sequen t : a s , kép edet is ldtem,

sza v a da t is ha llem,I s ee thy fa ce, a n d hea r thy

v o ice ; magga r ill is a ngo lzll is besze’

l , he SpeaksHun ga r ia n a s w ell a s E n glish .

p ed ig is Of a d isjun ctiv e mea n in g, but is Often48 *

Page 289: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

27 6

used a s a c opula tiv e ; hen ce it may be tr a n sla ted

by a n d, bu t, though , ye t, a c c or din g to wha t theme a n in g of the s en ten c e is . Kdr e lg ha za megg c

'

n

p cd ig a’ba lba megyek, Cha r les is go in g home a n d

I am go in g to the ba ll ; a s e’

esém c l n emje'

tt, p ed ig

ir l hogg c l fog je'

n n i, my younger br o ther ha s n o t

a r r iv ed , yet he ha s w r itten to (in form) me he

w ould c ome .

h a,if, when fo llow ed or pr ec eded by a n e

ga tie n , is c on struc ted w ith the C onjun c tion is,

which is pla c ed a fter the pr ed ic a te Of the s en

ten ce; c on s truc tion s of tha t kin d a r e a lwa ys Of a

c on c es s iv e me a n in g . M i sc'

tdln i n em mcggiin k, h a

a s ide’

sze’

p i s, w e Sh a ll n o t ta ke a w a lk

, though

the w e a ther be fin e .

s em a n d s e a r e us ed in stea d of is n em, is

n c, a n d a r e a c c omp a n ied by n em o r n c , when

n e i t h e r a n d n o r a r e to be expr es s ed, in tha t c a s e

the n ega tion is en fo r c ed by the u s e Of n em o r n c ;

when sem a n d se a r e used s ep a r a tely, the n ega

tiv e n em o r n e c a n n ot be u s ed w ith them . A’

fill

sem a’

lcezkejé t n em ta n n lta , sem a s ir dsdt n em

v égezte c l, the boy ha s n e ither lea rn ed his less on

n or fin ished his w r itin g ; Kdr e lg se fog e lmen n i,

n e ither w ill Cha r les go a wa y .

n e is on ly us ed w ith the Subjun ctiv e a n d Im

p er a tiv e Moods . Ne menj, do n ot go ; a zt mon d

tam hogg n e legged, I told you n o t to do it .

Page 291: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 7 8

c edes it immedia tely : a s , egg ss c’

p ma gga r levelet

ir tam ,I ha v e w r itten a fin e Hun ga r ia n letter ; a

ha ta lma s br itt bir eda lem, the m ighty r ea lm of

Br ita n n ia .

4. If a n y Adj ec tiv e, p r ec edin g a Subs ta n tiv e ,be determin ed by a n y o ther word o r w ords wha t

s oev er , they pr ec ede the Adj ectiv e immedia tely.

A’

v c liln k clv r e n é zve r eken embcr ckkc l szivcscn tar

sa lkedn n k, w e c on v er s e w ith p lea sur e w ith thos e

who a r e of the s ame pr in ciple a s w e our selv es

(w ith those r ela ted t'

o u s in r ega rd to pr in ciple

w e w i llin gly con v ers e).

5 . In r ega r d to titles , the follow in g a r r a n ge

men t is con forma ble to the gen ius of the Hun

ga r ia n l a n gua ge : the Adj ectiv es of distin ction ,tckin tctcs hon our ed , mé lte

sdgos r ight- hon our a ble,keggclmes gr a cious , etc . pr ecede the whole title

a n d a r e followed immedia tely by the pr edica tiv e

n ame of the family ; a fter these is pla ced the

surn ame , then the Chr is tia n n ame ; the n am in gof the office or r a n k held by the p er s on follow ed

by the words a.» S ir , Mis ter , a sszong Mis tr ess ,or a sszen gsdg la dyship , is pla c ed la st. Meltb

sages Onfa lv i Olmesg P al gr e’

f hr , the r ight

hon our a ble the E a r l of On fa lv a P a ul O lmosy ;Naggsages Cscvcghdti Csevegg E rzsebet bar bn é

a sszen gsdg, the r ight-hon our a ble the la dy E lis a

beth Cs ev egg, ba r on es s Of Gs ev egha t.

6 . In r ega rd to Verbs compoun ded by the Ad

Page 292: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 7 9

v erbs fel, lc, meg, c l, v issza , essze, etc ., they a r e s e

p a r a ble from the ir V erbs , a n d fo llow them a s often

a s the Empha s is is p la c ed on the p r ecedin g Sub

s ta n tiv e o r the Verb its elf; bu t if they a r e us ed

in Oppos ition to o ther Adv erbs , o r the Emph a s is

is pu t on them , they p r ecede the Verb ,fr om

which they m a y be s ep a r a ted by the Conju n c tion

of the s en ten c e , or by the Verb fog , us ed a s

the Auxi lia ry of the Futur e Ten s e : a s , ki a dfa el

a’

lov a t ? who s old the hor s e ? but : ela d ta d—e a’

lov a t ? ha s t thou s o l d the hor s e ? M i c l fogjnk

a dn i a’

levn nka t, w e sha ll s ell our hor s e .

7 . The n ega tiv e Adv erbs n em a n d n e, p r e

cede the Obj ec t or wo rd den ied . Nem a s a tgdm

vo lt i tt , n o t my fa ther ha s been her e ,a n d a s

a tgam n em vo lt i tt, my fa ther ha s n o t been her e .

S em a n d se ma y be pla c ed after the Subs ta n

tiv e, but they mus t pr ec ede the Verb ; if sem o r se

be follow ed by n em or n e , sem is p la c ed befor e

the Subs ta n tiv e a n d n em befo r e the V erb . S em

é n n em megyek fa ln r a , sem a’

bdtgdm, n e ither I

n or my br o ther w ill go in to the c oun try ; se p é n zt

se r n hdt n em dd , he giv es n either clothes n or

mon ey.

8 . The C onj un c tion s : n eha , bar . ambar ,

a lthough , though , mivel, min thegg, beca us e , dc,

but , min tha , a s if, min tdn ,a fter , miele

tt, befor e,

ha , if, hogg, tha t, min t, a s , mihelgt, a s soon a s , a r e

used a t the begin n in g of the s en ten ce .

Page 293: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

28 0

R e a d i n g E x e r c i se s .

Hungarian Anecdotes, relating to the last war .

,Comr a de, (br other) tea ch me how to keep

Off the blow s ,“

s a id a r e c en tly lev ied hus s a r to a

her o , who w a s w ell pr ov ed in ba ttle . Of wha t

u s e w ould th a t be a sked the v eter a n ; ,,my s on

do you bu t s tr ike,a n d let the Au s tr ia n s keep Off

the s tr okes .

Why don’

t you lea r n the milita ry exer c is es

in Hu n g a r i a n ?“

a sked a n ultr a Ma gya r fr om a

hu s s a r -her o ? it is detes ta ble to hea r the Germa n

c omma n d . S i r (my s a id the huss a r , , ,if

w e w er e c omma n ded in Hun ga r ia n I shou ld u n

der s ta n d, but my hor s e w ould n ot .“

S ur ely I mu s t con fes s , tha t I am a pp r ehen

s iv e for my n a tion ,I l o s e my h e a r t when I

thin k of it ,“

s a id B a r on S ., who w a s well

kn ow n s ec r e tly to belon g to the a n tin a tion a l

p a r ty, a fter he ha d en umer a ted a ll his p a tr iotic deeds befo r e a n offic er of the hu s s a r s . , ,

It

w ould be better , I th ink,“ s a id the hus s a r , , ,if you

lo sfii you r h e a d , you w ou ld be then fr eed fr om a ll

a n xiety (your poo r s oul the n w ould be in r e

Page 295: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

28 2

In the s a n guin a ry ba ttle a t Peterv asar a ,a

hus s a r ha d been taken p r ison er , c a ught in the

fa c t of s plittin g the helmet a n d hea d of a n Au s

tr ia n cur a ss ier . The huss a r , a s pr is on er , w a s

brought befor e a n Austr ia n Officer , to whom the

ca p tor s n a r r a ted the hus sa r ’s deed in su ch a

ma n n er a s to make the offic er ’

s ha ir s ta n d on

en d . ,,Ar e ther e a n y mor e of you , p rov ided

w ith such in fern a l a rms ? “ a sked the Offic er .

Why, S ir ,“s a id the huss a r , , ,it dep en ds upon wh a t

humor the hus sa r is in , a c cor din gly he clea v es

w ith his sword to the chin or to the stoma ch of

his en emy .

After the o ccup a tion of Pes t , the Aus tr ia n

comma n der ha d qua r ter ed h is s oldier s in the su r

r oun din g v illa ges ; the v illage ma gis tr a te ther e wa s

boun d to con fess on his c on s c ien ce the dispos ition

of the in ha b ita n ts . At on e of thes e con fess ion a l.p r o

c eedin gs w ith a v illa ge -ma gis tr a te , a s the officer

a sked him, en cour a gin gly, to tell whether the in ha

bita n ts of the v illa ge w er e w ell dispos ed ? the

ma gis tra te in n o c en tly decla r ed : ,,S ir , they a r e a ll

hon es t Hun ga r ia n s , except the p r ies t who is a

Germa n (Aus tr ia n ) a n d who ca n n ot toler a te the

Hun ga r ia n s , bec a use , the s tewa rd of ou r v illa ge

s ays he is a bla ck-

yellow .

4)

After the ba ttle of Kapoln a the Aus tr ia n

Page 296: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 297: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

284

a rmy, bein g dr iv en ba ck tow a rds P est, thr ea ten ed

to pun ish w i th s tick a n d bullet a ll thos e who da r ed

to d iv ulge , tha t the glor iously v ic to r iou s a rmy of

the Emp er or w a s r etr ea tin g. A j our n eyma n, tra

v ellin g from Dr ebeczen tow a rds Pes t, c r o s s ed the

Au s tr ia n c amp ; (on his w a y) bein g a sked by

s ome Au s tr ia n offic er s , whether he kn ew a n y thin gof the Hun ga r i a n s ? ,

Of c our s e l do ,

“s a id he

,

a n d th a t is , they a r e r etr ea tin g ; ,,wher e to ?

wher e to ?“ a sked the fo rmer w ith delight ; , ,a ll

towa r ds P est,“

a n sw er ed the j our n eyma n .

The two w eeks la s t v ery lon g, s a id Lor d D . ,

in Ap r il 4849 to a n Aus tr ia n c olon el, who

w a s qu a r ter ed a t his hous e ,,how shou ld they

n ot la s t lon g w i th such a p eop le, who do n o t

m in d the s tra tegetic fla n k -mo v emen ts , bu t run

w ith fixed ba yo n ets ev en a ga in st the c a n n on s .

When c e Sha ll w e get s o ma ny a rms ?“

a sked the officer s of gen er a l B em, when in Tr a n

S ilv a n i a he lev ied s oldier s w ith gr ea t urgen cy .

The Rus s ia n s h a v e jus t n ow br ought

p r ov ed mu skets in to the c oun try, of wh ich we w ill

ta ke pos ses s ion ,

“a n sw er ed B em . The br a v e

le a der ha s r edeemed his p r om ise .

Page 299: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 8 6

Remarks .

4) Bdcs i , little, a n d dea r brother , is commo n ly used in a d

dressin g elder person s wh o a re on frien dly term s w ith u s ; espec ia lly, children a ddress the frien ds of the family w ith Ba cs i .

2) The Hu n ga ria n a rmy ha v in g bein g con sider ed a s a sup

p lemen ta ry pa rt of th e imper ia l a rmy ,th e Germa n la n gua ge

ther ein w a s in troduced a s the la n gu a ge of comm a n d,a n d w a s

reta in ed in the old r egimen ts in 4848— 9 .

3) The qu ibble is in : lei/rem esuqqed , a n d tes le esq n c

(to drop the soul,a n d to su spen d (ha n g) the b ody) to lo se

the hea r t . a n d lose the hea d .

4) B la ck-yellow ; the colours of the Au stria n b a n n ers a re

bla ck a n d yellow , a n d pe ople who w ere of the Au str ia n pa rtywere therefor e c a lled b l a ck -

y e l l o w s .

5) When , in the a utumn of 4848 , prin ce Win dischgratz r e

ceiv ed the comma n d o v er the Au stia n a rmy in order to stiflethe Hun ga ria n r e v o lu tion in its b ir th , he pr om ised , to th e c our t

of Vien n a , to extirp a te the Hun ga ria n rev olu tion a ry pa r ty in th e

course of a for tn ight .

Page 300: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

28 7

VOCABULARY

TO THE COMPOSITIONS.

(Abbr ev ia ti on s : S Subs ta n tive , co II. , c o lleetis e ; A.,Adjec t i v e ; n n u

mera l ; v .,v erb a l ; Adv Adverb ; C C o njun c tio n ; V . ,

Verb ; V. n .,

Verb n euter ; V. a . ,Verb a c ti v e ; P O . , P os tp o s i tio n ; P O . a . , P os tp o s i

t ion s ! a ffix ; P rep . P rep os i t i o n ; P r . , Pron oun , a . , a djec ti v e ; P a rt

P a rtic ip le .

l . Hungarian-English.

A .

A’a n d a z, Ar t . (a

before Substa n ti v es begin n in g w i th a

v ow el), th e .

Abla k, (plur . a blakok) , S .,w in

dow .

Abr osz, S .,ta ble-cloth,

Aesmes ler se’

q, S .,

ca rpen ter ’stra de .

Ad V .,to giv e.

Adds , S .,deb tor .

Ade’

s s a’

g, S . , deb t .

Aggen ld-n i , V .,

sh oofin g .

Aggu , S .

,ca n n on .

to kill by

Ahoqg, C .,a s .

A110 ],Ad . ,

wher e,there .

Aja'

n dékoz- n i , V .,to m ake

a presen t .

Aj lo' , S .,door .

Aka'

r a kdr , C . , e itheror .

Aka r—n i,V . ,

to w ish , to be

w illin g,to w ill .

Aka r a l, S .

,w ill

"

.

Aka r a llamll, Adv . ,u nw illin gly.

Alli , P O . , (to the questionwhither), u n der .

Ala k, S . , sha pe, form .

Alap il—a n i , V .,to fou n d .

Alap ilo'

, S ., foun der .

The Ac t i v e a n d N e u ter Verbs ha v e the te rm in a tion o f the ir Infin i

t ive a n n exed ; o f the Med iums the In fin itive IS in c luded in a p a ren thes i s .

Page 301: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

28 8

Ala tl, P O . , (to the questionwhere) ; un der .

Algyzl , S .,ca n n on .

Alka li/t , (a lha t- n i) ,V . , to be

sleepy.

Alko lmdny , S .

,con stitu tion .

Alkuszik, a lkud—m) , V .

,to b id

in the price .

fi ll- (mi , V .,to sta n d .

Alla n dé , A.,con sta n t .

fi lia l, (plur . a n im a l.

fi lli i-a n i, V .,to sta te

,to a sser t .

Alma,S . coll . , a pple .

Atom,S .

, sleep,a dream .

fi lia l, P O ., through , by .

A'

mba'

r , C .

,a lthou gh .

Amer ilfa , S . , Am er ica .

A'

ngo l, Angol, S . A.,E n g

l i shm a n, E n glish .

Angolor szag, S .,E n gl a n d .

Angolzi l, Adv .,E n glish

,in E n g

Anya , S ., m other ; az a rms ,

the m other ,An nyz

'

va l, C . & Adv .,a s mu ch .

A'

p olqa l- n z

'

,V .

,to cher ish .

Ap r ih’

s , S ., Apr il.

Ar a ny, S ., Go ld .

Ar a nyla'

n cz, S ., Gold

-cha in .

A'

r,S .

,pr ice .

A'

rnye'

k,S .

, sha dow .

Afl—am

, V .

, to in jure,to be

in jur iou s.

AMI- u i , V ., to sell .

A'

s-m ,V . , to dig.

Aszta l, (pl . table .

Aszta lken dé'

, S ., ta ble-n a pkin .

Asza , S .,Asia .

Atvesz, (dtven V . , to take ,

to r eceiv e .

Alya , (p l . a fydk), S ., fa ther ; d z.

a tya ,the fa ther .

Augusztus , S .,Augu st , (n ame

of th e m o n th .)Az, P r .

,tha t .

Azon n a l, Adv .

,immedia tely.

Azutdn , Adv .,a fterwa rds .

B aj, S ., ev il , trouble .

Ba lv é leményz‘

i , A.

,of a w ron g

op in ion .

Bdn -m'

,V . ,

to trea t, to pr o

ceed .

E dr,C .

,though .

B a rdt, S . , fr ien d ; a ’ba r dt, the

frien d .

B a rdtn é , S ., fem a le frien d .

Bd tor , A., b old, ga lla n t .

Bdlor s a’

q, S . ,cour a ge .

Bdtya , S .

,elder br other .

Becsdl- ui, V . , to esteem ,to

v a lu e .

B e’

lte, S ., pea ce ; bé lte

'

ideje’

n ,

in times of pea ce .

Bekot—m’

,V .

,to b in d, to ti e up .

Hé la,S . , Albert .

Benyomds , S . , impression .

8 67 16, S .

,ten a n t .

Beszé l—m’

, V .,to speak .

Beleg, A ., ill .

Betti , S .

, letter (ch a ra cter inthe Alphabet).

Page 303: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 0

Elefdn l, S .

,elepha n t .

E lejé l oekel , V .

,ca n pr e

v en t .

E lejé t vesz (eleje'

l ven

V .,to prev en t .

E lemez-n i , V .

,to a n a lyze .

E lenyez-n i, V .

,to hide , to

m a sk.

E le'

r-m'

,V .

,to r e a ch

Eles , e’

lesheqyd fin e

p o in ted .

E les-u i , V.,to fa ll .

Elel, S .,life .

E lev en en , Adv .

, a liv e .

E lfelejl- en i , V .,to forget .

E lizagy-m

'

, V .,to lea ve .

E l/zi-m'

,V .

,to ca ll for .

E Ju’

sz. (el/zin —u i) , V .,to be

liev e .

E lka lon oz—n i , V . ,to sepa r a te .

E llen , P O .,a ga in st .

Ehn eqy (elmen go

aw ay .

E lnyom-m'

, V . ,to oppress

,to

suppr es .

E ldlt, P O .,b efore .

E irejt-em'

, V .,to con cea l .

E lron t—a n i , spo il.E ls iel- ui , V .

,to ha sten aw a y .

E lsza ka d—n i, V. n .,to br eak

(a s tr in g).E lté ved- ii i , V .

,to lose on e

s

Wa y .

E luta zik (eluta z V .,to

depa r t .

Elvesz (elven -m) , V .,to take

away .

E lvesz—m’

, V . n .,to perish

,to

become lost .

E lveszetl, A. v .

,lost .

Ember , S .,m a n ;

cc ember ,

the ma n ; d z emberek,,

th e

m en,m en .

Ember i—n em, S .,m a n -kin d .

Embelrla'

rs,S .

,fellow -m a n .

EmlekoszIOp , S .,mon umen t .

En , P r ., 1.

En eltel-m'

,V .

,to sin g ,

E nged—n i

,V .

,to yield , to

,a l

low,to gi v e w a y, to suffer .

E ngedelmes , A.

, ob edien t .

E n qedellen ,A.

, d is obedien t .

Ep i l- en i , V .,to bu ild .

Ep i le’

sz,S .

, bu ilder .

Er dn tz'

a n d ir a'

n tz’

,A .

,tow a rds .

Er cz, S .,o re

,m eta l ; fig . ir on .

Erdek, S .

,the in terest .

Erdemel—u i . V .,to deserv e.

Erdo"

, S .

, forest, w ood .

Breny, S .,vi rtu e .

E r ényes , A .,v ir tu ou s.

Er ett, A . v .,r ipe .

Er ez-u i , V .,to feel .

Er lcezi/t V .,to a r

riv e .

E rkolcs i lég, Adv . ,m ora lly.

Ero'

, S .

, stren gth , for ce .

151153 , A .

, str on g .

Er t- em'

,V . ,

to un dersta n d .

Er tékes , A .,v alu able .

ES ; C .

,a n d .

E sel, ca se .

E sllt (es-m) , V .,to fa ll ; 8 8 6

esik, it ra ins .

Page 304: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

29 4

E s tee, S . Adv ., ev en in g, in

the ev en in g .Esz, S .

,rea son

,in tellect ; eszuk,

their r ea son,their in tellect .

Ev , S J, yea r .

Ez, P r .,this .

Ezelo'

ll, Adv .,formerly .

Fa , S .

,w ood .

Fo l, S .,w a ll .

Fa lu , S ., Vi lla ge .

Fdr a dsdq, S .,trouble , exer

tion s .

Februa'

r , S .

,Febru a ry .

Fejedelem, S ., p r ifl ce, sov ereign .

Fekete, A.,b la ck .

Feltszzlt (felrfid V .

,to lie .

Fel, Adv ., up .

Fé l—n i , V .

,to fea r .

Feleba rd t, S .,fellow -cr ea ture

,

(n eighbour) .Feletl, P O .

,ov er .

Feles leges , A ., superflu ou s .

Felez-m’

,V .

,to ha l ve, to di

v ide in to two pa rts .

Felfedez—u i , V .,to discov er .

Felgydjl—a n i , V . ,to set on fir e .

Felhdborodds , S .

, emo tion .

Felmegy (felmen - n i) , V . ,to

a scen d , to amoun t .

Felmon d—a n i , V uto say (a Fuge, S . coll . , a fig, figs .

lesson ), to giv e n o tice .

Felszdmz’

t—a n i V . ,to ca st up

G '

n umbers, to .make a n a o Gdn csol-u i , V . ,to blame .

1 Ga zdag, A.,rich .

49

Feltesz. (felten - n i) , V. ,to sup

po se .

Felv esz (felven V. , to take

up , to r eceiv e .

Fer en cz,S .

,Fr a n cis .

Fes t- (mi , V .,to pa in t .

Fella ldl—u i,V .

,to in v en t .

Felta ldlds , S .,in v en tion .

Fes to"

, S ., pa in ter .

Fige, S . coll.,fig

,figs .

Fill, S .

,b oy, son ; a

fill , th eb oy ; a

filllr, th e b oys .

Fizel—m'

, V .,to p a y .

Fodroz- n i , V .,to curl

,to

crisp .

Fogla la tos sa’

g, S ., employ

m en t .

Fordt’

ld s,S .

,tr a n sl a tion .

Fordlll-m'

,V . n .

,to tur n .

For dul—n i v a la /filter , V. a .

,to

a ddr ess to a n y on e .

For oq- u i , V . n .

,to mov e

r oun d .

Forr ds , S ., a sour ce .

Forro'

ov i-ta r tomdny, S .,tr opi

ca l region .

Fold, S ., ea rth

,la n d .

Folos leg s , A .,superfluou s .

Fo'

vdr os,S .

,ca pita l (town ).

Fr a n czia or sq ,S .

,Fr a n ce .

Fut—m’

, V .,to run

,to take to

l

Page 305: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

29 9

Gazda qsa’

q, S .

, riches . Ha dakozds,S .

,the comb a t .

Gon dol—m’

, V .,to thin k . Ha dser eq, S .

, a rmy .

Gon oszsdg, S .

, wickedn ess . Ha dvezér , S .,lea der o f the

Goromba s a’

g, S .

,in solen ce . a rmy .

Gro'

f, S .,C oun t . Hagy

—m’

, V .,to lea v e .

Hajda n ,Adv .

,form erly .

G y . Hajo’

ser eg, S .,flee t.

ll ajl—a n i , V .,to driv e

,to b en d .Gyakoro l—m , V. a .

,to pra cti se .

Ha l—n i,V .

, to die .

Ha la n dé , S . A., m orta l.

ya 0 9 a on e , so l er onHa ldsz-m

, V .,to fish .foo t .

Gya’

msdq, S .,gu a rdia n ship .

Gya rma t, S .,colon y.

Ha la szt—a n i , V .,to delay .

Ha la vdny, A.,p a le.

Ha llza fa t/a n,A.

,imm or ta l .Gye

mdn l, S n di am on d .

Ha l/ra l, Adv . softly .

Gyermelr, S .

,child ; gyermeltelc, Ha ll- a n t, V

,

to hea r,to

chlldr en .

hea rken .

Gil/0 k”l S ,r 0 0 t 3

Ha llga t—m

,V.

,to keep sil en ce

,

roo ts .

to listen .

byq nyop Sn Plea sur e

Hdmlz'

lt (lldmol V., to

Gyoz-m , V . n .,to ov ercome

, peel.to v a n quish .

Gyo'

zedelem, S .,v ictory.

Gyo'

zedelmesltedzk (QT/ M edel

meslfed-ui) , V .,to get the

v ictory (to b e v ictori ous).

Gyu la , S ., Ju lius .

Gydj l- em'

, V.,to ga ther .

Gyumolcs , S . coll .,fruit .

Gyd’

rd , S ., a rin g.

Hdmoz—n i , V. a .,to peel.

Ha n em,C .

, bu t .

Ha ngzz’

k (ha nger—M) , V ., to

soun d .

Hdny, A. n .

,how m a ny .

Ha r agszz’

lf (kor agud- u i) , V .,

to b e a n gry.

Ha r c‘zo l- u i, V.

,to fight .

Heir s/a , S .,lime-tr ee

,lin d .

Ha szn ci l—m'

, V.,to be useful

,

to u se .

Ha , if Ha szn ot /l ajl-am'

,V.

,to be p ro

Hdbord,S .

, w a r . fita ble .

Hdboru’

skodik (Iza'

bordslcod Ha szon , S .,profit .

n i) , V .

, to be a t wa r,to Ha ta lma s , A.

, mighty .

make w a r . Ha la lom, S ., might, power .

Page 307: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 9 4

Ir- n i, V. ,to w rite .

Ird s,S . , w ritin g.

Ir igys ég, S .,the en v y.

Ir la n d, S . ,Irela n d .

Iro'

lfon yv , S .,copy—book.

Is,C .

,a lso , a s w ell .

Is li o la , S . , school.Is la n d, S . , Icela n d .

Ismer-a i , V. ,to kn ow (a n y

body)Is tvan

,S .

, Stephen .

Ilé lel,S .

, judgmen t .

Adv .,here .

Itt/ion,Adv

a t home.

a t home (here

Ja n udr , S .

, Ja n u a ry.

Jar—u i,V . ,

to'

w a lk.

Jd tsz—a n i V . , to pla y.

Jo,A.

,good .

Jooba n ,Adv . , better .

Jog, S .,the right.

Jogta la nsdg. S .,in ju stice .

Jol,Advi , w ell ; jo

'

l v isel—ui

magd l, to beha v e w ell.

S . ,w ea lth .

Joszdg. S .,esta tes

, ma n or .

Julius , S . , July.

Jun ius , S . , Jun e .

Ja la lom, S . , rew a rd .

Ka bd i , S .,co a t.

Ka lctn or ka n d l,S .

, spoon .

Ka lap , S .

,h a t.

Kelp—u i , V .,to get, to receiv e .

Ka rd,S .

, sw ord .

Karo ly, S . , Char les .

Hé ros , A. ,in jur ious .

Ka ste'ly, S .

,ca stle .

Ka lon a . S ., soldier .

Kedd, S . , Tuesday.

Kedv , S . , plea sure, humor .

Kegyellen , A .,cruel.

Kék, A.,blu e.

Kelet, S .

,E a st ;

E a st In dia .

Kell-en i, V . , to be w a n ted,to

be n ecessa ry .

Kelme, S .

,w a r e (a rti cle) .

Keme’

ny, A., ha rd, keme

nyen ,

Adv ., ha rd .

Kenyér , S .

, brea d .

Ké nyszer it—en i , V.,

to force .

Kép , S . , ima ge , pictur e .

Képr dma , S .,pictur e-frame .

Képzel—n i , V .,to ima gin e.

Ker-u i , V . ,to a sk , to pc

tition .

Kérdezdskodik (Itérdezo’

sltod

V .

,to in quir e .

Kereltdedes , A., ov a l.

Keres-u i, V .,to look for , to

seek.

Kereskedik (keresked—n i) . V . ,

to tra de.

Keres/rede'

s ,S .

, .commerce

,

(trade) ; kereskede'

s l dr-m‘

to ca rry on tra de.

Kereszlyé n , S . ,chri stia n .

keletin dza ,

Page 308: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

29 5

Ker te'sz, S . , ga rden er .

Ke'

s , S .,kn ife .

Ke'so', A. Adv .,la te .

Ke'sr , "A., ready.

Ke'

z, h a n d .

Ke'

zimunkci s,S . , la bourer .

Kezlyu"

,S .

,glov e , a p a ir of

glov esKl, Pr .

,WhO rb

Kics iny, A., sma ll.

Kiejl- en i , V .,to pron oun ce .

Kzeléqz'

t- en i , V .,to s a tisfy, to

Kiengeszlellzeletlen ,A .

,irre

con cilia ble.

Kigyo'

, S .

, sn ake , serpen t.Kiln lz—n i , V .

,to dr aw .ou t .

Kilterget-ui , S .,to expel .

Kimegy (kimen -mi) , .V ., to go

out .

Kin or - n i , V. a . ,to p la gue .

Kin yujl-am , V .,to stretch ou t .

Kiolf—a n i , V . , to extin guish .Kioszt-a n i, V .

,to distribute .

s uszltl- a n i , V .,to dep opu

la te.

Kira ly, S ., kin g.queen .

Kird lyscig , S .,kin gdom .

Kila r lds , S ., per sev era n ce .

Ki lerjeszl-en i, V .,to exten d .

E idz-u i , V . ,to expel .

Kivdn —ui , V .,to desire , to

wi sh ; Icivdn a t , a desire, a

w ish .

Kiv iltiqlt—a n i , V.

,to illumin a te

,

to light up .

Kiv isz (It iv in—u i) ,V.

,to exp ort .

Kocs i , S . ,co a ch .

Koczlcdzla t—n i, V .,to ha za rd .

Kordn , Adv . , ea rly.

Korbd csol-m’

,V .

,to flog.

Kormci ny, S ., go v ernmen t .

Kormdn yoz- u i, V .

,to gov ern .

KelcsOn oz-u i, V . , to len d, to

borrow .

Ko'

lld,S .

, poet.Kon n yen , Adv . , ea sily .

Ken yordleies , A. , p itiful.Kon go , S .

,b ook .

KOn yvdrus , S .,b o ok-seller .

Kon vykolo'

, S . ,b o ok-bin der .

Kon yvnyomla td s , S . ,typo

gra phy, prin tin g-tra de .

Kor tve, S . coll.,a pea r, pea rs .

Kord l, P O ., roun d , a r ou n d .

Kor i i lbelo'

l,Adv .

,a b ou t .

KoszOrd l-n i , V . , to gr l n d .

Keszorflllel—u i , V .,to let grin d ,

(to ha v e gr oun d).Edi- ii i , V .

,to b in d , to kn i t .

'

Ifgteles se'

g, S ., du ty .

Kowpkor , S .

,m iddle-a ge .

Kozlekedé s , S . ,commerce

(commun ica ti on ) .

Koren se’

ges , common .

Kozo tt a n d MM,P O . , betw een ,

amon gst .Koztdr s a sscig, S .

,r epublic .

Killd- en i , V .

,to send .

Kulomben , ka lon ben , Adv . ,

else, o therw ise.

Kit lombfe'

le, A.,differen t .

Kited- en i,V .

,to struggle.

Page 309: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

29 6

La lfi/f (la k-n i) , V . ,to live, to

dwel .

La kds , S .

,residen ce , lodgin g.

Ldmp a ,a n d ldmp ci s , S .

,lamp .

Lcin cz, S .,a cha in .

Ldn y, S .,girl ; Iangolf, girls .

Lapdo , S .,b a ll .

Ld l—m’

,V . ,

to see .

Ld tszik(ld lsz—a n i) ,V .,to seem .

Ledn y , S ., girl ; led n yok, girls .

Lecz/fe S .

,lesson .

Lefelrszik (le/ekud-n i) , V ., to

li e d own , to go to bed .

Leigaz- u i , V .

,to subjuga te .

Le'

leh, S .,sou]

,min d ; lelkiln lr,

our sou l .

Lenyuqszi/f (len yuqod-n i) , Vt o go to res t

,to set (sa id of

the sun .)Ler on l- a n i , V. ,

to demoli sh .

Leveqd, S .

,a ir

,a tmo sphere.

Lev e'

l,S ,

letter ; Obj. ca se,

levelet , P lur . levelelc, letters .

Levet~n i , V .,to throw off o r

dow n .

Ligel, S ., the pa rk .

Lop- Ii i , V .

,to stea l.

Lor a so'

r ser eq S .,horse-gu a rd .

Luther , S .,Lu ther .

Ma,Adv .

,to - da y ; ma es lve,

to- n ight .

Ma ddr , S .,bird .

Ma da rd sz- n i, V. ,to ca tch

birds .

Maga , P r . himself, her self , it_self ; magam,

myself.Mayda y, A.

, priv a te .

Maga s , A., high .

Magd l emé szté’

, A.

, self-consumlug.

Magya r , S . A ., Hun ga ria n .

Magya ror szciq, S .

, Hun ga ry .

Ma gya rzi l, Adv . , in Hun ga ri a n ,Hun ga ria n .

Majd, Adv ., soon , then .

Mar , Adv . , a lrea dy .

Ma r a d-u i , V .,to r ema in

,to

stay .

Mds , P r . a .

, other ; ma sok,o thers.

Ma s/le l, Adv .

, somewhere else .

Md shon n a n , Adv . ,from some

where else .

Mci slror , Adv ., a t a n other time.

Még, Adv .

, still, yet .

Megaka d-u i, V .,to stop .

Meqbdn t—a n i , V ., to offen d.

Meqbun let- n i, V .,to pun ish .

Meqcs a l-a i , V . ,to deceiv e .

Meqé l-u i , S .

,to li ve, to sub

sist, to get on e’

s li vi n g .

Megelégszz’

lt (megeleged- n i) ,V .,

to be sa tisfied .

Megelo'

z—u i , V.,to pr ev en t .

Meqérdemel- n i , V .

,to deserv e.

Mege'

r t-en i, V .,to un dersta n d ,

to comprehen d .

Meggyo'

z-u i , V.,to v a n qui sh .

Page 311: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 9 8

Mos t, Adv . , n ow ; mos ia n i, A.

,

presen t .

Mozgci s , S .,mo v emen t .

Mula lsdg, S .,amu semen t , plea

suro.

Mall, A. v .

,pa st , la st (in the

expression s ; la st yea r , la st

w eek,

Millva ,P a r t , a fter (pa ssed).

Mun /ta , S .

,lab ou r

,w ork.

Mun /i d s , A.,in du striou s .

Muta l—n i,V .

,to show .

Nagy, A., la rge, grea t .

Nagybd lya , S . , un cle.

Nagyilo'

, S ., micro scope .

Na gykeresltedo”

,S .

,wholesa le

merch a n t .Na gylelltd , A.

, gen erous .

Na gy/elkden , Adv ., gen erou sly.

Na gyn e'

n ye, S .

,a un t .

Nagyszomba t, S . ,n ame of a

town in Hun ga ry.

Nap , S ., sun , day .

Nap on ke’

n t, Adv .

,da ily .

Nelldn y, P r . n ., some.

Nellez, A. ,difficult .

Nellezen ,Adv .

, ha rdly .

Ne'

lktZ l, P O .,w ithout.

Nem,Adv . ,

n ot .

Nemes le/kd , A.,n oble-min ded .

Ne'

metor szdg, S .,Germa n y .

Némeldl, Adv .,Germa n , in

Germa n .

Nemi cf, S .,n a tion .

Nen ye, S .

, elder sister .

Nép , S ., people .

Ne'

v , S .,n am e .

Nevel- n i , V .

,to educa te .

Neven de’

k, S ., pupil .

Ne'

z-n i , V .,to look .

November , S .

, N ov ember .

Né—n i , V .,to grow ; n é vok, I

grow .

No“

oe'

n y , S . , pla n t .

Nya k, S .,n eck.

Nya llr a v a lo'

, S ., cr a v a t.

Nyar , S .

,summer .

Nydreld’

. S ., Jun e .

Nydrho, S ., Ju ly .

Nydru lo'

, S August .Nyelv ,

S .,la n gu a ge .

Nyelvmes lef , S .

,tea cher of

la n gua ges .

Nyer-n i , S .

,to ga in , to w in .

Ngeres , S .

, profit.Nyom

- n i, V .,to press .

Nugszik, (n yugod-n i) , V.,to

repose,Nylljtl-a n i, T .

,to rea ch .

0 .

Odd , Adv . ,there , to the qu es

tion where to ?

Ola szor szag, S ., Ita ly.

0 10 30 , A.

, chea p .Olly, P r .

, so , ,

su ch .

Olva s-u i , V .,to r ea d .

Page 312: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

29 9

On n a n , Adv . ,thither, then ce .

Or szdg, S .,r ea lm .

Orszdgldr , S ., politi cia n .

Osko la , S .,school .

Oskola i-w ork.

Oszla lék, S .,sha re .

Osztozik (oszloz—n i) , V . ,to

sha re .

Oll, Adv .,there .

Oil/10 7i , Adv ., (there) a t home .

6 . o .

6 . P r .,he , sh e , i t ; 6k they .

Ocse, S ., youn ger bro ther .

Ollozel, S . ,r a im en t .

On ,P r . , you (a person spoken

to) .

On t—en i . V . ,to shed , to pour .

On loz-n i , V . ,to w a ter .

Onzé s , S .

, ego tism .

Duzd, A. ,selfish .

firegbtt—en i , V.,to in crea se .

(isz, S .,a utumn .

S .,Sep tember .

dszho, S .,October .

(lszin le, A.,sin cere .

Os szehoz- n i , V .,to get up (a

Oszlon ,S .

,in sti n ct.

é szll lo, No v ember .

Pajkos , A.

,n a ughty.

Bapzr , S ., p a per.

Pap is la , S .

,a Ca tholic .

Par is , S . , Pa ris .

Pa lrzdrka , S .,P a tr ia r ch .

Pen tek, S . ,Frid ay.

Pe'

n z, S .

,mon ey.

Pihen - n i , V .,to r est .

Pilla n a lig, Adv .

,for a momen t .

Pironga lci s , S .,repro a ch .

Polqdr , S .,c itizen .

Polgdr osodo ll, A. v . ,ci vilized .

Pomp cis , A.,splen di d .

Poszlo, S .

,clo th .

Poszlokelme, S .,dr a pery.

Poszlo'

s , S . ,cloth-man ufa cturer .

Pa s/ta , S .

,mu sket , gun .

Puskap or , S ., gun powder .

Ra b, S ., sla v e .

Rdbt’

r—n i , V.,to prev a i l upon .

Bajzol- n i , S .

,to dr aw (fi

gur es)Ba v a sz, A.

,cun n in g, a r tful.

Becze, S .,du ck .

Réqen ,Adv .

,lon g a go .

Beggel, S . Adv . , morn in g,i n the morn in g.

Rejlhely, S .,lurkin g-pla ce .

Remenyl- en i , S .

,to hope .

Ren delleté s , S destin a tion .

Ben desen ,Adv . , ordin a ri ly .

Bes t, A ,i dle .

Ré t, S .

,mea dow .

Ringa t—a i , V. , to lull .

Bi l/ta , A.,r a re .

Ritka sag, S ., ra rity, curiosity.

lid/fa , S . , fox.

Page 313: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3 0 0

Bo'

ma i,A .

,Roma n .

Ross , A.

,b a d .

Rubin , S .

,ruby .

flu/l a , S .,dr ess .

S aja l, A.

,own .

Sa n dor , S .

, Alexa n der .

Sco lia , S ., Scotla n d .

Se s e , sem s em,C .

,

n ei ther n o r .

Segl i—en i

,V.

,to a ssist.

Semmi, S ., n othin g.

S é la bo ' S .

,w a lkin g-stick.

S é la l—m,S .

,to take a w a lk.

Siet—m’

, V.,to h a s ten .

S ilterdl—n i, V.

,to succeed .

Sma ragd, V ., em era ld .

Soha , Adv .

, n ev er .

SOlf, A.,much

, m a n y .

Sokd ig , Adv .,for a lon g time.

Sor/lajo'

,S .

,a ship of the lin e .

Sor s , S .

, fa te .

Sulyedo'

,A .

,declin in g .

Surgele'

s,S .

, urgen cy .

Svajoz, S .

, Sw itzerla n d .

Svaj czi , A., Sw iss .

S z .

Sza ba d, A., free .

Sza ba dsag, S .

,freedom , liber ty.

Sza ba s,S .

,th e sha pe of a dress ,

fa shion .

Sza bo, S .,t a ilor .

Sza la d- n i , V ., to run .

Szdm,S . , n umb er .

Szamol—n i , S . ,to r eckon

,t o

coun t .

Szcin de'

lr,S .

,in ten tio n .

Szdn lo'

fo ld, S .,a ra ble la n d .

S t arny , S . , a w in g .Szege

'

ny, A., po or .

Szed—n i , S .

,to ga ther .

Szeles , A.,w ide .

Szelz’

d,A.

, meek, gen tle .

Szé loé sz, S .

, storm .

Szemermes , A. ,m odest .

Szen t, A.,s a cred , holy, sa in t .

Sze'

p , A .

,fin e

, bea u tiful, pleasa n t .

Szép se'

g, S .

,bea u ty .

Szerda,S .

,Wedn esda y.

Szeren cse, S .,for tun e .

Szeren c se'

llen ,A.

,u n for tu n a te .

Szer en cse’

tlen s ég ,S . , m isfor

tun e.

zerel—n i , V .,to lo ve , to like .

Szerez- n i , S .,to purch a se .

Szer szdm,S .

,coll . , to ol .

Szelda r a bo l- n i, V .,to di smem

b er .

Sa id- n i , V. ,to blame

,to scold.

Sziget, S .,i sle .

Szi/aj, A., w ild .

Szzloa ,S .

, coll . , prun e .

Su’

n,S .

,colour .

Szln /zdz, S .,thea tr e .

Szin le'

n,C .

,a s w ell.

Su’

v,S .

, he a rt .Sziva r . S .

,ciga r .

Szives , A. ,kin d.

Su vesen , Adv .,w ilhn gly.

Page 315: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

30 2

Termeszlmén y , S .,production .

U .res t 8 , b ody .

Tes ti , I A ., c orpor a l , o f the (log, C . Adv .

, so,thus .

body. U} , A ., recen t ; uja bb idé

ben ,Tesz. (ten - n i) , V. , to do ; tel recen tly.

tuft , w e did . Ujscig, S ., n ew s

, n ewsp a per .

Tetszie tetsz plea se. Un a lma s,A.

, tedious .

Tell, S ., deed . Ur , S .

, gen tlema n , S ir, MisTi , P r .

, you (ye). ter .

Tigr is , S .

, t iger .

(ur a l/rod—n i) , V., toTi szlel- n i, V .

,to v en er a te

, to d om in eer .

hon our . Ur a llrodo'

, STo

, S .

, pon d , lake . ler .

To l/, S ., p en .

TON/“56's p en-kn ife . Ula z-n i

,V.

, to tr a v e l.Tovabb Adv . , lon ger , fa rther . Uta zé , S .

,tr a v eller .

Tobbn yzre, Adv . m o stly. Ulcza , S .

, str e éi:Tolfe

'

le/len ,A .

, imperfect. Ulolso'

, A. , la st .a n , P r e. a .

, by , fr om , of.

Ton /tre ten n i , S ., to ru in .

Tor le'

n ilt (fOr le'

n - n i) , V ., to

ha ppen .

'

Tor le'

n el. S . ,history .

Torvé n y, S ,law .

Ugyellen , A., clumsy, in ca

To'

r s a lya , S .

, P a tria r ch .

Fa ble .

Tud—m’

,Vw to kn ow a n )

“ ill—n i , V., to Sit.

thin g.Tuda s , S .

,kn owin g.

Tudoma s , S .

,kn owledge

, n o

tice .

Tulajdon , A. , proper .

Tu lajdon sag, S . ,propriety.

V .Ta n ya sdg, S . ,la zin ess .

Tuzok, S . , bu sta rd (a bird). Va csora . S . , supper .

l fé r‘

rdma,S . , lookin g gla ss Va d, A.

, w ild

fr ame (fr ame of a m irror .) Va da sz, S ., hun tsma n .

T’dzhely , S . , hea rth, the home. Va da sz-ui , V.,to hu n t .

mon a rch, ru

LI, S .

, w a y .

llgy, S .,ca u se

, afl'

a ir .

llgyes , A., clev er .

Uldoz- n i,V.

,to persecute .

llt—n i , V.,to kn o ck, to s trike .

llzen el, S ., messa ge .

Us er let, S . , busin ess (a tr a de).

Page 316: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

30 3

Vag- n i

,V. ,

to cut .

Vogy, C ., or .

Vagyon ,S .

, pr operty ; v agyon a ,his pr operty .

Vaj, S .,bu tter ; v aja s ken ge

r ,

br ea d a n d butter ; Obj. c . ,

vaja s ken yeret.

Va la ltan yszor ,Adv ., a s o ften

a s .

Va /a ki , P r .

, somebody.

Va lami, P r ., somethin g.

Va lo'

, S . A., rea li ty, r ea l,

true

Va lo'

di, A.,r ea l.

Var-n i , V .,to w a it for , to ex

p ect .

Va r - n i , V.,to sew.

Vdr os , S .,town .

Va sarn ap , S .,Sun da y.

Va s tag, A.

,thick .

Vd szon , S ., lin en .

Ved—en i , V .,to pr otect .

Veyer- n i , V . , to perform ,

to

fin ish , to con clude.

Ve'

ghellen , A. ,infin ite .

Végr en delet, S .,la st w ill.

Ven de'

g, S . , guest.Yer—n i , V.

,to bea t .

Vereb, S .,spa rr ow .

Verem, S .,a p it .

Veres , A.,r ed .

Vé res , A. , sa n guin a ry .

Verzik (oeres-n i) , V. ,to Z ar—m

, V. ,to shut .

bleed . Zen e, S . musi c .

Vé sz-u i , V. ,to declin e

,to Zen o-master ,

S . , tea cher of

lin ger . mu sic .

Veszlesség, S . , loss,

Vel- n i, V .,to sow .

Ve'

telc, S.

, sin,v i ce ; vet/felt ,

sms .

Vé lkezik (oetker—n i) , V . ,to

sin .

Vezér , S .,lea der , gu ida n ce.

Veze'

rel- n i , V.,to gu ide .

Vezet-m’

,V .

,to lea d .

Vide'

lc, S . ,cou n try .

Viga szta l-n i , V.

,to con sole, to

com for t .Viga szta lo

'

, A.,con sola tory.

Vigyaza tos , A., cau tiou s.

Vi ldg, S . , w orld .

Vildglenger , S . ,o cea n .

Vi lmos , S .,Willi am .

Vircig , S ., flow er .

Viragmag, S .,flower -seeds .

Vis sza ,Adv .

,ba ck.

Vissw tér—n i , V. n . ,to r e

turn .

Vi to'

s , A.,bra v e .

Vi le'

ziesen ,Adv .

,hero-like , he

ro ica lly.

Vi te'

zse’

g , S .,br a v ery, va

lour .

Vien i , V. ,to fight .

Page 317: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

304

Zongor a , S ., p ia n o .

Z old, A. , green .

Z oldse'

g, S . , coll. , v egetables . Z s a rn olr, S .,

l oldse'

gmag, S ., seeds of vege Z sebken dd, S .

, pocket ha n dtables . ker chief.

Page 319: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3 0 6

Ascen d , V ., felmegy (fel

men - n i) .

Asia , A'

rs ia .

Assist, V ., seyi t

—en i .

Asylum , men hely .

Atmo sphere , lev ego'

, le'

gké'

r .

Augu st, Augusztus , n yar uto.

Aun t, n agyn é n ye.

Au tumn, dsz.

B a ck, Adv ., v is sza .

B a d, ross .

B a yon et , sz’

uron y.

B a ll (for pla yin g), lapda .

B a ttle,S .

, cs a ta .

B e a t, V ., ver

- n i,meqver

—n i .

B ea ten , megver t, A . v .

B e a u tiful , sze'

p .

B ea u ty, S .

, szép se’

g.

Beca u se, C ., min t/logy ; of

mia li , P o .

Befor e, P rep . , elci'

li , P o .

B eha ve w ell, V .

, jo'

l v isel-n i

maga t.

B elieve , V ., el/l isz. (el/i in - n i) .

B en d , V .

, [raf t-un i .

B etter , Adv ., iobba n .

B etw een , kozl. P o .

B id (in the pr ice), V., a lliuszilf,

(a lkud- n i) .B in d

,V .

, ko t—n i , belro i—n i .

B ird, ma dar , P lur .

, ma dam/t .

Black, fekete.

B lame,V . , szid-n i, gdn cso l

—n i .

B leed, V .

, vérzilt (oeres- n i) .

B lue, kék.

B ody, les t.

B old, bd tor .

B o ok, kon go .

B ook-b in der , kon yvkotd.

B ookseller, [tong/earns .

B or n, b ein g V .

, szil lelilr,

(szulet- n z) .

B orn eo, Born eo .

B orr ow,V,, Itolcson oz- n i .

B oy, fill ; boys , fills; the boy,a

fin .

B r a v e, A.

, v ilez, A.

B ra v ery, v ilézse'

g.

B rea d, S .

, ken ger ; Obj. C a se ,li en yer et ; br ea d a n d bu tter ,

v aj a s Iren yér .

B reak (sa i d of a strin g), V .,

elsza lfa d- n i, V. n . ; to br e ak

(the hea r t) , megsza lta d-n i ,V. n .

B r in g, V ., Izoz-n i .

B r i ta in,A. 85 S .

, br ill, A. S .

B rit a n ia, Br ita n ia .

B ro a d, sze

'

les .

B ro ther,the elder ba

'

lya .

B ru ssels, Br uszel.

Bu ild,V .

, e'

p it—en i .

Builder, e

pz’

lesz.

Bu n ch of flow er s, bokr é la ,

Bu rden, S . , ter /i , teller .

Bu sin ess , aze'

r lel, mester s ég.

Busta rd (n ame ofa bird), luzolt .

But,C .

, de, ba n em, csak.

By, tdl, P o . a .

Page 320: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

30 7

0 .

C a ll for,V.

, elli i- n i .

C amp , S ., tebor .

C a n n on, cigyl l , a lgya

'

.

C a pita l (town ), fo’

var os .

C a rpen ter’

s tra de,a csmesfer s ég.

C a rry, to c a rry ou t, klein - n i ;

to ca rry on,i'

lz- n i .

C a se, eset.

C a u se,S .

, ngy ; th e cau se

(sour ce , r ea son ), a z. o/f.

C a u tiou s, v igydza tos .

C elebr a ted, hires , A .

Cha in, S .

, lan es .

Cha ra cter (ofthe a lphabet),belii .Cha r les , Karoly.

Chea p , o loso'

.

Cherish , V ., ap olga t

—u i .

Child, gyermelc, children , gyerme/felt .

Christ ia n, kereszlyé n , a n d li e

) eszte’

ny, s . a A .

C iga r , sziv a r .

C itizen, polgcir .

C ivilized, p olgarosodotl, A. v . ,

C lev er , ugyes .

C lose,V .

, bezdr-n i .

C loth, p oszto

'

; cloth-ma n ufa c

tur er, p a s t ia

'

s .

C lumsy, ugyellen .

C oa ch , Itocsi .Coa t , Ita bdl.

C olon y, gya rma t.

C olour,S .

, szin .

C omb a t, S .

, ha dst/rou ts .

Comfort, V., v iga szta l

-rn i .

C omma n d,V.

, p a r a n osol—u i .

C ommer ce , kozlekede'

s (tra

de) , ker eskedé s .

C ommon ,A.

, kozon s éges .

C ompa n y, tars a ssag (v isitor s),la toga tok.

C on cea l , V ., elr ejt

-en i .

C on clude , V , v e’

gez- n i .

C on fess, V . , megv a ll-a n i .

C on quer , V ., meghodil

—a n i .

C on qu eror, lio'dilo.

C on sole , V ., v iqa szta l

—n i .

C on sola tory, v iga szla lo'

. A. v .

C on sta n t, a lla n do

'

,A. v .

C on stitu ti on (of a rea lm), a l

kohn dn y.

C oo l, A., hives

C opy-book, irokon yv .

C ordi a lly, ss ivesen .

C ordia li ty, szivesse’

g.

C orn (whea t or rye) , biiza .

C orp or ea l,A.

, tes ti .

C orrect,V .

, iga zi l—a n i .

C oun t, S .

, Gr o’

f.C oun t

,V .

, srema l—n i ,megszd

mit- un i ; to coun t up , felszdmi l—n i .

Coun try, ta r lomdny (pr ov in ce)fa lu (cou n try-pla ce) .

C ou ra ge, bdlor sdg.

C r a v a t, nya lrr a v a lo.

C rea tor, leremlb

.

C rea tur e, teremlé s .

C red i t, S .

, ll i lel.

Cr edito r , hi lelezo".

C r imin a l,A .

, blin ds .

Crisp , V. a ., fodroz—n i .20 *

Page 321: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

30 8

Cru el, li egyetlen ,

Cul tiv a te, V ., miveln i .

Cu n n in g,A. , r a v a sz.

Curiosity (r a rity ), r itlta sdg.

Curl,V . a .

, fodr oz—n i .

C ut,V. a .

, vdgn i .

D .

Day, n ap ; da ily, Adv . , n a

ponké n l

Dea d, holt.

De a r , draga .

Debt , a dos sdg.

Deb tor , a do'

s .

Deceiv e , V., megcsa l

- n i .

December , December , té lelb'

.

Decli n e, V . , ve'

sz-ui .

Declin in g, sulyedo".

Deed,tell.

Deficien cy, hirin g.

Delay, V., ha la szi—a n i .

Demoli sh,V. , kron l- a n i .

Den y, V ., taga d

—n i , megta

ga d—n i .

Depa rt, V ., elulaz

-n i .

Depopula te, V ., kipuszli t

—a n i .

Deserv e, V .

,er demel- n i , meg

erdemel—n i .

Desire, S ., kivan a l.

Destin a ti on , r en deltele'

s .

Diamon d, gyéman l.

Die,V .

, ha l—n i , meg/la l-n i .

Differen t, ltu lombfe'

le.

Difficult, n ehe’

z.

Dig, V ., as

- n i .

Diligen t, szorga lma tos .

Din n er , ebe'

d.

Directly (immedi a tely), min d

jdr t, a son n a l.

Discov er , V., felfedez-ui .

Dismember,V.

, sze'

tda r a bo l-n i .

Disobedien t, engedetlen .

Dispose, V., in lézkedilt (in

leaked—i i i) .

Dista n t, messze, Adv . A.

Distribute,V .

, kioszt—a n i.

Disturb, V .

, meghdborga t- n i .

Div ide in tw o , V ., felez- n i.

Do,V.

, lesz. (len n i) , tetlitk,

w e di d .

Domin eer , V., ur a l/todi/t (ur a l

[rod- i i i).

Door , aj lo.

Dr a pery, p oszlo- lfelme.

Draw out,V .

, ltihilz- n i .

Dr ess, S .

, ruha .

Duke, herczeg.

Duty, Irotelesseg.

Dwell, V.

, lakik (lak—n i) .

E a ch, min den ik.E a rly, Adv .

, [for cin

E a rth, fold.

E a sily, Iron nyen .

E a st, kelet,

‘ E a st In dia , kelel

in d ia .

E duca te, V.

, n ovel-n il

E go tism, onzé s .

E ither or , a lcdr a ltar .

Page 323: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3 10

For est , erdo’

.

Forget, V . , elfelejl- en i .

F orm erly, ezeldll.

Fortun e, szer en cse.

Fou n d , V., a lap i t

—a n i .

Foun der , a la p ilo’

.

Fr a n ce , Fr a n ozia or szag.

Fra n cis , Feren cz.

Free, sza ba d, A.

Fr eedom ,sza ba dsag.

Fr iday, pen tek.

Fr ien d , ba ra l ; fema le fr ien d,ba ra in e.

From , to'

l. P o . a .

Fu lfil, v .

, teb/es it—en i .

Furn iture, butor .

Further , tovdbb.

Ga in , V ., n yer

- n é.

Ga lla n t, A. , ba tor , dere'

k.

Garden , Iter t; ga r den er , kertész.

Ga ther , V., gyiljl

-en i .

Gen era l, laborn ok.

Gen erous, n agylelln i gen er ously, n agy/elka

'

en .

Gen tle , szelid .

Gen tlema n, i ir .

Germa n, n émel, A. ; n e

'

meti i l,

Adv .

Germa n y, Ne'

melor szcig.

Get, V ., kap

- n i,meg kap n i ;

to get up (a sum), oszehoz

u i ; to get a liv in g , meqé ln i ,to get los t, elvesz—n i .

Girl, ledn y , ldny ; the girl, a

lean y ; the girls , a’

ledn yok.

Giv e, V .

, a d- n i ; to give w a y,

enged-n i .

Glove , a pa ir of glov es , Irezlyu”.

Go,V .

, megy (men - n i) ; go

ou t, kimegg ; go aw ay, el

megy.

Gold, a r a n y, S .

Gold-cha in , a ra n ylan oz.

Good , jo'

.

Gov ern , V ., kormdn yoz-u i .

Go v ern men t, kormd n y.

Gr a pe, szo’

lo”

,S .

, coll.

Grea t , n agy.

Green , zo id .

Gr in d , V ., Iroszor dl- n i , to let

grin d , koszo‘

r ii ltet—n i .

Grow ,V . n .

, n o"- n i .

Gu a rdi a n ship , gyamsag.

Gu est, v en dég.

Guide, V .

, vezérel-n i .

Gun powder, puskapor , ldp or .

Ha n d, tea ; ha n ds, kezelc.Ha ppen ,V .

, tor témk(tor le'

n -n i .)Ha rd , keme

n y, A. ; keme’

nyen ,

Adv . ; h a rdly, n ebesen .

H a sten , s iet—n i to ha sten aw a y,els iet- n i .

Ha t, ka lap .

Ha te,V.

, gy t’

t’

lo l-n i .

Ha za rd, koczkdzla l—n i

He, 6 .

Hea lthy, ege'

szse'

ges .

Page 324: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3“

Hea r , V., ba ll—a n i .

Hea rken , V .

, ha llga l—n i .

H ea r t, sziv .

H ea r th, tile/lely.

Here, i tt

Hero , 1168 .

Her oic, hds igh ero

-like,heroi

c a lly, v ile'

ziesen .

Herself, ma ga .

Hi gh , maga s .

H im self, ma ga .

History , tor ren el.

Hi t,V .

, megiit—n i .

Home, haw ; a t home , i llllon ,

ar s o n

Hon our,V .

, liszlel—n i .

Hope, V ., r emé nyl-en i .

Hor se-gu a rd, lova s—dr sereg.

Hou se, mm; the hou se, a ’

lzdz.

How, /logy, hogga n ; h ow m a n y .

hang ; h ow mu ch , men n yivel,(u sed w ith th e Compa r a tiv e).

Hun gar ia n , magya r , A. S . ;

magya ral, Adv .

Hun ga ry , Magya r or szcig.

Hun t,V .

, v aoda sz- n i .

Hun tsma n , v a dci sz.

I, e'

n .

Icela n d, Izla n d.

Idle, rest.

If, ha .

J ’

Ill , beteg. Ja n ua ry, Ja nuar , te'

lho'

.

Ima gin e, V . , ke'

pzel-n i. Jewels, ekszer .

‘mmort al, Ita l/la la tla n . Judgmen t , i lé lel .

Imperfect , lé lré lellen .

Impression , ben yomd s.

In ca pa ble, ilgyetlen .

In crea se , V ., aregbi l

—en i .

In deed, iga san .

In dia, In dia .

In du striou s, szorga lma s , mun

kd s .

In fin i te, v églzetetlen .

In jur e, V ., ar t

—un i.

In juriou s, In tros ; to be in ju

r iou s,dr l—a n i .

Inju stice,jogta la n sag, igazsdgta la n sdq.

Ink, le'

n la ; inksta n d, te'

n la la r lo'

In qu ire, V., kerdezdské d-n i .

In solen ce, goromba sdg.

In sta n tly, min djdr t, c r on n ol.

In stea d, helyetl‘

,P o .

In stin ct, S .

, oszton .

In ten tion , szdn delt .

In ter est , S .

, erdek.

In v en t , V. , lelta ld l—n i ; in v en

tion , felta ldld s , ta ld lmdn y

(thin gs in v en ted).Irela n d, Ir la n d.

Irrecon cilable , Itiengesztellle

tetlen .

Isle,sziget.

It , P r .,

Ita ly , Ola szor szag.

Itself, maga .

Page 325: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

342

Juliu s (ma n’

s n ame) , Gyula .

July , Jdlius , nydrllo'

.

Jun e,Jan ia s , nydrelo

.

K .

Keep silen ce, ha llga t—n i .

Kill (by shootin g), V. , agyon

ld-u i .

Kin d,A.

, szives ; kin dn ess, szi

v es seq.

Kin g, kira ly ; kin gdom , [tird ly

sag.

Kn ife , ké s .

Kn it, V . , kol-n i.

Kn ock (a n y on e), V ., ii l- n i.

Kn ow (a n y o n e) ismer—n i ; to

kn ow (a n y-thin g), tud—n i .Kn ow ledge, kn ow in g, S . , in do

mas , tudds .

L .

Labor , S . , mun lta ; laborer ,

Ice'

zzmun ltas .

Lamp , lamp a .

L a n d,S . ,fold ; n a tiv e-la n d, haw .

La n gu a ge, nyelv .

La rge, n agy .

La st (in : la st w eek) , A., mu

'

lt ;

the la st,ulolso'

; la st w ill, ve'

g

ron delet.

La stin g, flos szd .

L a te , A.

, ke'

so'

.

L aw , torvé n lj .

L a zin ess, lun ya sdg.

Lea d, V., vezet- n i .

Lea der , veze'

r ; lea der of theM .

a rmy, ha dvezer .

Lea rn , V ., ta nul- n i ; learn er, Ma n , ember , pl. , emberek ; ma n

ta nulo. kin d, ember i—n em.

Lea v e, S ., bu

'

csii ; to take lea v e ,

elbi icsnzilt (elbu'

cs iiz- n il .

Lea v e, V ., hagy

—n i , elllagy-n i.

Len d, ko lcson oz—n i .Lest , n ehogg.

Lesson , leczlce.

Letter, leve

'

l ; Obj. , C a se lo

velet ;— o i the a lphabet, bold .

Liber ty, sza ba dsag.

L ie (la id down ) feltszik (feltud—n i) ; to go to bed , le

fekszi/t .Life, elei .Ligh t

,A. S ., v ilag , to light

up , It iv ilcigit-a n i .

Like, V., sacret—n i ;

min t.

Lime tree, lin d , hdr sfa .

Lin en , vd szon .

Lin ger , V . , vé sz- n i .

Listen , V ., ha llga t

—n i .

Liv e (dw ell),V . , lakik(lak-n i) .

Lodgin g, S ., lakci s .

Lon g, bossa it ; lon g ago , re'

gen ;

lon ger , tovdbb.

Look, V ., n e

'

z-n i ; to look for ,

ker es- n i .

Lookin g- gla sss fr ame , til/{dr

rdma .

Lose on e’

s w ay, V . , elte'

ved- n i .

Lo ss, vesztese'

q ; lost , elveszetl .

Lo v e, V .

, szerel—n i .

Lull, V .

, r inga l—n i .

Lurkin g-pla ce , r ej lllely.

Page 327: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

344

Ora tor, szo

'

n o/r.

Ordin a rily, r en desen .

Or e, e

'

r cz.

O ther, ma s ; o therwise

, [rulomben .

Ov er, a

'

lla l, fe le/f, P o .

O v er com e, V .

, meggl/ O'

z—n i .Ow e

, V., la r tozi/t (ld TlOZ - n l )

Ow n, s aj a'l .

P a le, A.

, ba la v a'

ny.

P a per , S ., p ap iros .

P a r en t, szu/o

".

P a ris, Pa r is , Par i s

P a rk, liget.

P a r t, S . , resz..

P a tria r ch, lorzs a lya .

P a trio t, ll a zafl.

P a y, V., flzeI- n i .

P ea ce,

S .

, belie ; in times ofpea ce

, belre’ide/en .

P ea r, bor ivo, S .

, coll .

P erjury, bitszege‘s .

P er sev era n ce, kila r la

s .

P ian o, zongor a .

Picture, S ., Ite

'

p .

P la te (soup-pla te), tdn yé rP la y, V , fa ls e- (mi .P la y

-hou se, szi

n li az.

P lea sa n t, ss c

'

p , telszds ; i t pleases

, Ielszi/i (letsz—en i) ; pleasure

, Itedv .

P o cket-ha n dker chief, zsebbe

v a lo'

.

P o et, ko llo

".

P on d, S .

, to.

P o liticia n, or szagldr .

P oor, szegé n y .

P ow er, lm la lom ; pow erful

, ll a

P r a ctise, V .

, gya bor l- a n i .P r a ise

, V .

, dicse’

rn i .

P r efer , V., ele

'

be tess (len n i )P resen t , A .

, mo s ia n i .Presen t

, S .

, ajan dé /c; to presen t

, to m ake a presen t,

ajan dé ltoz- n i

P ress, V .

, szor i l- a n z, n yom-n i .

Prev a il up on , rabir-n i.P r ev en t

, V., elejel vess i (ven

n i) ; ca n preven t, eleje'

l vebet-mi

P ri ce, ctr .

Pr in ce, fejedelem.

P rin tin g-tr a de, konyvn yomla

hi s .

P r iv a te, A maga

ny.

Pr o ceed, V.

, ban -m:P ro cur e

, V ., szerezn i.

Page 328: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

345

(P rodu ce) to be produced, Idma d—n i , V. 11 .

P r oduc t, termé ny.

P r odu ction, lermeszlmén y.

P r ofit , S ., n geres , ha szon ; to

b e profitable, Il a szn o l ll ajl

a n i .

P r om ise, V ., megige

'

r-n i .

P r on oun ce , V .

, Iriejl- en i.

P r oper,A .

, lulajdon

P roper ty, b a ggon .

P r opr iety, ta Iajdon sdg.

P ro secu te, V . , il ldoz- n i .

P ro tect,V .

, v é d—en i .

P r o v in ce, la r lomdn y .

P run e, szilv a , S .

,coll.

P u ll,V .

, ln iz- n z.

P un ish , V.

, megbtin tet-n i ; pu

n ishmen t, bdn tele

s .

Pupil , n even dék.

P ur sue,V. , keryel

-n i, dz-ui .

Q.

Queen , kira lyn d.

B .

Ra imen t, é llbzel.

Ra in, es o

"

; it ra i n s, esd’

es ik.

Ra re, r i llta ; r a rity, r itka sdg.

Ra ther, inkdbb.

Rea ch , V ., ele

'

r-n i, n yujl-a n i.

Rea d, V., o lva s-u i .

Ready, Iré sz.

Rea l, v a lodi ; rea lly, iga zdn ,

va loba n .

Rea lm, or szdg.

Rea son, S .

, e’

sz; their rea son ,

eszuh.

Receiv e , V .

, [elvesz (lo/ven

n i) , mogbap- n i .

Recen t, zij.

Recko n , V., szdmil—a n i.

Recogn ize,V.

, meqzsmer-n i.

Red, veres .

Reformer, egyha ZJa v ito.

Refuge , S ., men edé lt .

Region, [dye/i .

Rem a in,V .

, ma r a d- n i .

Ren ow n , S ., hir ; r en ow n ed,

hir e s, A.

Repo se, V . n .

, n yvgszi/t (n yu

god- n i) ,

Repr o a ch , V ., p ironga t

—n i .

Republic , keelars a ssag.

Residen ce, la li ds , la ir/rely .

Rest, p ihen- n i .

Restor e , V ., helgred llit

—a n i .

Return , V. a ., v is sza te

'

r it—en i .

Rew a rd, S .

, jula lom.

Rich, ga zdag ; ri ches, ga sdag

sag.

Right, S ., jog, S .

Righteou s, iga zsagos .

Rin g,S .

,

Ripe, er ell.Rise , V . , tamed-m:

Roo t, S ., gyolré r .

Room , szoba .

Roun d, Pr ., kordl, P o .

Rou t, V., ss a la szt—a n i , e g

ver-n i.

Ruby, rubin .

Page 329: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

346

Ru le, V ., iga zqa t

—n i .

Run,V .

, sza la d- n i ; to run

awa y, elsza la d- n i .

S .

S a cred, sa in t , szen l.

S a d, szomor ii .

S a l lin g, A. v ., v i lor ldzo

.

S a ilor , tengeresz.

S a lo on , S . ,ter em.

S a n guin a ry, ver es .

S a tisfy, V . a ., hielégil

—en i ; to

be sa tisfied ,megele'

gszilf(me

gele'

ged—n i) .

S a tur day, szomba t.

S a y, V .

, mon d—a n i ; to sa y a

lesson, [elmon da n i a

leczlre’

t.

S chola r , ta n a lo'

.

School, S . , oskola .

S cho ol-w ork, oskola i ma n li a .

Scotla n d, Sco

'

lor szdg, Scolia .

Secur ity, biszlos sdg,

S ee, V .

, la'

l-n i .

S eeds of v egeta bles, zoldségmag.

Seek, V ., keres- n i .

Seems , ldlszilt .

Self-co n sum in g,to be ma

gdt emess i—en i .

Selfish, onzb’

.

S ell , V ., dru

l—n i .

Sen d, V .

, li ti ld-en i ; to sen d

for (a n ybody) hiva l—n i .

Sepa ra te, V ., eln i lon oz- n i

September , Sep tember , dszelo'

.

Serpen t , Itiqgo'

.

Ser va n t, szolgci lo.

Ser vice, szo lga'

zla l.

Set,V. (sa id o f the sun ), lo

n ugszik (lenyugod—n i) .

S ew,V . , v a r n z.

Sha dow , S ., arn yé/t .

Sha pe or fa shion of a dress,

Sha re, V ., oss toznm

'

; sha r e , S .,

o szta le’

k.

She, (i .

Shed , V . , on l-en i .

Ship of the hue, s or/tajo .

Show , V ., mu la tn i .

Shu t, V . , zdrn i .

S in , V ., bdnhddilt (biinhO

'

d- n i) ,v é llrezik (v é tkez—n i) ; sin , S .

,

v é Ie/t ; sin s, v é lkelt ; sin n er,

btln os ; sin ful , ba s .

S in cere, dszin te.

Sin g, V ., e

'

n eltel—n i .

S it, V,, u l—n i .

S la v e , S ., r a b.

Sleep , S .

, a lom; to be sleepy,a lha tik (a lha t- n i) .

Sma ll, hics iny,

S o , i igy ,olly.

So ciety, Idr sa ss a’

g .

S oftly, ka lkha l.S oldier

, ka lon a ; foot- soldiergya log

- lta ton a .

Some, n ehdn y ; somebody, v a

la hi ; somethin g, v a lami ,

som ewhere else , ma shol,

from somewher e else, ma s

hon n a n .

Soon , majd ; soon a fter , miutan ; soon er , ele

'

bb.

Page 331: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

348

Thur sday, cs é tor lolt.Tiger , tigr is .

Time,S .

, ido"

,in time, idején .

Ton gue, n yelv .

Tool, S ., szer szdm,coll .

Tow a rds, erdn ti , A.

Town , v dros .

Tra de , S .

, ip a r , ker esltedé s ;

to tr a de, [tereskedik (ker es

[ted-m) .

Tr a desma n , ip a ros , kereskedd.

Tr a n sla tion , ford fids .

Tr a v el, V ., utazik (uta z- n i) ;

tr a v eller , utazo’

.

Tr ifle,S .

, csekelyse’

g.

Tropica l region , lorr o'

ov i ta r

tomdny.

Tr ouble,S .

, far a dsdg.

True,truth

, iga z.

Tru st , V .

, bizi/c (biz- ii i) .

Tu esday, hodd.

Tur n , V., fordill-ui , V . n .

Tyra n t , zsa rn olc.

U n certa in, bizon yta la n .

U n cle, n agybd tya .

U n der, u n dern ea th, a ld ,a la ttP o .

U n dersta n d,V .

,é r t- en i, mgg

er t-em“

.

U n for tun a te, szeren cse’

tlen .

U n justly, igazsdgta la n i il.U n righteousn ess, iga zsagta la n

sag.

U nw illin gly, aka r a tlami l.Up , Adv .

, fel.

U rgen cy, sfirgete'

s .

U seful, ha szn os ; to be u seful,

ha szn al—n i .

Va lour , v itézse'

g.

Va lu able , e'

r té lfes,dr aga .

Va lue , V ., becsd l—n i .

Va n qu ish, V .

, meggyb’

z—n i .

Vegetables, zoldse'

g, S . coll.

Ven er a te, V .

, tisztel- n i .

Very, igen .

Vice, v é telt , plur . v é lltelt.

Victory, gyozedelem ; to b e v i c

toriou s, gyé zedelmeslredilc

(gyozedetmesked-ui) .

Villa ge, fa lu .

Vir tue , eren g ; v irtu ous, er a'

nyes .

Visit, V ., megld toga t—n i .

W .

Wa ges, ja la lom, ber .

Wa it, V .

, vdr—n i .

Wa lk, V ., ja

'

r - n i ; to take a

w a lk, se

tdl—n i .

Wa lki n g-stick, sé la bot.Wa ll

, S ., fa l.

Wa n t (deficien cy), S ., li ta ny ;

to be w a n ted, [tell—en l.

Wa r, hdboru

; to be a t w a r,

to make w a r habor iiskodik

(hdboraskod- n i) .

Wa re, S .

, kelme.

Wa ter , S ., v iz; to wa ter, on

toz—n i.

Page 332: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

349

Wea lth , jole'

t.

Wea ther , idd.

Wea v er , takacs .

Wed n esda y, szer da .

Week, hel.

Well, jdl , ege

'

szs éges (bein gw ell).

VVhea n bas a .

When , mihor .

When ce, houn a n .

Where, hol.Which

, melly ; plur . mellyek.

While, mig.

Who , Ii i, P r . r el .

Whole , egé sz ; wholesome,

egé szse'

ges .

Wholesa le mer cha n t , n agyh'er est ado.

Wickedn ess, gon oszsag.

Wide,A.

, szeles .

Wild, sa ilaj (sa id of the mi n d),

v a d .

Will, V ., a ka r-n i ;

— S . , aka r a t.

Willi am , Vilmos .

Win g, S .

, szdrn y.

Win ter , tel. f, £ 7137Withou t, n éflti i l, P o .

Wood, erdo

"

, fa , S . coll .

Word, szo

'

.

Wo rk, S ., mun /ta , de lay ; to

w ork, dolgozik (dolgoz- n i) .

Write,V. , ir-u i .

Yea r , c'

v .

Yes , igen is .

Yesterda y,Yet

, me’

g ,

yet n ot, megsem.

Yield , V . , en ged- n i .

Yoke, S . , iga .

You, ti (ye), on (w hen a p er

son i s spoken to) .

Youn ger b r other, 6 0 3 8 .

You th , ifji lsag , i012 (youn g

Page 333: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 335: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

II.

b . An All egory ,from Cha rles Kisfa ludy 53 .

c . Fa bles , fr om Joseph Karma n 54.

d . Fa bles , from Fr a n cis Ka zin czy 55 .

e . Or a tor ia l, fr om Fr a n cis K610 sey 56 .

f. Hi sto r ica l, from Joseph P é czely 6 8 .

Po etr y 85— 116 .

’I. Rem é n y ,Emlékezet (Hope , Remem

br a n ce), from Fr . Ko lcsey .

2 . Szé p Ilo nka (Fa ir Helen ), from M

Vor o sma r ty .

3 . Juliu s Ca es a r , fr om M. Vo r o sma r ty11 . Az elha gyo tt a n ya (The fo r saken

mother), fr om M. Vo rosma r ty5 . A’

ho n ta la n (The homeless), byVo r o sm a rty

6 . Szoza t (App ea l), by Vo r o sma r ty7 . A’

felkelt n emességhez (To the in

surgen t n obili ty), fr om B erzsen yi

8 . A’ Ma gya rokhoz (To the Hun ga r ia n s),fr om B erzsen yi

9 . Jambo r sa g e'

s kozé p szer (Moder a tiona n d Medium fr om

B erzsen yi

40 . A’

temeto (The church-ya rd), fr om

B erzsen yi

41. Foha szkodas (Sigh from

B erszen yi

12 . Va n ita tum Va n ita s , fr om Ko lcsey .

43. Szii lofo ldem szép ha ta r a (My be a uti fulcoun try), a son g by Cha r les Kisfa ludy

Epigr amms , fr om Vii r iisma r ty ,B erzsen yi

a n d Wa ttayVo ca bu la r y to the se lec tion s

P a ge .

Page 336: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS ANDCORRECTIONS.

li n e vl9 , r ea d in stea d of: ver i

7 : 37 mi”, n n mi ,

A soft sof

6 ja - v a l i tt-va l2 egé szse

'

qes ege'

sze’

ges

20 , figyes d ages

30 , Pr ep osition s P repositio n8 , a remore th a n on e a r e m or e

A dr dgabba h. dr aqahba b.

29 lfzvdrmak. hivdn n a h.

5 ki cs iny. kin rs in y.

45 mer t n em mer tn em28 forms orms

22 ha za’

s haza s’

47 , at 61.

26 , kelles sem, keles s em22, On (In

a fter to feed, put : ita l—i i i to giv e to dr ink,

47 , r ea d . v er egethelen d, in s tea d of : v erge/’ceten d .

6 , Verqod-u i. Verqod

-u i,

25 P lur . Tor/etch, Tor/elek,4 s ikamolik, s ikamoli/c2, s ikamlik

, s ikam/zh'

26 , N eu ter,Media l a n d Activ e Verbs . in

stea d of: N euter Verbs .

11 , rea d : sz, CS , 0 1. in stea d of : sz, cz

3 3 ! n W 7 , 1 ) M23a n d S Z , d Z ,

23 , ben nunket a n d ben n eteket 1n s tea d o f

benunket a n d ben eteket.

Page 337: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

P a ge 248 lin e 3 rea d : Tied, in stea d o f: Ticid,

i ) 7 , 7 , Tié id, Tieid’

227 6 , Adj ectiv e a n d its depen den cies ; in stea dof: Adjecti v es ;

239 20 Mer l in stea d of : Ner t2713 24 o n es o n s

23 kira ly’

ha ld lan , hir a lyfia latan244 44 n é ven v en—m

n é ven ven m246 4 a la tt a lla t

,

2 {elett a bov e, mellett in stea d of : felletta bov e

, mellet2 the fa ther in stea d of : he fa ther2 sztlletetl

,szttlelett.

40 tellem tellem11 a n oa th

,on o a th

9 n yu lr a , he shot the ha re . in stea d o f

nya lr a ha re .

258 4 fenyeget in stea d of : fen qeget2 reten t r en ten t

263 3 a fter Na gyszomba t , put : a t a lyamn a / levour a h‘ , the gen tlemen (th a t a re) wi th my fa ther . O th erw ise the a ffix mi l n é l i s u sed . a s

27 0 lin e 43 , rea d : liable i n stea d of: ila ble

22 Itiqerjedez. hiqerjedes .

280 22 lo sQ, o st

284 47 the ca n n on s a n sw er ed the colon el.

in stea d of : c a n n on s .

289 column fir st li n e 49 , rea d : Bum,in stea d of : Raw ,

302 sec . 47 . str eet . str eel.

307 fir st 22 . r eszté ny , eszté n y.

308 24. leron t—a n i, leron t—a n i .

340 45 . telyesit-en i tetyegit

- en i .

,,wéme ttHAdx. m et-UH.

344 7 . hé’

s i ;h ero-like hé’

s i her ol ike .

45 . otthon 0 110 77 .

344 sec . 34. P r in tin g P rin tin g-ma346 8 . osztoz-u i ; oszloznm

'

:

347 7 . a szla lken dd ;348 first 28 . meg méq349 M ” 11 . ” n et/mil, n et/a i l.

Page 339: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 340: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

SKETCHESOF THE

HISTORYOFHUNGARIANLITERATURE.

l . LITERARY DEVELOPMENT AND THE FATE

OF THE LANGUAGE.

N A T I O N A L S T E U G GL E S .

’1 GENERAL REMARKS. PERIOD OF THE FIRST

SETTLEMENT OF THE NATION IN PANNONIA.

L a n gu a ge a n d cus toms a r e the fe a tur es of

n a tion s a n d the expr es s ion s of a n a tion a l min d .

As the la tter gr ow s older the former cha n ge

p r oportion a lly .

In the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge w e imedia tely n o

tice the o r ien ta l cha r a c ter of the n a tion , which

ha s been kept up thr ough n e a r ly 9 c en tur ies :

a lthough ha rd s truggles , p a r tly n a tion a l , p a r tlypolit ic a l , a n d la s tin g exter n a l w a r s , u ltima telydimin ished the pr imitiv e p eople .

This p eculia r phen omen on of a n o r ien ta l

la n gua ge in the middle of E ur ope, sur r oun ded a s

it w a s , ev ery wher e by n a tion s o f a n o cc iden ta l4*

Page 341: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

A

cha r a c ter , un obs er v ed by the peop le of th e w es ter n

shor es , ha d a ttr a cted the a tten t ion of s ome Ger

ma n philologists a s fa r a s they foun d it n eces s a ryto men tion the Hun ga r i a n la n gua ge ,

in o rder to

s a tisfy the Opin ion whi ch the Germa n publ ic c on

c eiv ed of its philo sopher s . It w a s c on s ider ed a s

ha v in g exha us ted Philologic a l ma ter ia ls , when

the wo rk ha d a s ec tion o r a n a pp en dix , in whichev en the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge w a s men tion ed ;hen c e , the c o n fus ed n otion s of the Hun ga r ia nn a tion a n d of its la n g ua geWe do n o t inher it a n y l iter a ry pr oduction s

Adelun g, th e gr e a t Germa n philo logist,in his Mi th rid a

tes , speakin g of the Hu n ga ri a n la n gu a ge , m en ti on s s ome v ery

str a n ge thin gs . C ompa rin g the Wo rks w ritten by Germa n

a n d S cla v on ia n a u tho rs o n the Hun g a r i a n n a tion a n d o n its

la n gu a ge , w e a re led to co n clude , th a t th e Hun ga r ia n s h a rdly h a da la n gu a ge before they c ame in to P a n n on i a

,a n d tha t a fter their

s ettlem en t l n modern Hun ga ry they m a de excursion s to differen t p a r ts of E u rope in order to r ob o ther people of a few w o rds .

Adelun g, in h is M ithr ida tes,giv es a qu a n tity of w o rds a s

deri v ed from Germ a n ; amo n gst o thers : Lyuk, (h ole) fromlus ta (disorderly idle), from Iafi(faui) ; eszem (I ea t), from

id; efi'

e; Vi tor la (th e sa il), fr om QBetterbabn (w e a ther co ck) ;6120 8 12 (the lea v e) fr om $ufie (the pen a n ce) ; fo ld (the ea r th)from 5?e (fields) ; from Fren ch : Acze’l (steel), fr om a cier ;

ér selt , from a r chev eque ; from L a tin : Sza r va s (the s ta g ,

deer) from , cer vus ; fa lu (vi lla ge), fr om v illa . The S cla v on ia n

writers s till a re w orse. B u t the fa ct , tha t a ll the foreigna u thors disa gree w ith on e a n o ther in their theor ies of deri

v a tio n , depr iv es them of credit , a n d ren ders r efuta tio n a n d

vin dica tio n o f the Hun ga ria n s supe rfluous .

Page 343: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

6

a n d in c l in ed, mo r e o r les s , tow a r ds Roma n ism,in

la n gu a ge a n d s o c i a l ch a r a c te r .

B etween these tw o la rge s ec ts of the Chr istia n

chur ch the Ma gya r s h a v e s ettled , c on s ider ed bythe E ccles ia s ti ca l Lo cumten a n t of Rome a s the

ba stion of p a p a l domin a tion a ga in st o r ien ta l in

v a s ion s , a n d Grec i a n en c ro a chmen ts,

c ajolled bythe e a stern poten ta tes , who s ough t to ga in in them

a n a lly a ga in s t the ov ergr owin g Roma n gia n t.

B es ides thes e , ther e wer e thr ee s tr a n ge elemen ts

c omb in ed in the con v er s ion of the he a then Ma

gya r s , who r ec e iv ed ba p tism a bout 4000 yea r s a fter

The c on v er s ion w a s begun by Gr eeks ,

bu t w a s a chiev ed by the ir ow n p r in c e a n d h is

c on sor t,

a n d r ec e iv ed the s a n ction of the P op e .

B es ides , the Ma gya r s , in fa ct, r ec e iv ed ba p tism ,

n o t bec a use they w er e c on v in c ed of the ben efic ia l

effec ts of the Chr is ti a n do c tr in es on huma n s o

c iety, bu t ou t of deep r ev er en c e a n d p a r tly fr om

fea r of th e ir chief,who a lr ea dy ha d been br o ugh t

up in the Chr is tia n r el igion .

All thes e c ir cums ta n c es c omb in ed ha d gr ea t

in fluen c e on the who le s er ies of ev en ts by which

w e tr a c e the l ife of the Ma gya r n a tion , a n d co n

tr ibuted much to p r es erv e the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge .

The c on v er sion h a d b egun in 9 50 ; bu t it w a s only

P rmce S tephen,a ft erw a rds Kin g S tephen I.

,w ho took a dec isiv e

step in r ega rd to this impor ta n t objec t,a fter 9 9 7 a fter Chr ist .

Page 344: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

The Kin gs of the Ar p a dia n l in e r ema in ed

v ic to r s in a ll the s truggles a ga in s t the Roma n

Python , up to the 43tu

c en tury . The n a tion a l cu s

toms a n d la n gua ge w er e kep t up w ith the pol i

tic a l r ights of the n a tion . Th e a v er s ion to L a tin

lea rn in g w a s ev er s o gr ea t, tha t it w a s en fo r c ed

by law s a n d s ta tu tes upon p er s on s who w ished

to be Kin g Alber t (Bela ) III. , a

pup il of the Byza n tin e c our t, in troduc ed a cha n

c ery s imila r to tha t of the Byza n tin e c our t, a n d

by r oya l dec r ees l iter a l pr o c eedin gs in the

tr a n s a c tion s , bo th of p r iv a te a n d publ ic a ffa ir s,

wer e, fr om tha t time, en fo r c ed .

Although the in dom ita ble des ir e of the n a tion

for p r imev a l customs s oon ov erpow er ed the w ea k

mon a r chs r e ign in g in the 43th c en tury, a n d fo r e ign

s o c ia l r efo rms w er e a bolished by law , the la n

gua ge r es to r ed to its p r imev a l r ights : n ev er the

les s the fa ta l cus tom of div idin g the r ea lm be

tw een fa ther a n d s on , thus es ta blishin g tw o c our ts

which un dermin ed e a ch o ther , n ea r ly a n n ih ila ted

the r oya l a utho r ity, a n d w ith it the mor a l exis

ten c e of the Ma gya r s .

U n der Kin g C oloma n, 409 2

— 4445 .

Page 345: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3 . THE KlHthCENTURY.

(P er iod of the declin e of(the n a tion a l power .)

The 43th c en tury is the fa ta l cen tury of the

n a tion . The a n c ien t glory v a n ishes , in ter n a l dis

s en tion s , mostly the c on sequence of w eak a n d

mo r a lly p ow er les s Kin gs , begin to gn aw the r oo ts

o f th e n a tion a l s tr en gth . The in cess a n t sho cks ,which the po litic a l in s titut ion s of th e Ma gya r s

r ec e iv ed fr om p a p a l a mb ition , the dev a s ta tin gr a v a ges of Ta r ta r ia n the en emy of

the in stitution s of c iv ilized n a tion s , a n d effemin a te

Kin gs , who h a pp en ed to a s cen d the thr on e when

the misfo r tun es of the n a tion r equ ir ed in defa

tiga ble a n d p er s ever in g exer tion s , w er e blow s

fr om which the n a tion ha s n ev er r ec ov er ed .

With a n c ien t gr a n deur a v itic a l customs de

clin ed , a n d in stea d of p a tr io tism ,the n a tion a l

p r ide often bec ame ov ergr own w ith extuber a n c es

of a n a r chy . The br ight p o in ts , in the His to ry of

the Hun ga r ia n n a tion s , a r e on ly s o ma n y p a ss in gc omets w a n tin g c on s olida tion .

The c oun ties depopula ted by Ta r ta r ia n s wer e

to be r epopula ted by fo r e ign imm igr a n ts ; w ith

In the yea r 4244, un der Kin g Albert (B é la ) IV . , the

Kha n B a tu in v a ded Hun ga ry w ith a bou t Mogolia n s

a n d o ther Ta r ta ria n bords, depopu la tin g it for n e a r ly tw o

yea r s .

Page 347: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

40

m a n n er s , a n d desp is ed the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge .

He hims elf r eorga n ized the Cha n c ery, in tr oduc ed

by B ela l l lth

a n d ga v e it a mor e s ta ble foun da

tion ; b e in g supp or ted by the clergy, he in tr oduc ed

the La tin la n gua ge a s the la n gua ge of publ i c

bus in es s . Dr ea din g the p ow er of the Hun ga r ia n

n ob ility, he es ta blished s omethin g like a Hun ga

r ia n c ou r t a t Vis egr a d , the ultima te des ign of which

w a s to bury the r ough n a tion a lism un der th e

s p len dour of a n effemin a tin g Ita l i a n c our t , bu t

n o t to s a tisfy the r ea l des ir es of s ome gr a n dees of

the n afion .

His s on Lew is the F ir s t, en ga ged thr oughout

h is l ife w ith the extern a l in c r ea s e of a n Em

p ir e , ha d little time to s a cr ific e to the in ter es t of

the Hun ga r ia n n a tion . The mon ey r a is ed in

the r ea lm , in s tea d of employin g it to dev elop

the mor a l a n d in tellectua l s tr en gth of the n a tion ,which might h a v e been a dur a ble foun da tion of

his E a s ter n emp ir e , a n d w ou ld ha v e r a ised the

Hun ga r ia n s to the fir s t r a n k of E ur op ea n n a tion s ,he s qua n der ed to suppo r t for e ign c our ts , a n d to

s a tisfy the v a n ity of mediev a l c on c eption s of

gr a n deur .

The La tin s tyle r ec e iv ed its defin ite di plo

ma tica l forms un der the r e ign of this Kin g, a n d

the ga tes of the r oya l c ourt a n d those of the

Jur isdic tion s w er e thus shut a ga in st the n a tio

n a l la n gua ge , which hen cefor th r etir ed to the

Page 348: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

44

pea c ea ble home of the a gr icultu r is t, a n d to the

c amps of the a rmy . The a v idity o f the n ob i lityha v in g been s a tisfied by a n ew bur den , imp os ed

upon the p ea s a n try, th ey c ould n o t p er c e iv e a n y

da n ger fo r the n a tion a lity , a s they did a c en tu ry

a go .

Thin gs r ema in ed in th a t s ta te u n til the r e

fo rma ti on in the chur ch br ough t on a n ew er a

fo r liter a tur e .

5 . THE XVtb CENTURY.

(Reforma tion of th e Rom ish Chur ch . The n a tion r ises un der

bra v e lea der s ; John Hun ya di , a n d h i s son Ma tth ew .)

In the Law s of Hun ga ry, in a c ted un der the

Kin gs of the Arp a dia n dyn a sty ,‘

ther e is men tion ed

the n ame of,Hun ga r i a n This s in gula r

fa c t ev iden tly p r ov es , tha t the n a tion n ever sub

mitted en tir ely to p a p a l des potism ; a n d c ous e

qu en tly the r eforma tio n of the chur ch,urged by

the fo llies of the Roma n c le rgy i ts elf, n o s o on er

w a s begun , th a n it s truck r oo t in Hun ga ry . The

imm in en t da n ger of a n in v a s ion fr om Turkish

ho rdes , a lr ea dy r a v a gin g the yon der c o a s ts“

of th e

Mediter r a n ea n , o c cup ied the a tten tion of the E ur o

U n der L a disla us I, a n d An dr ea s III. The former in

his Decree r ega rdi n g the r1tes of the chur ch sa ys : , ,L a t i n i ,

qu i U n g a r o r u m c o n s v e t u d i n e , scd icet s i se n o s t r o

c o n s u e t u d i n i m e l i o r i n on con sen t ir e d ixer in t, qu o cun qu e

v ola n t eo v a da n t .

Page 349: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

42

p ea n c our ts,a n d esp ecia lly th a t of the p Op e, s o

much , tha t the la n ds beyon d the Tisza ") w er e

los t s ight off; the n eglec t a n d c on tempt of the

Hun ga r ia n la n guage by thos e pr ies ts who w er e

the fa n a tic a l subj ec ts of the p a p a l thr on e, w er e

v ery fa v our a ble c ir cums ta n ces to pr omote the

pr ogr es s of the Refo rma tion , a n d wer e thus the

c a uses of the r e - es tabl ishmen t of the la n gua ge .

Alr ea dy a t the begin n in g of the XVthcen

tury, we meet w ith a tr a n sla tion of a p a r t of the

b ible (s ee below) in to Hun ga r ia n , thus , a t a time

when n o t ma ny other people of Eur op e c ould enjoythe ben efits of r ea din g the ho ly wr it . The la n gua ge

w a s suc cess iv ely cultiv a ted by the Reformer s,a n d

s c a r c ely h a d Luther a n d C a lv in (in the n ext c en

tury) a w aken ed the s le ep in g m in d of their people,when the p eople of Hun ga ry embr a c ed the n ew

doctr in e w ith a r den t zea l .

The r ev iv a l of the do c tr in e, es ta blished to

a llev ia te the burden s.

of huma n s o c iety, w a s ev ery

wher e followed by th e r ev iv a l of s cien c e a n d

tha t of n a t ion a l ity. Hun ga ry w a s n ot a t this time

ba ckw a rd , bu t ha d its sha r e in a ll of them , a n d

might ha v e r isen to the he ight which w a s a tta in ed

by o ther n a tion s , if extern a l w a r s a n d tyr a n n i ca l

i n tr igues a t home ha d n ot fetter ed the p eople ;the fo rmer thr ea ten in g a n n ihila tion of phys ica l

Tisza , Theis , is a riv er in Hun ga ry, a lon g the shoresof which the Hun ga ria n s a re con cen tra ted .

Page 351: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

44

6 THE XVI a XVIIth CENTURIES.

(Hun ga ry u n der the domin ion of the Au str ia n dyn a sty ,

S truggles for n a tion a l a n d r eligious freedom .)

The XVIth a n d XVIIth c en tur ies a r thos e of

ha r d s truggles for n a tion a l exis ten c e . The Turks ,thr ea ten in g to extin gu ish the n a tion phys ic a lly, de

popula ted the c oun try which formed the n a tion ’

s

fo cus ; fo r e ign poten ta tes , who s e gov ernmen ts

ha v e s tigma tized themselv es a s en emies ev en to

the n ame of n a t i o n its elf, a n d a s Gr ea t-In quis i

to r s wher es oev er the existen c e of the lea s t mor a l

pow e r of a n a tion w a s c onj ec tur ed , ha v e en

dea v ou r ed to p r ev en t in tellec tua l dev elopmen t ; in

th is '

w o rk they h a v e been a s s isted by the e c

c l e s i a s t i c s of th e on ly bea tifyi ng chur ch .

The ba ttle a t Mohac s") del iv er ed up the

c oun try to the Tu rks , fo r them to r a v a ge thr ough

a c en tur y a n d a h a lf. The dea th of Lew is the

S ec on d deliv er ed a lso the n a tio n to the Ha bsbu rgia n

dyn a s ty , who , w hile en dea v our in g to sup pr es s

the n a tion a l Spir it , s tifled the n a tion a l la n gua ge .

The m isfo r tun e which ha d befa llen the n a

tion of ha v in g lo s t its Kin g ,expo sed to the

da n ger of bein g c o n quer ed by the Turks , in

du c ed on e p a r t of it to elec t Ferdin a n d, duke of

Austr ia , a s Kin g ofHun ga ry, whils t the other full

Fought in 4526 , in which kin g Lewi s II p er 1shed , w ithhim 2 Ar chbishops 5 B ishops a n d a con sider a ble pa rt of the

n obility .

Page 352: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

45

o f d is tru s t, pr efer r ed c on fer r in g the r oya l d ign ityo n a n a tiv e gra n dee . But Hu n ga ry ha d n o ma n

in tellec tua lly o r mor a lly c a p a ble of bea r in g a

c r own on his hea d , a n d fell a s a c r ific e to its

follies of former times .

The dis tru s tin g p a r ty wa s in time jus tified

befor e the wor ld , for , s c a r c elly ha d the Au s

tr i a n duke the c r own he lon ged for , when he

un hes ita tin gly submitted to p ay tr ibute to the Sulta n .

in stea d o f r ev en gin g the ba ttle of Mohacs , bydr iv in g the in v a der s fr om a c oun try who s e mo

n a r ch he p r eten ded to be .

His suc c ess or s subm itted to p a y the s ame

tr ibute . Rudo lph I, bes ides p ayin g the tr ibute , be

ga n publ ic ly to pursue the pr in c iple of Aus tr ia n

p ol icy, which ha s been s o truly obs erv ed by a ll

h is su cc es so r s . The n obility w a s a la rmed a t the

a rb itr a r in ess of Rudolph , a n d ha v in g p la in ly n u

der s tood , tha t Aus tr i a pur sued a n a n ti -ma gya r

p o l icy , they dema n ded , though fruitles sly , the

b a n ishmen t of the for e ign officer s fr om the c oun try .

In the mea n time the n ew do c tr in e of the

Chr is tia n chur ch ha d ga in ed gr oun d a ll ov er

Hun ga ry, a n d the P r o tes ta n ts c on s equ en tly w er e

per s ecuted by the p r o tec to r s of the kin gdom

a n d its l iber ties w ith in defa tiga ble zea l . The

Apos tles of the n ew do c tr in e w orked thr ough

the lumber of a n eglec ted la n gua ge, w ith p a tr io tic

zea l a n d Chr is tia n p er sever a n ce, for the s ake of

Page 353: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

46

the ir believ er s th e c a tholi c p r ies ts m o rder to

dam up the r a p id s tr eam of ec cles ia s tica l in n o

v a tion s , w er e obl iged to a s s ist in the work of

cultiv a tin g the n a tion a l la n gua ge . Thus , in the

shor test time , the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge became

the la n gua ge of d iv in es a n d of tho se who p r omul

ga ted the do c tr in e of Chr ist . On the o ther

s ide , the Hun ga r ia n n ob ility, though too la te, s eein gthemselv es dec e iv ed a n d betr a yed , w er e r ea n i

ma ted to r ec ov er the ir n a tion a lity a n d w ith it

the r ights of the la n gua ge . It w a s n ow ev iden t

to them , tha t they ha d a morta l en emy in the

Ha bsbu rgia n dyn a sty , a n d tha t ther e w ould be

n o en d of en emities un til e ither the n a tion or the

dyn a sty be ext in guished .

Th a t p a r t of the n a tion which ha d n o t been

subjuga ted by the Turks r o s e w ith just in dign a tion ,to c omba t for its exis ten ce w ith the Chr is tia n

en emy, o r , if fa te ha d a lr ea dy ma rked the l imits

of the n a tion a l exis ten c e, to s truggle her o ic a lly till

the la s t br ea th ,a n d to fin d a n hon or a ble dea th,

un der the dev ice ,,fo r G o d a n d th e fa t h e r

l a n d In the His tory of thes e s truggles on lylea der s suc ceded ea ch other , the p r in c iple r e

ma in ed the same , a n d w ill be the s ame in ev ery

, ,Is ten ér t é s hazaé r t“(for God a n d the fa therla n d)w ere

the in scription s on the ba n n ers of B o cska y , 4605— 6 , Bethlen ,

4649 , RAké tzy, 4632.

Page 355: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

48

ami ca bly a r r a n gin g the d iffer en c es between the

n a tion a n d the r e ign in g hous e . In duc ed by such

mo tiv es the n a tion en ter ed in to a c los er a llia n c e

w ith the dyn a s ty, des ir in g to ma ke its in ter ests

thos e of the r e ign ing hous e ; but the dyn a sty thought

a n d a cted in a con tr a ry dir ection , a n d ma de the

n a tion subs erv ien t to its p r iv a te in ter es ts .

AS a la n gua ge unkn own to the p eOp le,\when

it is us ed to a dmin ister to them the bless in g of

r el igious fa ith, is the sur est foun da tion of the

hie r a r chic a l pow er , a n d a s mon a r chs subdu in gn a ti on s r ely upon tho se who gov er n the in eXp li

c a ble feel in gs of the people ,in o rder to s ecure

a dur a ble r e ign : ec c les ia stic a l a n d p oliti ca l power s

r en der ea ch o ther r ea dy a s s is ta n ce . in o r der to

suffoc a te n a tion s in the ir own la n gu a ge .

The Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge, ther efor e, w a s ba

n ished to the home of the shepherd a n d a gr icul

tur is t, a n d the L a tin w a s in tr oduc ed in s chools

a n d a ll publ ic tr a n s a c tion s ; in the publ ic meetin gs

of the coun ty- c our t-ha lls La tin w a s the la n gua geof tr a n s a c tion s

'

a n d c on v er s a tion .

The Sp a ce of time from 47 0 0 t ill 47 8 0 may

j us tly be c a lled the L a tin P eriod of the n a tion,in

oppos ition to tha t of the Ar p a dia n dyn a sty ; fo r ,

a s in the la tter laws en fo r c in g La tin lea r n in gw er e en a cted c on tin ua lly , so in this dec r ees

wer e s a n ction ed , tha t n o p ers on un a cqua in ted

Page 356: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

49

w ith the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge Should be employed

in ec c les i a s tic a l o ffic es .

The v o i ce r a ised by s ome p a tr iots to form

a n a s so cia tion of le a r n ed men , fo r cultiv a tin g a n d

p r opa ga tin g the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge, s till s oun d

ed in the w ildern ess un r e - echoed .

Jo seph Il . , c on s ider in g Hun ga ry a s a n in te

gr a n t p a r t of the Germa n emp ir e (the beha v iour

of his pr edec es sor s ca used him to believ e a s

much), w ished to la y th e foun da tion of a n in ter

n a l c o a l ition of a ll the differ en t n a tion s who

w er e kept together by the iron a rm of des

p otism in to on e emp i r e . He in tr oduced the

Germa n la n gua ge , a s tha t o f publ ic in stru c tion sa n d tr a n s a c tion s , in to a ll the p r ov in c es , w hich

his a n c es to rs ha d br ought u nder his s c ep tr e . His

in n ov a tin g or der s , ther efo r e, thr ew a n ew fermen t

in to the s ca r c ely s ettled m in d of the n a tion . It

on c e mo r e r os e in dign a n tly, a n d the yoke of a

for e ig n gov er nmen t w ould ha v e been thr own off,

ha d n o t th e Emper or ’

s dea th a n d the r ev o ca tion

of h is in n ov a to ry edic ts c ha n ged the fea tur es of

the a ffa ir s of the r ea lm.

8 . PREPARATORY STEPS TOWARDS THE RISEOF THE NATION.

47 9 0— 4830 .

The men a c in g a sp ec t of Fr a n c e suppor ted

the n a tion in its c la ims , a n d it w a s on ly thr ough them ildn ess a n d r ea dy complia n ce of Leopold, w ith

9 *

Page 357: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

20

which he met the gr iev a n c es of the n a tion in the

d iet 47 9 0— 4, tha t the dyn a s ty wa s s a v ed fr om

its fa ll .

The lower house *) w a s s a luted by the v ice

ger en t (Locumten en s) Urmé n yi in Hun ga r ia n ; he

a dmon ished the r epr es en ta tiv es to un ite the ir

mor a l s tr en gth , fo r the go od of the n a tion . His

speech w a s a n swer ed by the deputy of the Cha p

ter —hous e (c a p itulum) of E sztergom , who c en

sur ed the in n ov a tion s ma de by the la te mon a r ch .

The low er house then pr oceeded to s ettle

upon the la n gua ge to be us ed in the tr a n s a ction s

of the d iet . It w a s r esolv ed : tha t hen c eforth the

Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge sha ll be r ec e iv ed in p a r lia

men ta ry tr a n s a c tion s , a n d the dia ry (minutes of

the diet) be kept in the n a tion a l la n gua ge , a n d

the publi ca tion of the min utes a s w ell a s the r e

c ep tion of the Hun ga r ia n la n gua ge in a l l public

tr a n s a ction s w er e urged .

The upp er - hous e (felsc'

tabla ) obj ec ted to the

la st tw o r esolution s a s run n in g fr om on e extr eme

to a n o ther , a lwa ys a cc omp a n ied by in ter n a l c on

vu ls ion s , which might p rov e da n ger ous un der

the then be in g s ta te of p ol itica l a ffa ir s .

The p a tr io ts , in both hous es , urged the es ta

blishmen t of a Hun ga r ia n Aca demy, a n d a com

Th e low er-hou se (a lsd tabla ) w a s con stitu ted by the

coun ty-depu ties of the n obility a n d the depu ties of the mun i

eipel tow n s (libera regia civ ita s) .

Page 359: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

22

lec tua l dev elopmen t of his coun try ; he, ther efo re ,Op en ed h is la rge pr iva te l ibr a ry to Hun ga r ia n

lea rn ed men . In 48 02, his libr a ry w a s tr a n sferr ed

to P es t, a n d Op en ed for publ ic u s e,un der the p a

tr on a ge of the Coun t P a la tin e, the Ar chdukeJo s eph . Thus

, the n oble c oun t immor ta l ized h is

n ame by la y in g the foun da tio n of the Hun ga r ia n

N a t i o n a l Mu s c um , which wa s fin a lly es ta blished

in 4844.

The in defa tiga ble zea l ofNi cola s Rev a y, Pr ofes sor of Hun ga r ia n liter a tur e, a t the U n iv er s ity of

P es t, des er v es due r ega r d ; his w ork,

“An tqu ita

tes liter a tur a e Hun ga r ic a e, P es tin i, 48 03 though

Wr itten in La tin , ha d a twofold effec t : it, fir s t,br ought -to public kn ow ledge s ome mon umen ts of

Hun ga r ia n l iter a tur e of fo rmer c en tur ies , which,up to

- his time , w er e c on c ea led in pr iv a te a n d

publ i c a r chiv es , or a t lea s t n o t duly r ega rded ; s e

c on dly, it a ttr a c ted the a tten tion of the p a tr io ts

a n d en emies of Hun ga r ia n n a tion a l ity ,a n d p r o

du c ed a l iter a ry con tr ov er sy between them which

ha d a ben eficia l in fluen c e on Hun ga r ia n l ite

r a tu r e .

For e ign w a r s r eta r ded the dev elopmen t of

in s titution s for pr omo tin g n a tion a l liter a tur e, a n d

ther efor e, the pr ogr es s of liter a tur e itself, though

they ga v e o r igin to ma ny p a tr ioti c a n d her o ic

s on gs .

After the r es tor a tion of pea ce , the liber a l

Page 360: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

23

p a r ty of Hun ga ry c on cen tr a ted its whole s tr en gth ,

to a c t v igor ously in fa v our of n a tion a l dev elop

men t . The es ta blishmen t of the Hun ga r ia n Ac a

demy w a s the chief obj ect tha t o ccup ied the ir

a tten tion ; a n d, when the disputes a n d fruitles s de

liber a tion s a bout r a is in g fun ds for the Ac a demya r os e , the n oble c oun t S tephen Szé ché n yi r a is ed

a n ew mon umen t to his family , by gen er ouslyoffer in g his who le ye a r ly in come

, es tima ted a t

flor in s , a s a con tr ibution (o r , r a ther a s the

fi r s t depos it) to the fun ds of a Hun ga r ia n Ac a

demy ; a n ima ted by such gen er os ity c oun t Kair o

lyi ma de a nf

offer of coun tAn drassy on e of

flo r in s . The lon g w ished-for obj ec t w a s

thus obta in ed . The Ar ti cle XI. of the law-of 4827 ,

fin a lly es ta blished the er ec tion of the Aca demy,u n der the n ame of “A

’ Magya r Tudo’

s Tair sa s

sag”, a n d a commis s ion c o n s is tin g of member s

fr om both houses w a s ch a rged w ith its o rga n i

s a tion . The c ommi s sw n dis cha rged its duty a t

the en d of 4830, a n d the n ew Ac a demy held itsfi rs t gr a n d meetin g on the 4hi b of Februa ry, 4834.

9 . THE RAPID PROGRESS IN LITERATURE OWINGTO THE ACADEMY.

48 3 1— 4848 .

With the yea r 4834, the Hun ga r ia n la n gua gec ommen ced a n ew er a . The Aca demy p ro c la imedto be the ir obj ec t

Page 361: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

24

To dir ec t a ll the ir effor ts tow a rds the cul

tiv a tion of s c ien c es a n d belles - letter s , in the n a

tion a l la n gu a ge ; by u ch mea n s , to giv e it elega n c e,to en r ich a n d p r ov ide it w ith a subl ime s tyle ,

tha t it might eter n a lly subs is t in its own Splen dour ;n a tion a l a n d in tellec tua l pow er be in g suc c ess iv elydev elop ed by us eful kn owledge .

“With in defa tiga ble zea l to br in g to light

the tr a c es a n d l iter a ry mon umen ts of the Hun

ga r ia n la n gua ge , wher ev er they might be c on

cea led.

“To pr omulga te a ll the in v en tion s of former

a n d r ec en t times , a n d the pr ogr ess ma de in

s c ien c e .

“La s tly, to en c our a ge fer tile min ds , which

otherw is e, left to thems elv es , m ight la n guish , to

a cc omplish w o rks th a t Should br in g r en own a n d

glory upon the n a tion .

The mor e gr a n d the obj ec t of the Ac a demy

w a s , in r ega r d to the n a tion , the mor e obs ta cles

w er e to be r emov ed, in or der to pur sue the p a th

p o in ted ou t : the gr ea ter w er e its mer its , a n d the

higher cla ims ha d its member s to the gr a titude

of the n a tion , which, howev er , be in g pr ev en ted

by fa ta l ev en ts , c ould n ot dis cha rge its duty .

I n less tha n ten yea r s the Hun ga r ia n n a tion

wa s c los e on the heels of thos e n a tion s who ha d

left her behin d, in the former cen tury. Un der the

pr otection of the Aca demy, a n d by mea n s of its

Page 363: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

26

gua ge to its r ights , by es ta blishin g it a s the diplo

ma tic a l on e, thr oughout the whole kin gdom ; ev en

the Vien n es e c our t w a s to tr a n s a ct bus in ess w ith

Hun ga ry in the n a tion a l la n gua ge .

The dea th of Cha rles Kisfa ludy a

v ery s a d ev en t, c on s ider in g the ea r ly a n d ir r ep a

r a ble los s of the dr ama tic poet, w a s follow ed

by c on s equen ces v ery ben eficia l to Hunga r ia n liter a tur e . The p a tr iots , in o rder to hon our the me

mo ry of the gr ea t p oet, w ished to a dorn his gr a v e

w ith a pr oper tomb - ston e ; to defr a y thes e ex

p en s es , a subs cr iption of v olu nta ry c on tr ibution s

wa s Op en ed . The c on tr ibution s r ec eiv ed w er e so

a bun da n t , th a t, a fter the expen ses for the er ec

tion of the tomb—s ton e w er e defr a yed , the tr ea

Sur ers of the executiv e c ommiss ion r eturn ed a

sur plus .

No more n oble object could be pursued, n o

higher hon our could b e con fer r ed upon the me

mo ry of the dec ea s ed , tha n by jthe in sti tution of

the “Kisfa ludy tar sa sscig”(Kisfa ludy- a ssocia tion )

fo r pr omotin g Hun ga r ia n polite l iter a ture , to

which pur pos e the a bov e surplus w a s con tr i

buted.

This a ssocia tion w a s a stron g a n d powerful

lev er in r a is in g pol ite l iter a tur e ; bes ides its mo

r a l in fluen ce , it pr ov ided ma ter ia l a s s is ta n ce for

the p oor er liter a ti, a n d, wha t w a s of s till gr ea ter

importa n c e, it became the pr ima ry ca n a l thr ough

Page 364: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

2 7

w hi ch p r oduction s in p ol ite liter a tur e w er e c on

v eyed to the publ i c .

Louis Kos suth a s editor of the ,,p esti hir lap ,

(Pes t journ a l, fr om 4844 ga v e the n a tion a

n ew impuls e w ith his le a din g a r ti cles . The pol i

tica l mov emen t, which w a s a n a tion a l on e,

in fluen ced the l iter a ry p r ogr es s in a v ery high

degr ee ; both (the p olitic a l a n d liter a ry mov emen ts)s eemed to un ite in o r der t

'

o r ea l is e the idea of a

gr ea t Hun ga r ia n n a tion . All the in h a b ita n ts of the

c oun try, belon gin g to v ery differ en t n a tion s") wer e

en ta n gled in the gr ea t n a tion a l mov emen t ; in v a

r ion s p a r ts of the r ea lm n ew focus es of Hun ga

r ia n n a tion a lity w er e formed , when ce the ben e

fic ia l r a ys of men ta l a n d mor a l liberty, w ith the

des ir e fo r the forma tion of one gr ea t n a tion , ex

ten ded ov er the sur r oun din g coun tr ies .

The a s s o cia tion “

) for pr otec tin g home ia

dus try , bes ides its ben efic ia l in fluen ce upon the

ma n ufa ctur in g a n d w o rkin g c la s s es , p r oduc ed a

n a tion a l polytechn ic in stitution , a n ew field fors c ien tific a n d l iter a ry la bour .

In the la st fiv e yea r s (fr om 4843) s c ien tificw orks on a ll kin ds of subj ects w er e publ ished ;

Hun ga ry, besides the Hun gar ia n s , is in h abited by : Selav on i a n s (sla v i) , S erbia n s , C ro a tia n s , Ru ssia n s , Ven s , Bulgaria n s, Germa n s , Wa ll a chia n s, Jew s , a n d a few Fren ch, Gr e eks ,a n d o f the Mon te N egro tribe .

Formed un der the pr es iden cy of C oun t B a tth a n yi .

Page 365: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

28

ev ery c a p a b le m in d w a s en ga ged in c on voyin gma ter i a ls , or a r r a n gin g the r ea dy on es , for a gr ea t

n a tion a l m o n um e n t. The yea r 4848 s eemed to

thr ow down the a bys s a ll for eign elemen ts , a n d

the n a tion to h a v e the s ame footin g on which the

pr in cip a l n a tion s ofEur op e s tood . Fa te ha d de

cided differ en tly from wh a t huma n con c eption s of

r ighteous n ess could h a v e exp ec ted, a n d lin ger in g

huma n ity would ha v e des ir ed . The mor a l power of

the n a tion w a s ma imed by the phys ic a l for ce of the

colossus of E ur opea n despotism ; the n a tio n w a s

c rushed ; its la n gua ge a n d l iter a tur e w er e bur ied

un der the ru in s of n a tion a lity, a n dwher ev er a glim

mer in g Sp ot yet str ikes a desp o tic a l eye , it is

c a r efully in ter r ed by the en emies of ev en the

n ame of Hu n g a r y .

II. LITERARY PRODUCTIONS ANDAUTHORS.

l . Qu a l ifi c a t i o n o f l i t e r a r y p r o d u c t i o n s .

The history of Hun ga ry is a s er ies of un in

ter rup ted mor a l a n d phys i ca l s truggles for p r i

mitiv e p er son a l in dep en den c e fr om the unjust ia

s titu tion s of Fr a n c on ia n (Germa n ) feuda lism,a n d

a suc ces iv e br eakin g ofAs i a tic *

) fluc tua tion , ex

c ited by'

n a tion a l emotion s , a ga in s t the n a r r ow

Such a s the fr ee a n d n ot subdued n a ti on s of Asia

produced .

Page 367: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

30

men t, in which it w a s w r a pped up by Eur opea n

civ ilis a tion

The l iter a ry pr oduc tion s of the Hun ga r iann a tion bea r

,ther efor e, a n a tion a l cha r a c ter , a n d

in tha t r esp ec t they a r e s omewha t differ en t fr om

those of o ther Europ ea n n a tion s .

2 . Au th o r s a n d th e i r W o r k s .

a . 894— 1526.

(Arp a di a n , a n d the fir st period of the subjection of the n a tion

un der foreign dyn a sties .)

Ther e a r e n o tr a c es of l iter a ry production s

yet d is cov e r ed , belon gin g to the 4oth or 44th c en

tury ; the fir s t s ta te of the la n gua ge i s ther efor e ,c on c ea led fr om the phi lo logist . All tha t for e ign

a n d domistic w r iter s r emember is , th a t the Hun

ga r ia n s ha d the ir own ma rt ia l s on gs , tha t the ir

pr in c es a n d gr a n dees kept to amus e

them a t the ir fea ts a n d in the ir c amp a ign s . AS

the fir s t c en tury, r emember ed a s the E ur op ea n

exis ten c e of the n a tion ,r ea lly w a s a c on tin ua l

c amp a ign , thos e s on gs must h a v e been c ommon

amon gs t the Hun ga r ia n s . Public bus in ess w a s

tra n s a c ted in the n a tio n a l

I do n o t mea n c u l t u r e (cu ltur a ), w ith which the

w ord c i v i l i s a t i o n is often , bu t erron eously, excha n ged .

We a re r emin ded of the Germa n w a n der in g son gster s .

U n der Kin g Colema n (409 5 who fo r his lea rn

Page 368: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

34

The fir s t l iter a ry mon umen t o f this p er iod is

a liturgic a l book, con ta in in g the fun er a l c er emo

n ies in Hun ga r ia n . Pazman, a n d, a fter h im,

Rev a y,

a n a lyzed its text , in r ega rd to s tyle a n d gen i us ;D6br en tei did the s ame in his , ,Magya r n yelvemlé

heir“ (Mo n umen ts of the Hun ga r i a n la n gu a ge). The

la tter pla c ed its or igin between 447 0 a n d 4200 .

Of mor e v a lue a n d imp or ta n ce is a tr a n sla

tion of a gr ea t p a r t Of the B ible . Author s differ

in r ega r d to the yea r of its or igin ; r ec en t exa

min a tion s Show , tha t it belon gs to the time between

4437 a n d 4440 . This tr a n sla tion , c on ta in in g the

Books of Ruth , E sther , B a r uch , Ma c ca beus , the

Pr ophets (of the four pr in cip a l pr ophets ther e

a re o n ly fr a gmen ts) a n d the four w a s

a chiev ed by tw o fr ia rs , Tamas a n d B alin t, a n d

w a s in ten ded for the u s e of Hun ga r ia n Hus s ites

who took r efuge in Molda v ia .

An o ther tr a n sla tion of the who le B ible by

B er ta la n w a s p r in ted in 4508 . The p r a yer —book

of ma dame P a ul de Kin izs i , con ta in in g forms of

dev o tion in p r o s e a n d p oetry, is of 4543 .

Less impor ta n t p r oduction s , belon gin g to the,

in g w a s ca lled the , ,librifer“ (book-bea rer), a certa in Albricus

w a s cha rged w ith the tra n sla ti on of the K in g’s de crees in to

La t i n .

Th e m a n u scripts a re preserv ed in the roya l li bra r ies a t

Vien n a a n d Mun ich .

Page 369: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

32

c lose of the XVthc en tury, a r e : Emle

'

k- da l Mdtya’

rs

ha lalar a ,Memor ia l s on g of the dea th of Kin g

Ma tthew ; S ir a lom é n elt B o t Jan oe l, E legy upon

John Bot ; etc .

b. 1526— 1848 .

(Hun ga ry un der th e rule of Kin gs of the Austria n dyn a sty.

Reform a tion o f the church .)

at. 4527— 47 9 0 .

(Religi ou s struggles , a n d pa cific mea n s o f recon cilin gthe n a tion w ith its fa te )

The r efo rma tion fr om Germa n y soon Spr ea d

ov er Hun ga ry . E n dow ed men r ec e iv ed in s tru c tion ,

in the n ew do c tr in e , in the Germa n un iv er s ities ,a n d bec ame a pos tles Of it in the ir n a tiv e c oun

try . The c on tes t between the r efo rmed chur ches

a n d the c a tholics pr oduced a gr ea t n umber of

r eligious a n d theologica l w orks , mos tly dogma ti

c a l on es .

In the la tter p a r t of the XVIth cen tury fiv e

tr a n s la tion s of the S c r ip tur es a r e upon r ecord .

Komja t h y B e n e d ek: Ze nt P a a l leveley ma

gya r n yeliien 15 3 3 . Letter s of S t. P a ul in

Hun ga r ia n , by B en et Komjé thy , 4533 .

G a br i e l : WjTestamen tommagja r n yeluen 4536 ,New Tes tamen t in Hun ga r ia n , by Ga br iel, 4536 .

Sylvester Jan os . The s ame .

H e l t a i Ga s p a r , Magya r B iblia , Hun ga r ia n

B ible, 4554.

Page 371: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

34

a bout 47 40, a n d B a d P e’

ter , a bout 4743, the mos t

celebr a ted ec c les ia stica l w r iter s ; the fir s t on the

p a r t of the C a tho lic , the la tter two on the p a r t of

the Pr otes ta n t Chur ch . B o d , bes ides h is theolo

gic a l w orks , w r ote a His to ry of Hun ga r ia n liter a

tur e : , ,Magya r Athen as“(Hun ga r ia n Athen s), 47 66 .

D a v i d i s , N em e t i , Al v i n c zy , T e lh i b a n y i

(the la tter wr o te on Pur ita n ism a n d K a to n a ,

exer ted themselv es in theo logic a l w r itings in the

XVIIth cen tury ; B e r t a l a n fi , a n d the a u thor es s

D a n i e l P o lyx e n a ,in the XVIIIth c en tu ry ; R i

ma i’

s c elebr a ted Hymn s a r e of the begin n in g of

the XVIIIth c en tury .

Tr a n s la tion s of the S cr i p tur e ha v e been a o

compl ished byKa l d i, a j esuit, who tr a n s la ted the Vulga

ta , 4626 .

K oma r om i C’s i p kes, a p r otes ta n t,who tr a n s

la ted the whole B ible, 4635 .

B a r a n gi Gydrgy (George B a r a nyi), who tr a n sla ted the New Testamen t, 47 54.

In p olite liter a tur e the her o ic poem , ,h i

n ids ,“or the Fa ll of by Nichola s Z r in yi

(c a lled the po et, in o r der to distin guish him from

Szigeth , a for tress in the south of Hun ga ry , w a s takenby th e Tu rks in 4566 . N ichola s Z r in yi defen ded the for tressw i th a ha n dful of tr op s, a ga in st the whole a rmy of th e Turksfor fiv e weeks, a n d died l ike a hero .

Page 372: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3 5

the her o), a n d the lyr i c p oems of Gy'

o‘

ngydsi, bea r

the cha r a cter of pr ogres s though n o t of the pur ityof the la n gua ge . An yo

s a n d B a r dthy, lyr i c poets , a n d

Besse nyei, a dr ama tis t, liv ed in the la tter ha lf of

the XVIIIth cen tury , p r ep a r in g the wa y for the

comin g a er a .

As l in guis tic w orks ma y be men tion ed : the

Gr amma r of Ka t o n a,4645, a n d the ,,

Dic tion a r i

um tr ilin gue“(Di ction a ry in thr ee L a tin , Hun ga

r ia n a n d Germa n La n gua ges), by Par iz-p ap a i .

In r ega rd to s c ien ce in gen er a l , Ap titzi w a s

the c omp iler Of a n E n cyclopedia .

6 . 47 9 0 -4848

(The n a tion throw s off the yoke of the dea d La tin l a n gu a ge,a n d sa ves itself from bein g sw a llowed by the ov ergr ow in ggia n t of Germa n culture . Rise of th e li tera ture .)

The Sp a ce of time fr om 47 9 4 un til 4848 ,thus , 7 yea r s a bove ha lf a c en tury , ma y be se

p a r a ted in to two p er iods : the p r e p a r a t o r y on e,

comp r ehen din g the fir s t 40 yea r s , a n d the p er iod

of the r is e of l iter a tur e, compr ehen din g n ot two

decen n iums ; the la tter of which is th a t of giga n ti c

exert ion s in r ega r d to the in tellectua l a n d socia ll ife of the n a tion .

D é c s y S amu e l a n d Ar a n ka (both Of 47 9 4)a r e the firs t who r ouse the s lumber in g n a tion w ith

their c r ies for a Hun ga r ia n Aca demy ; they wer e

fo llow ed by E n dr ady, w ith his His tory ofHun ga r ia nDr ama turgy (History ofHun ga r ia n Thea tr es), 47 94

3*

Page 373: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

3 6

by Ka rma n (a n a ttor n ey), w i th his Ur a n ia , a

per iodica l publ ic a tion of pol ite liter a tur e, 47 9 4; the

, ,Magya r Marsak“, a n o ther per iod ic a l of pol ite l ite

r a ture, esta bl i shed a tKa ss a in the n orth ofHun ga ry,47 9 7 . The lyr ic poet C

'sokon a i bega n to w r ite

in the s ame decen n ium .

In the begin n in g of the XIXth cen tury two pol i

tica l Jour n a ls of s ome impor ta n cew er e es tabl ished ;the , ,

Nemze ti Ujsag“

(Na tion a l Journ a l) , a n d the

, ,Ha za i e'

s Kill/ti ldi Tudos itasok“(Domes ti c a n d

For e ign In telligen c e). In r ega r d to belles -letter s,

ther e shon e four gu idin g s ta r s on the hor izon of

Hun ga r ia n l iter a tur eK a zi n c zy F e r e n c z (Fr a n cis Ka zin czy), in

r ega rd to n a tion a l philology a n d the r egen er a

tion of the la n gua ge . GOthe , B ii rger , Os s ia n , of

whose w r itin gs he ma de tr a n sla tion s , Ges sn er ,whos e w o rks he tr a n sla ted en tir ely, s eem to ha v ebeen his touch-s ton es .

B er zsen yi Da n iel (Da n iel Berzs en yi), the

gr ea tes t lyr i c poet in r ega r d to Odes ; he comb in edHo r a tia n elev a tion w ith the lyr i c flow ofMa this

s on ; h is la n gua ge is pur e a n d pr ec is e .

K i sfa lu d y S a n d o r (Alexa n der Kisfa ludy),highly mer ited in r ega r d to Lyr i cs in gen er a l. HisB a l l a d s , R om a n c e s a n d the L o v e s o n gs (a

lon g poem d iv ided in to tw o p a r ts, the fir s t ,,Gyti

tr o’

tt szer elem,

“ Un ha ppy Lov e, the la tter , ,B o ldog

szer elem,

“ Ha ppy lov e), discov er the Opulen ce of

his gen ius .

Page 375: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

38

Sophica l subj ec ts , the works of Wa rga , tr ea ting of

p ol itics , of Gyb’

r y a n d N a g y , tr ea tin g ofma thema

t ics , ma y be foun d in suffic ien t to s a tisfy the ex

p ec ta tion s of the His tory of E ur op ea n l itera tur e

of the p er iod ; n or m ight the exer tion s of F r i d

w a l s zky a n d P o’

ly a ,in r ega r d to des cr iptiv e

Na tur a l His tory , a n d the w r itin gs of B i tga t ,

E ins t e i n a n d P a ly a , on medic a l subj ec ts , form

a n epo ch in c on tempor a ry E n gl ish or Fr en ch l ite

r a tur e : bu t, in r espec t to Hun ga ry, which s c a r c elythr ee decen n iums pr ev iously ha d Sha ken off the

hea vy burden of a dea d la n gu a ge tha t'

gr a Sp ed the

n a tiv e on e w ith c old, dea dly ha n ds , a ll thes e w orks

des er ve du e r ega r d, a n d the p er s ev er a n ce of the

a uthor s themselv es des erv es to ha v e the ir mer its

a ckn owledged by fo r e ign n a tion s .

P o lite l iter a ture , ha v in g r ece iv ed a grea t

impulse in the pr ecedin g decen n iums , a dv a n ced

w ith a c c eler a ted sp eed , in o r der to r ea ch the

po in t a tta in ed by o ther The Ac a demy

(up to 48 36) ha d published 36 n ew dr ama s ;

a mon gs t other s , the , ,Fatyo l titha

“(S ecr et of the

V e il) , a comedy by Vor osma r ty, s ta n ds n ext to thePla ys of Kisfa ludy ; Nar ay exer ted hims elf in

There is a certa in poin t of rise in polite litera tur e,

which ev ery n a tion , soon er or la ter , a tta i n s ; beyon d this,

ther e is a declin e , scien tific culture m a y progress or n o t. The

Hun ga ri a n n a tion ha d n o t v et rea ched tha t poin t in l ts l1te

r a tu1e .

Page 376: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9

tr a n sla tin g Sha kesp ea r e a n d ha d tr a n sla ted n ea r ly

a ll his c la ss i c dr ama s in to Hun ga r ia n . H o r c d th

En dr e*

) (An dr ew Horv ath) a n d Vor osma r ty“)

who ha d a lr ea dy w on the pr ize in the epopee,w er e follow ed by Ga r r a y. The lyr ic p oems of

Vti r o sm a r ty , KO‘

l c s ey , B a jza , a n d C zu c zo r

occupy the fi rs t r a n k, a n d ma y be r a nked w ith those

of a n y o ther n a tion ; in the s ame dep a r tmen t exer

ted thems elv es vs ith n ea r ly equa l succes : E r d é

ly i J a n o s (John E rdelyi) , S za bo’

J o'

s ef (Joseph

Sza bo), E 0 tc O’

s s ef (Jos eph E OtVOS) a n d S za

l a y L a s z lo'

(La disla us Sza la y) . Fic tion s, Nov elsa n d Roma n tic w r itin gs wer e cultiv a ted by F ri g

a n d N (t r a y , the former a lr ea dy celebr a ted a s

the Hun ga r ia n Aes op , the la tter a s a s en timen ta l

rom a n cist.

Fr om 48 36 the l iter a ry mov emen ts came to a

mor e s ettled s ta te , a n d mor e un ifo rm Speed

s eemed to in sur e the w ished—for pr ogr es s , a t the

s ame time, to p r ev en t the n a tion a l s tr en gth fr om

be in g ov er s tr a in ed, a n d the liter a ry v ehicles fr ombe in g ov er tu r n ed.

The Ac a demy n ow Op en ed its liter a ry s tor es

to public u s e . The Di ction a r ies of ma thema

tic a l , philos ophi ca l , a n d jur idic a l terms,

a n d

its Hun ga r ia n Germa n Di ction a ry , compr ehen ded

He w rote th e hero ic p oem en titled : ffrpdd, in XII S on gs .

He w r ote the hero i c poems : Z a ldn fa lasa , Cserha lom,

Eger .

Page 377: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

40

n ea rly a ll th a t philologis ts ha d ga ther ed in the

c our s e of 6 yea r s ; the , ,Kiilfti ldijatéhszin“(Fo r e ign

Thea tr es), published by the s a me Aca demy, ex

ha us ted n ea r ly a ll tha t for e ign liter a tur e ha d

con tr ibuted to en r ich the n a tion a l on e . The n ew

c our s e of the Tn doman ytar (Ma ga zin e of S cien c e),a ugmen ted by a supplemen ta ry p a r t, the , ,L iter a

tn r a“

(c on ta in in g a n a n n ua l r epor t of for e ign a n d

home l iter a tur e), ha d in cr ea s ed in its l iter a ry v a

lue . Ma teri a ls fo r a n ela bor a te etymologic a l work

on the n a tion a l la n gua ge w er e depos ited in the

, ,Magya r n yelc

r en dszer e,“ Sys tem of the Hun ga

r ia n la n gua ge , by the Hun ga r ia n Ac a demy, 4846 .

TheKisfa ludy Tar sa ssag (Ki sfa ludy-Ass o cia tion

for p r omotin g pol ite l iter a tur e), w ith li ttle mon ey,

ha s effected a gr ea t dea l . Its , ,Nemzeti Kan yc tar“

(Na tion al L ibr a ry) is a r epo s itory of works of cc

lebr a ted a uthor s ; the , ,Kii lfti ldi Rege

'

n ytar“(Maga

zin e of Fo r eign Roma n c es), publ ished by the sa me

a ss oc ia tion , c omp r ehen ds tr a n sla tion s of celebr a

ted for e ign a uthor s OfNov els a n d Roma n ces ; the

Co llec tion of n a tion a l s on gs a n d tr a dition s , ma de

by John E r dely i (on c ommiss ion of the Kisfa ludyis a rec en tly r a is ed mon umen t in the

His to ry of n a tion a l p o e try . Amon gs t o ther p er iodi

c a ls of p o lite l iter a tur e , the Athen a eum ma y be

m en tio n ed p a r tic ula ryi .In Philo s ophy, la bo r be tter r ewa r ded S zo n

ta g h th a n a n y of his pr edec es s or s o r c on tempo

Page 379: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

42

In r ega rd to Na tur a l His tory, the Asso c ia tion

Of phys ic ia n s a n d n a tu r a l philosopher s of Hun

ga ry m ight h a v e giv en o r igin to a n Ac a demy of

Na tur a l His to ry a n d Phys ic a l s c ien c es , if fa te h a d

been mor e fa v ou r a ble to its exis ten c e . An a ttempt

a t a n illus tr a ted Na tur a l His to ry (exha us tin g a ll

its br a n ches ) w a s ma de by H a n a k; P o’

ly a pub

lished a deta i led a n d lon g tr ea tis e on techn ic a

lities r ega rdin g Na tur a l His to ry a n d Phys iology ,en titled : Termé szetmz’tszdttir e

'

s Lé tszer ir a t.

The in defa tiga ble s tudy of a n c ien t n a tion a l

l iter a tur e by Ddbr en tei Gabor (Ga br iel Dobr en tei)

ma y be es tima ted by his , ,ltégi Ill agya r Nyele

emle'

kek“ , An c ien t L iter a ry Mon umen ts of the Hun

ga r ia n La n gua ge ; in this w ork he c ollec ted a n c ien t

Hun ga r ia n w r itin gs of the X11“ ,

XVI‘“ c en tu r ies , w hich e ither w er e disp er s edly pub

lished by fo rmer wr iter s , o r , un til his time, w er e

c on c ea led in the w o rm—ea ten Shr in es of the mon a s

ter ies , or in a r chiv es to which pr iv a te men a r e

n o t ea s ily a dm itted . T o’

l d y cultiv a ted the liter a

ry His tory of n a tion a l poetry .

The la st dec en n ium w a s n o t less p r oduc tiv e

in po lite liter a tur e . S zi g l ig e t i , N a g y (lgn atz) , Toth , C s a p o, Ob e r n y i k, G a a l , p r ov ided

fo r o r igin a l d rames for the r ec en tly er ec ted n a t i o

n a l T h c a t r e . Ma n y of the ir dr ama s a r e , in r ega rd

to s tyle a n d ela bo r a tion , c o—o rd in a tew ith the c la s s i

ca l works of for e ign n a tion s . y con tr i

Page 380: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

43

buted a n ew ser ies Of lyr i c poetry, a n d immor

ta lized himself by his ,,SzOza t“ Appea l

whi ch the Ac a demy a dor n ed w ith the firs t pr ize

a s the bes t p a tr iotic p oem . The son gs of P e ta/i

a r e popula r , a s his lyr i c elev a tion r a r ely a s c en ded

a bov e the a tmospher e of common life . In the

dep a r tmen t of Nov el is ti c a n d Roma n ti c ma n y

s tea dy ha n ds wer e en ga ged . JO’

s i ka M i kld s

(Nichola s JOS ika ) con tin ued to in c r ea s e the s er ies

of his v ery p opula r Roma n ces . The B uda —

p es ti

(ir c izhon yc is a depos itory o f ma n y in s truc tiv e

a n d a mus in g n a r r a tiv es a n d hea r t impr ov in gpo ems , ma n y r en own ed a utho r s ha ve c on tr ibu ted

to this col lec tion . Ba r on E O’

tc O’

s Jo’

s ef is o n e

of the fer tile a n d c la ss ic a l gen iuses tha t a pp ea r ed

in the cour se of the dev elopmen t of n a tion a l l iter a

tur e, his h is tor ic a l a n d fic titious Roma n c es bea r

a p ol itic a l cha r a c ter , a n d, bes ides a ttr a c tin g the

min d of the r ea der , they in s til a des ir e a n d ex

c ite a n en thus ia sm fo r s o c ia l r eform . Ka thy L a

j a s (Lew is Ku thy) is highly esteemed a s a n ov el

is t . The , ,Fr a n czia r egé n ycsa r n ok

“(Ha ll of Fr en ch

Roma n c es ) c on duc ted by Ré cs i , ha d op en ed a

n ew field for thos e who des ir ed to a cc l ima te

exo tic s of p olite li ter a tu r e .

The s tr uggles fo r n a tion a l exis ten c e , in 4848 ,s topped the lite r a ry s tr eam

,c la im ha v in g been

la id to the phys ic a l power of the n a tion in o rder

to in sure the field open ed to liter a ry la bor by

Page 381: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

44

r emov in g the ba r s of cen s or ship . Ma n y n ew

per iodic a ls w er e es ta blished in or der to r ec e iv e a ll

the liter a ry tr a sh w hich pour ed fo r th when the

flood-

ga tes w er e op en ed ; n ea r ly the whole lot w a s

of a pol itic a l ch a r a c ter,h a v in g been a c cumula ted

behin d the dams of c en s or ship ; m a r tia l s on gs a n d

exc itin g p o ems o ccupy the lyr ic dep a r tmen t. The

Mus es , shun n in g ma r tia l a r ts , ha s tily r etir ed , to

mee t the n a tion a ga in a fter a plea s a n t a n d pea ce

ful home sh a ll ha v e been in sur ed, or to mourn

etern a lly if the en v ious Ma r s Should spitefullyw oun d the fa ta l ten don Of the ir Achilles .

Page 383: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 384: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

47

5 . A z i d o p r o fe t a .

A’

szamar elor dito tta magat. Esc’

lesz-e

szo lga , n a gy sze'

l ? ker di a’

juhasz ta le .

itles mi t

se m ta doan p r ofé ta sagdr o'

l, bu ta Ite'

pp el r d mer ed

ga zddjdr a . Mdr hogy idd lesz ga zddcskam, a n y

n yi t mon dha toh'

, felel vegr e bo’

lcs homo lysdgga l

n eki .

Ki n em er t c a lamihez, még is é r tn i a lta r , n agy

bo lcsen ha llga t , n agy ké té r telmiiséggel c dgia hi

mdsok elb’

tt, é r tetlen se'

ge gya n i'

tjdbo'

l maga t.

6 . A’

P e r g a m e n .

Egg, n emes szdrma zdsdba n buszhe , de a r es

sziv ii, feyu , gb'

gosen se'

ta lga to tt fo lyé so’

jdn fel é s

a ld ,

s hetylce hé n ybb’

l n yngvo’

ebé t megr i'

tg ta .

Ne ban tsd ga zddm a’

hu tya bb'

r t, mor og felh

'

o lté

ben a’

haz- drzb’

; e’

ta ha rja min den becsed , é r

de med

7 . A’

s za m d/r é : a’

e t i ko.

A’

szamar , helyben lép tetc e, r oc o tt p a doza ton

hajto tt egy c izhi'

tzo'

gép et. A’

tiizes cs iho'

fitlelc e

tekin tett be a’

n yilt ajia’

n . Te szeles, tiizes, i lly

mn n kdr a n ehezen oo ln dl szer .

’ igy szdli tja meg (i t

gnn yo lc a a’

fitles .

Iga z, hogy szamar n a k c a lo'

mn nka ! men d a’

csiho. De ké r leh : mellyi telt' is a

ge’

p , tev

e bdtya

n a gy e’

ker ekes a lko tmdn y.

Page 385: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 387: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

5 0

a z igen gon dost. Felede’

d-e, igy szé lt, hogy'

szi

c es ba r dtolc, r o lcon olc he‘

zt n ta za n dn n k? i lly ti tr a

elég a’

c ider elme, v ig lcedé ly .

’ ’

s lce’

n yelmilleg r a

ga dja la n tjdt, egyedilli an szer ii l hezébe. A’

ha rma d ilc a llja s gon doskodasn a h cb’

n min den hé

szii letet p ar k‘

o’

n ycet tett ntitar sit l zsebe’

be ; egyebet

rv in n i n agy felejtett, n agy feledn i igyekezett, min t

hi tcdn y felesleges lomo t,’

s a ha dalya it tiszta elmé l

kedé sein ek. A’

n egyedikfegyver t'

o'

c edze o'

ta lom

i Zl der ehar a , n em ter hele' ’

s osa lc sziikségessel tdlt

iszdko t cete hatar a ,’s c ider r emén yel foga can

dor -botjat iobbjdba .

In d i i ln a k, men n elt ; de csa k hama r ma r a dozn i

ltezd len yomo'

terhe a la tt a z elsd ,’

s elveszti szeme

eldl ha la db tesve’

r ei t. De tdn elfogja ter hé be'

l

hdn yn i a’

feleslegest? Kor an sem , a’

r ohon okn al,

kilc nek fogyha tla n v a la szivesse’

gO’

k n ta sin khoz, meg

tdbbel n evele lomidt , melly megsziikii lés r emegé se

mia tt kitlb’

n ben is keveset fogya . E n n ek terhe, gon d

ja , é s a’

so’

vargds , mar fel n ton elbetegi ték a dn

dor n nka t; n ap oh, hetch, ho’

n ap o lt teltek el , mig

ha la dha ta . A’

mdsod iltn a lt Or tilc men yehzb’

v a la

n ta zdsa . Tan cz, muzs ika ,c ig r oba i , zajgo tt min

den iitt a’t) mer r e for dn lt ; szilaj de

'

zso lé sek,lt icsa

p ongd ma la tozdsok é s la komdlc lce‘

zt, fajta la n szir é

n ek,’

s mamor es ba r atok feled teték vele n tja

czé ljat. Majd szamdr a r en delt cen dégségek, majd

The a rticle is pla ced w ith propriety before the in terroga tiv e Adv erbs : hol? hogy ? mikor ? met re? etc. when theyare used defin i tely.

Page 388: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

54

tilflcad tsdg ezehtb’

l , lce'

slelteté lc in diildsa it ; szivesen

ma r a szta tott , szic esen ma r a dt a’

he'

nyelmii . A’

ha rma dik mar a z elsb'

her esztii tn dl ké tkedn i lcezde

a’ka la nz csi llagocslcdhba n . Illy hetes fen y n tdn

fo ly ta ssam-e é n , ngymon d, n tama t ?’

s szer en csé

met bizon yta la n sdgn a lc dldozam—e fel ? hdt ha e’

csi llagok csa lfa lidé r czek,’

s ingoednyba c ezet nek?

Igg tiin e'

d ih eldbb magdba n , majd megosztv a ba r d

tin a l lce'

tségei t, ezehkel egyiitt elbc'

i lcselhedi a’

ka la uz

iker —csi llagtbl a’

jdmbor szan déko t é s a’

io’

a ka r a

te t. Az ir an ytt'

lt fega dja tehcit biztosa bb c ezé r itl’

s a z ég tiin d'

o’

kle’

bb csillaga i t,’

s ezekn elc lcép zemén yes

vezé r lé se'

k n tan , bnjdolclik ide’

s tova a’

p n sztdk

s iva ta gja in a’

r engeteg er de’

k c a donja in ! P os

c an gok, ta va lc, ingocdn yolc, szé ditb’

mé lységz'

i nyi lafi

sok, mdszha tla n szir tek, zdrjak‘

el ele’

tte a z 6s

c én yeket .

s c isszafor dnln i hé sztetilc. Ehség szom

jitsdg in ségei , szagga td tdc isek p reda- lesb

v a dak,

szi lyos itjdk, r émitik bo lyongasa i t. Messze , messze

ma r a d ntjdn a k o'

hajtott czé ljdto’

l!

A’

n egyedilc min der c idor a n ha la d eldr e. B e

ter szicesen ktisze'

n tce r okon ihoz é s a tya ba r dlihoz,

kedc te lve mn la t n a'

lok, de n em feledi n tjdt,’

s n a

p on lcén t ha la d ebben . Men té ben , jobbr a ba lr a hajlong h

'in dlkozb rezsdlca t szagga tn i,’

s i lla tjok ba l

zsama in dl ltO’

n nyen feledi a’

te'

v iselt’

hi tcdny ha r

czo ldsa it: a’

lcé tes n ta lcon hicen’

s ké tlcedé s n é lkii l

lcO'

c eti c ezé r ké t csi llagdt ,’

s im Zita kies vb'

lgye,

i lla tos c ir anyiea l moso lyg eleibe ,’

s dombjdn a’

4k

Page 389: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 391: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

54

n ehé t: ez a’

Hit. Végr e elitin egg tisztes dsz’

s Osz

v eszedve'

n a z elszé r t tO'

r edéhehet a zohha l mds ho

csiha t iga zga t ,’

s a’

min t lehet a’

hor a sii lyedé stdl

mege'

vja : ez a’Tap a szta lds .

c. Fables, from Joseph Kérmzin.

1 . A ’

f o rm ic é : a’c s a t o r n a .

E lla nha dv a a’

n ap hevé te'

l ta lalt egg n ta zb a’

hdszihldh a la tt egy hitves for r asr a . Fr isesség O’

m

le‘

tt t6le min den er eiben é s halddo'

a n valt el a ttol.

B eé rhezih a’

vdr osba ; a’

p ia czon a’

fe lhe’

h felé

szOhe’

llett hev é ly mdr vdnybbl a’

v izbo ltoza t. Laba

a la tt megszo'

la l a’ csa tor n a .

“A’

v iz, mellyet is

szo l, ama z for r dsn a h a’

hb’

szihla a la tt hives v ize, é s

é n hoztam ide.

“, ,A

for r ds , melly a’

hdszihldbo'

l

fe ly, fr is ite'

, hives e'

s tiszta volt. Ezen a’

te fenyb’

ized

e’

rzih,“

felelé a z n ta zo'

.

A"ter emtb'

er edeti lelheh r i thdh.

’ idegen e'

rdem

ttibbnyir e a’

mi é r demiin h.

2 . A’

f it tem i l e é : a’

czen t idn o c-b oy dzr .

Ide’s tova szdllongo tt egg csen des nyar i ey

jelen a’

jdn osbogdr . Nevets éges magdv a l v a lo’

meg“

ele'

gedé ssel n ézegette fé n yle'

r é szeit , é s hev é lyen

a zt mon dja°

, ,bizon y , é n v agyoh a

legszebb

ter emté s . a z ég a la tt , a’n ap é s ho

'

ld a z é n veté l

hedd‘

tar sa im; é s a’

fhldn eh kir alyi csah azé r t

Page 392: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 393: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

56

elveszteh. K'

e’

szb’

n tim szives r e’

szv é té t jo’

n r am,

Foga si n r am.

’ B e szdn ahozo’

szive v a n a z ar n a h.

De d x bizony, hialta a’

Komon dor , ha szom»

szé dja’

vesztességé ben 6 mag a v a ll har t.

e. Oratorial , from Kblcsey,

E m lek b eszé d ,

E m i n czy F e r en c z fe l e t t .

(Speech in commera tion of Fra n cis Ka zin czy, held byFra n cis Kdlcsey .)

M i szép a z ember i é let, mide'

n a’

min den n a p i

sdg’

p a r an gi hdr é bb’

l hiemelhedih ,’

s magdt v a lami

n agy é s szen t, e’

s mi lliomoha t é r dehlb’

czé l n tdn

in tes i .’ Mi szép , v i ldgosito cs i llaghé n t tiln n i fel

ezr eh eldtt , é s sza ba don , de d lta lmelegiilt lé lehhel

vdla szzta n i magdn a h p algat ,’s a zt jo é s ba lsze

r en cse'

hO’

zt.'

o'

r iihr e tiszta’

s soha n em hidegii ltf

szen vedelemben fn tn i meg ! Azon ba n ez, a’

mi i l ly

sze’

p , n em egyszer smin d O lly bo ldog lto'

is . Hdnyszor

n em ta ldl a’

hé vv el Olele’

ha r borza lma s hideg i lle

hdn yszor s ii lyed el a’

hiizdb’

fé n yn yel e’

s ve

szé lylyel telfes p dlydja dldds e’

s szdn a ho

dds dlta l n em hisé r ve ! se’

t hdn yszor hell magdn a h

a’

fen r agyOgo czé ln a h n yom é s r emé n y n é lhitl leszdl

la n i,mide

n a r é r ette v ivo lelhe’

elheser edé sé ben all

o tt,’

s hon dn a h é s hor dn a h é rzéhetlen ségé t dthozza .

A’

sor sn a h hedven czei n in esen eh , csa h eszhe‘

zei .

Kemén y r észv é tlen séggel a z egyeseh i r dn t, in tézi ex

a z egé sz men etele'

t.’

S igg a’

mdr elveszettn eh ldl

Page 395: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 396: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

59

hev é sn eh mellében tdma dt a’

gon dola t: a’

ha za’

ve

szé lyben forgb nyelv é t r aga dn i meg , ezt felv ir d

gozta tn i , ezt er b’

r e hozn i ,’

s erejével r dzn i fel az

alomba s ii lyedt n ép et hogy ldsson é s é r ezzen . De

a’

n ép dhet n em ha llga ta ; de a’n ép n eh ereje n em

v o lt r eajoh fel’

s j'

o’

vdbe hip illa n ta n i ;’

s igg el

ha gya tva fn tdh meg a’

p dlydt, hilltin hoddhn eh ta r

ta tta h é s hin evetteté n eh ; mer t n em a ha rdh he'

vetn i

a’

b6 lcsességet, melly egyedii l a’

jelen lé t’ha szn a i

r dl gon doshodih. Illy h'

o’

r iilme'

n yeh h'

o'

zt hiid'

tt a’

mi Ka zin czyn h is ; n em ha szon n é lhii l a’

n emzetr e,

n em n yom n é lhii l a’

jdve'

hor r a n ézve , de fajda l

mil l Onmagdn a h. Mer t hoszor ii i n em enyhitéh, ha

n em égette’

h homlohdt ;’

s n eve’

hir es vo ltdt elte’

nyuga lmdva l fizeté . P edig b’

v a la , hi fia ta lsaga’

hii

sze’

ben , még csa h tizen ha t eves gyermeh, ir bin h’

p a

r an yi har é ben megielen v é n , n emes, de tiszteletben,

hevesehtb’

l ta r to tt czé ljdt el n em csiiggedd er liban ,

p dr a tla n dlla n dé sagga l sziin etlen ha la ddsba n he'

vette . O v a la hi n emzeté n eh n egyven é v eldtt hir te

len fellobba no’

s hir telen ela lve'

tiizé t o ltha ta tla n

hor da heblében , még a hhor is , mihor lé lehfagyla lo

'

v é szeh hdr nyéheze'

h. O v a la hi a’

szer en csé t sem

n em igé r b’

, sem n em n yzg’

to’

liter a tor i p dlydr a szd

mosoha t tiizelt fel ;’

s mozgds t é s é letet'

o’

n te'

tt a’

ttiv ises ntr a , mit sch masoh elun a thozv a , hé tség'

te'

l

lever ve p n sztdn hagyta n a h. Ki n em emléhezih v isz

sza a z 6 Ge s s n e r é r e")

s

Works of Kazin czy.

Page 397: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 399: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 400: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 401: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 403: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 404: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

6 7

Ré va ir bl") ha lla n i n em a ha r t; melly Ba r o

ti Sza bo’

t“)és meg n em si r a tta ;

s mellyn eh hebelé ben

a z O‘

tv en ha t evet sza ha da tla n mn n ha hOzt elte'

lt'

o‘

tt

Ka zin czy n yomor itsagga l é lt é s ho lt. 6 szép r e

mén yehr e szii letve , soha t igé re'

ifjiisdgo t é lve, hir

telen a’

sor s dlta l lever etett;’

s middn eldtte min

den p alya , a’

liter a tor in hiv ii l, bezar é déh, ez egyet

len egy p alyan he'

z’

o’

n ség iin h elvon a hezé t a’

ma

ga t n ehi aldozo’

ele'

l,hogy tévelyegjen elhagya tva ,

hiizdje'

n n em segi tve,’

s a r cza’

izza ddsa t’

s szeme’

v é rh'

o‘

n yeit hagyja jelitl he'

zir a ta in ,

s ar v a gyer

mehein in séget. Ké t r en dbeli fo lyozr a ta i r é szv é t

len ség mia ttmin djdr t hezdetben ela ha dta n a h ; nyom

ta to tt szamos miivei tizen egy millid n ép esség h’

o‘

zt

vevdt n em lelten eh;'

legn agyobb becsii hézir a ta in a h

n yomta to’

t n e m ta lzi lt, ha ldlig tar to tt fdr a dozdsa i’

ju ta lmat n em a r a tha tta a z or szdgba n , ho l a n n yi

idegen ga zdag tdp ldlds t n yer t magan a k. Vo lta /c

ngya n , ta ga dn i n em fogem, kih 6 felé is r é szvevb’

heblet n yito ttah,’

s hih é leté n eh gen dja it egyes je

téwhhel en yhi tgetéh ; de a’

n emzet’n a gy ir o

jdn a h

io'

té tehr e szo r ii ln i n em hellen e ;’

s p i lla n ta ten hén t

n ynjto tt v iga szta lds hbszn hin oha t n em or voso l!

Ah lattam eu e’

hin oha t! mer t ta n iy'

a v a lé h alma t

la n ii l éjjele in eh , ta n iiia v a lé h a’

fajda lma seljajdn ldsn a h, middn ba r ay

'

a’

v idam a szta la mellett

P r ofessor of Hun garia n Litera tu r a t P est .

Tug) Poets of the KVIc a n d XIXth cen turies .

5'k

Page 405: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

6 8

gyermeheir e v issza emlé hezett. Megr ezzen t a hhor

min den ideg heblemben ,’

s v é r dldoza tn a h he'

p zelém

a’

szen t O‘

r eget, melly a’

n ép’

biin eiér t‘

n to lso’

h'

o'

r

g ései hO'

zt von aglih,

Tdr sa im! n em szen ved d t'

e‘

bbet! Len yngv éh dsz

flir tjeiben a’

szép ha lmi") la h

r omja i h'

o'

zt, tigy hitn y

van el, min t szaza doh elbtt, a’

n yugo ti teng er’

p a r t

ja in egymds ha zdn a h fia Camoen s . Es gyerme

heit idegen héz fogja dp o ln i ; é s s irjat szivszor ii lv a

her iili hi a’

magya r n yelvmiive’

sz, sor sdtbl r ettegv én .

S bar emléhezete’

keser it v o ltai szer en csé sebb év eh

hama r feledtetn e'

h el ! hogy a’

ma r a dek elb’

tt csa h

dicsé’

sége r agyogion , hin a i p edig megfogha ta tla n oh

legyen eh.

(1. Historica l. from Péczely.

B u d a’

v i s s za v é t e l e .

Jun in s 15 a i in dn lt meg komar omi tdber dbo’

l

Lo thr ing ia i Kdr o ly. Ser egei Osszes szdma

v o lt, hOztO’

h : Magya r , bir oda lombeli

segi td ha da h , a’

t'

o'

bbieh’

s a’

csaiszdr'

o'

r tihb'

s ta r tomanya ibdl v a lbh. A’

Magya r ok a’

Nd

dor , E szter ha zi’

,P dlfi

, Ba tthya n i’

P etn eha zi’

ttibbeh is min d a’

legbdtr a bb, legeszesb, ha r czba n

tap a szta lt fé rfia h’

vezé r lése a la tt , hih he’

za'

l n év

szer in t emliten ddh : a 8000 B r a n den burg ia ha t ve~

Szepha lom was the pla ce where Ka zin czy liv ed.

Page 407: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 408: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 409: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 411: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 412: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 413: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

7 6

ben min t elébb, de egé sz elha tar ozottsagga l vala

szo ld : hogy B a dat , a z osma n eur Op a i bir oda lom

n a h, se’

tma gdt Jer usa lemn eh is hu lcsat, magdt ugya n

n em, de helyette a hdrmelly mas ma gya r vdr a t, to'

b

bet is egyn é l, hé sz dlta lengedn i a’

her czegn eh, csa h

hagyon fel a z ostr omma l. A’

her czeg egyen esen

csa h B uddt hivdn vdn , vegr e ezt is mega idn ld, a zon

fe'

lté tellel , hogy a’

hdborun a h a zza l v ége sza ha d .

M in thogy Kdr o ly ezt n em igé r é meg, ho'

ze lgetn i mon

da tvdn hii ltimben is a’

r ég vdr t n agyvezé r , Abdi

a z a lhudozds t a bba n hagyja .

Augus tus elsd n apjdn v a lo'

sdgga l B uddhoz 4

mé r tft’

i ldnyir e E r esin é l dllo tt ember é vel a’

n agyvezé r . M it megé r tv é n a’

var a t ostr omma l meg

ven n i mielb'

tt a’

segitség elé r hezn é h, v o lt a’

vdla sz

to'

q edelem’

a ha r a tja ,

’s ezt O lly hé vvel s iirgete

'

,

hogy vegr e Kdr o ly is hossza s ellen zé s u tan enge

dett. Megr oha n dh tehdt ig'

r a a’

hé t fdo lda lon se

r egein h a’

var a t, de csa h hama r n agy v esztesse'

g

gel v issza ver etteh ;’

s ldtva , hogy ha szta la n min

den szdn déhjohha l felhagyta h.

Az a la tt h'

o'

zelebb mozdu lt,’s Hamsa beg é s E u

da'

o'

r s h5zt ii tO'

tt tdbor t S u lqjma n ; Kdr o ly p edig

lova sstigdt’s min den er ejé t bsszevon vdn , besdn czo lta

magat B uda h'

o’

r iil O lly mddda l, hogy n é hi Budat

ostr omo ln i a’

mihor a ka ria , min dig ha ta lmdba n

lehessen ; a’

n agyvezé r n eh d hozzd, v agy a’

vdrhoz

fé r n i ep en n e. A’

fia ta l heves v é r ii Maximilidn’

s

vele a’

fb’

ha di tiszteh’

n agy tebbsége , hihben tO'

bb

Page 415: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 416: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 417: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

8 0

Ezen hozben megé r hezteh ,’

s a’

n agyvezé r tdl

a ha ddlyoza tla n , tabor un hha l egyesii lteh S cherfi'

en

berg é s Ca r afa , ama z E r dé lybb’

l tizen hé t ezer ,

ez felsd Magya r or szagbdl 8 000 ember r el. Maxi

mi lian’

s a’

vele egyii tté r tb’

h ujr a ugi lt cs a td t

siirgeté n eh , ha tar oza tta n min t elébb is , ostr om’

s

sdn cza ihba n ma r a dds mellett n yila thozéh Kdr o ly ;

In n en heser it Osszeszo'

la lhozdsoh. Ep en jo'

hor meg

jOn B é csbb’

l udv a r i fb’

ca n cellar Gr o’

f S tr a ttma n ;hibéhitbje lesz a

csa h a s eszhO’

zO’

h’

megvala sztdsdba n

hii lb'

mbb’

zb'

p ar tn a h ; Kdr o ly’

e’

r telme ismet gyb’

z’

s

megha tdr ozta tih B a dan a h, a’

n agyvezé r szemldt

tar a ostr omma l megv é tele. De mielb’

tt ezt ten n e'

h,

Kdr o ly, v é r t himé lb’

leg , f’

o’

lhé r eti meg egyszer a’

vdr a t. Abd it ha sajat gon do lhozdsa , a’

becs ii letr e,

edd ig szerzett hir é r e soha t ta r tasa , a’

h'

o'

telesség

é rzete engedtéh v o ln a , n em en gedé egg p i lla n a tig

is hé thedn i a’

su lta n p a r a n csa , melly csdh a’

vdr

fa hzin diosd — c agy a’

vesztb’

helyen gya ldza tos ha lal

h'

o’

zt engedett n éhi’

s'

o’

v é in eh vdla sztdst. E lha tdr

zotta n felelé azé r t ha bozds mé lhitl , hogy maga’

s

v i tézei elszan vdh v agy megv é dn i a’

vdr a t v a yy om

la dé hi h'

o'

zt her esn i hb’

s ha lalt.

E’

vala sz’

v étele u tan min djdr t mdsn ap Sep tember

4é ll meg a ka r ta Kdr o ly r oha n ta tn i a’

var a t , melly,

mto ta a’

n agyvezé r h'

o’

zelé ben v o lt is, sziin telen la

vbddztetv é n , min den felb'

l tetemesen meg v o lt r ou

galv a : de Ma ximi lidn , hogy v ite'

zein eh a’

vdrhoz

juta’

st h'

o'

n nyi tse, egy n ap o t hé r v é n a z omla déhohn a h

Page 419: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 420: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

8 3

ben a’

ha ld l elb’

l a’

ha ldl’

ha rja i he'

zzé , a’

Du n a’

v é r es ha bja iba v etéh magoha t. Csa h egy ma r ohn yi

ser eg ta r tja meg magdi , a’

zs ido'

u tczdba n , a’

het

ségbeesé s’

megdta lho ttsdgdv a l ha r czo lv a , n em a’

gyb’

zedelemé r t , ha n em hogy min e’

l dr dgdbba n a dja

el é leté t. Egy b’

sz bajn ok hiizd legelb’

l

hé t ha r d v illog he'

t hezé ben ; tes t ha lom h‘

o'

r ii lte ;

oszt é s hap sebehet ; de la n ha da tla n er eje, mig

n em egy la'

vés ta ldlja messzir b’

l: mir e hihull gyi lhos

a czé lja hezibb’

l,

s elei n é lhitl r ogyih a’

ha lo tt r a

hdsr a . A’

v ite'

z vdr ba sa Abd i a z. Tdr sa i d icsb’

en

min t b’

végzé h p dlydjoha t ; legt'

o’

bben mellette hu l

lo tta h c l ; hevesen ha r dda l hezb’

hben a’

hir dly i

ha s té lyba vonulta h , o tt t'

o'

bbehhel egyesiilve uja bbcsa tdt hezdteh,

s r ov id de d iihO’

s On v é de lem u tdn,

min d levdga tta h.

A’

n agyvezé r , megfogha ta tla n . egy maga s domb’

teteyé r b'

l n ézte Osszedugo tt ha r ohha l a’

ha r cz’

fo rdu la ta i t,

'

o‘

ve'

i szo r onga tta tdsdt , m in dn ydiohn a h, a’

vdr n a h, v eleh a z Ozmdn ur a sdgn a h M agya r or szd

ga n , ege'

sz n yugo ton , s ir a lma s en yé szte’

t. M iddn

ld tta hogy vesztve min den , fé lelem , szégyen , bdn a t

mia tt magdn hivu l s ie t tdbor dba ,r b

g tOn in du lbt

fuv a t ,’

s n ya kr a fo’

r e hogy n e iize ttethessé h,

maga n idu a’

hida ha t min den utt felégetve

Belgr ddba sza la d . In n en hilld i tudo’

s itdsdt udv a

r dhoz, hogy Budd t v a hmer b’

her esztye’

n

n el szemhc‘

izt meg ta r ta n ia lehetetlen vo lt ; de men t

ve tdbo r a ; fen n a’

jobb jdven db”r emen ye . A

6 35

Page 421: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 423: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 424: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

8 7

Ah de n em va d, hon n yu his p i lla ngd’

S szép s ugdr ldn y, r O’

p tehé n t csap ongo’

.

.,Ta r ha lep he . szép a r a n y p i lla ngo

'

Lepj meg engem,szdllj r dm his ma ddr ;

Vogy v ezess e l, mer r e v a gy szd lla n dd .

A’

he l a’

n a p n ydgodo’

ba fdr .

Szo'

l’

s ir dmlih min t a r b’

z’

[u tdsu

Kdn n yii’

s jdtszi a’

ldn y’

i lla n ds a .

, Is ten emr e . szo'

la [blu e /ha lve .

A’

v a ddsz: , , ez mdr l ir a’

lyi va d .

Es lego tta n , min den mds t fe led r e

Hé vvel a’

ldn y n yomflohdn ha la d .

O a’

ldn yé r t, a’

ldn y a’

p illa ngo'

é r t

Ver sen ezn eh titn dé r hedvetelé s é r t.

,Megvagy! igg szo’

l a’

ledug o r ommel.

E lfogvdn a’

szdllongo lep hé t ;

, ,Megv agy ! igg szo

l a’

v a ddsz gyon yo r r e l

A’ledn yr a n yi

'

tjtva jobb keze'

l ;’

S r ezzen t hé zbb’

l his p i lla ngo’

elszdll ;

A’

ledug r a b szép sr em’

suga r dn dl !

Il .

Al l-e meg a z b’

sz P eter d i hdza ?

El—e meg a’

r ég i ha r cz’

fia ?

All a’

hdz meg , bdr fogy ga zda sdga’

S telt p ehdr n d l iil a z b’

sz maga .

A’

sugdr ldny AO'

r ben é s a’

ven dég

Ldngszemé ben csdbitb va r dzs ég .

Page 425: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 427: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 428: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 429: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 431: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 4

S zeg e'

n y ha jajdult, C a esa r s ir t v e le ;

A’

n agyra vdgydsn a h n em i lly szelid

Anyagbel hé n e*) szerheztetve len n i .

De Br u tus mon dja hogy n agyohr a tii r t.

S B r utus becses . derek egg fé rfid !Ld ttdtoh a

Lup er ca l un ep en ,

Hdr omszor n yig’

tdm a’

ho r on dt n ehi .’

S b’

v issza to lta . Es ez n a gyr a vdgyds?

De B r utus mon dja , hogy n agyohr a to r t,’

S bizonynya l d derek egg fé rfiu.

Nem szo'

loh é n , hogy Br u tusn a h beszé de’

t

Czdfoljam : a zt mon dem csa h mit ta doh.

M in d hedvele’

teh (i t, és v o lt mier i ;

M i tiltha t el mos t é r tte s ir n o toh ?

Va d d lla tohba szdhté l, Oh i té let,’

S a z ember é sz n é lhii l ma r a d t !

Ca esdr r a l szivem o tt a’

gydszp a don v a n

P ihen n em he ll, mig hozzdm v issza te’

r .

Meg tegn ap ha szta la n da czo lt v a la

C a esa r r a l a’

v i ldg . M a i tt hever’

S n in es O lly szegé n y, hi bbho ljon n eki .

oh honfia h, ha d iihr e, ldza ddsr a

Inger len ém a’

lelhet ben n eteh,

M egbdn ta n dm B r utus t, meg C a ss ius t.

Kih tudv a va n , der ekjb fé rfia h.

In stea d o f he’

eue, ough t .

Page 432: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

9 5

Nem ban tom (Ske t hat. iukabb leszek

Iga zta la u li o ltuukli oz é s magam/zoz,

Hozzdta k, min t O lly tiszte lt fe’

rfia kli oz,De i tt egg ir a t, r ajt

Ca esa r’

p ecs é tfe .

Végr eudelmé uye ; li dzdba u lelém.

C sa l ' ba llja ezi a’

kozseg (mellyet eu ,

B o csdssa tok meg, fel uem o lva soljCso

'

ko lu i jur a n d li o lt Ca esa r sebei t ;

Ke ud t'

iket azta t szen t ver ebe ; so’

t

Emlé la'

tl egg li ajszalé r t esdekel’

S majd ha ldoko lv a [elj'

egyzeud i v ég*

)

In té zete'

beu’

s dus 6 r‘

o’

k gya udu t

4 . A : e lh a g y o t t a n y a

I I

lsme'

r ek egg e'

des ; a lt ! a r vu a n ya t,

Melly bun a k er ed teu emé szti ma gat,

E liza gyv a , lfer z'

ilve lean ya ito'

l,

B ar e'

r ttb'

k ep edve a’

b iv a n ya szol

Ola (“

i lembe

S zép gyermeke im ;

Véqin tezet, la s t W ill , th e w ord is div ided beca u se of

the me tr e .

The for saken mo ther,a bea u tifu l a llego ry, in wh ich the

po et comp a res h is cou n try to a m oth er deser ted by her

children .

In s te a d of jéjlete/f, come .

Page 433: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

Alddsr a emelten

Vdr ua k kezeim

0 h jer tek! o lt jer tek! a z edes a uydkoz

Itt iil lek'

o’

totten a’

sztir uyii magduylzoz;

Ola jer tek olembe

Gyermekeim

M ig el n em ap a dua k

Hev kon yeim.

En szu ltelek, dlltam

Bo'

lcsé t'

o‘

k eldtt ;

Emlb'

im a dan a k

Ui é letero'

t

M in t kis csecsemé’

lcet

Mar eu emelé lek

M tg ben uetek a lv é k

A’

gyermeki lé lelt .

En ldtuo tok"? a dtam

O lly u ap’

suga r dt,

A’

mellyet ir igyel”0 k f

'

o'

ldi csa ldd .

Szép a r cza i toku a k

Eu ‘

a dta me’

bait,Melly a un gi szivekben

Viszlza ugr a ta lalt.

Eu termetet a dtam.

Olly dzi sugdr t ;

Ld ln o lolt , to see , is the In fin itive With a ffixes.

Page 435: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 436: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 437: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 439: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 440: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 441: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

40 4

Ambar r ég bever e’

sz a’

p uba p amlagon .

Né zd : most fellcii ti

Csdlco’

idn lobogo ko lcsa g emellfed il.‘

B uzd i to ka lon as r ulu i t

lelfe’

n emes langja lcigerjedez,Majd ka r djdr a

M in den t r on t’

s megemé szt, min t heves A/l'ika

Busult Tigr ise, a’middn

Or d it kolykeié r t,’

s lco’

rme v ia skod ilc.

M ajd ['

ellt'

eln elf a la tta d is

Ola Josef! n agya n yad’Ther ezia

bajn o lci,’

S ba lr a n mégy szer etett v eze'

r ,

A’

Jeg-Alp eszelcen

s Adr ia’

oblei n .

E’

n ep n em gyii lev é sz- esop or t,

Nem r a bbe’

r be emelt bus buzogdnyt l'

eze .

On lcé n t (Eldoz a z é le tet,’

S ltorga s ka r dja lcb‘

v é r ha n tja ié r t lea sit.

M iglen li lis i bibor s iiveg

Tun db’

lclik fejeden Hun n ia’

csillaga ,

dieso'

Magya r .

Mtg gyb’

zb’

eleid’

p a losa czombodon

Cs a ttog : gydzn i fog a M a gya r’

S An t/r dsua k r agyogo'

n apja le n em men en d .

B e r zs e n y i .

I'

eq er a rms in stea d of ka rd, swo rd .

P rin ce N ico la s E sterha zy w a s the coma n der of the in »

surgen t N obility , a ga i n s t the Fren ch .

Page 443: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 444: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

10 7

De jaj csa k igy 7a r min den a z e'

g a la tt!

Forgo'

v iszon tagsdg jarma a la tt n yo’

g iin k,

Tiin dé r szer e ncsén lc’

l 'én ye l ainy, v et,

Jatszv a emel,’s moso lyogv a ver te .

Fel/orga t a’

n agy szaza dok’

e'

r cz keze

M in den t : ledb’

lt mar a’

n emes Ilion .

A’

biiszke Ka r tli ago"ka ta lma

Ro’

ma’

s er as Ba bylon leomlo tt.

B e r zs e n y i .

9 . J dm b o r u ig é : kfiz é p czer .

Mas a z Atr idak’

r a gyogo dagalya t.

Ta rka p o’

r dzon mo lyogv a n yiigie,’

S Ta n ta lus szal'

ja l maga s a s zta lolcn a l

Cli'

o'

n ep edve .

Ob ti elr ejtelt ka lybak’

la koji

Régi jambo r scig’

s te a r a n y koze’

p szer ,

filjetek mellém Ir iiszo‘

biimr e : v iga n

Ld tla k,ole llek.

Ulje lek melle'

m b’

s i luzlcelyemr e .

S maid lu'

v li eu [ozie me llet.

Mdr tsa tob' v iddm aja lta t moso lygo'

B iilcfa lcup cimba .

The po et a ludes to Ho ra tia n n ames .

Page 445: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 447: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

MO

Jer tek") bdmu la tos bajn okolc e'

s n agyolc’

S ti kik n em mer i tek n e’

zn i a z elmu ldst,

Es ti p or ba n yo‘

gdlf, jer teh ide,’s v elem

Eln i ’

s ha ln i ta n ulja tok.

B e r zs e n y i .

1 1 . F o lu iczk o d dc .

Is ten ! ki t a’

bo’

lcs’

ldngesze fel n em é r ,

Csa k ti tkon é r zb lelke ohajtv a sejt:

Le'

ted v i ldgit min t a z ego‘

Nap , de szemiin k belé n em tela’

n thet.

A’

legmaga sb men n y’

s a ether’

ur dn a i,

Mellyek Ifo'

r ii lted r en dr e ker ingen elc,

A’ldtha tla n fé rgelc,

a’

te

Bo'

lcs kezeid’

r emekelt csuda i .

Te hozta d e’

n agy min den”? ezer n eme

t

A’

semmiségbo'

l, a’

te szemo’

ldolced

Ron tha t’

s ter emthet szdz v ilago t,’

S a’

n agy ido’

k’

fo lyamit kimer i .

Téged d icso'

it a’ Zen ith é s Na dir

A’

szé lve'

szelc’

bus ha r cza , a z eg i ldng’

Vi llama , ha rma tesepp , v ir dgszdl,

Hirdeti n agy kezed’

a lko tdsdt.

jojjelek.

Min den , un i verse .

Page 448: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

M l

Buzgo'

n leomlok szin ed e lb'

tt, (licsb'

!

Majda n ha let/.em zdr a ibo’

l lcike'

l

’S hozzdd ko

ze lb jar u lha t, a irl o r

A’

miu tan ep ed o tt elér i .

Add ig let'

o'

r lom kon yeimet’

s megyel'

Ren de lteté sem’

p alya’

fu tdsa in ,A’

jobb’

s n emesb lellcelcn elt utja n .

Mer r e ero'

m’

s in a im v ilzetn el '

.

B izto n te l in tem mé ly s ir om’

ejjele'

t!

Za r don , de, o'

h n em, n em lehet a z gon os

Mer t a’

te mun /a id ; o tt is elszo’

r t

Csou ta ima t keze id ta ka rjak.

B e r zs e n

1 2 . V a n i t a tu m V a n i a “ .

Itt d x ir ds, fo rga ssdtolc

Br ett é szsze l io’

za n on ,

S ben n e [elta ldlha tjdtok

Mi t ta n it bo'

lcs S a lomon ;

M ikép szeles e’

v ilagon

M in den ép ii l hi tvdn ysagon ;

Nydr é s ha rma t, té l, é s ho’

,

Min d osn lc hijdba v a lo'

!

Fold iin lc egy kisha ngyafé szekEgy p er cz hozta tiin emé n y

Page 449: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 451: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

M l

Bs'

a’

r o'

zsdt ha e lhul,

Me'

g egy p er ezel (Eli tell .

Hdt n e gon do li e’

v i lagga l,

B o la s a z, min den t bi megv et

S o r ssa l, l’ ir tussa l, n a gysdgga l

Tudomdn yt, hir t’

s é letet .

Légy min t szikla r en dii lelle n

Tomp a , n yugod t, é r eze tlen’

S kedv emel, va gy bu temet,

S zép uek’

s r utn a k [annyi szemet.

Mer t mozogjon , a v agy dlljon ,

E’

p a r dn yi [old v eled,

Le ngjen fé n yben v a gy homdlyba n

Hold é s n ap fejiin l'

fb'

lett,

Bdr min o'

sziuben ielen tse

Jotté t a’

van do r szer e ncse

Sem r osz a z, sem n em jo,M in d esa /c hijdba

Ko l c s e y.

1 3 . S a m (if ii l d em cz é p h a td r a .

(S on g of Cha rles Kisfa ludy)

Szii lti/Bldem sze'

p li a tdr a

Al egldtla k- e v a la hdr a ?

A’

hot dlto/c, a’

ho t megyek

Min den /tor csa k [eléd n ézek.

Page 452: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 453: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books
Page 455: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

li l 8

Alé ln i , V . a .

, to b en um .

Ale'

lta n , Adv .

,fa in tin g, w eak .

Alka /ma tla n l odo,A.

,tr ouble

som e .

Alkonya l, S .

,tw ilight .

Alli ot- u i , V . a .

,to con stitute,

to form .

Alko lds , S .

, form a tion , con sti

tuti on , fig . crea t ion .

Alkudozd s , S .,n ego tia tion .

Al la n i, V . n .,to s ta n d ; uba

t

a llam'

,to ob stru ct th e w a y .

Alla n dosdq, S .,con sta n cy.

A'

llds , S .,po sitio n ; d lla s t fog

u i . to t ake a p o sition .

A'

llapot, S .,co n dition , sta te .

Al/ha lo ss ag , S .,persev er a n ce .

Alli a s , Adv .,m ea n , vi le .

A'

lma uamn ,Adv . , sleepless .

Almod- n i, V . a .,to d r eam .

A'

lmodozd s , S . ,dreamin g.

S . A .

,cun n in g

,a cu n

n in g fellow .

Atom,S .

,li tter

,n est .

Alta lellen ben ,Adv . ,

opposite ,(v is a v is).

Al ta /enged- n i , v . a .

,to deliv er ,

to sur ren der .

A . v .,

w a rmed through .

A'

lta l- u i , V . fa ctit . , to deceiv e ,

to delude .

A'

li la’

r-n i , V . a .

,to b rea k through .

Alvezé r , S . ,sub ordin a te c om

'

m a n der , lieu tn a n t gen era l .Am In t . , w ell !

An ya g, S stufi'

.

w a rm ,

Ap a , S .

, fa ther ; plur . apa li ;

a pa in lf, our a n c estors .

Apol—u i , V. a .,to cheri sh , to

fo ster,to take c a re of.

.l r a t- n i , V . a .

,to ga ther

,to

rea p .

Ar cz,S . , fa ce , figur e ; a r e: it

za dds , ha rd la bou r , sw ea t ofthe fa ce .

A’

r , S .,flood .

Arn yé /r, S . , sh a ddow .

A'

rok, S .

,ditch

,tren ch ; b ed

of a ri ver .

Ar ta lom, S .

,n oxiou sn ess .

Ar ia s , S .,doin g ha rm .

Afla tla n sdq, S .,in n ocen ce .

Area,A .

,orpha n

,fig. for saken ;

drvdn ,Adv . orpha n like , de

o

stitu te .

Aszla l, S .,table

,fig. mea l.

Asszonysaq, S .,la dy.

A’

la lkodo lts ag, S .,ob stin a cy.

Alkoza i, V . a . , to cur se .

fi lo/f , S . ,a cur se , impr eca tio n .

Alkol—n i , V . a .

,to bin d, ov er ;

fig . to blo ck up .

rl a t- u i , V. a .,

s oak.

to w et , to

Bab, S .,a doll.

Ba den i , A.,of B a den .

Ba] , S .,cha rm , S .

Ba i lodo , S .

,a person takin g

pa in s o r h a v in g much trouble .

[fa/n ob, S .,ch ampion .

Page 456: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

449

B ajn olti, A.,heroic .

B ajor , A . ,B a v a ria n

,of B a

v a d a .

Rdjos , A.,cha rm in g.

Bajszin , S cha rm in g figu r e ,ch a rm in g a ppe a r a n ce .

Boll — left ; ba lr a to the left , o nth e left .

Ba lesel , S . ,mi sfortu n e .

Ba ls or s , S .,a dv erse fa te

,di S

a ster .

Ba lszeren c se , S .

,m isfortun e .

Ba lzs am, S .,b a lsam ,

fra gr a n cy .

Hamill- ii i , V. a .,to a dm ir e .

B a’

mu la tos , A. , a dm ir a ble .

Ban a l, S . , sorrow,a ffliction .

Ba'

n l- a n i , V . a .,to disturb .

Ba rd lsdg, S ., fr ien dship .

B a r la ng, S .,c a v ern .

Bdrmelly, P r . whi ch .

ev er , w ha tev er .

B a s a , S .

,B a sh aw .

Bds lya , S ba sti on,tow er .

Bd tor sag, S .,v a lour

,coura ge .

Be In t .,oh !

Bees , S .,w or th , esteem ,

v a lue .

Becsul-u i , V. a .,to hon our .

Becsulel, S .

, h on ou r , r epu tation .

Bee'

r lrez- u i , V, m .,to a rriv e

(in ).

Bees- u i , V. m .

,to sink

,to de

ca y ; bees etl, A .

,hollow ,

fa llen in .

Befolyd s , S .,in fluen ce .

Indefin i te l ron oun .

Beha la s,S . . impression .

Beker i l—en i , V . a .,to sur

roun d,to in v est (a tow n ).

Bé lyeg, S .

,a s ign , m a rk.

Ben kuzdd, A. v .

,inw a r d strug

glin gBen z/om

—n i , to press (in ) .Bé r

,S , p a y , fig. r ew a rd .

Be'

rcz, S m ou n ta in,cha in of

mou n ta in s .

Ber ova lli o lt, a .,ja gged, n o tched .

B esan czo l-n i,V . a .

,to en tr en ch .

Beszd lli t—a n i,V. a . ,

to c on

v ey, to throw (in ) .Beszé d

,S . , speech .

Belegse'

q, S .,i lln ess.

Bele'

r-ui , V . n .,to e n ter , to

v isit, to c a ll upo n .

Bezaro'

d- n i , V . m .,to c los e

,

to shu t .

B ibor , S ., purple .

B ir- n i , V, a .,to po ssess.

B ira l-u i, megbira l- n i , V. a .

,

to judge , to decide .

B irds , S .

, po ssessio n .

B irkoz- u i, V. m . , to wrin g, t os truggle .

B ir oda lombeli, A.,belon gin g

to th e empir e.

Bir lok, S ., po ssession .

Bizoda lom,S .

,con fiden c e tru st ;

bizoda lma t vetn i , to trust .

B iw n y , Adv ., su rely.

B ison ylta s , S .

, a rgu in g, demon

str a tion .

B izon i/ la la n sdg ,S .

, un cer

ta in ty.

Page 457: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

l

B izta t-u i, V ., fa ct . , to en con

r a ge , to c omfor t .

B izla ta s , S ., per su a sion .

B iztos , A. , su re .

B iztos ila s , S .,a ssu r a n ce .

B izlon ,Adv .

,con fiden tly.

Boho'

sdg, S . , fa r ce.

Bdltol—n i , V. n .,to b ow .

BoldOgi lo, Adv . , b lissful .Bo ldogta la n , S ,

u n ha ppy .

Bo ldogul, Adv . ,ha ppy .

Bo ldogsdg ,S . , ha ppin ess .

Bo lon dul, Adv .,fo o lishly .

B a lthajla s , S ., a r ch , v a ul t .

Bo ltoza t, S ,v a ult .

B a lyog-ui

,V . n .

,to w a n der

a bou t .

Bo lyqo'

fé n y , S . ,ign is fa tuu s ,

ja ck w ith a la n tern .

Bo lyongds , S ,w a n der in g a bou t .

Borongo’

,A. v .

, glo omy .

Bor til—u i , V. n . ,to dr aw o ver ,

to b e sprea d o v er ; [eleg bo

r dl, it gr ow s cloudy .

Borza lma s , A.,shiv er in g

,shud

der in gBor s a lom,

S shudder , hor r or .

Borza szloza q, Adv . , shudderin g, dr ea dfully .

Bosw, bos szu, S . ,r ev en ge .

Bosztila tla n , A. ,u n rev en ged .

Boszus , A. ,v in dictiv e .

B6 , A . ,sufficien t .

Bo la s , S . ,s a ge, philosopher ;

A . ,w ise .

Bolcselltedo'

,S . , ph ilo sopher ,

A. , philo sophizin g .

6)M 0

C sdbilé , A v temptin g, a llu

r i n g .

Cs a /ad, 8 family .

Bolcsen . Adv . , wisely.

Bolcses se'

g, S .,w isdom .

B o loso'

,S . ,

cr a dle .

Bo'

s éq, S .,abun da n ce, plen ty .

d en , Adv ,copiously , a bun

da n dy .

B il, S ., grief, a ffliction ; bun a k

er edten ,Adv .

,pin in g wi th

grief.Bubor ék, S . ,

bubble.

Bucsuz—n i, V . m . ,to take lea v e .

Bujdoso'

,S . , fugi tive .

B i lrkoz- n i, V . m . ,to w ra p up ,

to con cea l on e’

s self.Bus , A.

,gloomy, sa d, a fflicted .

Bus la ltod-u i , V . m . ,to be

sorrow fu l.Bula ,

A. , stup id .

Buvo'

hely, S .,pla ce of con cea l

m en t .

Buzdi lo’

. A. , en cou ra gin g.Buzgo, A. v .

,zea lou s ; buzqon ,

Adv dev ou tly.

Buzoqdn y, S . ,a club for fight

in g

B ukfa , S . ,beech ; A. ,

b eechen ,of b eech-w oo d .

Bdn , S . , sin , cr ime .

Bdn lellen se'

g , S . , impun ity .

Buszke, A . , proud .

Page 459: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

422

Dia da lma s,A.

,vi ctori ou s .

Dia da lma s a n , Adv .,

trium

ph a nfly .

Dicseked- n i , V. m .

,to b oa st .

Dicsd , A.,glor iou s .

Dicsd’

en ,Adv .

,glor iou sly .

Dieso'

il- en i,V. a . ,

to glori fy.

Dicsds ég, S .,glo ry, r en ow n .

Diszl—en i , V. m .,to shin e , to

be decor ou s .

Doboga s , S .,pu lsa tion .

Do lqozds , S .

,the w o rk.

Domb, S .

,hi ll .

Dombocs lra , S . , hillock .

Dog, S .

,murr a in .

Ddl- n i , V . n . ,to fa ll dow n , to

sink .

Don lhellen , A.,in con testab le .

Dé rqd, A. v .,thu n der in g.

Ddzsba r dl , S ., deb a u chee , r e

v eller .

Ddzsolé s , S ., deb a u chery , b a n

qu etti n g.

Drdga li d, S . , pr eciou s ston e .

D il l V . n .,to r a v a ge .

0 1210, A. v .

,depopula tin g .

Durva ,A.

,r ough , rude .

Du'

s , A.,rich .

Didi , S .

,ra ge, fury .

Ddho’

sen ,Adv . , fu riou sly .

Eb, S .,dog.

Ebredezo”

,A. v .

, aw akin g, risin g .Ehres t i—en i , V . a . ,

to aw aken ,

fig. to excite .

Bden i, A., p a r a disia ca l .

By, S .

, hea v en , sky ; e'

qi . A.,

hea v en ly ; égielf, gods .

Bg- n i, V . n .,to burn .

Bgel- u i, V . a .,to bu r n .

E9 6, A. v .,burn i n g.

q befugqé s, S ., con n ectio n .

q bevet—u i , V. a .,to com

p a re together .

Egyé b, P r .,a n ythin g else .

Egyedd li , A , on ly ; eqyeddt,

Ad v .,lon ely , on ly.

q en esen,Adv .

,str a ight-a

lon g.Egyen ellen ,

A .,disun i ted .

Egyes , S .

,a sin gle o n e

,in div i

du a l .

Egyesu’

l-u i, V . n .,to un ite .

q etlen ,A .

, on ly .

q etemi, A.,un iv er sa l.

q ete'

r len i , V . , to a gree .

Egyele'

r lé s , S .,un a n im ity, ha r

mon y .

Egyellen egy . A.,o n ly on e .

Egyir cin l. Adv .,equ a lly.

Egy/ror on , Adv .,

o n ce , for

m erly .

Egy/torn , A.

,con tempor a ry.

Egymd s u tdn , Adv .,

on e a f

ter a n o ther .

q szer smin d, Adv .,

a t the

same tim e, a t o n ce .

Egyutt, Adv .,together .

q ulté ld, S . ,co n tempora ry ,

co ev aL

Egyuttér ld, S . A., (person s)

of th e same opin i on .

Ehs éq, S ., hun ger , fam i n e .

Page 460: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

423

Ej, S ., n ight .

Ejjel, Adv .,by n ight .

Ejl- en i, V . a .

,to dr op , to pre

cip ita te ; fig. to m ake,to

prep a re ; bir loli aba ejt, he

brin gs in h is po ssession .

E li , S .

,orn amen t

,decor a tion .

Bl—n i, V . a .,to en j oy ; é ln i ,

V . n .,to liv e ; hi lé ln i, to

ou tliv e .

E la ka d- n i, V. n .,to stop .

B la lud-u i , V. m .,to fa ll a

sleep ; a (ti : ela lszik, the firego es ou t or is extin guished .

E la p a d-u i, V. n .

,to dry up ,

to be exh a u sted .

E lbelegi t- en i

,V. a .

,to m ake ill.

E lbor i l—a n i , V. a .,to over

cha rge , to ov erw helm .

E lbolcselked-u i , V. a .,to dis

con cert .

E lbuA-a i , V . m .,to be o v er

thr ow n,to fa ll .

E lblis i l-a n i, V. a . ,to sa dden ;

e/bus tlo, A. v ., sa dden in g,

sa d .

E lcsflggedci , A . v .

,loo sin g cou

r a ge , despon din g , despa ir in g.E '

del—a i , V . a .

, en joy.

E ldo'

d , S .,a n cesto r .

E lég, Adv .,en ough .

E legei- n i , V . a .

,to burn , to

b la st .

E lelt lr umi , A electrica l.

E lelem, S ., fo od .

E ler - n t , V . n .

,to a rriv e .

E le’

rkez- n i, V . m ., to a rr iv e .

E lesel, w ith a ffixes : eles temeles ted

,eles te. S .

, fa ll ; eles teutdn

,a fter h is , h er or its fa ll .

E les se'

q, S . , food .

BleszI- en i , V . a .,to en liv en ,

to en kin dle (the flame) .

Eleler o'

,S .

,v ita l pow er .

Eletn é lki i l, Adv .,lifelessly.

E leven i i- en i , V. a .,to v iv ify ,

t o a n ima te .

E leven se'

q, S . ,vi v a city.

E lfeledhel-u i , V . fa ctit .

,to c a use

to forge t .E lloq-lt i, V . a .

,to c a tch .

E lfoga d -u i , V . a .,to a ccep t,

to a dop tE ljordi ta

'

s,S . , tu rn in g aw a y ,

a v erti n g .E lgytijl

- a n i , V. a .,to fire off,

to blow up .

E lhagy—u i , V . a .

,to lea v e be

hin d, t o ab a n don , to for sake .

E lli a qyo tt. Adv ., forsaken .

E thajol- u i , V . a ., (to decli n e)

to deca y .

E lhamv a d-n i , V. n .,to be ex

t in gu ished ,fig. to expire,

to die .

E l/i a ngoz- u i

,V . m .

,to die

aw a y (sa id o f the soun d).

B l/zd n y- n i , V. a .

,to thr ow aw a y .

E l/idr il-a n i , V. a .,to turn a w a y,

to r emo v e , to pre v en t .E lha ld tozo lls a

'

q, S .,resolu tio n ,

firmn ess .

E llmll—a n t, V . n .,to fa ll , to

die aw a y.

Page 461: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

422i

E lku'

n y-u i , a n d elluin n i , V . n .

,

to expire, to die .

E lfajdula s , S .,

lam en t a tion ,

w a ilin g.E ljé n - n i, V . n . , to a rr iv e .

E lkap- n i ,

’ V. a . ,to sn a p , to

c a tch,to seize .

E lkeser edé s , S .

,exa sp er a tion .

E lla nka d-u i, V. n . ,to fa in t .

E llci t- n i, V. a . ,to pr o v ide for ;

el la'

lv a , pr ov ided .

E llen /é l, S .,coun terpa rty, op

po n en t, a dv er sa ry.

E llen ha ld s , S . , rea ction,coun

ter-effect .

E llen igyeltezel, S .,a con tr a ry

en dea v our,Opposition .

A . , opposite,

con

tra ry .

E llen s égi , A.

,in imic a l.

E llen s éges ,A. , hostile , a d

v erse .

E llen ld ll- a n i, V. n .,to resis t .

E llen zé s , S , oppo sition ,d i s

su a sion .

E lme, S ., m in d , disposit ion .

E lmelli edé s , S . , con templa tion .

r efl ection .

E lmen etel, S .,depa r ture , re

trea t .

E lmetszell, A. v .,cu t off (bein g

cut off).

E lmzl l-u i , V . m .,to pa ss (sa id

of th e time).

E lmulds , S deca y.

E ln émtll- u i V. n .,to grow

mu te,to grow silen t .

E ln yog-ui , V . a , (to groa n

aw a y) to get thr ough a sor

row ful period of life .

E lomla n dr5,A. v .,mort a l

,futile

(thin gs w h ich mu st per ish).E lo

'

lt—a n i,V. a . , to extin guish .

E lordi l—a n i ma gdl, V.,to br a y.

li lo"

, S a n cestor .

E lo'

a d—u i , V. a .,to repor t .

E lé bb, Adv ., firs t .

Flo'

t’

lé lel, S . , pr ejudice .

Edllte'

szu lel, prepa r a tory w ork.

E ldl—u i,V. a .

,to extirp a te .

E ldn yomul-u i, V. n .

,to press

forw a d, to a dv a n ce .

B idre, Adv . , forw a rd .

E ldr emen t, A . v .,precedin g.

E lé’

vtvo'

, S .,those wh o fight

in the fron t .E lp a

'

r lol- n i, V. m .,to desert

(a ca u se).

F lp a tla n—n i, V. n .

,to be blow n

up , to burst a sun der .

E lr a bo l- u i, V. a .

,to rob , to

depriv e .

E’rémdl—u i , V. n .,to tr emble .

B lr on l- a n z, V. a ., to destr oy.

E ls o lé li'

i l- u i , V. n .

, to gr owd a rk .

E lsulyeszl-en i , V. a .

,to sin k,

to submerge .

E lsza n - n i,V. n . , to resolve

(upon )E lsza n ts dg, S .

, reso lu ti o n .

E lszor—ui , V . a .,to sca tter ;

elszo'

r t. , A . v ., sc a tte red .

E lla ka r i lds , S .,r em ov a l.

Page 463: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

l 26

Br dekld'

,A. v .

,in te restin g.

E r dé ’y , S .

,Tr a n silv a n ia .

Er dem, S .

,mer it .

Brdemes , a .,w o r thy, deserv ln g.

Er ed- u i, V . n .,w i th n ot n et , to

begin ; uln a l. er edn i , to depa r t .Eredeti , A.

,o r igin a l .

E reszl- em , V. a .,to le t lo o se ;

ellen ii n l Pres s /é , b e lea d a

ga in st u s .

Erezet/en , A. , u n feel in g, a p a

thetic .

Er in l l .s,S .

,con t a c t .

E rko /r s , S .

, mo ra ls , m a n n er .

Er b llfodes , S . , efi’

o rt,con str a in t .

Bro'

s en , Adv ., str o n gly, mu ch .

E r dsdd-u i , V. m to growstron g .

Erd ss ég, S ., fo r t , fo rtress .

Br ee/rujvar , S .

,the n am e of a

pla ce (fort ress)in Hun ga ry .

Er lelem,S .

,in tellect

,r ea son .

fir /ellen s ég, S .,ign or a n ce .

Ere-6 71i , V . m .

,to be felt

,to

be ta s ted .

Brzék, S . , sen se (orga n of sen

s a tion ).

E'

rzéket/en sé q, S .,in sen sibility.

Ewe/em,S .

, feelin gs (in a sub

jectiv e mea n in g).Erzelmi , A.

,sen sible .

Brzemé n y ,S .

, feelin g (in a n oh

jectiv e m ea n in g,tha t which

is felt .)Firm ,

S . , feelin g (felt).En d, A. v . , feeli n g, sen sible .

E sdelrld, S .,a person implorin g .

Esdekel—n i , V. a .,to suppli

ca te,to implo re .

'

E seng-m

, V. n . , to implore ,to cra v e .

E s é s,S .

,fa ll.

E set, S .,c a se

,a cciden t .

Bsz, S .,r ea son

,in tellect

,m in d .

Bsza ka , S .

,n ight : e

'

sza kcir a

kelve, grow in g tow a rds n igh t.Esza ki , A.

,n o rther n .

E s t es,A.

,in telligen t .

E szké z, S .,in s trumen t .

E szkozl-em ,V. a .

,to media te

,

to prom o te .

E lele, S .,Attilla .

Ev lized, S .,decen n ium .

Ezredes , S .,colon e l.

Ezr ede’

v,S .

,m illen n ium .

Ezredév i, A.,m illen in ia l

,of a

thou sa n d year s .

Ezus t, S .,silv er .

Fayyla l—n i

,V . to ca use

con gela tion ; fagyla lo'

, A. v .,

freezin g .Fdjda lom,

S . , pa in , a ffliction .

Fay/a loft . A. ,la sciviou s .

Faju l- u i , elfaju'

l-n i, V. n . ,to

degen er a te .

Fa b'

a szl-a n i,to ca u se to spr in g ;

kon yel fa ka szt—a n i, to sta r t

tea r s .

Fa la l, S .,a slice of brea d .

Fa lr on lo'

,A v .

,ba tterin g.

Fa ngor , A.,a s trin gen t.

Fa ctitive Verb.

Page 464: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

42 7

Fdr a dl, A. v .,tired .

Far a da lla n A in defa tigable .

Fo’

r odozds , S .,exertion .

Far agn i . V. a .

,to ca rv e .

Fa r lra s , S .,w o lf.

Fegyver , S .,a rms , w ea pon .

Feq er tdr , S .,a rsen a l.

Fegyver lelen ,A.

,un a rm ed .

Feller , A.,white .

Fejen lré n l, Adv . , on e by on e .

Fej l- en i , V . a .

,to de velop .

Febv é s , S . , situ a tion c on di tion .

Fekve'

s ti , A., s itu a ted

,bein g in

a good or ba d con dition .

Fé l,A.

, ha lf.Fela d- n i , V. a .

,to giv e up , fig.

to su r r en der .

Felajzotl, A. v .

,br idled ; [elaj

zol l n yi l, bridled a rrow , a n

a rr ow r ea dy to be sho t ofi'

.

Fela ldoz-n i,V . a .

,to sa crifice .

Feld lli’

t- a n i , V . a . ,to er ect,

to pla ce .

Felcs illa’

mlo,A. v . , glimm erin g .

Feldi i l- n i , V . a .,to desola te , to

dem o lish .

Feled-n i, V. a .,to forget .

Feledlet- n i , V ., fa ct . to ca u se

to fo rget .

Foley, S .,cloud .

Fele'

qel- u i , V . a .

,

dow n .

Felejl- en i . V . a .,to forget .

Felel-u i , V . a .

,to a n sw er .

Felelel, S .,a n sw er .

Felemel—m’

, V, a to elev a te,

to ra ise .

to burn

Felér-m'

,V. a . ,

to r ea ch , to

a tta in .

Feles ég, S .,w ife .

Feles lrud- n i,V. m .

,t o take a n

oa th , to swea r .

Fe lfa l- u i, V. a .,to dev our .

Fellb g- u i , V . a ., to compre

hen d .

F'

e/[orga t—u i , V. a .

,to o v er

throw ,to ov ertu rn .

Felll agy- u i , V, n .

,to discon

tin n e,to desist . , to lea v e 0 3 .

S .,cloud .

Fe'

lig, Adv .,ha lf.

Fe/illa n - u i,V . n . ,

to fly up ;

a’

liup d lt lelilla n ta n a ll , the

cups w er e flyin g , th e cupsw ere pa ssed r o u n d .

Fellfa cza q—n i, V . n .

,to burst

ou t in to a la ugh .

Felli e/t n emes s ég , S .,the ra i

s ed a rmy of the n ob ility

(in sur ection) .

Fellridll—a n i , V. n .

,to ex

cla im .

Felhé lle, S . , gettin g up ,r isin g.

Felltot-n i, V. a .,to tie up , to

gi rd .

Folleg, S ., cloud

, sm a ll cloud .

Fellobba n -u i, V . n .,to bla ze

up ; fellobbam}, bla zin g up .

Fellobba n l , A. v .,bla zed up .

fig . b low n up .

Felocsud—n i, V . m .,to reco

v er fr om stupefa ction .

Fe'

lr elen -u i , V . a ., to pu t a side,

to la y a side .

Page 465: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

428

Felr obog- n i , V . n .

,to a ppro a ch

ga llop in g.Belsey, S .

,m aj esty .

176 13 6 ,A .

,upper .

Fels d'

vciros,S .

,upper-tow n ,

(upper pa r t of th e tow n ).

Fé lszdza d, S .,ha lf a cen tury.

Felszoltell—u i , V .,m . ,

to r ise

h a stily (to jump up ).

Fe lla ld l-u i , V. a .,to fin d, to

fin d ou t

Fellama d-u i , V . n .,to ri se .

Fella r lo’

zla l—n i,V . fa ct . , to re

ta rd,to stop .

Felta r to'

zla lo lt, A . v .,pr ev en

ted , hin dered .

Felté lel, S . ,con dition .

Fellii n tel-u i , V . a .,to make

o n e’

s a pp ea ren ce .

Feltri a-n i (s a id of a fla g) , V .,

a .

,to set up , to pla n t .

Felluzel- u i , V. a .,to in flame

,

to en cou r a ge, to a n ima te , to

spur .

Felven - u i , V . a .

,to p ick up ,

to ta ke .

Felvern - n i,V. to get

up) to a pproa ch w ith la bora n d trouble .

Felv ilagos it- a n i , V . a .

, to ex

pla in , to br in g to light .Felv irdgozta l

- n i , V. fa ct . , to

c a use to flourish .Felvon - n i , V. a . ,

to pull up , tobrin g up .

Ver lmm med i um.

Fen n ,Adv . , up .

Fen lridll—a n i,V. n .

, to shou t .Fen r a qyoqé ,

A. v .,highly

br ight.Fen s ég, S .

, sub lime, subllm ity.

Fe'

n y , S ., glimmer

, splen dor,

shin e .

Fen yeqet- n i . V . a .,to threa ten

,

to m en a ce .

Fen yeqeld’

,A. v .

, men a cin g.Fé n yes , A,, br ight ,Fé n ylo

'

,A . v .

,bright

,splen den t .

Fenyd’

,S .

, pin e-tree ; fenydiz,r esin ou s ta ste .

Fe’

r—u i , (w i th hoz. hBZ ), V. n . ,

to get a t, to come to .

Fereg, S .,w o rm .

Férfilta r , S .,m a n ly a rm .

Férfiu . S .

,m a n .

Fergeleg, S ., show er

,tempest

,

w in d-storm .

Feszes s ég, S ., stiffn ess

, p e

da n try .

Feszulten ,Ad v .

, a tten tiv ly.

Pia la t, Adv ., you n g .

Fia ta lsdg, S ., youth .

Fiqyelem,S .

, a tten tion .

Fiqyel-ui , V. a .

,to a tten d

,to

listen .

Figyelmez- n i , V. m .

,to pa y

a tten tion .

Foqa d- n i , V. a .

, to receiv e .

FOga da'

s , S .

,v ow .

Foga do’

, S .

, hotel .Foga s i, S .

, (den ta x) sa id of the

w o lf,beca use of his vor a

ciousn ess .

Page 467: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

430

Fa lli os- ui , V . n . ,to ru n abou t .

Futo-san ez, S .

,tren ch .

Fi lo-u i , V. a .,to blow .

Fuv a la l, S .,breeze , br ea th .

Fil l, S .,e a r .

Fil lel- ui , V. n .,to pri ck up

the e a rs .

Fillemile , S .,n ighti n ga le .

Fules , S . , (lon g-ea r) a ss .

Faresztd, A. v .,b a thin g,

Far t, S . ,cur l, lock (of ha ir) .

Fus l, S . , smoke .

Fizz V. a ., to file

,to pu t

on a strin g, fig. to r a n ge .

Ga’

tol—ui, V. a .,to hin der , to

prev en t .

Ga zda , S .,m a ster , husb a n d

ma n ; gazda’

cslca ,little

ma ster , dea r ma ster .

Ga zdagi l—a n i , V. a . ,

to en rich .

Ga zda sag, S .

, household.G y .

Gen ius , S ., gen iu s .

Gép , S . ,en gin e .

Gép szerd se'

q , S . ,mecha n ica l

Gya ldz- n i , V. a . ,

to d isho n our,

to defame ; meggya ldzn i, to

method, like a ma chin e .

disgr a ce .

Gga la za tos , Aw Sh ameflfl, dl S

gra ceful.a rden t .

Gerjelem, S .,a gita tion of min d ,

excitemen t , pas sion (in th e

gen ericmea n in g of thew ord).

Gerjeszt—en i, V. a .,to excite .

Golya , S .,the stork.

Golyafe’

szek, S .,

n est of a

stork.

Gya lrorol—u i , V. a .

,to pra c tise ;

befolyd s t gyakoro ln i , to ha v ein fluen ce, to in fluen ce .

Gya log ezr ed, S . , regim en t of

in fa n try ; la va s ezred, r e

gimen t of c a v a lry.

Gya nzl, S ., suspicion .

Gon d, S .,c a re .

Gon dola t, S .

,thought, idea .

Gon dolkod—n i,V. m .

,to thin k

,

to reflect.Gon dolkozd s . S . ,

thinkin g,

thought, fig. min d .

Gon dos , S . A.,ca reful

,a n

xion s .

Gon doslcod-ui , V. m . , to c a re ,

to prov ide for .

Gon doskoda s , S . , ca re , prov ideu ce .

Gon dsujto ll, A. v ., sorrowful.

Gon osz,A. ,

ev il,b a d

, w icked .

Gdgé sen ,Adv .

, h a ughtily.

Gorbed-u i , V. n .,to ben d

,fig

,

to subm i t .

Griz,S .

,v a p our

, steam .

Gang , S .

, scorn ,der i si on ,

mockery .

Ga’

ngol—n i, V. a . ,

to der ide , to

mock.

Page 468: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

43 !

Gyamitla n ,A. ,

u n suspected,n u

su spicious .

Gydszlfise'

ret, S ., fun er a l pro

cess ion .

Gyd szké n y , S .

,m ourn in g tea r

,

(tea rs shed beca use of m our

n in g.)Gydszos , A.

,mour n ful .

Gyctszp a d , S .,bier .

Gyava , A.,cow a rd

,timid .

Gyer lya la'

ng, S ., flame of a

ca n dle .

Gyilli o s , S .

,murder er ;

murder ous .

Gl/or s , A., sw ift

,fig . fugitiv e .

Gyor s a n , Adv . , qu ickly , speedily .

Gyokér , S .

,r o o t ; qyo lfer el ver

u i , to strike ro ot .

Gyé nge, A. , w eak.

Gyé n qeség, S . , w eakn ess, in

Gyé n yor , S .,deli ght .

Gyé n yéfl l , A.,delightful ' fig.

sw eet .

0 3167 1, A. , of Gyo'

r,b elo n gin g

,

to Gydr (a coun ty in Hun ga ry.)Gyolrelem ,

S . , a n gu ish,tor

men t .

Gyolro'

, A. v . , sorrowful, griev ous .

Gyo'

zles,S .

,vi ctor .

Gy li lelrezel , S .

,m eeti n g, a s

sembly .

Gyulev é sz, S . ,crowd of people,

ra bble .

Gyfiloleles , A., h a ted, odious .

Gyumolcs , S ., fru it .

Gyiijt- a n i , V. a . ,

to light (aca n dle

Ha b, S .,a w a v e .

Hdborga l—u i , V. a .

,to disturb ,

to tr ouble.

Hdbori la lla n ,A.

,un disturbed .

Ha bozd s , S .

, flu ctua tio n , fig.hesita t ion .

Ha d, S .

,tro op , tro ops .

A., Ha dd, in stea d of hagyi a d, Im

p er a t . of hagga i, let

Ha dvé sz, S .,da n ger of w a r ;

ha dv é szulle hep ,the da n gers

o f w a r s ettin g on the ir brow s .

Hdg-ui , V. n .

,to lea p , to

a scen d ; ltdgla ln i , V. fa ct .,to

r a ise .

Hagy-n i , to lea v e ; a bba n lla qy

n i , to lea v e a n y thi n g a s it

i s, to desi st .

Hagymdz, S .,typhu s, hight of

a fev er .

Hagyomdn y, S .,lega cy.

Hajigci l—n i , V. a . to thr ow

,

t o ca st.

Hajle'

lr. S .

,dwelli n g, cotta ge

,

hu t .

Hajlong-n i , V. n .

,to stoop .

Hajo'

,S . , ship .

Hajsza l, S .

,a ha ir .

Hd la , S . ,th a nks .

Ha la a do'

s . A.,bein g beholden .

Ha la d-m , V. n .,to a dv a n ce , to

progress ha la do’ , progressin g .9 0

Page 469: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

432

Ha la da s , S ., progress .

Hd lddé a n ,Ad v .

,tha nkfully .

Ha la l, S .,dea th ; hold lr a li a

cza qn i maga'

t, to bu rst w ithla ughin g.

Ha ldokoL-n i , V. n .,to die

,to

be in a gon y.

Ha ldoklo’

,A.

,dyin g.

Ha l/l a ta tla n sag, S .,immor ta

lity.

Ha lltufdr , S .

,fishmon ger .

Ha llha la lla n ,A.

,u n hea rd .

Ha lmoz—n i , V. a .,to hea p .

Ha lom, S . , hea p , ama ssmen t.

Ha lo ll, A. v . ,dea d.

Ha lovdn ya n , Adv . pa le .

Hama r , Adv ., soon .

Hamu , llamv , S .,a shes .

Ha u l, S .,tur f, gra s splott , fig.

groun d,la n d .

Hdny- u i . A.

,to throw .

Ha nya tl—a n i , V. m . , to declin e .

Ha n qya bo lyi , A.

, a n t-hill-like(l lke a n a n t-hill) .

Ha ngya /é szelr, S . , a n t-h ill .

Ha ngya ser eg, S .,multitude of

a n ts .

Ha r ag. S ., a n ger .

Ha r cz, S .

, fight, w a r, b a ttle ,

struggle , comba t ; a’

ha r cz.

fo ly ,th e comba t i s ca r

ried o n .

Ha rczolo'

,S . , comb a ta n t , strug

gler .

Harem, S ., ha rem .

Ha rma t, S .,dew ; ha rma tcsepp ,

dew-drop .

Ha s i l- a n i , V . a . ,to split , to

clea ve .

Ha son ltt- a n i ,V. n . ,to r esemble

Ha son li lds , S . ,c ompa rison ,

a llegory .

”0 3 0 7216 , A.

,simila r , like .

Ha szta la n,Adv . , in v a in

,fru it

lessly.

Ha t, In terj.,especi a lly u sed in

in terroga tion s .

Ha t, S the b a ck .

Ha t—n i . V .

, in tr . to a ct uponto a ffect .

Ho lds,S .

,efl

'

ect .

Ha tdr , S . . boun da ry, fig. cou n

try, field .

Ha ldr ido , S .,term (of t ime),

ha tdr ideji i , A.,of a term .

Ha taroz- n i , V . a to deter

m in e,to resolve .

Hd lra hagyd s . S ., lea v in g be

hin d .

Ha lr a l-u i , V . n . ,to retr ea t .

Ba tra la s , S ., retrea t .

Hd lulso'

,A.

, hin dm ost .

Haz S .

, house-gu a rd .

Hegy, S .

,moun ta in .

Hely, S .

,pla ce , room .

Helyezet, S ., posture , situ a t ion .

Helyvd la sztds , S .,the cho ice

of a pla ce,cho ice of a p o

sition .

Herge'

s,S .

, a ra ttlin g n o ise inthe thr oa t .

Herva dci s , S .,witherin g.

Herva da lla n , A.,imperisha ble,

n ot wi therin g .

Page 471: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

434

I .

lde, Adv .

, her e to ; ide’s tov a ,

her e a n d ther e , to a n d fro .

l deq, S ., n er v .

Ido'

ja'

r d s , S .,w ea ther .

ldo'

p on l, S .,epo ch .

Ido'

p r o/e a , S the w ea ther spy .

Iddsza lr, S . , per iod .

lqa z, A .,tru e .

Iqa zqa l—u i, V .

,to direct

Iqa zg a ld s , S .,dir ection .

lga zla la n ,A.

,u n true , un ju st .

Igé r- n i , V. a .

,to pr om ise .

lge'

ret, S . , pr om ise, S . ; igér et,

[d lde, th e la n d of pr om ise .

Iqérd'

, A. v .,promi sin g .

Igg, C . , so , thu s .

Igyelrez—n i, V . m . , to en dea

v ou r,to a ttemp t.

q ekezel, S .

,en dea v ou r , exer

tion .

bedls ég, S .

, fr ight .

Illa n d s, S, disa ppea r in g a n d

r ea ppea r in g .Illa t, S .

,odou r

,fra gr a n cy.

Illa tos , A .

, fr a gr a n t ,Ill- en i , V . m .

,to become, to fit .

l llelé s , S . ,c on ta c t ; z/lele

sr e

la la ln l, to com e in co n ta ct .

Illellen ,A.

,u n tou ched ; un

fit,in decen t .

[lie/o'

d—u i, V . m .

,to be m ov ed,

to b e tou ched .

[lyedl, (u sed w ith th e po ssesi v e a ffixes ) S .

,bein g fr igh

ten ed , fr lgll t .

1m. imhol, In t ., beho ld .

Imddsdq, S ., pra yer .

In , S .

, mu scle,fig. limb .

In ddl-u i,V. n .

,to set ou t, to

m a r ch , to decamp .

In dulds , S . decampin g,de

pa r tin g.In dula l

,S .

,dispo sition of min d ,

pa ssion (pa ssio ).In dula tzi , A.

,ha v in g a cer t a in

dispo si tion o f m in d .

l n du’

lo,S .

, m a rch ; in dulo'

l [uv a ln i , to soun d the m a rch .

l n dult, veszn i i n du ll, to com to

ru in,to get lost , to b e left

to ru in .

l n qer l—en i , V. a .,to excite .

Ingov a ny, S ., m a r sh

,mora ss .

In s ég, S . , n eed , misery, di stress ,

ln l-em’

,V. n .

,to beckon .

In le'

z-u i,V . n .

,to d ir ec t .

Iramol—u i, V . a . ,to run .

Iran y, S .

, directi on .

Ir an yin , S .,c omp a ss-n eedle .

h a s , S ., w ritin g

, scr iptures .

Ir a l, S ., writ, w ri tin g .

lrga lom, S . , mercy.

Ir igyel—n i , V . a .

,to en vy .

lr tgyle’

s , S .

,en v y .

In ),S .

,w r iter

, a u thor .

l r lo'

zla to, A., horr ible, drea dfu l .

Ismé r - u i , V . a .,to kn ow (a n y

b ody) .

Ismer els ég, S , , a qua in ta n ce .

1smer sz—en z,V . m .,to b ekn ow n

,

to be d l stin guish ab le .

Isme'

l , Adv .,a ga in .

Iszdh, S hev er-sa ck, kn a psa ck.

Page 472: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

435

Ita l, S ., dr ink ; e

'

qu id l,'

n ecta r .

Ilé l-u i,V . a .

, to judge .

Ite’

lel, S judgemen t.

Illa s, A.,in toxica ted.

Ir , S .

,times , w i th n um era ls or

Adjecti v es (o"

bb izben ,

m a n y times , more tim es .

lzellen s ég, S .

,ta stelessn ess .

Izlé s , S .,ta ste .

lzlé s i i , of ta ste ; szép izlé s i'

l, o f

a fin e ta ste .

Izza d~n i, to sw ea t,to perspir e

fig . to w ork h a rd .

Izza da s , S ., sw ea tin g

,fig. la

b our .

Jay, S . , lamen ta ti on ; jajdul—n i ,V . n . , to cry, to lamen t .

Jdmbor , A., p iou s .

Jdmbor sdg, S .

, piety, con ten

dedn ess .

Ja n csar , S ., j a n iza ry .

Jar a lla n ,A .

, impa ssable .

Ja rom, S ., yoke .

Jaru l- ui , V. n ., to a ppr o a ch .

to a ccede , to ha v e a ccess .

Jalsa i , A., pla yful, merry .

Ja v a s l—a n i , to a dv ise .

Jel, S . , S ign , s ign al .Jelel—n i , V . a . , to po in t ou t

,to

in dica te .

Jelen el, S phen omen on,a ppa

t ition .

Jelen le'

l,S .

, presen t, presen t Kaczag-u i , V. a .,to la ugh , to

mock a n y on e .

Jelen i—em'

,V. a . , to a n n ou n ce ,

to sign ify .

Jelen va lo, S ., presen t .

Jeles , A.,

emin en t, distin

guished ; S .,

a n em in en t

m a n .

Jobb, in stea d ofjobb héz, rightha n d .

Jobbr a , Adv . , to a n d on the

right.Joyosttotl, A. v . , en titled .

Jokor,Adv .

,in time

, in goodtim e .

Jo'

le'

lemé ny S., ben efit .

Joté l, S .

,ben efit .

Jdte'

vo'

,A. v . ,

ben eficia l.Joza n , A.

, sober .

Jow n on , Adv . , w ith sobriety .

Jolie, S ., a rriv a l .

Joven db'

,S . A.

,fu tur e .

Jdven ddl—n i , V. a .,to pro

gn ostica te .

Jovev én y, A. S . , a rri v in g,

str a n ger .

Jove, A. v . ,future.

Juh, S . , sheep , ew e .

Juhdsz. S ., sheperd .

Ju l—ui , V. n ., to get (in , to) .

Juta lmaz—a i , mewuta /maz- n i ,V. a .

,to remun era te

,to t e

w a rd.

Jus,S .

,right .

Page 473: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

436

Ka ha s- v id da l, S .,cockfigh t.

Ka la usz, S ., gu ide .

Ha lyba , S . ,bu t .

Ka n dalr , S . , tom (he ca t).

Kap a szkod—n i , V. m .,to cla sp ,

to clin g.Kapkod—u i , V. a .

,to sn a tch

,to

gra sp .Kapu, S .

, ga te .

Kdr , S .,dama ge .

Ka r , S .,a rm .

Ka r czo lds , S ., scretch .

Ka'

r lya vdr, S .,c a stle built of

cards .

Ka s té ly, S .,ca stle .

Ka lyu , S .,m ire

, po ol .Kebel, S , , b osom .

Kedé ly, S . , m in d, humor .

Kedvel-u i, V. a .,to like, to

fa vour .

Kedven cz, S . , fa v our ite .

Kedvetlen séy, S .,v exa tion .

Kedvlele'

s, S .

,delight

,plea sure .

Kedvtelve, Adv .,w ith delight ,

w i th plea sur e.

Kegyelem,S .

, gra ce .

lid/ do”

, A. v . , blu ish .Kel—ui , a n d he

'

l—n i , V. n .,to

rise , fig. to grow .

Kelletlemi l, Adv . ,for ced .

Kéme'

ny, S . ,chimn ey-p o t .

Ken do", S ., ha n dker chief.

Ké n lelen , Iren yle len , A ., oh

liged , c ompelled .

Ké n y, S ,, humor,a rbitra rin ess .

Kép , S . ,coun ten a n ce

,picture,

ima ge .

Kép e s, A . ,a b le .

Képzel—u i , V. a .,to thin k .

Képzelel , S . ,ima gi n a tion ,

thought.Képzemé n yes , A. , ima gin a ry.

Képze l, S .,ima ge

,fig . represen

ta tio n .

Kérd- en i , V. a .,to a sk.

Ker elfes , A.

,ha vi n g wheels ;

her e/tes a lltolman y ,wheel

w ork.

Kér é s , S ., p etition .

Heresyé le'

s,S .

, frequen t searchin g.

Ker eszlu'

t, S .

,cross-w a y.

Ker in q- en i , V . n . ,

to mov e in

a cir cul a r mo tion , to course .

Kér lredéhen y, A. v ., boa stin g.

Kér lelhellen d l,Adv . in exorable .

Kerul-u i , (w ith ba or be), V.

n . ,to cost, to requ ire .

Kerri l-n i , V . a . ,to a v oid ;

hézbe her uln i , to fa ll in toa n y on e

s ha n ds.

Keser ii , A.,bitter .

Keserfien ,Adv . , bitterly, griev ed(w ith grief).

Keser v , S ., sorrow

,grief.

Keserves , A. , b itter , tiresome .

Keshen y, A.,n a rrow .

Ke’

s leltet-n i , V. a .,to dela y.

Ké sztet—ui , V. fa ct ., to compel.Ké szulet, S .

, prepa ra ti on .

Ké szd lo'

, A. v . , prepa rin g.Ké lé r lelmii seg, S .

,duplicity.

Ké les,A .

,doubtful, un certa in .

Ké lhed-m'

,V. m to doubt .

Ké t/cedes , S .

,doub t

, hesitation .

Page 475: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

438

Kise'

ret, S .,a tten da n ce.

Kis éro'

, S .,compa n ion , a tten

da n ce .

Kis ér lel, S ., spectr e , ghost .

Kisutlet—u i, V. a ct .,to fir e off.

Kiszé lesi l-en i , V. a .,to en la rge

to w iden .

Ktlér -u i , V. n .,to desert (a p a th).

Ki letszen -u i , V. m .,to b e con

spicu ou s, to excel .113110 26, A. v .

,di sti n guished .

Ki lun lel- u i, V ., fa ct to distin

gui sh (to make be in g distinguished.

Kitties , S ., sa lly, erup tion ,

brea

kin g ou t .

Kiut—u i , V . n . , to break ou t, to

sa lly.

Kiv cig-n i maga t, to di sembar

ra s on e’

s self.Kied lt, Adv .

,especia lly.

Kivell ezlet—m ,V. fa ct . , to n u

dress,to d ivest , fig. to free .

Kweldd- u i ,V. m . ,to b e throw n

ou t .

Hiviv-u i, V. a .

, (to fight out)to gai n (the v ict ory).

Kivon t, A. v .,drawn .

Koes is , S . ,co a ch-ma n .

Ko lcs ey , kbcs a g, S . , a plumeof heron ’

s fea thers .

Komaromi, A., of Komorn a t

Komorn .

Komoly, A., seriou s .

Komolysdg, S .,seriou sn ess .

Komon dor , S .,

.(n ame of a dog)

bull dog (mord ax) .

Komor . A., gloomy, sa d .

Kap on ya , S ., skull .

Kap or so'

, S .,co ffin

,fig. gr a v e .

Kor , S . , a ge .

Kor a , A.,e a rly ; kor a

n,Adv .

,

ea rly ; hordn sem, Adv .,n ot

a t a ll.

Kor cs , S . ,deformity, mon stro

sity.

Ké rhdz. S .

, ho spita l.Kor ld l, S .

, b a rrier s .

Kormdn yzci s, S .,go vern in g,

lea din g.Koszoru, S .

,w r ea th , ga rla n d

fig. cir cle (of en imen t men ).

Kdda r a b,S . , p iece of a sto n e .

Kod, S .,fog.

d a l, S . , w a ll.

Ké lfény. S ., aloe-tr ee .

Korma ,A . v .

, ficti tious, forged,in ven ted .

Kellozetlen , Adv .,w a n dered .

Kblyolr, S . , youn g on e (you n ga n ima l).

Ken tos , S .,r a imen t

,coa t, fu r

co a t

Kon y, l onyu”

,S . , tea r .

Ko’

nycsepp , S . , tea r .

Henge/1n d, A., fickle .

KOn yelmd’

leg, Adv . w a n to n ly .

Kon yelmdseq, S .

,lev ity .

Konyezetlen ,A.

,tearless .

Ken nyi t-en i, V. a .,to fa cili

ta te .

Ken yorgé s , S ., pra yin g, pra yer ,

fig. cra v in g (fo r m er cy).

Ker , S . ,circle

, sphere .

Page 476: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

439

Karn ye'

hez- n i , V. a .,to sn r Ké zé n ségesen , Adv . ,

common

r oun d .

Kor nyez- n i, V . a .

,to surroun d .

Kor é m, S .,claw .

Kor oshé ru l, Adv . ,r oun d abou t.

Kar a /heriI-en i , V . a .,to sur

r oun d,}to en comp a ss .

Ken t/mé n y, S .

,circumsta n ce .

Ko'

sziltla , S .,r o ck.

Koszon l-en i, V. a .,to greet .

Keven A. , fa t .

Ké vel-u i, V . a .,to follow .

li'

é vellfez—n i , V. m .,t o follow .

Ko'

vetkeze'

s , S .,

c on sequen ce ,result .

fo llow er .

Ké vezel, S . , p a v emen t.

Ké vul- n i , V .,to turn

ston e , to b e petrified .

Ké z,A. ,

common .

Ken,S .

, sp a ce ; ezen kozben,

mea n -while , in the mea n

t im e.

Kozelebbi , A. , recen t , (la tely

ha ppen ed) .Kozelqet

- n i , haze/il- en i , V. n .,

to a ppr o a ch .

Ké zép , S .,m iddle .

S .,m iddlew a y (me

d l o crita s .

Kaziqa zga'

a s , S .

, public a dm i

n istr a t ion .

Il'

ozl in os ta r , S .,c ommon trea~

sn ry .

Kazan seg, S ., publi c .

Kazon se'

ges , A ., common pu

bl i e .

in to

ly , pub licly.

Kozse'g, S .,comm on s .

Ku lcs , S .

, key.

Kup a , S ., a ca n , w in ecu p .

Ka tya , S .,dog .

Ku lya bo'

r , S .

,dogskin .

Kuldete's , S . , mission .

Kulombse'

q, S . , difi'

er en ce .

Kulon lrodb’

,A. S .

, a s tr a n gefellow .

Kit /On o'

s , A. , extr a ordin a ry.

Kur t/l a n t) , S .

, soun d of the

bugle-horn .

Kulso' , A.,exterior .

Kuszdb, S . ,thresho ld, fig. door .

Kuzdé s , S .,struggle .

Lab,S .

, foo t , fig . leg.

La k,S .

, home, dw ellin g.

La ho l—n i,V. n .

,to a ton e for

,

to expia te .

La ho’

, S .

,in hab ita n t .

La homa,S .

, fea st.Lakoz—n i , V. m .

,to dw ell.

Ldn rzs or , S .,

a lin ked (con

n ected) series .

La'

n q, S ., flam e .

Langérzeme’

n y, S . , a rden t fee

li n g .Ldngé sz, S .

,gen ius .

Ldn qle’

leh, S . , (in flamed) a rden tm in d .

La n gle i l u'

,A .

, a rden t (of a n

a rden t min d).

Page 477: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

H O

Ldngszem, S . , spa rklin g eye.

La’

n gi'

t , A.

,spa rklin g, flam in g,

fig. gla n cin g.La

'

ngzo, A. v . , a rden t .

La n ka da fla n , A. ,un w ea r ied .

La n ka dt, A. v .,feeble

,fa in t in g.

La nka szt-a n i ,V . a .,to w eeken .

La n t, S ., Lyre .

La’

rma ,S .

, n o ise,a la rm .

i n time , slow

ly, by degrees .

La s szi , A.,slow .

Ld td s , S .

,sight .

Ld t/za lo'

,A. v .

,v i sible .

Ld toga t—n i

,megld toqa tn i , V. n . ,

to p a y a v isi t .

Ldza dds , S ., sedition .

Lebeg-n i , V . n .

,to hov er .

Lebeqé su"

, A.,w aw in g, hov e

r in g, risin g.

Lebegtet- n i , V.

, fa ct . to w a ve,

to cla p (the W in gs).Ledof-u i, V. a .

,to stab , to kill.

Ledé n l-en i , V. a . ,to prostr a te .

Leer eszked-n i , V . m . ,to

humble , to con descen d .

Leer eszkedé s , S .,

con descen

sio n .

Léqd lli lvdny, S .,v o id prop o

s ition s .

Legelé'

l, Adv ., foremo st .

Leqotta n . Adv . ,in sta n tly .

Légy, S .

,fly.

Lekel—u i , V. n . , to brea the, toexh a le .

Lehet, V. n .,ca n be, to be po s

sible.

Leketetlen , A.,impo ssible .

Lehetetlen s ég, S . ,imp ossibi

lity .

Le/zets éqes , A .,possible .

Leir ha ta tla n ,A.

,in describ a ble.

Lej lo'

s , A. , decli vou s .

Leké lelez—n i,V. a .

,to oblige .

Leké té tlen ,Adv . , fetter ed ,

b ou n d .

Lel—u i,V . a .

,to fin d .

Lelek, S .

, soul , min d, coura ge .

Lé lekszor onga to’

,A. v .

,r es

tr a in in g,oppressin g the mi n d .

Lelkiesmé ret,S .

,con scien cious

n ess , con scien ce.

Lelkes , A.,

a n ima te,cour a

geon s .

Lelkesedé s , S .,a n ima tion

,cou

r a ge.

Lelketlen ,A. , in a n im a te

,

Leng-em

,V. n .

,to mov e on

ho veri n g.Lengé s , S .

, w awi n g, hov erin g.Len yom

- ui . to oppress ; lenyomo

'

,A. v .

,oppressin g.

Len yugod u i , V. m .,to go to

repose , to die .

Leomol—n z’

,V. n .

,to sin k dow n .

Lep -m’

, meglep n i , V. a .,to sur

pr ise .

Lép-m

'

, V. n .,to step .

Lép csé’

, S ., step , degree .

Lap /te, S .,bu tterfly.

Lép t, lép e'

s , S ., pa ce , step .

Lép lel-n i , V .

, fa ct . to ca use

on e to go in pa ce .

Les , S . ,ambush .

Page 479: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

H 2

Ma s ik, Pr . in d a n o ther .

Ma'

sn a p , Adv .,n ext da y .

Mdsz/ca tla n , A ,impa ssable .

Mdlyds , S ., Ma tthew .

Medv e, S . , bea r .

Medvetdn cz , S . , da n cin g of a

bea r .

Mega d—m'

(magd t) ,V . a . ,

to

surr en der .

Megd ll—nz, V . n .,to stop , to

sta n d,to go through (da n ger).

Megd ta lkodott, A. v . , obdu ra te,

fig . obstin a te.

Megdta lko ltsdg, S .

,obstin a cy .

Megba'

n t—a n i , V .,a to ofl

en d .

Megbd n d s , S . ,r epen ta n ce .

Meqbé lm'

ll- u i , V . n . ,to be re

con cfled .

Megbocsd t-um‘

, V. a . ,to for

giv e, to p a rdon .

Megcsip -m'

, V . a . ,to pin ch ; a

dér megcs ip , the fr o st bi tes .

Megcsolfol-u i, V. a to kiss .

Megdo‘

bben t—en i , V. n . ,to be

emba rra ssed .

Megddr dfll—n i , V . n . ,to begin

ro a rin g,thun derin g.

Meqelégedé s , S . , sa tisfa ction ,con ten tedn ess ; magdva l v a lo

'

megelégedé s , self-con ten tedn ess .

Megér- u i (v a lamivel) , V . n .

,

to ha v e en ough .Megérkezté klcel , megér /tezetl,ha v in g a rriv ed .

Megér lel-u i , V. a . ,to ma tur e ,

to brin g to ma tur ity .

Megfogha ta tla n ,A.

,in compre

hen sible .

Megfoqy-u i , V. a .,to be dimi

Men Jt- um'

,V. a .

,to sufl

oca te.

Meqqyd l—m'

, V. n to ca tch fir e.

Meg/zdg-m’

,V. a to a scen d

,to

m oun t .

Meghdgds ,S . , a scen d i n g, sca lin g .

Meqha la d-ui, V . a . ,to amoun t ;

hetven é vet megha la dott 63 s ,the old ma n who ha d lived

7 0 yea rs .

Meg/za t‘

a'

r oz- u i, V . a to deter

m in e,to r esolv e .

Megiqér - u i , V. a .,to pr om ise .

Megjam'

t—a n i,V. a .

,to correc t .

Megjelen - u i , V . a . ,to a ppea r .

Meqkuzd- en i , V . n . ,to struggle,

to comba t .

Meqmm’

a da’

s , S . preserv a tion .

Mego'

lta /maz-n i , V. a .

,to pr o

tect .

Megoszt- a n i , V. a .

,to div ide

,

to sha re,fig . to commun ica te

Meqo'

v -m'

,V . a . ,

to pr otect, topreserv e

Mego l-m'

,V. a .

,to kill

Mego lel-m'

,V. a . ,

to embr a ce,

fig . to seize .

Megé les , S . , murder , dea th.Megdr é ln i , megdr l- en i , V. a .

,

to grin d to pieces , fig . to

gn aw thr ough,to ea t (sa id

of the'

w orms).

Megp illa n l—a n i , V . a to per

ceive, to see.

Page 480: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

H 3

Meg mga d—u i , V . a .,to seize .

Megr a k-u i , V . a . ,to lo a d ; meg

r akott, burden ed .

Megr émdIt,A. v a la rmed, struck

with terr or .Megren dd l

—u i, V. n to tremble ,

to shake,to qu ake .

Megr epesztett , A. v . ,

(bur sted).

Megr ongd l- ui , V . a .,to dama ge .

Megsebesz’

t—en i , V. a . ,to

w oun d .

Megsdz'

yed-u i V. n . to

sink.

bur st

.l legs ir a t—u i , V. a ,

to deplore ,to w eep .

Megszi lyed- ui , V. n . ,to sink .

Megsza'

lld s,S . , siege .

Meqszeg-u i , V . a .,to cut

,fig .

to v iola te (a law)

prised ; megulké zlen ,Adv . ,

surprised .

Meqvagy, thou a rt ; elip ti ca lly

in stea d of thou a rt caught .Megvd la sztds , S . ,

selection ,

cho ise .

Meqvci ltoz-u i, V m to cha n ge,Megvdscir l- a n i , V . a .

,to pur

cha se.

Megued—u i, V . a .

,to defen d , fig .

to sa v e .

Megvet-m

,V . a . , to despise .

Megv é lel, S takin g, con quest .Meqv é tet—u i , pa ssiv e v o ice of

megven n i , to be taken .

Meqv izsgd l- u i , V. a to exa

min e .

Megzdz-m

'

,V . a . ,

to crush .

Megzs ibba sr l-a n i , V . a . ,

to be

n umb .

Megszé la l-m’

,V . n . ,

to begin Méhdongds , S .

,humin g of the

to speakMegszdkd lé s , S . , w a n t , sca rcity .

bees .

Mé la , A . ,mela n choly , gloomy .

MeqszzZn -ui, V. n . , to cease, to Meleged—u i , V . m .,to grow

desist .

Megldma d-u i , V. a . ,to a ssa ult ,

Megldma dd s , S . , a ssault , a tta ck,

a ggression .

Megta r lo'

,S preserver , sa viour .

Megtér m'

, V. n . ,to return .

w a rm,fig . to fa v our .

Melt, S . , chest , fig . bosom,

hea r t .Mellyi lek, P r .w i t h p o s s e s i v e

a f f i x e s o f t h e 24 P e r s .

p l u r which of you .

Megzifi t- a n z’

, V. a . , to r en ew ,to Mé ltdnyo l-u i , V. a .

,to estima te,

refresh . to v a lue .

Megan—721, V . a . ,to be tired of Mé lta t—m

'

,V. a . ,

to estima te,to

a n y thin g,to be w e a ried . deign to v ouchsa fe .

Megfilep ed-m'

, V. m. , to settle, Mellé , A. ,w orthy, deserv in g.

to rest . Me'

lto'

sdg, S .

,dign i ty .

Megfitkdz—n i, V. m . ,to be sur Mé lté scigos , A., gra v e, solemn .

Page 481: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

“i t

Mé ly , A.,deep ; mé lyséy S .

,

depth, mé lységd ,

A ., of (a )

depth .

Men ede'

k, S . ,a sylum .

Men cked—u i , V . m to sa v e

on e’

s life , to esca pe .

Men ekv é s , S ., sa fety, esca pe .

Men eta l, S .

,cour se .

Men t- en i , V. a .,to sa v e.

Men tében ,on h is w a y, a lon g .

Men té s , S . ,deliv er a n ce, rescu e .

Men ts ég , S . ,excu se , a pology .

Man ny, S ., hea v en ; men nydé r

gé s , thun der ; men n yké'

,thun

derbolt.

Men yegzé’

, S .

,weddin g.

Me'

r-m'

,V. a .

,to mea sure .

Mer—m'

,V. a .

,to v en ture , to ha v e

cour a ge .

Mer edek, A steep .Mér eg, S . , poison .

Mer é n y ,S . ,h aza rdou s en ter

prise .

Mer é sz, A.

,bold .

Meff e, Adv . ,w here to , to wha t

pl a ce, to which side .

Mer d'

en ,Adv .

, ben umbed .

Merrdl, Adv . ,fr om whi ch side ,

Mé r le'

k, S . ,mea su re , degr ee .

Mer it], elmerul-m'

, V . n . ,to be

submersed .

Ma ls t—em’

,V. a .

,to cut ; metszo

cu ttin g ; metszdo’

sve’

ny ,

cross w a y .

Méz,S . , hon ey.

Mido'

u ,C . ,

when .

N iquem, Adv . ,un til.

Mikén t, Adv .,how .

Mz'

kor on,Adv .

,when .

Mimel-m'

, V . a to imita te .

Min da ddig, Adv . ,a s fa r

,a s lon g.

Min denfelé , Adv . , ev erywhere .

Min den n ap i , A.,da ily , fig.

common .

Min den n ap isdg, S .,da ily, ordi

n a ry life .

Min demi tt, Adv ., ev erywhere .

Midta,Adv . , sin ce .

Mi l) , mu"

, S .,w ork.

Mivelé'

dé s , S (cultur e) educa

tion .

Med, S .,ma n n er .

Moha cs , S .

,Mohacs , a pla ce

in Hun ga ry .

Mokdcs i, A .

,ofMohacs , a t Mo

hacs .

Mo/zo'

n ,Adv .

,ha stily .

Mordzi l, Adv .

,spitefu lly .

Morog-m

,V. n .

,to grumble .

Mosdrdqyu, S .

,mor ta r piece .

Mosolygd s , S . , smile .

Mosolyoq- n i , V . n . ,to sm ile .

Mozdlll- n i , V. n . ,to mov e

,

zelebbmozddlm’

,to a pproa ch .

Mozdula t, S ., mov emen t , im

pulse .

Mozgds , S . , motio n .

Mozga fé , A. v .

,mov in g .

Mo g-u i , V . n .

,to m ov e .

Mu'

l- n i , V . m .,to pa ss , to pa ss

aw a y ; bdtor sdgdn mil/iii , his

cour a ge fa ils him .

Mula szt—a n i , V. a .,to n eglect .

Mula t—u i, V. n .,to stay, to sport.

Page 483: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

446

Nyt'

lcts,S .

,cleft . Olfcid-m

'

, V. a . , to vomit ; lik e!Nyila tlfoz—u i , V. m .

,to expr ess okddo

,ign iv omou s .

o n e’

s self, to decla r e . Olf/o

'

,S .

,pri n ciple .

Nyill, A. v . , open . Okla la n sdg, S .

, n on-sen se , stu

Nyz’

lvdn , A publi c, m a n ifest . p idity .

Nyit—u i , V . a . ,to open . Ola sz, S . , Ita lia n .

Nyz'

to lt,A . v . open

, n yilott res , Olcso'

n,Adv . , chea p .

the br ea ch ba ttered . Olda l, o

'

lda l, S .

, side .

Nyom,S . ,

tr a ce, v estige ; nyo O

'

Ita ,P ost . sin ce .

mdba n v a la /fin als , a t a n y Olta lma zé,S . ,

defen da n t .

on e’

s heels . O’

lt/ta tla n . A. , un extin gu isha ble .

Nyoma szto'

,A. v . , oppressin g

, Oltdr , S . ,a lta r .

a fflictin g 0mla de'

lt . S . ,ruin .

A’

yomdok, S . ,tr a ce

,fig . p a th . Omo l-m

'

,V. n .,to flow

,to str eam .

Nyomorzi, A .

, miser a ble . V , m . , to s in k .

,4

Nyomor u'

sciq , S . , m isery , p o On t- a n i , V ,t o shed

,to spill.

v er ty . O'

r a n q md ,

S qu a rter of a n

Nyomorzi lt, A . v ., di stressed . hour .

Nyomta to’

, S prin ter Ordi t- a n i , V n to roor .

Nyomla tott, A. v,prin ted . Gr id s

,S gia n t .

Nyoy m'

,V. n . , to sigh . Or oszldm

,A of a li on .

Nyuga lom ,S . , r epo se ,

r est, Or vosol-n i , V. a

,to cu re .

qu ietude . Os tor,S , scour ge .

Nyuqodo, S .

,r epose , pla ce of Os tr om, S , , siege , a ssa ult ,

repose . Os tr omlo'

, S besieger .

Nyuqof, S . w est . Os tr omo l-m'

, V. a to besiege.

Nyugo li , A . , w estern . Osz-la n i , V , m . ,to be dis

Nyugvd i A . V .,r eposin g.

p ersed ,to v a n ish .

Nydl , S . ,ha re . Osztci ly , S . ,

div ision .

Nydlv a dd sw t, S . ,ha re-hun tin g. Os slam

'

,V. a . , to clivide ,

to

Nyuy- u i, V. n .

to weigh . distribu te .

O'

ta lom ,olta lom ,

defen ce,

pro tection .

dltajta n i , V to w ish . ii a n d 6 .

(lhajtds , S . ,desir e, w ish .

ok, s . , a rgumen t, ca u se , rea son . 0 60 1, S .,the ba y.

Page 484: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

447

01, S ,la p , fig . middle . Or ven d- em

'

,V. n . , to rej oice .

Ol-u i , V. a . ,to kill 63 , S . ,

a n cesto r ; ds i. A., a

Oldé klé s . S . , sla ughter . v itious .

Oldo'

lrlo'

, A. v . , mur derou s . Osmer etes , A., kn own .

Oldé kol-u i , V. a,to kill . Osme

'

retlen , S . , str anger,

Olel-u i,V . a to embr a ce . u nkn own .

Olel/rez- n z'

, V. a .

,to embra ce Osve

n y, S . ,p a th , w a y .

on e a n other . 53 s , A . , gr ey, S . , old m a n ,

Oil-en i, V . a,to dr ess . Oszedugott , A. v . cr o ssed

Oml—em'

, V. m . ,to flow . (a rm s).

Omled-ui,V. n . ,

to pour out Oszekon czo l-ui , V. a .,to cu t

(itself) . to piecesOmledez—m

'

,v . n

,to stream

,Oszeo lva dd s , S m eltin g to

to pour for th . gether,clo sely un ited, con n ec

On e'

rze’

s,S con sciou sn ess ted .

On lre'

n l,Adv .

,v olon ta rily . Os szef

ombol- n i , V. a . ,to r ui n

,

Onke'

n /es , S v olon tier . to demolish .

On t-en i , V. a .,to pour

,to shed . Osszemmbold s , S .

,destru ction .

On ve’

delem, S . ,self-defen ce . Os szve-r os lra d—n i , V. n .

,to

o’

r , S . , gua rd , arm/lo ,A. v ,

fa ll to the gr oun d ,to sink

gua rdin g. down,fig . to expi r e .

Or eg, A old ;— S .

, oldma n . 0 3 8 2 6 8,A. ,

complete, who le .

dr iz-m’

,meqon

z-m'

,V a . to Os szeszed;

-m'

, V . a .,to ga ther

,

keep , to preserv e . to collec t.

C'

lfle’lek, S tutela r gen ius . Os szeszé la l/tozd s , S .,a lter ca

Or b/r, S . , etern ity ; in herita n ce, tion .

pa tr imon y. Osszev agda l-u i , V. a . ,

to cut

Or d/r , dr okos A etern a l ; to pieces .

O'

TUkTe ,for ev er . Osszevon-n i , V. a . ,

to.. con

Or b/$6 8 , A , her edita ry tr a ct , to ga ther tr oops .

Or diremle’

ku,A.

,etern a lly (ev er) Ovedz- en i , V . a . ,

to gird .

memo r a ble Oz, S . ,roe , fawri; Ozfu td s , S .

OrUm, S joy. ro e hun tin g .Of timr ia dd s

,S . , shou tin g .

cramtezen , A. , joyless .1’

Or ser eg, S ., ga risson . Pa dow t, S . , floor of a ro om .

Gr ii l-m'

, V. n .,to rej oice . Pd lya , S . , pa th, ca reer .

40*

Page 485: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

M S

Pamla q, S .

,sofa .

Pdr , S . ,pa ir , c ouple , A. , some,

a few .

Par a , S . v a pou r .

Pa r a n es . S . ,comm a n d .

Pa r a n csn olrsdg , S ,the com

ma n d .

Pa r ti n g/ i , A.,un importa n t , little ;

p a r a n gi kor ,n a r row spher e

S tr ifle .

Pdrdu cz, S . ,leopa rd .

Pdr olqo'

,A v e va por a tin g

,

smokin g .Pdr os it- a n i , V. a .

,to co uple ,

to jo in .

Pa r t, S . ,the shore ; sh"p a r t

ja ,the br ink of the gr a v e .

Pdr l,S , p a r ty.

Pdr tos , A , fa ithless .

Pa tkdn y , S r a t .

Pa tkdny em p or l , S qu a n tity(herd) of r a ts .

Pa ltogla t—m

,V . a

,to cr a ck

,to

sm a ck .

Pecse’

t, S sea l .

Pedig, C yet, a ga in .

Pe’

lda ,S .

,example .

Pe’

n zvdqy , S . ,immo der a te de

sire of m on ey .

Per ez,S . ,

m in u te (m omen t .)

Per eqve,P a rt .

,a w ith grea t n oise .

Pergamen , S pa r chmen t.Perzsel-n i , V. a . ,

to scor ch .

Pes tis , S . , pest , pestilen ce .

Pha r a o—a szta l,S rich table .

Pia cz,S . ,pla ce, ma rket-pla ce .

Pilla ngo, S . ,bu tterfly.

B .

Ra bbe’

r , S . , p ay ,wa ges pa id

to sla v es .

l lci n fd s , S . , gla n ce , look.

Pin cze, S . , cella r .

Pldn ta,S . , pla n t .

Pre’

da , S . , prey .

Freda A. V .,lurkin g for

pr ey .

Proba l u i , meqp robd l-m'

, V. a

to try ,to test .

Proba le'

tel, S ,tr i a l .

Profela sdq, S .

,ta la n t ofprophe

eyin g .

Pros e ,S . , pro se w ri ti n g.

Pohd r, S .,cup , dri n k

-gla ss .

Po lgar i , A so cia l,civ ic .

Po lya da l- n i

,V. a . ,

to sin g tosleep

,to lu ll.

Pomp a , S . , pomp .

P0 9“

,S . ,

dust, pow der ; p or

szem , gr a in s of du st .

POT/ta , S lea sh,r ein .

Po'

rn e’

p ,S . ,

c ommon people .

Posvdn y , S . ,m a r sh , m or a ss .

Pé to l-m'

, V . a . ,to supply .

Pozn a , S . , pole .

POT, S . , pr ocess .

Pu/za ,A. , soft.

Puszta , puszta sdg, S . , desert ,

w ilder n ess .

Pusztdn ha qy-n z

, V. a . ,to de

sert , to qu it .Puszfitd s , S .

,dev a sta t ion ,

de

s tru cti on .

Puszti to , A. v . ,destructi ve .

Page 487: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

45 0

Robaf , S .,n oise .

Boqy- n i

,V. m . ,

to sin k.

Holla n d s , S run , ru shin g upona n y on e , a ssa ult .

Roha n é t fuva tn i ,to soun d

a lla rm (to blow a lla rm .)

Rokon , A. ,ki n dered S . kin s

ma n .

Hakka , S . ,distafl

'

, fig. compa n yof spin n in g w omen

Rom, S .,ruin .

Rambold s , S . destructi on .

Romlci s , S depra v ity , cor

ruption .

Ra n t—un i , V . a .,to destr oy.

Boszlelltti,A. S ma lev olen t .

Ropp a n t , A. ,en ormou s, n u

mer ous .

3 69 6 8 , A.,cloddy, r ough .

Ré gtdn , Adv . ,sudden ly.

RON (w ith the p ossesiv e a f

fixes} S .,the flight , flyin g .

Rop dle’

s ,S .

, fli ght .Bal l, A.

,u gly, deformed .

Sajn ci l- n i . V. a .

,to pity .

Sdp a dla n , Adv ., pa le .

Sarman y , S . yellow-hammer .

(a b ird).

Sarmany p ec senye, S a .,mea l

of a goldhammer .

S am . S .

,a ft er-ma th , fig . ten der

gr a ss .

Sci n tz, S . ,in tr en chmen t .

Seb , S .,w oun d .

Sebesen ,Adv .

, qu ickly , r a

p idly .

Sebten ,Adv .

, ha stily.

Segtlé’

,S . , helper, a ssista n t.

Segité’

ha d, S a uxilia ry tr oops .

Segflse'

g, S a ssista n ce .

Sejdit—en i , V. a . ,to foreb ode

,

to for esee .

Sejdi te’

s , S , presen timen t .

Sej t-en i ,V. a .,to pr ogn ostica te,

to forebode .

Send, A. v . ,foreb odin g .

S emmise’

g, S n o thin gn ess,

n ought .Senyveszl

-en z’

,V. a . , to la n gu ish .

Ser dti lo'

,A. v .

,thri v in g growi n g.

Sereg, S ., mu ltitude

, a rmy .

Ser én y, A., a ctiv e , ze a lou s .

S é td lgd l—n i

,V . n . ,

to w a lk,to

a n d fr o .

S alter , S ., su ccess .

S ip , S .,fife

, whistle .

S ir , S ., gr a v e, s irdomb, tomb .

s irba szd llm’

,to be in terr ed .

Sir-n i, V. n .,to w eep , to cry .

S ir a lma s ,A. ,

deplora ble .

Sira t—n i , V. a ,to deplore , to

lamen t .

Sir igla n ,Adv .

,to the gra v e .

S iva tag, S .,the desert , sa n dy

desert .

Sohajt- a n z'

, V. n .,to s igh.

S o'

lzajld s , S , sigh .

Suvdrgci s , S ,l a n guishi n g .

Sor va doz-n i , V. n .,to Ia n

gu ish .

Page 488: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

454

Sp a /i i , S .,Sp ahy ,

a kin d of

Turkish ca v a lry .

Sugar ,S .

, beam ,fig gla n ce

(of the eye) .

Sugar , A ,slen der .

S iijt- a n i , V. a .

,to str ike .

S illy, S .,w eight , lo a d .

S tilt/0 s ,A.

,hea v y ,

w eighty ;szi/yos a n , Adv .

,hea v ily .

Szi lyos i .’- a n i , V. a . ,

t o r en der,

Sultogé , A. v whisper in g .Snlyed

- n i , els ulyed—n i , V. n . ,

to sin k, to fa ll ; a ’

bd for s dq

sil lyed ,the cour a ge fa ils .

S ti lt/ edes , S ., sinkin g peri shin g .

S urgel-n i , V . a to u rge .

S ilver] , S .,hea d-cov er , fig hel

met.

Sza ba don ,Adv .

, free .

Sza ba difd s , S dehv era n c e,

r elief.Szagqa /o,

A. v . ,la cer a tin g,

te a r in g ; sza gqa f- u i , V. a .

,

to pluck,to tea r .

Szdj, S .

,mou th .

Sza ka d-n i , V . n .,to br eak,

sa id of strin g ; ve’qe szaka d,to be br oken off (its en d

b r eaks .)Szaka da tla n , A.

,un i n terrupted ;

sza ka da tlan ‘d l , Adv n u

in terruptedly.

Szd lld , S ., spire of gr a ss .

Szci ll- um'

,v . n .

,to fly ; sirba

szd ll-n i,to be in terr ed .

Szd lliI-a n i , V . a ,to dispa tch ,

to con v ey, to thr ow (ga r risonin a fortr ess .)

Szd /long- a n i

,V. n

,to flu tter

(ab ou t .)Szd llongo, A.

,flutter in g.

Szdm, S .,n umb er ; szdmomr a ,

for me ; szdmodr a for thee ;szdmdr a ,for h im ; szdmunkr a ,

for u s ; s zdmo toh‘

a ,for you

szdmokr a . for themSzamdr , S .

,a ss

,don key .

Szdmkivef—m’

,V. a .

,to ba n ish

,

to exi le .

Szdmos , A. ,n umerou s

,m a n y .

Szdmos it—a n i,V. a . ,

to a ug

men t in n umber ,

Szdmnzdtt, S , exile .

Szci n d s,S .

, pity, compa ssion .

Szdn a kodd s , S .

,commisera ti on .

Szdn a koz-n i , V . m .,to pity .

to ha ve pity.

Sz‘

dn akozo, S . v . , comiser a tin g,

(the comm isera tin g bird) .Szdn de

kozo’

,A. v . , in ten ded .

Szd n tszdn de’

k, S ., (in ten ded

in ten tion ) ; szdn l—szdn de’

kka l

in ten tion a lly .

Sza pp a n bubor e’

k ,S . , so a p~

bubble.

Szdrma zd

Szdr nga lci s ,S , flu tterin g .

Szci sz, S ., sa xon ia n .

Szdza d, S .

,cen tury .

Page 489: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

452

Szdza dos ,A.

, of a cen tu ry,

la stin g fo r a cen tu ry .

Szed- n i , V . a .,to ga ther ; r en d

be szed—n t , to s et in order ,

to d ispo se .

Szc’

dt'

l- en i , V. a .,to ben umb .

A. v ,giddy.

Sze’

dtZl-n i, V . n to b e giddy.

Sze’

dtl ’te, S ,dizzin ess

,giddin ess .

Szeg , S the n a i l .

Szeg-n i , V, a .

,to cu t

,fig to

d i v ide .

Szé gyen ,S sham e .

Szeké r , S .,ca rt , w a gon .

Szé l , (szé le) ,S . ,

the u tmo st

en d, br ink .

8 5 61, S . ,w in d S .

Szellem ,S . , m in d , in tellect,

spir it , gen iu s .

Szeles , A . , w a n ton ,fickle .

Szen'

d,A. ,

meek .

Szeh’

debben . Adv .,more mo

dera tely.

Sze’

lyel nyi l-m

,V. m .

,to open

,

to chin kSze

'

lve’

sz ,S . , hurri ca n e, w in d

storm .

Sa em, S . , eye ; ss embe szd ll

n i , V. n . ,to m ake hea d

a ga in st ; ss embe (a n d, A. v . ,

a pp a ren t , imm in en t .

Szemé /yesen , Adv . , person a lly.

Szeme’

lyes , A., per son a l .

Szemkozf, Adv ,oppo site .

Szemld ll , (u sed W i th th e p o sse ssi v e aflixes) S .

, eye-sight.

Szemle’

l—n i , V . a . ,to con tem

pla te .

Szemo/dolf , S .

, eye-brow .

Szemp on l, S ., poin t of v i ew .

Szen leqy/tdz, S .,chur ch

,temple .

Szen feI—n i, V. a .,to con secr a te

,

to dev ote (to dedica te) .Szen tja n o s - ba qeir , S .

,glow

w orm .

Szen ved-m’

, V. n . ,to suffer , to

en dure .

Szen vedelem S ., pa ssion ,

(pa ssio), a ffection .

Szen vede’

s,S .

, sufferin g.Szen vedetI, S .

,suffer er (he w ho

h a s suffered .)Sze

'

p se’

g, S . bea uty.

Szef , S ., stuff

,ma teria l, in stru

m en t .

Szerelem,S . ,

lov e .

Szeren csejel, S ., sign a l of good

fortun e .

Szer e’

ny, A. ,modest .

Szer e'

n yen , Adv ., modestly .

Szer ez-n i , V. a to a cquir e.

Szer in t, P O . , a ccordin gSzerkez- n z

,V. a to orga n ize.

Szer szdm,S in strumen t.

Szer ledé’

l-n i, V. n .,to fa ll to

p ieces .

S zerzd’

,S .

, a cqu irer , fig . conqu eror .

Szerzeles , S .

, fr ia r ; leren czzszerzeles , Fr a n ci sca n .

S zé tsza qqa t-n z

,V. a .

,to tea r

to p ieces , to sepa ra te w ith

v iol en ce .

Page 491: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

54

Ta lp lré'

,S .

, gr oun d-ston e , founda tion -ston e .

Tdma sz, S .,support

Tci n , Ta /ci n , a dv . , perhaps .

Ta n d cs,S

,cou n sel .

Ta n d cs /o, S a dv iser .

Tdn cz S .,da n ce .

Tdn cz0'- n i , V. m . ,

to da n ce .

Tdn lur z'

t- a n i ,V .a ,to discoura ge,

to shake th e min d .

Tami, S .,w itn ess .

Ta nya , S . , hamletTa p a szla ld s, S experien ce .

Tap a szla .

’t, A . v .

,exper ien ced .

p lci l-n i , V . a . ,to n our ish .

Tap /a id s , S . ,n our ishmen t

Ta p od- n z, V. a . ,

to trample .

Tap s , S . , a ppla u se .

Tar-n i,V. a .

,to expo se .

Tci rgy , S . , obj ect .Ta rka ,

A. , spotted , v a r iega ted .

Tdr s , S compa n ion , fr ien d .

Ta’

r s a sa q, tdr s a ss dq, S com

pa n y ,fig . compa n i on s

Ta’

r szeke’

r ,S ammu n ition

w a gon .

Ta r t-(m i , V. a . n .

,to hold,

to keep ; ter la n ito think

,to con sider .

Ta r lozfa t-n i, V . a . ,to stop , to

r eta in .

Td ldr , S . , Ta rta r .

Td vo l,Adv . ,

fa r ; tdvo l ejtem’

,

to r emov e fa r off ; mayd l’dvol

ej l’

en z, to dev ia te .

Tdvoz-m , V. m . ,to quit , to

retir e .

Tdvozd s , S . ,r emov a l .

Tdvozo tt,

con tr a cted tdvozt,

(used w ith the possessiv ea ffixes). S . , ha v in g qui tted thepla ce, a bsen ce .

Tehci l , C then .

Teltin I-en i, V. m . , to lo ok .

S look, S . figur e ; fig.

r ega rd .

Tel-u i,eltel—n z

,V . n to ela pse .

Tel/ es , (d ye s, S . full .Telyesen . Adv . ,

fully .

Tell, A . v . ,filled .

Temet—n z, V. a .

,to bu ry .

Temetkeze'

s S . in huma tion,

Obsequies, buria l .

Temelé’

,S chur ch ya rd,buryin g

gr oun d .

Temp lom,S chur ch

,temple .

Ten ger , S . , sea .

Tenye’

sz- n i ,V . m . n . ,to grow ,

to str iv e .

Ter,S . spa ce room ; le

ren,

telen , ov er stumps a n d shrub s .

Te’

rd, S kn ee .

Ter em- n i . V . n to grow .

Teremto"

, V. v .,cr ea tin g .

erhel—n i , V. a to lo a d , to

burden ; ter/zeta”

,A . v . ,

bur

den some .

Ten'

t-en i , V. a .,to cov er

,to

spr ea d ov er , fig . to pr ostr a te .

Ter/edett , A., exten siv e, spa

cion s

Terjedesu, A. , exten s iv e , of ex

ten t .

Termes , S .

, fr uit.

Page 492: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

455

Terme’

szeles , A. , n a tur a l .

Termel S gr owth,sha pe .

Tesp edo , A.

, sta gn a tin g .Tes tve

'

r , S . , br other or sister ;

les tv é r ,A. ,germa n .

Te’

lel , S a ct , proposition ;magya rr ci té /el , tra n sla ti on

in to Hun ga r ia n .

Telem ,S .

,limb s , r ema in s .

Tetemes en . Adv con sider ab ly .

Tela'

, S , summit top .

Te’

velyey—n i , V . n .

,to w a n der

a bout,to lose on e

s w a y .

Te’

velyqe'

s , S a ber r a tion , error .

Ti/t/ta dci s , see ti/fka dtsdq.

Tilt/ra d/scig, S la ssitude, w ea r i

n ess .

Tilt-un i,eltz

ll- a n i,V . a . , to p ro

chibit,to deta in

Tip a r- n a

, V. a . ,to tr ample

Tiszla ,A. ,pur e , clea r .

Tisztelet,S . , hon ou r , v en er a tion ;

tisztelelben ta r t - a n i,to

v en er a te, to hon our .

Tiszlela'

, S , a dmirer , rev er er .

Tisztes A . , v en er a ble, ho

n ou rable .

Tit/£ 0 8,S secr et

Tolong- a n i , V . n

to pr essfo rw a rd , t o crow d .

Tola ngd s , S ., thr o n g , crowd .

Ta llil-n i , V . n .

,to be urged

Tamp a ,A.

, b lun t

Ta r a ny, S .,steeple, tow er

Ta ll- en i , V. a to fill , to pa ssor to spen t tim e .

Tu"

, S . ,trun k

, fig fo ot, ba se

(of a moun ta in ), form s tevé

ben , n ea r the sprin g (well) .

Tali e’

let,S .

, perfection , a ccomplishmen t ; wireles swhat ; to

b e a ccomplished.

Ta'

lyy, S .,o ak.

Ta'

r,S stabber , fig. stin g.

Tar,S . , sn a re ; larbe ejlen i , to

ca tch w ith a sn a r e .

Ta r -n i , V. ,to br eak ; n a gyra ,

lar-n i to a sp ir e to gr ea tthin gs .

Tar edék ,S . , fra gmen t .

Tare/teries , S . , en dea v our .

Tore/feds ,A. v . , open in g the

p a th .

Tar e/red-n i ,V m .,to exert on e’s

self.Ta r é s ,

S . ,rupture , brea ch .

Tara/fen ,Adv . , b roken .

Tar ta’

n a l, S . , ev en t.

Tor tel- n i , V . fa ct to dr ive on .

Ta‘

v i s,S . ,

thor n .

Tov ises,A . ,

thor n y, pr ickly.

Tuda t/a n sdq, S ign ora n ce .

Tudamdn y , S . ,scien ce

,kn ow

ledge .

Tudamdn yi , A.

,scien tific .

Tuda si la s , S . , in forma tion , in

telligen ce .

Tl l ’fljdd n , S pr oper ty .

Tl l sa ka d-n i,V. m .

,to struggle

,

co n test .

Tun de’

i'

, A fa iry.

A, bright.

Tiln daka l-n i, V m .

,to shin e fig.

to b e a dorn ed .

Page 493: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

45 6

Ti'

in -u i , feltiZn -n i , V. m . ,to

a ppea r .

Tun emen y, S ,phen omen on .

Tun a'

d-n i , V . m .,to trouble on e

s

self , to mu se.

Tdr -n i , A a . n . ,to suffer .

Tarde/em , S , pa tien ce .

Taze/é s,S . ,fir in g (bomb a rdin g )

Tuze s‘,A fiery, r ed-hot

s /a lyd s , S . , str eam of fire,

fig . a ctiv e life .

U .

Un a lam, S .,tedi ousn ess , disgu st .

Udva r , S . ,court .

Udv a r i , A . , of the cou rt,he

lon gin g to the cou rt .

Ugar-m

,V. m .

,to jump .

Ugr a s ,S . , lea p , jump .

Ugya n a'

,P r . ,

the same .

Ugymon d (con tra c ted of ugyma n d) , so he sa ys , sa ys he .

U/ i ld s , S ., in n ov a tion , r eform .

Uj ilo' , A. v .

,r eform in g .

Un dok , A a bomin a ble.

Un a /ta,S gra n d child .

Ur a sdg , S .,domin ion ;

Utci lt, A . v disgu stful .

Ulczajdr a , A . , w a lkin g in the

streets,w a n derin g.

Uli ldr s,S tra v ellin g — com

pa n ion .

l'

ftkazben ,Adv . , on on e s

j ourn ey.

mmu la la,S .

, gu ide , lea der .Ula

'

,S .

,issue.

Uto'

ljci t‘

a ,Adv . , a t la st.

i i , i } .

Udvaza l-m’

, V . a ,to greet, to

w ellcome .

Un ep ,S . ,festiv a l.

fir es,

empty, v oid , fig . dep r iv ed tires/eju (empty hea ded) ign or a n t .Ut-m

uaza kire v . a .,to fa ll

upon ; tdba r l mm,to p i tch a

camp .Uz- n i , V. a .

,to pur sue .

V 0

Va d , S ,w ild bea st , game .

Va da n , S . ,w ildern ess

Vdgy, S . ,desire .

Vajmi , In t ., Ala s .

Va limera'

, A .,

a uda ciou s , te

mer a ry .

l -n i , megvctl-u i , V. n to

pa rt w ithVe la /ta , Adv , ev er .

Va lami , P r . in d . ,a n y

l a sz, S .

, a n sw er , r eply .

l a szl-a n i , V. a . ,to cho o se .

Vd /a szlci s , S ., electi o n , a lter

n a tiv e .

Va la sa la'

I'

ejedelem, S .,E lecto r

(P r i n ce of germa n y) .Va ll-a n i , V . a . ,

to con fess ;Adrwa lla n l , to suffer d ama ge .

l’d la l/i ozott, A. v .

, en terp r i s in g .Va lo

'

,A. v .

,true , r ea l .

l Oga t-n i, V . a .

,to select, to

to pick out .

Page 495: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

458

Vesz, S da n ger , tempest .Vesz-n i , V . n . ,

to perish .

veszm’

tar t, becomin g (getti n g)corrupted, b ein g on the w a y

of depra va tion .

Veszedelem , S ., da n ger .

Veszedelmes , A. , da n ger ou s .

Veszé ly, S da n ger .

Vesze’

lyes , A. , da n gerous .

Vesze’

lytelyes , A. , da n gerous,full of da n gers .

Vesa le , S ., (u sed w ith the

possessiv e a ffixes), loss , ru in ,fa ll .

Veszteget-ui , V. a . ,

to lose ,

to w a ste .

Vesztegle’

s ,S . ,

keepin g on e'

s

self qu iet, fig. i n a ctiv ity.

Vest /iely , S . , pla ce of exe

cu tion ,sca ffold .

Vet-m ,V . a to thr ow ; ma

gd t a’

ba r la n gjdba v ette,

go t in his ca v ern .

Vé tel, S . , r eceivin g .Vele

l/teda Mrs , S . ,riv a l, com

petitor .Vevb

'

, S .,buyer

Veze’

r lé s , S .

, guida n ce , di

r ection .

Vezeto'

,A. v . ,

lea di n g .Vid da l, S .

, comba t.

Via da lom , S . ,dispu te, deba te.

Via skod—n i , V. m .,to fight

,to

comb a t.

Vidcim,A. , merry, cheerful .

Vida f , A. , liv ely, aw oke, brisk.

Vidora n , Adv ., lively, merrily.

Vidal-m, megv idtil-m'

, V. n .,

to brighten , to grow cheerful.Vig, A .

,merry, cheerful; vz

'

ga n ,

Adv . ,cheerfully,w ith plea sure .

Viga szta ld s , S comfort,con

sola tion .

Vigydza l , S ., ca re p reca u

tion .

Vibar , S ., hurri ca n e, storm .

Vz'

ldgtl-a n i, V. n to shi n e .

Vildgosita , A. v ., shin in g

,ln

mi n ous .

Villam, S lighten in gVillag

-n i , V. n .

,to gleam .

Vip er a gen er a tion op

v iper s .

Vir a d-n i , V. n .

,to daw n

Vz’

rdgba lror , S . flowerbu sh ,

flow er .

Vir dgszd l , S .,sta lk , stem of

a flow er .

Virdgzo'

,A. v

,flour ishi n g .

Vir dny, S .

, field , mea dow .

Vir il l-n z’

, felm’

rzi l-n i , V. n .,to

blossom , fig . to flou rish,Vi sel-n z

'

,.V . a .

,to wea r ; v ise!

tet-n i , to beha ve .

Viszci ly, S . a dverii ity ,ca

Viszha ng , S . , echo .

Viszon fagsdg, S ., v i ci Si tude .

Visza emle’

lrezé s , S .

,recollection .

Vissza lordul-u i , V. n to

return .

Vis szaba nya tlds , S . , rela pse .

Vissza nyom-n i, V . a . ,

to dr iv e

ba ck.

Page 496: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

45 9

Visza té ra, return in g ; v isza fé ra'

l

fa b u la i , to soun d the r etr ea t .

Visza ta l—n z'

, V. a . ,to push ba ck,

to dr iv e ba ck, fig . to refuse .

Visza ve’

lel , S con quest (t econ quest .)

Visza ver-a i , V . a .

,to repulse .

Visza von a s , S discord , dis

sen sion .

Vite’

z, S . , hero .

Vite’

zlred-n i , V . m . ,to beha ve

br a v ely.

Vite’

zd l, Adv . , br a v ely .

Viva s , S .

, (a ssa ilin g) a ssa ult ,

a tt a ck .

Viva, S . ,v

, struggler .

Vizba'

llaza t, S . , jet o r shoo tof w a ter .

Viz/law ge’

p , S .

,w a ter pump .

Vizivar os , S . , (w a ter town )the low er qua rter of Buda .

Vizsga la t , S . ,in qu est .

Volta , S .

,ha v in g been .

Von ago l-n i , V. m .

,to be mov ed

by con vu lsion s fig ,to b e in

a gon y.

V0 n 121-n i,V . Z sa lr, S . ,ba g .

Va”

, S . , so n'in law . Z seb, S .

,po cket .

Volgy, S ' s v a lley . Z s idba da s , S . ,slumber

,

Va n , in stea d of b et a, Imperf. n ess,torp ity .

of ven -m’

,to ta ke . Zs ida' S jew .

Le ipzig , p rin ted by Alexa n der Wiede.

Zaja s , A. , n oisy .

Z ajog-n i , V. n to bawl , to

ru stle .

Zap a r , S ., show er .

Z ar , S . ,lock

,fig fetters .

Z arkoza s , S shu ti n g up , c a n

fin emen t .

s zla'

, S . , sta n da rd, ba n n er .

Za va r , S .,con fusion .

Za va r-n i , V. a to con foun d,to distr a ct .

Z a va roda s , S . ,con fu sion

Zeng-en i , V . n . , to sou n d ;

v is sza zen gen i, to t e-echo .

Z ar dan , A.,r ough .

Z ug, S cor n er .

Zaga s ,S .

,roa rin g , fig . fu ry.

Z uba n -n i , V . n to ru sh down .

Z dz-n i , V. a . ,to brui se .

Zaza , S ., craw , stoma ch o f

b irds

Page 497: A Complete Practical Grammar Of the ... - Forgotten Books

Typographical errors in the seleclions.

P a ge 48 lin e 3 , pu t : leer eszkedé se in stea d of leereszkedo'

se.

53 4, Kisfa ludy

58 27 , volt

60 2 , kan n ya'

42 , r é szv é tlen s égé t r é sw é tlen s éget.

63 43 , fu lemi le [a lmzla66 45

,ra l r o

l .

6 9 44, ka rmanyza sa karmanyza sa .

7 0 24, ka pu'

kapa .

7 7 24, megha tarza mégha ldrza .

80 48,

r s a lr csah.

88 l . 3 , p . 89 , l . 7 , p . 9 0 , l . 19 pu t : é sa in stea d of 0 32.

9 6 li n e 22, put : a dlam e'

in stea d of a dla me’.

9 9 6 , E la stic E vette.

404 6 , cs a ta lt cs a ta .

444 20,

Szuld/bldem Sea afaldem.

446 45 , Ezete